You are viewing SUP 16 Reporting requirements as of . SUP 16 Reporting requirements was last updated on 01/06/2026. Future Versions: 15/07/2026

SUP 16.1 Application

01/01/2022R

This chapter applies to every firm within a category listed in column (2) of the table in SUP 16.1.3 R and in accordance with column (3) of that table.

13/01/2018D

The directions and guidance in SUP 16.13 apply to a payment service provider as set out in that section.

13/01/2018G

Credit institutions and electronic money institutions should note that some of the directions in SUP 16.13 apply to them as well as to payment institutions and registered account information service providers.

07/05/2026R
30/04/2011D

The directions and guidance in SUP 16.15 apply to electronic money issuers that are not credit institutions.

22/07/2013G

The directions and guidance in SUP 16.18 apply for the following types of AIFM:

  1. (1)

    a small registered UK AIFM;

  2. (2)

    an above-threshold non-EEA AIFM marketing in the UK; and

  3. (3)

    a small non-EEA AIFM marketing in the UK.

21/03/2016D

SUP 16.21 applies to a CBTL firm.

18/09/2016D

The rules, directions and guidance in SUP 16.22 apply to a payment service provider located in the UK other than:

  1. (1)

    a credit union;

  2. (2)

    National Savings and Investments; and

  3. (3)

    the Bank of England.

09/09/2019R

The rules and guidance in SUP 16.26 (Reporting of information about Directory persons) apply to an SMCR firm.

01/07/2021G

  1. (1)

    Subject to (2) and (3), the only category of firm to which no section of this chapter applies is an ICVC.

  2. (2)

    SUP 16.26 (Reporting of information about Directory persons) applies to a firm which is an SMCR firm (see SUP 16.1.1FR).

  3. (3)

    SUP 16.27 (General insurance value measures reporting) applies to the type of firms listed in SUP 16.1.3R.

01/07/2021G

In SUP 16.1 a reference to Gibraltar-based firm in relation to SUP 16.27 (General insurance value measures reporting) has the same meaning as in the Gibraltar Order.

Application of different sections of SUP 16 (excluding SUP 16.13, SUP 16.14A, SUP 16.15, SUP 16.22 and SUP 16.26)

01/06/2026R
(1) Section(s)(2) Categories of firm to which section applies(3) Applicable rules and guidance
SUP 16.1, SUP 16.2 and SUP 16.3All categories of firm except:Entire sections
 (a)an ICVC; 
 (b)[deleted] 
     
     
     
     
 (c)[deleted] 
SUP 16.4 and SUP 16.5All categories of firm except:Entire sections
 (-a)a credit union; 
 (a)an ICVC; 
 (b)[deleted] 
 (c)[deleted] 
 (d)a non-directive friendly society; 
 (e)[deleted] 
 (f)a sole trader; 
 (g)a service company; 
 (h)[deleted] 
 (i)a firm with permission to carry on only retail investment activities; 
 (ia)a firm with permission only to advise on P2P agreements (unless that activity is carried on exclusively with or for professional clients); 
 (j)a firm with permission to carry on only insurance distribution activity, home finance mediation activity, or both; 
 (ja)an FCA-authorised person with permission to carry on only credit-related regulated activity; 
 (jb)a firm with permission to carry on only regulated claims management activities; 
 (jc)a firm with permission to carry on only funeral plan distribution; 
 (k)a firm falling within a combination of (i), (ia), (j), (ja), (jb) and (jc). 
 (l)a firm with permission to carry on only the regulated activity of administering a benchmark; 
SUP 16.6BankSUP 16.6.4 R to SUP 16.6.5 R
   
   
   
   
 Depositary of an authorised fundSUP 16.6.6R to SUP 16.6.11R
SUP 16.7AA firm subject to the requirement in SUP 16.7A.3 R or SUP 16.7A.5 RSections as relevant
SUP 16.8Insurer with permission to effect or carry out life policies, unless it is a non-directive friendly societyEntire section
 Firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a personal pension scheme or a stakeholder pension schemeEntire section
   
SUP 16.10All categories of firm except:Entire section
 (a)an ICVC; and 
 (b)[deleted] 
 (c)[deleted] 
 (d)a dormant asset fund operator. 
SUP 16.11(1)A firm, other than a managing agent, which is: 
  (a)a home finance provider; orEntire section
  (b)an insurer; orEntire section
  (c)the operator of a regulated collective investment scheme or an investment trust savings scheme; orEntire section
  (d)a person who issues or manages the relevant assets of the issuer of a structured capital-at-risk product; orEntire section
  (e)one of the following: 
   (i)a non-threshold short-term loan firm;SUP 16.11.1R(1), SUP 16.11.3R(1), SUP 16.11.5R, SUP 16 Annex 20R and SUP 16 Annex 21R.
   (ii)a threshold 1 category A firm;Entire section
   (iii)a threshold 1 category B firm;Entire section
   (iv)a threshold 2 category A firm; orEntire section
   (v)a threshold 2 category B firm.Entire section
 (2)a firm in whom the rights and obligations of the lender under a regulated mortgage contract are vested.The provisions governing performance data reports in SUP 16.11 and SUP 16 Annex 21
SUP 16.12A firm undertaking the regulated activities as listed in SUP 16.12.4 R, unless exempted in SUP 16.12.1 GSections as relevant to regulated activities as listed in SUP 16.12.4 R
SUP 16.14A CASS large firm and a CASS medium firmEntire section
SUP 16.18A full-scope UK AIFM and a small authorised UK AIFMSUP 16.8.3 R
[deleted]  
SUP 16.23A firm subject to the Money Laundering Regulations and within the scope of SUP 16.23.1REntire Section
SUP 16.23AA firm undertaking the regulated activities in SUP 16.23A.1REntire section
SUP 16.24A firm with permission to effect or carry out contracts of insurance in relation to life and annuity contracts of insurance to the extent that the firm and its business falls within the scope of SUP 16.24.1R.Entire Section
SUP 16.25A firm with permission to carry on regulated claims management activities.Entire section
SUP 16.27A firm which, in respect of general insurance contracts, is:Entire section
 (a)an insurer; 
 (b)

a

(i) TP firm which has temporary permission; or

(ii) a Gibraltar-based firm, treated as having permission,

to effect contract of insurance including those providing services from an establishment outside the UK with a customer in the UK;

 
 (c)a managing agent; or 
 (d)an insurance intermediary, 
 to the extent that the firm and its business falls within the scope of SUP 16.27.7R. 
SUP 16.28A firm which, in respect of general insurance contracts, is:Entire section
 (1)an insurer; 
 (2)a managing agent; 
 (3)an insurance intermediary; 
 (4)a TP firm; or 
 (5)a Gibraltar-based firm that is not a TP firm. 
 to the extent that the firm and its business falls within the scope of SUP 16.28.8R. 
SUP 16.29A MIFIDPRU investment firm other than in the circumstances specified in SUP 16.29.1R.Entire section
SUP 16.30A person who is:Entire section
 (1)a firm except as specified in SUP 16.30.1R;
 (2)an authorised electronic money institution;
 (3)an authorised payment institution;
 (4)a registered account information service provider;
 (5)a small electronic money institution;
 (6)a small payment institution;
 (7)a UK RIE.
SUP 16.31A firm with approver permission.Entire section
SUP 16.32A designated firmEntire section
SUP 16.34A firm which is a bank or building society within the scope of SUP 16.34.1R(1), or a ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm within the scope of SUP 16.34.1R(2).Entire section
Note 1[deleted]
Note 2 The application of SUP 16.13 is set out under SUP 16.13.1 G; the application of SUP 16.15 is set out under SUP 16.15.1 G; the application of SUP 16.16 is set out SUP 16.16.1 R and SUP 16.16.2 R the application of SUP 16.17 is set out in SUP 16.17.3 R and SUP 16.17.4 R; and the application of SUP 16.26 is set out in SUP 16.26.1R.
Note 3 The application of SUP 16.18 for the types of AIFMs specified in SUP 16.1.1C G is set out in SUP 16.18.2 G.
01/01/2021G
  1. (1)

    This chapter contains requirements to report to the FCA on a regular basis. These requirements include reports relating to a firm's financial condition, and to its compliance with other rules and requirements which apply to the firm. Where the relevant requirements are set out in another section of the Handbook, this chapter contains cross references. An example of this is financial reporting for insurers and friendly societies.

  2. (2)

    Where such requirements already apply to a firm under legislation other than the Act, they are not referred to in this chapter. An example of this is reporting to the FCA by building societies under those parts of the Building Societies Act 1986 which have not been repealed.

  3. (3)

    Requirements for individual firms reflect:

    1. (a)

      the category of firm;

    2. (b)

      the nature of business carried on;

    3. (c)

      whether a firm has its registered office (or if it does not have a registered office, its head office) in the United Kingdom; and

    4. (d)

      [deleted]

    5. (e)

      the regulated activities the firm undertakes.

07/03/2016G

Where a PRA-authorised person is required to notify or provide any information to (a) the FCA by a PRA Handbook provision and (b) the FCA by the equivalent provision in the FCA Handbook, the PRA-authorised person is expected to comply with both provisions.

SUP 16.2 Purpose

07/05/2026G
  1. (1)

     In order to discharge its functions under the Act, the FCA needs timely and accurate information about firms. The provision of this information on a regular basis enables the FCA to build up over time a picture of firms' circumstances and behaviour.

  2. (2)

     Principle 11 requires a firm to deal with its regulators in an open and cooperative way, and to disclose to the FCA appropriately anything relating to the firm of which the FCA would reasonably expect notice. The reporting requirements are part of the FCA approach to amplifying Principle 11 by setting out in more detail the information that the FCA requires. They supplement the provisions of SUP 2 (Information gathering by the FCA or PRA on its own initiative) and SUP 15 (Notifications to the FCA). The reports required under these rules help the FCA to monitor firms' compliance with Principles governing relationships between firms and their customers, with Principle 4, which requires firms to maintain adequate financial resources, and with other requirements and standards under the regulatory system.

  3. (3)

     The FCA has supervisory functions under the Payment Services Regulations and the Electronic Money Regulations. In order to discharge these functions, the FCA requires the provision of information on a regular basis. SUP 16.13 sets out the information that the FCA requires from payment service providers to assist it in the discharge of its functions as well as directions and guidance on the periodic reports that are required under the Payment Services Regulations. SUP 16.14A sets out the requirement for safeguarding institutions to submit safeguarding returns under the Electronic Money Regulations and the Payment Services Regulations.  SUP 16.15 sets out the information that the FCA requires from electronic money issuers to assist it in discharging its functions and responsibilities under the Electronic Money Regulations.

  4. (4)

     The purpose of SUP 16.28 is to provide the FCA with relevant data that it can use to help to:

    1. (a)

       assess firms’ compliance with the home insurance and motor insurance pricing rules in ICOBS 6B;

    2. (b)

       identify potential harm affecting consumers; and

    3. (c)

       monitor the effects of the pricing rules in ICOBS 6B on the market for home insurance, motor insurance and related additional products.

SUP 16.3 General provisions on reporting

Application

01/07/2021G

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm except an ICVC.

01/07/2021G

The effect of SUP 16.1.1R is that this section applies to a TP firm and Gibraltar-based firm of a type listed in SUP 16.1.3R, as a firm to which SUP 16.27 applies.

Structure of the chapter

01/06/2026G
  1. This chapter has been split into the following sections, covering:
  2. (1)

     annual controllers reports (SUP 16.4);

  3. (2)

     annual close links reports (SUP 16.5);

  4. (3)

     compliance reports (SUP 16.6);

  5. (4)

     [deleted]

  6. (4A)

     annual report and accounts (SUP 16.7A);

  7. (5)

     persistency reports (SUP 16.8);

  8. (6)

     [deleted];

  9. (7)

     verification of firm details (SUP 16.10);

  10. (8)

     product sales data reporting (SUP 16.11);

  11. (9)

     integrated regulatory reporting (SUP 16.12);

  12. (10)

     reporting under the Payment Services Regulations (SUP 16.13);

  13. (11)

     client money and asset return (SUP 16.14);

  14. (11A) safeguarding return: safeguarding institutions (SUP 16.14A);
  15. (12)

     reporting under the Electronic Money Regulations (SUP 16.15); and

  16. (13)

     prudent valuation reporting (SUP 16.16);

  17. (14)

     remuneration reporting (SUP 16.17);

  18. (15)

     AIFMD reporting (SUP 16.18);

  19. (16)

     reporting under the MCD Order for CBTL firms (SUP 16.21).

  20. (17)

     reporting under the Payment Accounts Regulations (SUP 16.22);

  21. (18)

     annual financial crime reporting (SUP 16.23);

  22. (18A)

     employers’ liability register compliance reporting (SUP 16.23A);

  23. (19)

     retirement income data reporting (SUP 16.24);

  24. (20)

     claims management reporting (SUP 16.25);

  25. (21)

     Directory persons information reporting (SUP 16.26);

  26. (22)

     value measures data reporting (SUP 16.27);

  27. (23)

     home insurance and motor insurance pricing reporting (SUP 16.28);

  28. (24)

     MIFIDPRU remuneration reporting (SUP 16.29);

  29. (25)

     the Baseline Financial Resilience Report (SUP 16.30);

  30. (26)

     financial promotion approval reporting (SUP 16.31); and

  31. (27)

     access to cash reporting (SUP 16.32).

  32. [Editor’s note: Paragraph (28) is introduced by FCA 2026/6 and comes into force on 18 March 2027, at which point this editor’s note will be deleted.]
  33. (29) retail banking business models reporting (SUP 16.34).
08/12/2022G

The annual controllers, annual close links and persistency reports sections are the same for all categories of firm to which they apply.

13/04/2018G

The compliance section is set out by category of firm, with detailed requirements set out in tables giving:

  1. (1)

    a brief description of each report;

  2. (2)

    the frequency with which the report is required; and

  3. (3)

    the due date for submission of the report.

21/06/2001G

Further requirements about the reports, such as form and content, are set out in the sections for each category of firm, where this is appropriate. In many cases, however, it is more appropriate to provide this information by means of a separate annex; in these cases the relevant section refers to the annex.

How to submit reports

18/04/2002R

A periodic report required to be submitted under this chapter, or under any other rule, must be submitted in writing in accordance with SUP 16.3.7 R to SUP 16.3.10 G, unless:

  1. (1)

    a contrary intention appears; or

  2. (2)

    the report is required under the listing rules.

13/04/2018R

A report or data item must:

  1. (1)

    give the firm reference number (or all the firm reference numbers in those cases where a report is submitted on behalf of a number of firms, as set out in SUP 16.3.25 G); and

  2. (2)

    if submitted in paper form, be submitted with the cover sheet contained in SUP 16 Annex 13 R fully completed.

07/03/2016R

A written report must be delivered to the FCA by one of the methods listed in SUP 16.3.9 R.

Method of submission of reports (see SUP 16.3.8 R)

20/10/2017R
Method of delivery
1.Post or hand deliver to the published address of the FCA for submission of reports. If hand delivering mark the report for the attention of ‘Central Reporting’ and obtain a dated receipt.
2.[deleted]
3.Electronic mail to the published e-mail address of the FCA's Central Reporting team.
4.Online submission via the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA website
01/04/2026G
  1. (1)

     The published address of the FCA for postal submission of reports is:

    Returns Compliance Team
    The Financial Conduct Authority
    12 Endeavour Square
    LONDON
    E20 1JN

     

  2. (2)

     The published address of the FCA for hand delivery of reports is:

    1. (a)

      Returns Compliance Team
      The Financial Conduct Authority
      12 Endeavour Square
      LONDON
      E20 1JN

      if the firm's usual supervisory contact at the FCA is based in London, or:

    2. (b)

      Returns Compliance Team
      The Financial Conduct Authority
      Quayside House
      127 Fountainbridge
      EDINBURGH
      EH3 8DJ

      if the firm's usual supervisory contact at the FCA is based in Edinburgh.

  3. (3)

     The current published email address for the FCA’s Returns Compliance Team is regulatory.reports@fca.org.uk. Please note that the Returns Compliance Team does not handle general correspondence between firms and the FCA, and will not respond to queries. Accordingly, firms should not make submissions to the Returns Compliance Team’s email address other than as directed in SUP 16.3.8R.

Complete reporting

07/03/2016R

A firm must submit reports required under this chapter to the FCA containing all the information required.

07/03/2016G

SUP 15.6 refers to and contains requirements regarding the steps that firms must take to ensure that information provided to the FCA is accurate and complete. Those requirements apply to reports required to be submitted under this chapter.

Timely reporting

13/04/2018R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit a report required by this chapter in the frequency, and so as to be received by the FCA no later than the due date, specified for that report.

  2. (2)

    If the due date for submission of a report required by this chapter falls on a day which is not a business day, the report must be submitted so as to be received by the FCA no later than the first business day after the due date.

  3. (3)

    If the due date for submission of a report required by this chapter is a set period of time after the quarter end, the quarter ends will be the following dates, unless another rule or the reporting form states otherwise:

    1. (a)

      the firm's accounting reference date;

    2. (b)

      3 months after the firm's accounting reference date;

    3. (c)

      6 months after the firm's accounting reference date; and

    4. (d)

      9 months after the firm's accounting reference date.

  4. (4)

    If the due date for submission of a report required by this chapter is a set period of time after the end of a half-year, a quarter, or a month, the dates will be determined by (a) or (b) below except where otherwise indicated:

    1. (a)

      the firm's accounting reference date; or

    2. (b)

      monthly, 3 monthly or 6 months after the firm's accounting reference date, as the case may be.

Failure to submit reports

01/04/2026R

If a firm does not submit a complete report by the date on which it is due in accordance with the rules in, or referred to in, this chapter or the provisions of relevant legislation and any prescribed submission procedures, the firm must pay an administrative fee of £100.

07/03/2016G

Failure to submit a report in accordance with the rules in, or referred to in, this chapter or the provisions of relevant legislation may also lead to the imposition of a financial penalty and other disciplinary sanctions. A firm may be subject to reporting requirements under relevant legislation other than the Act, not referred to in this chapter. An example of this is reporting to the FCA by building societies under those parts of the Building Societies Act 1986 which have not been repealed (see SUP 16.1.4 G). If it appears to the FCA that, in the exceptional circumstances of a particular case, the payment of any fee would be inequitable, the FCA may reduce or remit all or part of the fee in question which would otherwise be payable (see FEES 2.3).

07/03/2016G

The FCA may from time to time send reminders to firms when reports are overdue. Firms should not, however, assume that the FCA has received a report merely because they have not received a reminder.

13/04/2018G

The firm is responsible for ensuring delivery of the required report by the due date. If a report is received by the FCA after the due date and the firm believes its delivery arrangements were adequate, it may be required to provide proof of those arrangements. Examples of such proof would be:

  1. (1)

    "proof of posting" receipts from a UK post office or overseas equivalent which demonstrates that the report was posted early enough to allow delivery by the due date in accordance with the delivery service standards prescribed by the relevant postal authority; or

  2. (2)

    recorded postal delivery receipts showing delivery on the required day; or

  3. (3)

    records of a courier service provider showing delivery on the required day.

Change of accounting reference date

13/04/2018R
  1. (1)

    A firm must notify the FCA if it changes its accounting reference date.

  2. (2)

    When a firm extends its accounting period, it must make the notification in (1) before the previous accounting reference date.

  3. (3)

    When a firm shortens its accounting period, it must make the notification in (1) before the new accounting reference date.

  4. (4)

    SUP 16.10.4A R to SUP 16.10.4C G (Requirement to check the accuracy of standing data and to report changes to the FCA) apply to any notification made under (1).

13/04/2018G

SUP 16.2.1 G emphasises the importance to the FCA of timely and accurate information. The extension of a firm's accounting period to more than 15 months may hinder the timely provision of relevant and important information to the FCA. This is because many due dates for reporting to the FCA are linked to firms' accounting reference dates. Indeed, for some categories of firm, the only reports required by the FCA have due dates for submission which are linked to the firm's accounting reference date. If the extension of a firm's accounting period appears likely to impair the effectiveness of the FCA supervisory work, the FCA may take action to ensure that it continues to receive the information it requires on a timely basis.

13/04/2018G

If more than one firm in a group intends to change its accounting reference date at the same time, a single notification may be given to the FCA, as described in SUP 15.7.8 G.

Service of Notices Regulations

13/04/2018G

The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Service of Notices) Regulations 2001 (SI 2001/1420) contain provisions relating to the service of documents on the FCA. They do not apply to reports required under SUP 16, because of the specific rules in this section.

Confidentiality and sharing of information

01/07/2021G

When the FCA receives a report which contains confidential information and whose submission is required under this chapter, it is obliged under Part 23 of the Act (Public Record, Disclosure of Information and Co-operation) to treat that information as confidential (see SUP 2.2.4G).

01/07/2021G

SUP 2.3.12AG states that the FCA may pass to other regulators information which it has in its possession. Such information includes information contained in reports submitted under this chapter. The FCA’s disclosure of information to other regulators is subject to SUP 2.2.4G (Confidentiality of information). Also, some value measures data in SUP 16.27 is used by the FCA to create published guidance. This public disclosure is to assist the FCA to discharge its public functions.

Reports from groups

01/01/2008G

If this chapter requires the submission of a report or data item covering a group, a single report or data item may be submitted, and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. Such a report or data item should contain the information required from all of them, meet all relevant due dates and indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted; if necessary a separate covering sheet should list the firms on whose behalf a report or data item is submitted. Nevertheless, the requirement to provide a report or data item, and the responsibility for the report or data item, remains with each firm in the group. However, reporting requirements that apply to a firm, by reason of the firm being a member of a financial conglomerate, are imposed on only one member of the financial conglomerate (see, for example, SUP 16.12.32 R).

01/01/2022G

Examples of reports covering a group are:

  1. (1)

    the compliance reports required from banks under SUP 16.6.4 R;

  2. (2)

    annual controllers reports required under SUP 16.4.5 R;

  3. (3)

    annual close links reports required under SUP 16.5.4 R;

  4. (4)

    consolidated financial reports required from banks under SUP 16.12.5 R;

  5. (5)

    consolidated reporting statements required from securities and futures firms under SUP 16.12.11 R.

SUP 16.4 Annual controllers report

Application

01/12/2004G

This section applies to every firm except those firms excluded from its operation by SUP 16.1.1 R and SUP 16.1.3 R.

28/03/2009G

This section may be of relevance to a directive friendly society:

  1. (1)

    if it has 10 members or less;

  2. (2)

    if it has a delegate voting system and has 10 delegates or less; or

  3. (3)

    if it has 20 members or less and effects or carries out group insurance contracts where one person may exercise one vote on behalf of the members of a group and one vote in their private capacity; or

where a member or delegate, whether alone or acting in concert, is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, 10% or more of the total voting power.

28/03/2009G

This section may be of relevance to non-directive firms.

21/06/2001G

Requirements for notifications of a change in control can be found in SUP 11 (Controllers and close links).

Purpose

13/04/2018G

A firm and its controllers are required to notify certain changes in control (see SUP 11 (Controllers and close links)). The purpose of the rules and guidance in this section is:

  1. (1)

    to ensure that, in addition to such notifications, the FCA receives regular and comprehensive information about the identities of all of the controllers of a firm, which is relevant to a firm's continuing to satisfy the effective supervision threshold conditions;

  2. (2)

    to implement certain requirements relating to annual reporting of controllers which must be imposed on firms under the Investment Services Directive, the Banking Consolidation Directive and the Solvency II Directive; and

  3. (3)

    to support the regulatory functions under Part 12 of the Act (Notices of acquisitions of control over UK authorised persons) (see SUP 11 (Controllers and close links)).

Reporting requirement

07/03/2016R
  1. (1)

    [deleted]

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

  3. (3)

    [deleted]

  4. (4)

    [deleted]

  5. (4A)

    [deleted]

  6. (4B)

    [deleted]

  7. (5)

    [deleted]

  8. (6)

    A firm must submit annually by electronic means to the FCA the Controllers Report which contains the information specified in the form in SUP 16 Annex 37A, within four months of the firm's accounting reference date.

01/04/2013G

If a group includes more than one firm, a single annual controllers report may be submitted, and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. Such a report should contain the information required from all of them, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their firm reference numbers. Nevertheless, the requirement to provide a report, and the responsibility for the report, remain with each firm in the group.

21/06/2001G

Firms are reminded of the requirement in SUP 11.4.10 R to take reasonable steps to keep themselves informed about the identity of their controllers.

Exceptions: mutuals and building societies

01/09/2018R

If a firm is a mutual or a building society, then it is required to submit a report under SUP 16.4.5 R only if it is aware that it has a controller.

28/03/2009R

In SUP 16.4.5 R and SUP 16.4.10 R, a building society may regard a person as not being a controller if that person is exempt from the obligation to notify a change in control under The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Controllers) (Exemption) Order 2009 (SI 2009/774) (see SUP 11.3.2A G (2)).

Exception: insurers

13/04/2018R

An insurer need not submit a report under SUP 16.4.5R to the extent that the information has already been provided to the PRA under requirements in the PRA Rulebook.

SUP 16.5 Annual Close Links Reports

Application

29/06/2018G

This section applies to every firm listed in SUP 11.1.1 R (1) to SUP 11.1.1 R(8), except those firms excluded from its operation by SUP 16.1.1 R and SUP 16.1.3 R or which have elected to report on a monthly basis in accordance with SUP 11.9.5 R.

Purpose

01/01/2021G

A firm is required to notify the appropriate regulator of changes to its close links (see SUP 11.9). The effective supervision threshold conditions provide that, if a firm has close links with another person, the matters which are relevant in determining whether a firm satisfies the condition of being capable of being effective supervised include:

  1. (1)

    the nature of the relationship between the firm and that person;

  2. (2)

    whether those links or that relationship are likely to prevent the appropriate regulator's effective supervision of the firm; and

  3. (3)

    if the person is subject to the laws, regulations or administrative provisions of a territory which is not the United Kingdom, whether those foreign provisions, or any deficiency in their enforcement, would prevent the appropriate regulator's effective supervision of the firm.

01/04/2013G

The purposes of the rules and guidance in this section are:

  1. (1)

    to ensure that, in addition to such notifications, the appropriate regulator receives regular and comprehensive information about the identities of all persons with whom a firm has close links, which is relevant to a firm's continuing to satisfy the effective supervision threshold conditions and to the protection of consumers; and

  2. (2)

    to implement certain requirements relating to the provision of information on close links which must be imposed on firms under the 'Post-BCCI Directive'.

Report

31/12/2013R
  1. (1)

    [deleted]

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

  3. (3)

    [deleted]

  4. (4)

    [deleted]

  5. (5)

    [deleted]

  6. (6)

    A firm must submit a report to the appropriate regulator annually by completing the Close Links Annual Report in SUP 16 Annex 36A which must be sent electronically to the appropriate regulator within four months of the firm's accounting reference date.

31/12/2013R

If a group includes more than one firm, a single close links notification may be made by completing the Annual Close Links Report and so satisfy the notification requirement for all firms in the group. Nevertheless, the requirement to notify, and the responsibility for notifying, remains with each firm in the group.

01/04/2013G

If a group includes more than one firm, a single annual close links report may be submitted and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. Such a report should contain the information required from all of them, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their firm reference numbers. Nevertheless, the requirement to provide a report, and the responsibility for the report, remain with each firm in the group.

21/06/2001R

If a firm is an unincorporated friendly society, then it is only required to submit a report under SUP 16.5.4 R if it is aware that it has close links.

SUP 16.6 Compliance reports

Application

21/06/2001G

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm within a category listed in the left hand column of the table in SUP 16.6.2 G.

Applicable provisions of this section (see SUP 16.6.1 G)

01/01/2017G
Category of firmApplicable provisions
BankSUP 16.6.4 R - SUP 16.6.5 R
Depositary of an authorised fundSUP 16.6.6 R - SUP 16.6.11R
  

Purpose

01/04/2013G

The FCA performs part of its supervision work by reviewing and analysing information about firms' records of compliance with the requirements and standards under the regulatory system. The type of report the FCA requires will vary, depending on the type of business a firm undertakes. This information helps the FCA to determine whether a firm is complying with the requirements applicable to its business, and what procedures it is operating to ensure its compliance.

Banks

13/04/2018R

A bank must submit compliance reports to the FCA.

Compliance reports from a bank (see SUP 16.6.4 R)

01/04/2013R
ReportFrequencyDue date
List of all overseas regulators for each legal entity in the firm's groupAnnually6 months after the firm's accounting reference date
Organogram showing the authorised entities in the firm's groupAnnually6 months after the firm's accounting reference date

Depositaries of authorised funds

01/01/2017R

A depositary of an authorised fund must submit compliance reports in accordance with SUP 16.6.7 R.

Compliance reports from depositaries of authorised funds (see SUP 16.6.6R)

01/01/2017R
ReportFrequencyDue date
   
Breach report on the authorised fund manager's breaches as set out in SUP 16.6.8R(1A)Monthly30 business days after month end
   
   
Oversight report on the depositary’s oversight visits as set out in SUP 16.6.8R(1B)Quarterly30 business days after quarter end (Note)
   
   
Note: The quarter ends are 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.
01/01/2017R
  1. (1)

    [deleted]

  2. (1A)

    The breach report from a depositary of an authorised fund to the FCA must include, for each authorised fund for which it is a depositary:

    1. (a)

      details of all breaches of COLL or FUND, which came to the depositary’s attention or which were reported to the depositary by the authorised fund manager, during the previous month;

    2. (b)

      details of any changes to the reported details of an existing breach, whether reported under SUP 16.6.8R(1A) or otherwise;

    3. (c)

      details of all breaches that were reported, whether reported under SUP 16.6.8R(1A) or otherwise, and that have been closed during the previous month; and

    4. (d)

      whether the authorised fund manager has, in the opinion of the depositary, adequate controls over:

      1. (i)

        the issue and cancellation of units as detailed in COLL 6.2 (Dealing); and

      2. (ii)

        valuation and pricing as detailed in COLL 6.3 (Valuation and pricing).

  3. (1B)

    The oversight report from the depositary to the FCA must include:

    1. (a)

      details of each authorised fund manager visited during the previous quarter; and

    2. (b)

      for each area reviewed:

      1. (i)

        the findings and conclusions of the depositary;

      2. (ii)

        its recommendations; and

      3. (iii)

        the authorised fund manager’s response and comments, where available.

  4. (2)

    [deleted]

  5. (2A)

    [deleted]

  6. (3)

    [deleted]

01/01/2017G
  1. (1)

    A depositary should report a breach only once under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(a) and once under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(c). When both reports are made in the same month, only a single entry in the form is required. Under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(b) a depositary should report changes to the reported details of existing breaches.

  2. (2)

    A separate line should be entered on the form for each rule breached. For example, a breach of the investment limits in COLL 5.2.11R that results in incorrect pricing of the scheme contrary to COLL 6.3.3R should be recorded as two entries, with the same reference.

  3. (3)

    Under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(c) a depositary should report all breaches that have been closed during the previous month. A breach can be closed in a number of ways. For example:

    1. (a)

      A breach that does not involve changes to systems and controls may be considered closed when, in the opinion of the depositary, the authorised fund manager has taken all necessary action to rectify the breach.

    2. (b)

      A breach that requires changes to systems and controls that cannot be implemented promptly, may nevertheless be considered closed when, in the opinion of the depositary, the authorised fund manager has implemented an effective temporary control to resolve the issue, taking into account the interests of Unitholders.

  4. (4)

    A depositary should not consider a breach closed until any applicable compensation has been paid to the scheme and/or to Unitholders.

01/01/2017R
  1. (1)

    A depositary must submit its breach report under SUP 16.6.8R(1A) using the form REP011 in SUP 16 Annex 12AR.

  2. (2)

    A depositary must submit its oversight report under SUP 16.6.8R(1B) using the form REP012 in SUP 16 Annex 12AR.

  3. (3)

    A depositary must submit the forms in SUP 16 Annex 12AR:

    1. (a)

      online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website; or

    2. (b)

      if the appropriate systems are unavailable, via email to fundsupervision@fca.org.uk.

SUP 16.7A Annual report and accounts

Application

01/01/2021R

This section applies to every firm in the regulatory activity group (RAG) set out in column (1), which is a type of firm in column (2), of the tables in SUP 16.7A.3 R and SUP 16.7A.5 R, except:

  1. (1)

    [deleted]

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

  3. (3)

    an oil market participant that is not subject to the requirements of IPRU(INV) Chapter 3;

  4. (4)

    an authorised professional firm other than:

    1. (a)

      a firm that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R; or

    2. (b)

      a CASS debt management firm;

  5. (5)

    an authorised professional firm if the only regulated activity it carries on is credit-related regulated activity as a non-mainstream regulated activity;

  6. (6)

    a financial conglomerate; and

  7. (7)

    a local authority.

Purpose

31/12/2014G

The purpose of this section is to require firms to submit their annual report and accounts, and the annual report and accounts of their mixed activity holding companies, to the FCA online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA's website. This information is used in the monitoring of firms both individually and collectively.

Requirement to submit annual report and accounts

01/08/2022R

A firm in the RAG in column (1) and which is a type of firm in column (2) must submit its annual report and accounts to the FCA annually on a single entity basis.

(1)(2)
RAGFirm type
1UK bank
Dormant asset fund operator
A non-UK bank.
2.2The Society
3MIFIDPRU investment firms
 
 
All other firms subject to the following chapters in IPRU(INV):
(1)Chapter 3
(2)Chapter 5
(3)[deleted]
4MIFIDPRU investment firms
 
 
Collective portfolio management firm
All other firms subject to the following chapters in IPRU(INV):
(1)Chapter 3
(2)Chapter 5
(3)[deleted]
(4)Chapter 12
5All firms
6All firms other than firms subject to IPRU (INV) Chapter 13
7MIFIDPRU investment firms
 
 
8All firms other than firms subject to IPRU (INV) Chapter 13

Exceptions from the requirement to submit an annual report and accounts

03/01/2018R
  1. (1)

    An adviser (as referred to in IPRU(INV) 3-60(4)R), is only required to submit the annual report and accounts if:

    1. (a)

      it is a partnership or body corporate; and

    2. (b)

      the annual report and accounts were audited as a result of a statutory provision other than under the Act.

  2. (2)

    A service company is only required to submit the annual report and accounts if the reports and accounts were audited as a result of a statutory provision other than under the Act.

Requirement to submit annual report and accounts for mixed activity holding companies

01/01/2022R

A firm in the RAG group in column (1), which is a type of firm in column (2) and whose ultimate parent is a mixed activity holding company must:

  1. (1)

    submit the annual report and accounts of the mixed activity holding company to the FCA annually; and

  2. (2)

    notify the FCA that it is covered by this reporting requirement by email using the email address specified in SUP 16.3.10 G (3), by its accounting reference date.

    (1)(2)
    RAGFirm type
    1UK bank
    3MIFIDPRU investment firm
     
    4MIFIDPRU investment firm
     
    7MIFIDPRU investment firm
     
31/12/2014R

Where a number of firms in the same group share the same mixed activity holding company parent, only one firm in the group is required to provide the report.

Method for submitting annual accounts and reports

31/12/2014R

Firms must submit the annual report and accounts to the FCA online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA's website, using the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 1A.

Time period for firms submitting their annual report and accounts

01/01/2021R

Firms must submit their annual report and accounts in accordance with SUP 16.7A.3 R within the following deadlines:

  1. (1)

    for a non-UK bank, within 7 months of the accounting reference date;

  2. (2)

    for the Society or a service company, within 6 months of the accounting reference date; and

  3. (3)

    for all other firms, within 80 business days of the accounting reference date.

Time period for firms submitting annual report and accounts for mixed activity holding companies

31/12/2014R

Firms must submit the annual report and accounts of a mixed activity holding company in accordance with SUP 16.7A.5 R within 7 months of their accounting reference date.

SUP 16.8 Persistency reports from insurers and data reports on stakeholder pensions

Application

21/06/2001G

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to:

  1. (1)

    every insurer with permission to effect or carry out life policies, unless it is a non-directive friendly society; and

  2. (2)

    every firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a stakeholder pension scheme.

Purpose

01/04/2013G

The purpose of this section is to enable information on the persistency of life policies and data on stakeholder pensions to be prepared and provided to the FCA in a standard format. This information is used in the monitoring of firms both individually and collectively.

Requirement to submit persistency and data reports

31/12/2014R
  1. (1)

    An insurer with a permission to effect or carry out life policies must submit to the FCA a persistency report in respect of life policies by 30 April each year in accordance with this section.

  2. (2)

    A firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a stakeholder pension scheme must submit to the FCA:

    1. (a)

      a data report on stakeholder pensions by 30 April each year using the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 6R.

    2. (b)

      [deleted]

Alternative year end date

31/12/2014R
  1. (1)

    A firm may submit persistency and a data report for a 12 month period ending within 4 months of its accounting reference date if:

    1. (a)

      it has notified the FCA of this intention by email using the email address specified in SUP 16.3.10 G (3) no later than the firm's accounting reference date; and

    2. (b)

      it either:

      1. (i)

        has an accounting reference date other than 31 December; or

      2. (ii)

        undertakes industrial assurance policy business.

How to submit persistency and data reports

31/12/2014R

Firms required to submit reports as set out in SUP 16.8.3 R (1) and SUP 16.8.3 R (2) must do so online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA's website.

Interpretation of this section

13/04/2018R

In this section, and in SUP 16 Annex 6R:

  1. (1)

    '12 month report' means the part of a persistency report or data report reporting on life policies or stakeholder pensions effected in Y-2, '24 month report' means the part of a persistency report or data report reporting on life policies or stakeholder pensions effected in Y-3, and so on;

  2. (2)

    'CC' means the number of life policies or stakeholder pensions which:

    1. (a)

      were effected during the period to which the calculation relates; and

    2. (b)

      are reported on in the persistency report or data report (see SUP 16.8.8 R to SUP 16.8.15 R);

  3. (3)

    'CF' means the number of life policies or stakeholder pensions within 'CC' which are treated as in force at the end of Y-1 or, for a report under SUP 16.8.3 R (2) (b), the relevant 12 month period (see SUP 16.8.16 R to SUP 16.8.18 R);

  4. (4)

    'contract anniversary' means the anniversary of the date on which the life policy or stakeholder pension was effected falling within Y-1;

  5. (5)

    'data report' means a report in respect of stakeholder pensions complying with SUP 16.8.19 R to SUP 16.8.21 R;

  6. (6)

    [deleted]

  7. (7)

    'group personal pension policy' means a life policy which is not a separate pension scheme, effected under a collecting arrangement made for the employees of a particular employer to participate in a personal pension arrangement on a group basis;

  8. (8)

    [deleted]

  9. (9)

    'mortgage endowment' means an endowment assurance effected or believed to be effected for the purposes of paying off a loan on land;

  10. (10)

    'new', in relation to a stakeholder pension, has the meaning given in SUP 16.8.11 R (2);

  11. (11)

    'ordinary assurance policy' means a life policy which is not an industrial assurance policy;

  12. (12)

    'other life assurance' means a life policy other than a pension policy, endowment assurance or whole life assurance;

  13. (13)

    'other pension policy' means a pension policy other than a personal pension policy;

  14. (14)

    'persistency rate' means a rate calculated using this formula: CF x 100/CC (see the example in SUP 16.8.5G);

  15. (15)

    'persistency report' means a report in respect of life policies and stakeholder pensions complying with SUP 16.8.19A R and SUP 16.8.21 R;

  16. (16)

    'regular premium life policy' means a life policy where there is (or could be, or has been) a commitment by the policyholder to make a regular stream of contributions (for example by means of a direct debit mandate);

  17. (17)

    'regular premium stakeholder pension' means a stakeholder pension where there is (or could be, or has been) a commitment by the policyholder to make a regular stream of contributions;

  18. (18)

    'single premium life policy' means a life policy that is not a regular premium life policy, except that a recurrent single premium life policy must be treated as a regular premium life policy;

  19. (19)

    'single premium stakeholder pension' means a stakeholder pension which is not a regular premium stakeholder pension, except that a recurrent single premium stakeholder pension must be treated as a regular premium stakeholder pension;

  20. (20)

    'stakeholder pension' means an individual's rights under a stakeholder pension scheme;

  21. (21)

    'substitute', in relation to stakeholder pension, has the meaning given in SUP 16.8.11 R (2);

  22. (22)

    'Y' means the year in which the report must be submitted, 'Y-1' means the preceding year, 'Y-2' means the next earlier year and so on; and

  23. (23)

    'year' means calendar year, unless SUP 16.8.3AR (1) applies in which case it means the 12 month period notified to the FCA.

Example of calculation of persistency rate for life policies that commenced during 1996 (see SUP 16.8.3 R)

21/06/2001G
Y (year of reporting)Number of life policies which commenced during 1996Number of 1996 policies that cease to be in force during Y-1Deaths and retirements (not included in CC and CF)CFCC
1998100014321000 - 143 - 2 = 8551000 - 2 = 998
199910002511000 - 143 - 25 - 2 - 1 = 8291000 - 2 - 1 = 997
 
Report submitted in 1998 Persistency rate for life policies that commenced during Y-2 (that is 1996)
Report submitted in 1999 Persistency rate for life policies that commenced during Y-3 (that is 1996)
21/06/2001G

Firms are reminded that annuity contracts other than deferred annuity contracts are not within the definition of 'life policy'.

Life policies and stakeholder pensions to be reported on in the persistency or data reports

01/05/2008R

A persistency report or data report must report on a life policy or stakeholder pension if:

  1. (1)

    it is not of a type listed in SUP 16.8.13 R or SUP 16.8.14 R;

  2. (2)

    it was effected by:

    1. (a)

      the firm submitting the report; or

    2. (b)

      an unauthorised member of the group of the firm submitting the report and in circumstances in which that firm was responsible for the promotion of that life policy or stakeholder pension; or

    3. (c)

      another firm, but is being carried out by the firm submitting the report; and

  3. (3)

    the person who sold it or who was responsible for its promotion was, in so doing, subject to rules in COBS.

01/04/2013G

Life policies and stakeholder pensions falling within SUP 16.8.8 R (2) (c) are those which have been transferred from another firm, for example under an insurance business transfer scheme under Part 7 of the Act (Control of Business Transfers).

21/06/2001R

Life policies falling within SUP 16.8.8 R, which were sold subject to the conduct of business rules of a previous regulator, need to be reported only if they were required to be reported on by the rules of the previous regulator of the firm submitting the report.

13/04/2018R
  1. (1)

    A life policy or stakeholder pension which was issued in substitution for a similar contract may be treated as being effected on the inception date of the previous life policy or stakeholder pension, provided that the firm is satisfied that no loss to the policyholder is attributable to the substitution.

  2. (2)

    A stakeholder pension which is treated as in (1) is a "substitute" stakeholder pension. A "new" stakeholder pension is any other stakeholder pension.

01/10/2003G

Examples of loss to the policyholder under SUP 16.8.11 R are losses resulting from higher charges and more restrictive benefits and options.

06/04/2012R

A persistency or data report must not report on any of the following:

  1. (1)

    a life policy or stakeholder pension that was cancelled from inception whether or not this was as a result of service of a notice under the rules on cancellation (COBS 15);

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

  3. (3)

    a life policy (excluding income withdrawal) or stakeholder pension which has terminated as a result of death, critical illness, retirement, maturity or other completion of the contract term;

  4. (4)

    income withdrawals that have ceased as a result of the death of the policyholder;

  5. (5)

    in the case of a persistency report only, a life policy which is a stakeholder pension;

  6. (6)

    a life policy purchased by the trustees of an occupational pension scheme which is a defined benefits pension scheme;

  7. (7)

    a life policy purchased by the trustees of an executive money purchase occupational pension scheme.

31/12/2014R

A persistency report required by SUP 16.8.3 R need not contain information:

  1. (1)

    on a life policy if the number of life policies on substantially the same terms effected by the relevant firm (or member of the firm's group) in the relevant year did not exceed the higher of fifty and 1% of the total reportable life policies effected by the person in that year; and

  2. (2)

    on life policies and stakeholder pensions if a firm has no life policies or stakeholder pensions to report on in SUP 16 Annex 6R.

31/12/2014R

In circumstances where a firm has no data to report in one or both of the life policies and stakeholder pensions sections of SUP 16 Annex 6R, a firm must submit a nil return using the relevant field(s) in the form.

21/06/2001R

If the term of an endowment assurance is less than five years, the life policy must only be included in a persistency report in respect of years up to and including the anniversary prior to maturity.

Life policies and stakeholder pensions to be treated as in force

13/04/2018R

Subject to SUP 16.8.17 R and SUP 16.8.18 R, a life policy or stakeholder pension must be treated as in force at the end of Y-1 (that is, included in CF) if and only if:

  1. (1)

    in the case of a regular premium life policy:

    1. (a)

      in the case of an industrial assurance policy on which the premiums are paid at intervals of four weeks, the premium has been paid in respect of the four-week period in which the policy anniversary falls; or

    2. (b)

      in any other case, the premium has been paid in respect of the month in which the policy anniversary falls;

  2. (2)

    in the case of a single premium life policy, the policy has not been surrendered as at the policy anniversary;

  3. (3)

    in the case of a regular premium stakeholder pension:

    1. (a)

      for a report required by SUP 16.8.3 R (2) (a), the premium has been paid in respect of the month in which the contract anniversary falls;

    2. (b)

      [deleted]

  4. (4)

    in the case of a single premium stakeholder pension:

    1. (a)

      for a report required by SUP 16.8.3 R (2)(a), the contract has not been surrendered as at the contract anniversary.

    2. (b)

      [deleted]

21/06/2001R

A cluster life policy must be reported as a single life policy and must be treated as in force (that is included in CF) even if some of the constituent life policies have been terminated.

21/06/2001R

An income withdrawal that has terminated other than by death of the policyholder must be treated as not in force at the end of Y-1 (that is, not included in CF).

Contents of the persistency or data report

31/12/2014R

A persistency report on life policies and stakeholder pensions must be in the format of SUP 16 Annex 6R.

13/04/2018R

The firm must, if a persistency report reports on:

  1. (1)

    an endowment assurance with a term of five years or less:

    1. (a)

      [deleted]

    2. (b)

      report on such a policy in the report in SUP 16 Annex 6R;

  2. (2)

    a group personal pension policy, include the policy as a personal pension policy in the report in SUP 16 Annex 6R;

  3. (3)

    a mortgage endowment, also include the policy as an endowment assurance in the report in SUP 16 Annex 6R;

  4. (4)

    an income withdrawal, not include the policy under any other relevant category in SUP 16 Annex 6R.

Records

13/04/2018R

A firm must make and retain such records as will enable it to:

  1. (1)

    monitor regularly the persistency of life policies and stakeholder pensions effected through each of its representatives; and

  2. (2)

    make persistency reports or data reports to the FCA in accordance with SUP 16.8.3R.

06/04/2026G

In order to comply with SUP 16.8.23R, a firm will as a minimum need to make and retain separate records for:

  1. (1) subject to (6), life policies and stakeholder pensions originally promoted:
    1. (a) by company representatives; or
    2. (b) by intermediaries providing independent advice or restricted advice; or
    3. (c) through the firm's own direct offer financial promotions;
    4. (d) [deleted]
  2. (2) life policies and stakeholder pensions not within (1), including those effected as execution-only transactions, for inclusion in the relevant form under 'Other';
  3. (3) life policies and stakeholder pensions written assuming the payment of:
    1. (a) regular premiums;
    2. (b) a single premium;
  4. (4) life policies written as:
    1. (a) ordinary assurance policies;
    2. (b) industrial assurance policies;
  5. (5) the categories of life policies and stakeholder pensions referred to in SUP 16 Annex 6R; and
  6. (6) life policies and stakeholder pensions effected through the provision of a targeted support service (however originally promoted), for inclusion in the relevant form only under ‘Other’.

SUP 16.10 Verification of firm details

Application

01/08/2022G

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm except:

  1. (1)

    an ICVC; or

  2. (2)

    a UCITS qualifier; or

  3. (2A)

    an AIFM qualifier; or

  4. (3)

    [deleted]

  5. (4)

    a dormant asset fund operator.

Purpose

23/03/2018G

Firm details are used by the FCA:

  1. (1)

    to ensure that a firm is presented with the correct regulatory return when it seeks to report electronically;

  2. (2)

    in order to communicate with a firm;

  3. (3)

    as the basis for some sections of the Financial Services Register; and

  4. (4)

    in order to carry out thematic analysis across sectors and groups of firms.

23/03/2018G

In view of the importance attached to firm details, and the consequences which may result if they are wrong, this section provides the framework for a firm to check and correct them.

Requirement to check the accuracy of firm details and to report changes to the FCA

01/04/2026R
  1. (1)

     Within the period beginning on its accounting reference date and ending 60 business days after its accounting reference date, a firm must check the accuracy of its firm details through the relevant section of the FCA website.

  2. (2)

     [paragraph suspended by FSA 2004/79]

  3. (3)

     If any firm details are incorrect, the firm must submit the corrected firm details to the FCA using:

    1. (a)

       the appropriate form set out in SUP 15 Ann 3 and in accordance with SUP 16.10.4AR; or

    2. (b)

       where the relevant details relate to an appointed representative of the firm:

      1. (i)

         the form in SUP 12 Ann 3 (Appointed representative appointment) if the appointed representative is not included on the Financial Services Register;

      2. (ii)

         the form in SUP 12 Ann 4 (Appointed representative or tied agent – change details) if the details about an appointed representative on the Financial Services Register are incorrect; or

      3. (iii)

         the form in SUP 12 Ann 5 (Appointed representative termination) if a relationship with an appointed representative has been terminated but this is not reflected on the Financial Services Register, in accordance with the applicable rules in SUP 12.7 (Notification and reporting requirements) or SUP 12.8 (Termination of a relationship with an appointed representative or FCA registered tied agent).

    set out in SUP 15 Ann 3 and in accordance with SUP 16.10.4A R.

01/10/2021R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit any corrected firm details under SUP 16.10.4R(3) using the appropriate online systems accessible through the FCA’s website.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

  3. (3)

    Where a firm is obliged to submit corrected firm details online under (1), if the FCA's information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, until such time as facilities for online submission are restored, a firm must submit its corrected firm details to firm.details@fca.org.uk.

Frequency and timing of reports: confirming that firm details remain accurate

01/04/2026R
  1. (1)

     This rule applies where, in complying with SUP 16.10.4R(1), a firm does not need to submit corrected firm details under SUP 16.10.4R(3).

  2. (2)

     Within the period beginning on its accounting reference date and ending 60 business days after its accounting reference date, a firm must submit a report to the FCA confirming that the firm details which it has checked under SUP 16.10.4R(1) remain accurate, using the appropriate online systems accessible through the FCA’s website.

01/04/2013G

If the FCA's information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, the FCA will endeavour to publish a notice on its website confirming that online submission is unavailable and that the alternative methods of submission set out in SUP 16.3.9 R should be used.

04/10/2010G

Where SUP 16.10.4AR (3) applies to a firm, GEN 1.3.2 R (Emergency) does not apply.

13/04/2018G

The firm details are made available to the firm when the firm logs into the appropriate section of the FCA’s website. The firm should check the firm details and send any corrections to the FCA. The FCA’s preferred method of receiving corrections to firm details is by the online forms available at the FCA’s website.

23/03/2018G

A firm may check, and submit corrections to, its firm details more frequently than annually.

SUP 16.11 Product Sales, Performance and Back-book Data Reporting

Application

01/05/2024R

This section applies:

  1. (1)

    in relation to sales data reports, to a firm:

    1. (a)

      which is a home finance provider; or

    2. (aa)

      which is a P2P platform operator which facilitates entry into a regulated mortgage contract, home purchase plan, home reversion plan or regulated sale and rent back agreement where the lender or provider does not require permission to enter into the transaction; or

    3. (b)

      which is:

      1. (i)

        a threshold 1 category A firm;

      2. (ii)

        a threshold 1 category B firm;

      3. (iii)

        a threshold 2 category A firm;

      4. (iv)

        a threshold 2 category B firm; or

      5. (v)

        a non-threshold short-term loan firm; or

    4. (c)

      which is, in respect of sales to a retail client or a consumer:

      1. (i)

        an insurer; or

      2. (ii)

        the manager of an authorised AIF or a UCITS scheme; or

      3. (iii)

        the operator of an investment trust savings scheme, or a personal pension scheme; or

      4. (iv)

        a person who issues or manages the relevant assets of the issuer of a structured capital-at-risk product;

      unless the firm is a managing agent;

  2. (2)

    in relation to performance data reports:

    1. (a)

      to the firm (“A”) which entered into the regulated mortgage contract;

    2. (b)

      where the right of the lender to receive payments under the regulated mortgage contract has passed to another person (“B”) by legal or equitable assignment or by operation of law:

      1. (i)

        where B is a firm with permission for administering a regulated mortgage contract, firm B (and it is immaterial for this purpose whether B makes arrangements for A or another person to administer the mortgage or to exercise the lender’s rights under it); or

      2. (ii)

        where B is not a firm with permission for administering a regulated mortgage contract and B enters into an agreement with a firm (“C”) to administer the contract, firm C (it is immaterial for this purpose whether firm C is firm A, or whether firm C enters into an arrangement with another person to outsource or delegate the performance of some of those administration activities); or

    3. (c)

      to a firm which is:

      1. (i)

        a threshold 1 category A firm;

      2. (ii)

        a threshold 1 category B firm;

      3. (iii)

        a threshold 2 category A firm; or

      4. (iv)

        a threshold 2 category B firm.

  3. (3)

    in relation to back-book data reports, to a firm which is:

    1. (a)

      a threshold 1 category A firm;

    2. (b)

      a threshold 1 category B firm;

    3. (c)

      a threshold 2 category A firm; or

    4. (d)

      a threshold 2 category B firm.

01/01/2021G

Where a regulated mortgage contract has been sold or securitised, the firm responsible for the performance data report should be the ‘principal administrator’ submitting the MLAR (see section G of SUP 16 Annex 19AR and the guidance notes on section G in SUP 16 Annex 19BG).

01/05/2024G

This section will continue to apply to a threshold 1 category A firm, a threshold 1 category B firm, a threshold 2 category A firm or a threshold 2 category B firm regardless of the annual total value reported for relevant regulated credit agreements in subsequent reporting periods.

Purpose

01/05/2024G
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section is to set out the requirements for firms in the retail mortgage, investment, consumer credit lending and pure protection contract markets specified in SUP 16.11.1 R to report individual product sales data, to report individual performance data on regulated mortgage contracts and relevant regulated credit agreements, and to report historic back-book data to the FCA. In the case of firms in the sale and rent back market, there is a requirement to record, but not to submit, sales data. These requirements apply whether the regulated activity has been carried out by the firm, or through an intermediary which has dealt directly with the firm.

  2. (2)

    The purpose of collecting this data is to assist the FCA in the ongoing supervision of firms engaged in retail activities and to enable the FCA to gain a wider understanding of market trends in the interests of protecting consumers.

  3. (3)

    Certain of the information is required under PRA rules: see SUP 16.11.7R(2) to (5). This information is collected by the FCA for the PRA, but the PRA allows the FCA to retain the information for the FCA’s purposes.

Reporting requirement

28/02/2025R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit a report (a 'data report') containing the information required by:

    1. (a)

      SUP 16.11.5 R (a 'sales data report') within 20 business days of the end of the reporting period;

    2. (b)

      for regulated mortgage contracts and relevant regulated credit agreements, SUP 16.11.5A R (a 'performance data report'), within 30 business days of the end of the reporting period; and

    3. (c)

      SUP 16.11.5BR (a ‘back-book data report’), within 30 business days of the end of the firm’s first reporting period,

    unless (3A) or (4) applies.

  2. (2)

    The reporting periods are;

    1. (a)

      for sales data reports, the four calendar quarters of each year beginning on 1 January;

    2. (b)

      for performance data reports for regulated mortgage contracts, the six month periods beginning on 1 January and 1 July in each calendar year; and

    3. (c)

      for performance data reports for relevant regulated credit agreements, the four calendar quarters of each year beginning on 1 January.

  3. (2A)

    The requirement set out in SUP 16.11.3R applies as follows:

    1. (a)

      in relation to a threshold 1 category A firm, the first reporting period to which the requirement applies is the calendar quarter beginning on 1 January 2026;

    2. (b)

      in relation to a threshold 1 category B firm:

      1. (i)

        the first reporting period to which the requirement applies is calculated by reference to the quarter in which the relevant annual period ended;

      2. (ii)

        the relevant annual period is the annual period in respect of which the firm first reported in accordance with SUP 16.12.29CR;

        1. (A)

          an annual total value of £2,000,000 or more, but less than £20,000,000, outstanding for relevant regulated credit agreements; or

        2. (B)

          an annual total value of £2,000,000 or more, but less than £20,000,000, of new advances for relevant regulated credit agreements;

      3. (iii)

        the first reporting period is the seventh calendar quarter following the quarter in which the relevant annual period ended;

    3. (c)

      in relation to a threshold 2 category A firm, the first reporting period to which the requirement applies is the calendar quarter beginning on 1 July 2025;

    4. (d)

      in relation to a threshold 2 category B firm:

      1. (i)

        the first reporting period to which the requirement applies is calculated by reference to the quarter in which the relevant annual period ended;

      2. (ii)

        the relevant annual period is the annual period in respect of which the firm first reported in accordance with SUP 16.12.29CR;

        1. (A)

          an annual total value of £20,000,000 or more outstanding for relevant regulated credit agreements; or

        2. (B)

          an annual total value of £20,000,000 or more of new advances for relevant regulated credit agreements;

      3. (iii)

        the first reporting period is the fifth calendar quarter following the quarter in which the relevant annual period ended.

  4. (3)

    [deleted]

  5. (3A)

    A firm must submit a nil return in respect of sales data reports if no relevant sales have occurred in the quarter.

  6. (3B)

    A firm must submit a nil return in respect of performance data reports for regulated mortgage contracts if it does not own any rights of a lender under a regulated mortgage contract, and only carries on the regulated activity of administering a regulated mortgage contract for firms which are themselves obliged to submit performance data reports under SUP 16.11.1R(2).

  7. (4)

    The following types of firm must compile, and keep for at least five years from the end of the relevant quarter, a data report containing the information required by SUP 16.11.5 R, but are not subject to the requirement in (1) to submit a data report (or to the requirement in SUP 16.11.9 R:

    1. (a)

      a SRB agreement provider; and

    2. (b)

      a P2P platform operator which facilitates entry into a regulated sale and rent back agreement where the provider does not require permission to enter into the transaction.

01/01/2015G
  1. (1)

    A firm may submit a sales data report more frequently than required by SUP 16.11.3 R if it wishes.

  2. (2)

    If it is easier and more practical for a firm to submit additional data relating to products other than those specified in SUP 16.11.5 R, it may submit that additional data to the FCA in a data report.

Content of the report

01/05/2024R

A sales data report must contain sales data in respect of the following products:

  1. (1)

    retail investments;

  2. (2)

    pure protection contracts;

  3. (3)

    regulated mortgage contracts (including further advances (see SUP 16.11.7R(3)) and internal product transfers and internal remortgages, irrespective of whether there is a new mortgage contract);

  4. (4)

    home purchase plans;

  5. (5)

    home reversion plans;

  6. (6)

    regulated sale and rent back agreements; and

  7. (7)

    relevant regulated credit agreements.

  8. (8)

    [deleted]

01/05/2024R

A performance data report must contain performance data in respect of:

  1. (1)

    regulated mortgage contracts other than legacy CCA mortgage contracts; and

  2. (2)

    relevant regulated credit agreements,

as applicable.

01/05/2024R
  1. (1)

    Subject to (2), a back-book data report must contain data in respect of all relevant regulated credit agreements that are in force on the first day of the firm’s first reporting period within the meaning of SUP 16.11.3R(2A).

  2. (2)

    A back-book data report must not contain data in respect of a relevant regulated credit agreement which was executed on the first day of the firm’s first reporting period within the meaning of SUP 16.11.3R(2A).

  3. (3)

    A firm must only provide one back-book data report.

01/05/2024R
  1. (1)

    A firm which provided a back-book data report because it was either a threshold 1 category A firm or a threshold 1 category B firm is not required to provide an additional back-book data report if it subsequently becomes a threshold 2 category B firm.

  2. (2)

    A firm which provided a back-book data report because it was either a threshold 2 category A firm or a threshold 2 category B firm is not required to provide an additional back-book data report if it subsequently becomes a threshold 1 category B firm.

01/05/2024G

Guidance on the type of products covered by SUP 16.11.5 R, SUP 16.11.5AR and SUP 16.11.5BR is contained in SUP 16 Annex 20G.

01/04/2021R
  1. (1)

    A data report must comply with the provisions of SUP 16 Annex 21R.

  2. (2)

    But (3) to (5) apply where a firm which is required to submit a sales data report under SUP 16.11.3R(1)(a) is a PRA-authorised person which is also required to submit information to the FCA under chapter 23 (regulatory mortgage contract reporting) of the PRA’s Regulatory Reporting rules.

  3. (3)

    Where the sales data report relates to a further advance, SUP 16.11.3R(1)(a) and SUP 16 Annex 21R apply to the firm only in relation to the format in which the data elements in the report are to be submitted to the FCA.

  4. (4)

    Where the sales data report does not relate to a further advance, SUP 16.11.3R(1)(a) and SUP 16 Annex 21R apply to the firm in respect of the data elements listed in (5) only in relation to the format in which the data elements are to be submitted to the FCA.

  5. (5)

    The data elements are:

    1. (a)

      the total amount owed by the borrower to the firm and secured on the property immediately prior to the new borrowing;

    2. (b)

      for a second charge regulated mortgage contract, the total amount owed by the borrower to third parties secured on the property;

    3. (c)

      rate to which stress test applied; and

    4. (d)

      contractual reversion rate.

01/05/2024R
  1. (1)

    A sales data report must relate both to transactions undertaken by the firm and to transactions undertaken by an intermediary which has dealt directly with the customer on the firm’s behalf.

  2. (2)

    The requirement in (1) does not apply to transactions relating to regulated credit agreements.

04/06/2019R

Where a P2P platform operator facilitates an arrangement under which a number of persons provide home finance to a single customer, either individually under separate contracts, or jointly and severally under a single contract:

  1. (1)

    the sales data report and performance data report of the P2P platform operator must include data in respect of the arrangement taken as a whole, as though it comprised a single transaction; and

  2. (2)

    the sales data report and performance data report of any firm which is the lender or provider under any separate contract forming part of the arrangement must include data in respect of that contract.

01/01/2015G

Where the manager of an authorised AIF or a UCITS scheme receives business from a firm which operates a nominee account, the sales data report in respect of those transactions submitted by the manager should treat those transactions as transactions undertaken by the manager with the firm.

01/01/2015R

A firm must provide a data report to the FCA electronically in a standard format provided by the FCA.

01/04/2013G

A data report will have been provided to the FCA in accordance with SUP 16.11.9 R only if all mandatory data reporting fields (as set out in SUP 16 Annex 21R) have been completed correctly and the report has been accepted by the relevant FCA reporting system.

Use of reporting agents

01/01/2015R
  1. (1)

    A firm may appoint another person to provide a data report on the firm's behalf if the firm has informed the FCA of that appointment in writing.

  2. (2)

    Where (1) applies, the firm must ensure that the data report complies with the requirements of SUP 16.11 and identifies the originator of the transaction.

SUP 16.12 Integrated Regulatory Reporting

Application

01/01/2021G

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm carrying on business set out in column (1) of SUP 16.12.4 R except:

  1. (1)

    [deleted]

  2. (1A)

    [deleted]

  3. (2)

    an oil market participant that is not subject to the requirements of IPRU(INV) Chapter 3;

  4. (3)

    an authorised professional firm (other than one that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R, or that is a CASS debt management firm, where SUP 16.12.4 R will apply in respect of the business the firm undertakes), which must (unless it is within (3A)) comply with SUP 16.12.30 R SUP 16.12.31 R;

  5. (3A)

    an authorised professional firm if the only regulated activity it carries on is credit-related regulated activity as a non-mainstream regulated activity; and

  6. (4)

    a financial conglomerate, which must comply with SUP 16.12.32 R: firms that are members of a financial conglomerate will have their own reporting requirements under SUP 16.12.32 R.

  7. (5)

    UK designated investment firms, which must comply with the reporting requirements in the PRA Rulebook.

Purpose

30/11/2024G
  1. (1)

    Principle 4 requires firms to maintain adequate financial resources. The prudential sourcebooks, which are contained in the Prudential Standards block in the Handbook, for firms engaged in regulated funeral plan activity (FPCOB), and for firms engaged in regulated pensions dashboard activity (PDCOB), set out the FCA's detailed capital adequacy requirements. By submitting regular data, firms enable the FCA to monitor their compliance with Principle 4 and their prudential requirements.

  2. (2)

    The data items submitted help the FCA analyse firms' financial and other conditions and performance and to understand their business. By means of further collation and review of the data which the data items provide, the FCA also uses the data items to identify developments across the financial services industry and its constituent sectors.

  3. (3)

    The requirements in this section differ according to a firm's regulated activity group (RAG), as different information is required to reflect different types of business. Standard formats are used for reporting, to assist compatibility between firms which carry on similar types of business. Timely submission is important to ensure the FCA has up-to-date information.

Reporting requirement

30/11/2024R
  1. (1)

    Any firm permitted to carry on any of the activities within each of the RAG s set out in column (1) of the table in SUP 16.12.4 R must:

    1. (a)
      1. (i)

        unless (ii) or (iii) applies, submit to the FCA the duly completed data items or other items applicable to the firm as set out in the provision referred to in column (2) of that table;

      2. (ii)

        unless (iii) applies, where a firm is required to submit completed data items for more than one RAG, that firm must only submit the data item of the same name and purpose in respect of the lowest numbered RAG applicable to it, RAG 1 being the lowest and RAG 13 the highest;

      3. (iii)

        where a firm is, but for this rule, required to submit data items for more than one RAG and this includes the submission of data items in respect of fees, the FOS or FSCS levy, or threshold conditions, that firm must only submit these data items if they belong to the lowest numbered of the RAGs applicable to it;

      4. (iv)

        in the case of a non-EEA bank, or an EEA bank (whether or not it has permission for accepting deposits) other than one with permission for cross border services only, any data items submitted should, unless indicated otherwise, only cover the activities of the branch operation in the United Kingdom;

      in the format specified as applicable to the firm in the provision referred to in column (2);

    2. (b)

      submit this information at the frequency and in respect of the periods set out in the provision referred to in column (3); and

    3. (c)

      submit this information by the due date referred to in the provision referred to in column (4).

  2. (2)

    Unless (3) applies, any data item in (1) must be submitted by electronic means made available by the FCA;

  3. (3)

    Paragraph (2) does not apply to:

    1. (a)

      [deleted]

    2. (aa)

      [deleted]

    3. (b)

      firms in RAG 2 in relation to the reporting requirements for RAG 2 activities (except the funeral plan provision activities); and

    4. (c)

      those data items specified as "No standard format", where SUP 16.3.6 R to SUP 16.3.10 G will apply.

  4. (4)

    A firm that is a member of a financial conglomerate must also submit financial reports as required by SUP 16.12.32 R.

06/07/2009G

Firms' attention is drawn to SUP 16.3.25 G regarding a single submission for all firms in the group.

06/04/2026R

Table of applicable rules containing data items, frequency and submission periods

(1)(2)(3)(4)
RAG numberRegulated ActivitiesProvisions containing:
applicable data itemsreporting frequency/ perioddue date
     
RAG 1

• accepting deposits

meeting of repayment claims

managing dormant asset funds (including the investment of such funds)

RAG 1 firms should complete their prudential reporting requirements as set out in the PRA Rulebook.
RAG 2.1

• effecting contracts of insurance

• carrying out contracts of insurance

• entering as provider into a funeral plan contract

• carrying out a funeral plan contract as provider

 

RAG 2.1 firms should complete their prudential reporting requirements as set out in the PRA Rulebook except firms carrying out funeral plan provision activities in relation to which SUP 16.12.8AR applies.

  
RAG 2.2

• managing the underwriting capacity of a Lloyds syndicate as a managing agent at Lloyds

• advising on syndicate participation at Lloyds

• arranging deals in contracts of insurance written at Lloyds

SUP 16.12.9 RSUP 16.12.9 RSUP 16.12.9 R
RAG 3

• dealing in investments as principal

• dealing in investments as agent

• advising on investments (except P2P agreements) (excluding retail investment activities)

• arranging (bringing about) deals in investments (excluding retail investment activities)

• advising on P2P agreements (when carried on exclusively with or for professional clients)

• operating an electronic system for public offers of relevant securities 

SUP 16.12.10 R

SUP 16.12.11 R

SUP 16.12.10 R SUP 16.12.12 RSUP 16.12.10 R SUP 16.12.13 R
RAG 4

• managing investments

• establishing, operating or winding up a collective investment scheme

• establishing, operating or winding up a stakeholder pension scheme

• establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme

• managing an AIF

managing a UK UCITS

operating an electronic system in relation to lending (FCA-authorised persons only)

SUP 16.12.14 R

SUP 16.12.15 R

SUP 16.12.14 R SUP 16.12.16 RSUP 16.12.14 R SUP 16.12.17 R
RAG 5

home finance administration or home finance providing activity

• the activity of a P2P platform operator facilitating a home finance transaction, where the lender or provider does not require permission to enter into the transaction

SUP 16.12.18BR and SUP 16.12.18C RSUP 16.12.18BR and SUP 16.12.18C RSUP 16.12.18BR and SUP 16.12.18C R
RAG 6

• safeguarding and administration of assets (without arranging)

• arranging safeguarding and administration of assets

acting as trustee or depositary of an AIF

acting as trustee or depositary of a UK UCITS

SUP 16.12.19A RSUP 16.12.20 RSUP 16.12.21 R
RAG 7

• retail investment activities

• advising on P2P agreements (except when carried on exclusively with or for professional clients)

• advising on pensions transfers & opt-outs

• arranging (bringing about deals) in retail investments

SUP 16.12.22A RSUP 16.12.23A RSUP 16.12.24AR
RAG 8

• making arrangements with a view to transactions in investments

• operating a multilateral trading facility

• operating an organised trading facility

• providing targeted support

SUP 16.12.25ARSUP 16.12.26 RSUP 16.12.27 R
RAG 9

home finance mediation activity

insurance distribution activity (non-investment insurance contracts)• funeral plan distribution

SUP 16.12.28A RSUP 16.12.28A RSUP 16.12.28A R
RAG 10• the activities of an RIESUP 16.12.29 GSUP 16.12.29 GSUP 16.12.29 G
RAG 11bidding in emissions auctionsSUP 16.12.29ARSUP 16.12.29ARSUP 16.12.29AR
RAG 12credit-related regulated activitySUP 16.12.29C RSUP 16.12.29C RSUP 16.12.29C R
RAG 13regulated pensions dashboard activitySUP 16.12.29ESUP 16.12.29ESUP 16.12.29E

Investment firm group reporting

01/01/2022G

MIFIDPRU 9 contains reporting requirements for:

  1. (1)

    UK parent entities of investment firm groups that are subject to consolidation under MIFIDPRU 2.5; and

  2. (2)

    parent undertakings that are subject to the group capital test.

The reporting requirements apply even if the UK parent entity or parent undertaking is not an authorised person.

Regulated Activity Group 2.1

29/07/2022R

The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm’s accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data itemData item (note 1)FrequencySubmission deadline
Funeral plan conduct returnFPR001Quarterly (note 2)15 business days after the quarter end
Funeral plan financials return: providersFPR003aHalf yearly (note 3)80 business days after the half year end
Note 1When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 50A. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items are set out in SUP 16 Annex 50B.
Note 2Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not from a firm’s accounting reference date. Quarters end on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.
Note 3Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not from a firm’s accounting reference date. The relevant half year periods end on 30 June and 31 December.

Regulated Activity Group 2.2

01/01/2022R

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm in the table below.

The applicable reporting frequencies for submission of data items and periods referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below and are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

 Member's adviserthe Society (note 1)
Description of data itemFrequencySubmission deadlineDescription of data itemFrequencySubmission deadline
   Annual Lloyd's returnAnnually6 months after the Society's accounting reference date
   Syndicate accounts and reports (note 2)Annually6 months after the Society's accounting reference date
Quarterly reporting statementQuarterly15 business days after the quarter end   
Balance Sheet
FSA001 (note 20) orQuarterly or half yearly(note 14)   
FSA029Quarterly (note 14)(note 14)   
Income Statement
FSA002 (note20), orQuarterly or half yearly (note 14)(note 14)   
FSA030Quarterly(note 14)   
Capital Adequacy
FSA003 (notes 4, 20) orMonthly, quarterly or half yearly (note 14)(note 14)   
FSA033 (note 12) orQuarterly(note 14)   
FSA034 (note 13) orQuarterly(note 14)   
FSA035 (note 13)Quarterly(note 14)   
Credit Risk
FSA004 (notes 5, 20)Quarterly or half yearly (note 14)(note 14)   
Market Risk
FSA005 (notes 6, 20)Quarterly or half yearly (note 14)(note 14)   
 
      
 
      
Large Exposures
FSA008 (note 20)Quarterly20 business days (note 19)   
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
Note 1The Society must prepare its reports in the format specified in IPRU(INS) Appendix 9.11, unless Note 2 applies.
Note 2The Society must ensure that the annual syndicate accounts and reports are prepared in accordance with the Insurance Accounts Directive (Lloyd's Syndicate and Aggregate Accounts) Regulations 2008 (S.I. 2008/1950).
Note 3[deleted]
Note 4Only firms subject to IPRU(INV) 4 report data item FSA003.
Note 5

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at anytime within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA004 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

 

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

 

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

 

The threshold is exceeded where data element 77A in data item FSA003 is greater than £10 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 6

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at anytime within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA005 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

 

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

 

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

 

The threshold is exceeded where data element 93A in data item FSA003 is greater than £50 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 7[deleted]
Note 8[deleted]
Note 9[deleted]
Note 10

 

 

 

[deleted]

Note 11[deleted]
Note 12FSA033 is only applicable to firms subject to IPRU(INV) 3.
Note 13

Only applicable to firms subject to IPRU(INV) 5. FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed.

 

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R.

Note 14All UK consolidation group reports report half yearly on 45 business days submission. All other firms report monthly on 20 business days submission.
Note 15[deleted]
Note 16[deleted]
Note 17[deleted]
Note 18[deleted]
Note 19UK consolidation group reports have 45 business days submission.
Note 20Firms that are members of a UK consolidation group are also required to submit FSA001, FSA002, FSA003, FSA004, FSA005 and FSA008 on a UK consolidation group basis.
Note 21[deleted]
01/01/2022G

A member’s adviser that is also a MIFIDPRU investment firm will also fall under one of the higher number RAGs that apply to MIFIDPRU investment firms. That means it will have to report data items in addition to those that it has to supply under RAG 2.2.

Regulated Activity Group 3

31/12/2014R
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.11 R to SUP 16.12.13 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority;

    4. (d)

      a service company.

  2. (2)

    A PRA lead regulated firm and an OPS firm must submit a copy of its annual report and audited accounts within 80 business days from its accounting reference date.

  3. (3)

    A PRA service company must submit a copy of its annual audited financial statements within 6 months from its accounting reference date. However, the firm need only submit this if the report was audited as a result of a statutory provision other than the Act.

27/06/2025R

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to firm type in the table below:

Description of data itemFirms’ prudential category and applicable data items (note 1)
MIFIDPRU investment firmsFirms other than MIFIDPRU investment firms
IPRU(INV) Chapter 3IPRU(INV) Chapter 5 IPRU(INV) Chapter 13
Solvency statementNo standard format (note 4)No standard format (note 6)No standard format (note 4)  
Balance sheet

FSA029

(note 2)

FSA029

(note 5)

FSA029 Section A RMAR
Income statement

FSA030

(note 2)

FSA030

(note 5)

FSA030 Section B RMAR
Capital adequacy

MIF001

(note 2 and 3)

FSA033

(note 5)

FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN071

(note 7)

 Section D1 RMAR
Supplementary capital data for collective portfolio management investment firms

FIN067

(note 13)

    
ICARA assessment questionnaire

MIF007

(note 3)

    
      
Client money and client assets    Section C RMAR
CFTCFSA040 (note 8)FSA040 (note 8)FSA040 (note 8) FSA040 (note 8)
Liquidity

MIF002

(notes 2, 3 and 10)

    
Metrics reporting

MIF003

(notes 2 and 3)

    
Concentration risk (non-K-CON)

MIF004

(notes 2, 3 and 11)

    
Concentration risk (K-CON)

MIF005

(notes 2, 3 and 11)

    
Group capital test

MIF006

(notes 3 and 12)

    
Liquidity QuestionnaireMLA-M (note 9)MLA-M (note 9)MLA-M (note 9) MLA-M (note 9)
Note 1All firms (except MIFIDPRU investment firms in relation to items reported under MIFIDPRU 9) must, when submitting the completed data item required, use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24R. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25G.
Note 2A UK parent entity of an investment firm group to which consolidation applies under MIFIDPRU 2.5 must also submit this report on the basis of the consolidated situation.
Note 3Data items MIF001 – MIF007 must be reported in accordance with the rules in MIFIDPRU 9.
Note 4Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or partnership. Where the firm is a partnership, this report must be submitted by each partner.
Note 5Except if the firm is an adviser (as referred to in IPRU-INV (3)-60(4)R).
Note 6Only required in the case of an adviser (as referred to in IPRU-INV (3)-60(4)R)) that is a sole trader.
Note 7

FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R.

Note 8Only applicable to firms granted a Part 30 exemption order and operating an arrangement to cover forward profits on the London Metals Exchange.
Note 9Only applicable to RAG 3 firms carrying on home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts, unless as at 26 April 2014 the firm’s Part 4A permission was and remains subject to a restriction preventing it from undertaking new home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts.
Note 10Does not apply to an SNI MIFIDPRU investment firm which has been granted an exemption from the liquidity requirements in MIFIDPRU 6.
Note 11Only applicable to a non-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firm.
Note 12Only applicable to a parent undertaking to which the group capital test applies.
Note 13Only applicable to firms that are collective portfolio management investment firms.
27/06/2025R

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below according to firm type. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemNon-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firmSNI MIFIDPRU investment firmInvestment firm groupFirm other than a MIFIDPRU investment firm
Solvency statementAnnuallyAnnually Annually
FSA029QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly
FSA030QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly
[deleted]   [deleted]
FSA033   Quarterly
FSA034   Quarterly
FSA035   Quarterly
     
FSA040QuarterlyQuarterly Quarterly
FIN067

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

  
FIN071   Quarterly
MIF001

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF002

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF003

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF004

Quarterly

(note 3)

 

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF005Quarterly Quarterly 
MIF006

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

  
MIF007

Annually

(note 4)

Annually

(note 4)

  
Section A RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section B RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section C RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section D1 RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

     
MLA-MQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly
Note 1Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.
Note 2Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.
Note 3Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not by reference to the firm’s accounting reference date. The relevant quarters end on the last business day of March, June, September and December.
Note 4The reporting period for MIF007 is determined by the date on which the firm reviews its ICARA process under MIFIDPRU 7.8.2R and the submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R.
27/06/2025R

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.12 R, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemQuarterlyHalf yearlyAnnual
Solvency statement  3 months
FSA029

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
FSA030

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
[deleted][deleted]  
FSA03320 business days  
FSA03420 business days  
FSA03520 business days  
    
FSA04015 business days  
FIN06720 business days  
FIN07120 business days  
MIF001

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF002

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF003

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF004

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF005

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF00620 business days  
MIF007The submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R  
Section A RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section B RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section C RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section D1 RMAR30 business days30 business days 
    
MLA-M20 business days  
Note 1For reports relating to the position of an individual firm.
Note 2For reports relating to the consolidated situation of an investment firm group.

Regulated Activity Group 4

31/12/2014R
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.15 R to SUP 16.12.17 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

27/06/2025R

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to firm type in the table below:

Description of data itemFirms’ prudential category and applicable data items (note 1)
MIFIDPRU investment firmsFirms other than MIFIDPRU investment firms
 

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 3

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 5

 

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 11

(collective portfolio management firms only)

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 12

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 13

Solvency statement

(note 2)

No standard format No standard format No standard format  
Balance sheet

FSA029

(note 3)

FSA029FSA029 FSA029FSA029Section A RMAR
Income statement

FSA030

(note 3)

FSA030FSA030 FSA030FSA030Section B RMAR
Capital adequacy

MIF001

(note 3 and 4)

FSA033

FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN071

(note 5)

 FIN066FIN069Section D1 RMAR
ICARA assessment questionnaire

MIF007

(note 4)

      
Supplementary capital data for collective portfolio management investment firms

FIN067

(note 9)

      
        
Volumes and types of businessFSA038FSA038FSA038 FSA038 FSA038
Client money and client assets      Section C RMAR
Liquidity

MIF002

(notes 3, 4 and 6)

      
Metrics monitoring

MIF003

(notes 3 and 4)

      
Concentration risk (non-K-CON)

MIF004

(notes 3, 4 and 7)

      
Concentration risk (K-CON)

MIF005

(notes 3, 4 and 7)

      
Group capital test

MIF006

(notes 4 and 8)

      
Information on P2P agreements     FIN070 
Note 1All firms, except MIFIDPRU investment firms in relation to items reported under MIFIDPRU 9, must, when submitting the completed data item required, use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25.
Note 2Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or partnership. Where the firm is a partnership, this report must be submitted by each partner.
Note 3A UK parent entity of an investment firm group to which consolidation applies under MIFIDPRU 2.5 must also submit this report on the basis of the consolidated situation.
Note 4Data items MIF001 – MIF007 must be reported in accordance with the rules in MIFIDPRU 9.
Note 5

FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R.

Note 6Does not apply to an SNI MIFIDPRU investment firm which has been granted an exemption from the liquidity requirements in MIFIDPRU [6].
Note 7Only applicable to a non-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firm.
Note 8Only applicable to a parent undertaking to which the group capital test applies.
Note 9Only applicable to firms that are collective portfolio management investment firms.
27/06/2025R

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.15 R are set out in the table below according to firm type. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemNon-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firmSNI MIFIDPRU investment firmInvestment firm groupFirm other than a MIFIDPRU investment firm
Solvency statementAnnuallyAnnually Annually
FSA029QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly
FSA030QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly
[deleted]   [deleted]
FSA033   Quarterly
FSA034   Quarterly
FSA035   Quarterly
FSA038Half yearlyHalf yearly Half yearly
     
FIN067

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

  
FIN071   Quarterly
MIF001

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF002

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF003

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF004

Quarterly

(note 3)

 

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF005Quarterly Quarterly 
MIF006

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

  
MIF007

Annually

(note 4)

Annually

(note 4)

  
Section A RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section B RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section C RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section D1 RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

     
Note 1Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.
Note 2Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.
Note 3Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not by reference to the firm’s accounting reference date. The relevant quarters end on the last business day of March, June, September and December.
Note 4The reporting period for MIF007 is determined by the date on which the firm reviews its ICARA process under MIFIDPRU 7.8.2R and the submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R.
27/06/2025R

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.16 R, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemQuarterlyHalf yearlyAnnual
Solvency statement  3 months
FSA029

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
FSA03020 business days  
[deleted][deleted]  
FSA03320 business days  
FSA03420 business days  
FSA03520 business days  
FSA038 30 business days 
    
FIN06720 business days  
FIN07120 business days  
MIF001

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF002

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF003

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF004

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF005

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF00620 business days  
MIF007The submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R  
Section A RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section B RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section C RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section D1 RMAR30 business days30 business days 
    
Note 1For reports relating to the position of an individual firm.
Note 2For reports relating to the consolidated situation of an investment firm group.

Regulated Activity Group 5

01/01/2015R
21/03/2016R
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.18B R and SUP 16.12.18C R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm;

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    A lead regulated firm and an OPS firm must submit a copy of its annual report and audited accounts within 80 business days from its accounting reference date.

04/06/2019R

The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data itemData item (note 1)FrequencySubmission deadline
Balance SheetSections A.1 and A.2 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Income StatementSections B.0 and B.1 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Capital Adequacy(notes 4 and 5)Section C MLARQuarterly20 business days
Lending - Business flow and ratesSection D MLARQuarterly20 business days
Residential Lending to individuals - New business profileSection E MLARQuarterly20 business days
Lending - arrears analysisSection F MLARQuarterly20 business days
Mortgage Administration - Business ProfileSection G MLARQuarterly20 business days
Mortgage Administration - Arrears analysisSection H MLARQuarterly20 business days
Analysis of loans to customersSection A3 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Provisions analysisSection B2 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Fees and LeviesSection J MLARAnnually30 business days
Sale and rent backSection K MLARAnnually30 business days
Credit Risk (notes 2 and 4)Section L MLARQuarterly20 business days
Liquidity (notes 3 and 4)Section M MLARQuarterly20 business days
Note 1When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 19A. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items are set out in SUP 16 Annex 19B.
Note 2

Only applicable to a firm that has one or more exposures that satisfy the conditions set out in MIPRU 4.2A.4 R, and:

 

- has permission to carry on any home financing which is connected to regulated mortgage contracts; or

 

- has permission to carry on home financing and home finance administration which is connected to regulated mortgage contracts (and no other activity); or

 

- has permission to carry on home finance administration which is connected to regulated mortgage contracts and has all or part of the home finance transactions that it administers on its balance sheet.

Note 3

Only applicable to a firm that:

 

- is subject to MIPRU 4.2D;

- has no restriction to its Part 4A permission preventing it from undertaking new home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts; and

- has permission to carry on any home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts.

Note 4

Not applicable if the firm exclusively carries on home finance administration or home finance providing activities in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both).

Also not applicable if the firm is a P2P platform operator facilitating home finance transactions.

Note 5Only applicable to a firm that is subject to MIPRU 4.2 (Capital resources requirements).
01/10/2020R

Additional applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below for a firm carrying on home finance administration or home finance providing activities in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data itemData item (note 1)FrequencySubmission deadline
Analysis of second charge loans to customersSection A4 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Second charge business flow and ratesSection D1 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Second charge lending to individualsSection E1 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Second charge lending - arrears analysisSection F1 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Second charge mortgage administration – business profileSection G1 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Second charge mortgage administration - arrears analysisSection H1 MLARQuarterly20 business days
Note 1When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 19AA R. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items are set out in SUP 16 Annex 19B.

Regulated Activity Group 6

31/12/2014R
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.19A R to SUP 16.12.21 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm;

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

27/06/2025R

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm in the table below:

Description of data itemFirms’ prudential category and applicable data items (note 1)
IPRU(INV) Chapter 3IPRU(INV) Chapter 5 IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 
Solvency statement (note 6) No standard format   
Balance sheetFSA029FSA029 Section A RMAR 
Income statementFSA030FSA030 Section B RMAR 
Capital adequacyFSA033FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN071or FIN072 (note 4) Section D1 RMAR 
      
Client money and client assets   Section C RMAR 
Pillar 2 questionnaire FSA019 (note 8)   
Note 1When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25.
Note 2[deleted]
Note 3[deleted]
Note 4

FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R, unless the firm is the depositary of a UCITS scheme in which case, FIN072 must be completed.

Note 5[deleted]
Note 6Only applicable to a firm that is a partnership, when the report must be submitted by each partner.
Note 7[deleted]
Note 8Only applicable to a firm that is the depositary of a UCITS scheme.
27/06/2025R

The applicable reporting frequencies for submission of data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

Solvency statementAnnually
FSA019Annually
FSA029Quarterly
FSA030Quarterly
[deleted][deleted]
  
FSA033Quarterly
FSA034Quarterly
FSA035Quarterly
  
FIN071Quarterly
FIN072Quarterly
Section A RMAR

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

Section B RMAR

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

Section C RMAR

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

Sections D1 and D2 RMAR

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

  
Note 1[deleted]
Note 2Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.
Note 3Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.
27/06/2025R

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.20 R.

Data itemQuarterlyHalf yearlyAnnual
Solvency statement  3 months
FSA019  2 months
FSA02920 business days  
FSA03020 business days  
[deleted][deleted]  
    
FSA03320 business days  
FSA03420 business days  
FSA03520 business days  
    
    
FSA04015 business days  
FIN07120 business days  
FIN07220 business days  
Section A RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section B RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section C RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Sections D1 and D2 RMAR30 business days30 business days 
    

Regulated Activity Group 7

31/12/2014R
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.22A R to SUP 16.12.24 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

27/06/2025R

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm in the table below:

Description of data itemFirms’ prudential category and applicable data item (note 1)
MIFIDPRU investment firms

Firms subject to IPRU(INV)

Chapter 13

Firms that are also in one or more of RAGs 2 to 6 and not subject to IPRU(INV)

Chapter 13

Solvency statement

No standard format

(note 2)

  
Balance sheet

FSA029

(note 3)

Section A RMAR 
Income statement

FSA030

(note 3)

Section B RMAR 
Capital adequacy

MIF001

(notes 3 and 6)

Section D1 RMAR (note 9) 
LiquidityMIF002 (notes 3, 4 and 6)  
Metrics monitoring

MIF003

(notes 3 and 6)

  

Concentration risk

(non-K-CON)

MIF004

(notes 3, 5 and 6)

  

Concentration risk

(K-CON)

MIF005

(notes 3, 5 and 6)

  
Group capital test

MIF006

(notes 6 and 8)

  
ICARA assessment questionnaire

MIF007

(note 6)

  
Supplementary capital data for collective portfolio management investment firms

FIN067

(note 10)

  
Professional indemnity insurance (note 11)Section E RMARSection E RMARSection E RMAR
    
Training and competenceSection G RMARSection G RMARSection G RMAR
COBS dataSection H RMARSection H RMARSection H RMAR
Client money and client assetsSection C RMARSection C RMAR 
Fees and leviesSection J RMARSection J RMAR 
Adviser chargesSection K RMAR (note 7)Section K RMAR (note 7)Section K RMAR (note 7)
Pension transfer specialist adviceSection M RMAR (see note 12)Section M RMAR (see note 12)Section M RMAR (see note 12)
Note 1When submitting the completed data item required, a firm (except a MIFIDPRU investment firm in relation to an item reported under MIFIDPRU 9) must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24R, or SUP 16 Annex 18AR in the case of the RMAR. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25, or SUP 16 Annex 18BG in the case of the RMAR.
Note 2Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or partnership. Where the firm is a partnership, this report must be submitted by each partner.
Note 3A UK parent entity of an investment firm group to which consolidation applies under MIFIDPRU 2.5 must also submit this report on the basis of the consolidated situation.
Note 4Does not apply to an SNI MIFIDPRU investment firm which has been granted an exemption from the liquidity requirements in MIFIDPRU 6.
Note 5Only applicable to a non-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firm.
Note 6Data items MIF001 – MIF007 must be reported in accordance with the rules in MIFIDPRU 9.
Note 7This item only applies to firms that provide advice on retail investment products and P2P agreements.
Note 8Only applicable to a parent undertaking to which the group capital test applies.
Note 9Where a firm submits data items for both RAG 7 and RAG 9, the firm must complete Section D1.
Note 10Only applicable to firms that are collective portfolio management investment firms.
Note 11This item only applies to firms that are subject to an FCA requirement to hold professional indemnity insurance.
Note 12Only applicable to firms in relation to advice on the merits of a pension transfer or a pension conversion from pension arrangements with safeguarded benefits (other than guaranteed annuity rates).
01/01/2026R

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.22AR are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemFrequency
Non-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firmSNI MIFIDPRU investment firmInvestment firm groupAnnual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 millionAnnual regulated business revenue over £5 million
Solvency statementAnnuallyAnnually   
FSA029QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly  
FSA030QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly  
FIN067QuarterlyQuarterly   
MIF001

Quarterly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 1)

  
MIF002

Quarterly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 1)

  
MIF003

Quarterly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 1)

  
MIF004

Quarterly

(note 1)

 

Quarterly

(note 1)

  
MIF005Quarterly Quarterly  
MIF006

Quarterly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 1)

   
MIF007

Annually

(note 2)

Annually

(note 2)

   
Section A RMAR   Half yearlyQuarterly
Section B RMAR   Half yearlyQuarterly
Section C RMAR   Half yearlyQuarterly
Section D1 RMAR   Half yearlyQuarterly
Section E RMARAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnually
Section G RMARAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnually
Section H RMARHalf yearlyHalf yearlyHalf yearlyHalf yearlyHalf yearly
Section J RMARAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnually
Section K RMARAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnually
Section M RMARAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnuallyAnnually
Note 1Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not by reference to the firm’s accounting reference date. The relevant quarters end on the last business day of March, June, September and December.
Note 2The reporting period for MIF007 is determined by the date on which the firm reviews its ICARA process under MIFIDPRU 7.8.2R and the submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R.
01/01/2026R

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.23AR, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemQuarterlyHalf yearlyAnnual
Solvency statement  3 months
FSA029

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
FSA030

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
FIN06720 business days  
MIF001

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF002

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF003

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF004

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF005

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF00620 business days  
MIF007The submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R  
Section A RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section B RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section C RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section D1 RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section E RMAR  30 business days
Section G RMAR  30 business days
Section H RMAR 30 business days 
Section J RMAR  30 business days
Section K RMAR 30 business days 
Section M RMAR  30 business days
Note 1For reports relating to the position of an individual firm.
Note 2For reports relating to the consolidated situation of an investment firm group.

Regulated Activity Group 8

31/12/2014R
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.25A R does not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority;

    4. (d)

      a service company.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

  3. (3)

    [deleted]

27/06/2025R

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm in the table below:

Description of data itemFirms’ prudential category and applicable data items (note 1)
MIFIDPRU investment firmsFirms other than MIFIDPRU investment firms

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 3

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 5

 

IPRU(INV)

Chapter 13

Solvency statement

(note 2)

No standard format    
Balance sheet

FSA029

(note 3)

FSA029FSA029 Section A RMAR
Income statement

FSA030

(note 3)

FSA030FSA030 Section B RMAR
Capital adequacy

MIF001

(notes 3 and 5)

FSA033

FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN071

(note 4)

 Section D1 RMAR
Liquidity

MIF002

(notes 3 and 5)

    
Metrics monitoring

MIF003

(notes 3 and 5)

    
Concentration risk (non-K-CON)

MIF004

(notes 3, 5 and 7)

    
Concentration risk (K-CON)

MIF005

(notes 3, 5 and 7)

    
Group capital test

MIF006

(notes 5 and 6)

    
ICARA assessment questionnaire

MIF007

(note 5)

    
      
Client money and client assets    Section C RMAR
Note 1All firms (except MIFIDPRU investment firms in relation to items reported under MIFIDPRU 9) when submitting the completed data item required, must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25.
Note 2Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or partnership. Where the firm is a partnership, this report must be submitted by each partner.
Note 3A UK parent entity of an investment firm group to which consolidation applies under MIFIDPRU 2.5 must also submit this report on the basis of the consolidated situation.
Note 4

FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R.

Note 5Data items MIF001 – MIF007 must be reported in accordance with the rules in MIFIDPRU 9.
Note 6Only applicable to a parent undertaking to which the group capital test applies.
Note 7Only applicable to a non-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firm.
27/06/2025R

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.25A R are set out according to the type of firm in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemNon-SNI MIFIDPRU investment firmSNI MIFIDPRU investment firmInvestment firm groupFirm other than a MIFIDPRU investment firm
Solvency statementAnnuallyAnnually Annually
FSA029QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly
FSA030QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly
[deleted]   [deleted]
FSA033   Quarterly
FSA034   Quarterly
FSA035   Quarterly
     
FIN071   Quarterly
MIF001

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF002

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF003

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF004

Quarterly

(note 3)

 

Quarterly

(note 3)

 
MIF005Quarterly Quarterly 
MIF006QuarterlyQuarterly  
MIF007

Annually

(note 4)

Annually

(note 4)

  
Section A RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section B RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section C RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

Section D1 RMAR   

Half yearly

(note 1)

Quarterly

(note 2)

     
Note 1Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.
Note 2Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.
Note 3Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not by reference to the firm’s accounting reference date. The relevant quarters end on the last business day of March, June, September and December.
Note 4The reporting period for MIF007 is determined by the date on which the firm reviews its ICARA process under MIFIDPRU 7.8.2R and the submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R.
27/06/2025R

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.26 R, unless indicated otherwise.

Data itemQuarterlyHalf yearlyAnnual
Solvency statement  3 months
FSA029

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
FSA030

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
[deleted][deleted]  
FSA03320 business days  
FSA03420 business days  
FSA03520 business days  
    
FIN07120 business days  
MIF001

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF002

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF003

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF004

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF005

20 business days

(note 1)

30 business days

(note 2)

  
MIF00620 business days  
MIF007The submission date that applies under MIFIDPRU 7.8.4R  
Section A RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section B RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section C RMAR30 business days30 business days 
Section D1 RMAR30 business days30 business days 
    
Note 1For reports relating to the position of an individual firm.
Note 2For reports relating to the consolidated situation of an investment firm group.

Regulated Activity Group 9

06/07/2009R
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.28A R does not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm;

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority;

    4. (d)

      a third party processor in respect of any home finance activity.

  2. (2)

    A lead regulated firm and an OPS firm must submit a copy of its annual report and audited accounts within 80 business days from its accounting reference date.

01/01/2026R

The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data itemData item (note 1)FrequencySubmission deadline
  Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 millionAnnual regulated business revenue over £5 million 
Home finance mediation activity and insurance distribution activity
Balance SheetSection A RMARHalf yearlyQuarterly30 business days
Income StatementSection B RMARHalf yearlyQuarterly30 business days
Capital Adequacy (note 3)Section D1 RMARHalf yearlyQuarterly30 business days

Professional indemnity insurance

(note 2)

Section E RMARAnnuallyAnnually30 business days
Training and CompetenceSection G RMARAnnuallyAnnually30 business days
COBS dataSection H RMARHalf yearlyHalf yearly30 business days
Supplementary product sales dataSection I RMARHalf yearlyAnnually30 business days
Client money and client assets (note 3)Section C RMARHalf yearlyQuarterly30 business days
Fees and leviesSection J RMARAnnuallyAnnually30 business days
Funeral plan distribution activity
Funeral plan financials return: distributors (note 4)]FPR003bHalf yearly (note 5)80 business days
Note 1When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 18A. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items is set out in SUP 16 Annex 18B.
Note 2This item only applies to firms that may be subject to an FCA requirement to hold professional indemnity insurance.
Note 3

This item does not apply to firms who only carry on home finance mediation activities exclusively in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both) and who are not otherwise expected to complete it by virtue of carrying out other regulated activities.

This item also does not apply if the firm is a P2P platform operator facilitating home finance transactions and is not required to submit it by virtue of carrying out other regulated activities.

Note 4When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 50B. Guidance notes for the completion of the data item are set out in SUP 16 Annex 50B.
Note 5Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not from a firm’s accounting reference date. The relevant half year periods end on 30 June and 31 December.

Regulated Activity Group 10

01/04/2013G

RIEs have separate reporting as set out in REC.

Regulated Activity Group 11

30/04/2021R

A firm must submit the form contained in SUP 16 Annex 32R (Bidding in emissions auctions return) annually within 30 business days from its accounting reference date unless it is an exempt MiFID commodities firm that did not carry on any auction regulation bidding during the year to which that form relates.

Regulated Activity Group 12

01/07/2017R

SUP 16.12.29C R does not apply:

  1. (1)

    to a credit firm if the only credit-related regulated activity it carries on is providing credit references;

  2. (2)

    [deleted]

  3. (2A)

    to a firm if the only credit-related regulated activity it carries on is advising on regulated credit agreements for the acquisition of land;

  4. (3)

    with respect to credit-related regulated activity to the extent that it relates to credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land.

01/01/2026R

The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data itemData item (note 1)FrequencySubmission deadline
  Annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities up to and including £5 million (note 2)Annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities over £5 million 
Financial data (note 3)CCR001AnnuallyHalf yearly30 business days
Volumes (note 4)CCR002AnnuallyHalf yearly30 business days
Lenders (note 5)CCR003AnnuallyHalf yearly30 business days
Debt management (note 6)   [deleted]
Client Money & Assets (note 7)   [deleted]
Debt collection (note 8)CCR006AnnuallyHalf yearly30 business days
Key data (note 9)CCR007AnnuallyAnnually30 business days
Credit broking websites (note 10)   [deleted]
Relevant ancillary credit firm (note 12)CCR009AnnuallyHalf yearly40 business days
Note 1Except in relation to data item CCR009, when submitting the required data item, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 38A . Guidance notes for the completion of the data items are set out in SUP 16 Annex 38B . When submitting data item CCR009, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 38CR . Guidance notes for the completion of data item CCR009 are set out in SUP 16 Annex 38DG .
Note 2References to revenue in SUP 16.12.29C R in relation to any firm do not include the amount of any repayment of any credit provided by that firm as lender.
Note 3

(a) Subject to (b) to (d) below, this data item applies to all credit firms.

(b) This data item does not apply to a firm if the only credit-related regulated activity for which it has permission is operating an electronic system in relation to lending.

(c) This data item does not apply to a firm required to submit a Balance Sheet, Income Statement or Capital Adequacy data item from a RAG other than RAG 12.

(d) This data item does not apply to a firm with limited permission unless it is a not-for-profit debt advice body and at any point in the last 12 months has held £1 million or more in client money or as the case may be, projects that it will hold £1million or more in client money in the next 12 months.

Note 4

(a) Subject to (b) below, this data item applies to all credit firms.

(b) This data item does not apply to a firm with limited permission unless it is a not-for-profit debt advice body and at any point in the last 12 months has held £1 million or more in client money or as the case may be, projects that it will hold £1million or more in client money in the next 12 months.

Note 5This data item applies to all firms with permission for entering into a regulated credit agreement as lender or exercising, or having the right to exercise, the lender's rights and duties under a regulated credit agreement .
Note 6[deleted]
Note 7[deleted]
Note 8This data item applies to a firm with permission to carry on debt collecting or operating an electronic system in relation to lending.
Note 9

(a) Subject to (b) and (c) below, this data item applies to a firm that has limited permission.

(b) This data item does not apply to an authorised professional firm that is a CASS debt management firm. Such a firm is instead required to submit the other data items in SUP 16.12.29C R as appropriate.

(c) This data item does not apply to a not-for-profit debt advice body that at any point in the last 12 months has held £1 million or more in client money or, as the case may be, projects that it will hold £1million or more in client money in the next 12 months. Such a not-for-profit debt advice body is instead required to submit data items CCR001, CCR002 and CCR009.

(d) Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis.

Note 10[deleted]
Note 11[deleted]
Note 12

(a) This data item applies to a relevant ancillary credit firm. The data item CCR009 can be found in SUP 16 Annex 38CR.

(b) Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not by reference to the firm’s accounting reference date. The relevant half-years end on the last business day of June and December.

(c) A relevant ancillary credit firm with annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities of £5 million or less must complete data item CCR009 by reference to the annual reporting period beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December.

(d) A relevant ancillary credit firm with annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities of more than £5 million must complete data item CCR009 twice a year.

(e) The submissions that a firm in (d) must make are in respect of:

(i) the 6- month period beginning on 1 January and ending on 30 June; and

(ii) the annual reporting period beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December.

(f) The first reporting period for a firm which is a relevant ancillary credit firm as at 7 May 2025 or which becomes a relevant ancillary credit firm before 1 January 2026 (regardless of its annual revenues from credit-related regulated activities ) is the annual period beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December 2025.

(g) The first reporting period for a firm which becomes a relevant ancillary credit firm on or after 1 January 2026 and on a date between 1 January and 30 June with annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities of £5 million or more is the 6- month period beginning on 1 January and ending on 30 June.

(h) The first reporting period for a firm which becomes a relevant ancillary credit firm on or after 1 January 2026 and on a date between 1 January and 30 June with annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities of £5 million or less is the annual period beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December.

(i) The first reporting period for a firm which becomes a relevant ancillary credit firm on or after 1 January 2026 and on a date between 1 July and 31 December is the annual period beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December.

Regulated Activity Group 13

30/11/2024R

SUP 16.12.29ER does not apply to a local authority.

30/11/2024R

The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm’s accounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data itemData item (Note)FrequencySubmission deadline
Balance sheetSection A FIN075Half yearly30 business days after the half year end
Profit and loss accountSection B FIN075Half yearly30 business days after the half year end
Audited accountsSection C FIN075Half yearly30 business days after the half year end
Core capital resources requirementSection D FIN075Half yearly30 business days after the half year end
Capital resourcesSection E FIN075Half yearly30 business days after the half year end
Capital adequacy positionSection F FIN075Half yearly30 business days after the half year end
Note: When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 57R. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items are set out in SUP 16 Annex 58G.

Authorised professional firms

29/07/2022R
  1. (1)

    An authorised professional firm, other than one that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R, or one that is a CASS debt management firm or one that carries on only credit-related regulated activity as a non-mainstream regulated activity, must submit an annual questionnaire, contained in SUP 16 Annex 9R, unless:

    1. (a)

      its only regulated activities are one or more of:

      1. (i)

        insurance distribution;

      2. (ii)

        mortgage mediation;

      3. (iii)

        retail investment;

      4. (iv)

        mortgage lending;

      5. (v)

        mortgage administration;

      6. (vi)

        funeral plan distribution; or

    2. (b)

      its "main business" as determined by IPRU(INV) 2.1.2R(3) is advising on, or arranging deals in, packaged products, or managing investments for private customers;

    in which case the authorised professional firm must complete the appropriate report specified in SUP 16.12.31 R.

  2. (2)

    The due date for submission of the annual questionnaire is four months after the firm's accounting reference date.

  3. (2A)

    Guidance on the completion of the annual questionnaire contained in SUP 16 Annex 9R is set out in SUP 16 Annex 9AG.

  4. (3)

    An authorised professional firm must also, where applicable, submit the other report to the FCA in accordance with SUP 16.12.31 R in respect of the other regulated activities it undertakes under (1)(a).

01/01/2008R

An authorised professional firm that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5, 10 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R must submit the relevant reports in SUP 16.12.4 R to SUP 16.12.29 G, according to the regulated activity groups that its business falls into.

01/04/2014R

An authorised professional firm that is a CASS debt management firm and is not within SUP 16.12.1G (3A) must complete the appropriate reports specified in SUP 16.12.4 R and SUP 16.12.29C R.

01/01/2026R

Table of data items from an authorised professional firm

ReportReturn (note 1)Frequency (Note 4)Due date
Adequate information relating to the following activities:RMAR (Note 3)

Quarterly for sections A to D for larger firms, subject to Note 3 exemptions (note 2)

 

Annually for sections E, G, and M

 

Otherwise, half-yearly

30 business days after reporting period ends
(1) insurance distribution activity;
(2) mortgage mediation activity;
(3) retail investment activity;
(4) advising on, or arranging deals in, packaged products, or managing investments for private customers where these activities are the authorised professional firm's "main business" as determined by IPRU-INV 2.1.2R(3)
Adequate information relating to mortgage lending and mortgage administration.MLARQuarterly20 business days after quarter end
Note 1When giving the report required, a firm must use the return indicated. The RMAR and MLAR are located at SUP 16 Annex 18A and SUP 16 Annex 19A respectively. Guidance on the completion of the data items are located at SUP 16 Annex 18B and SUP 16 Annex 19B respectively.
Note 2For the purposes of RMAR reporting, a larger firm is a firm whose annual regulated business revenue in its previous financial year was greater than £5m. Annual regulated business revenue for these purposes is a firm's total revenue relating to insurance distribution activity, mortgage mediation activity and retail investment activity.
Note 3A firm which submits an MLAR is not required to submit sections A and B of the RMAR.
Note 4Reporting dates are calculated from a firm's accounting reference date.

Financial conglomerates

01/01/2021R
  1. (1)

    A firm that is a member of a financial conglomerate must submit financial reports to the FCA in accordance with the table in SUP 16.12.33 R if:

    1. (a)

      it is at the head of a financial conglomerate; or

    2. (b)

      its Part 4A permission contains a relevant requirement.

  2. (2)

    In (1)(b), a relevant requirement is one which:

    1. (a)

      applies SUP 16.12.33 R to the firm; or

    2. (b)

      applies SUP 16.12.33 R to the firm unless the mixed financial holding company of the financial conglomerate to which the firm belongs submits the report required under this rule (as if the rule applied to it).

29/06/2018R

Financial reports from a member of a financial conglomerate (see SUP 16.12.32 R)

Content of ReportForm (Note 1)FrequencyDue Date
Calculation of supplementary capital adequacy requirements in accordance with one of the three technical calculation methodsNote 2

Note 5

Yearly

Note 5
Identification of significant risk concentration levelsNote 3Yearly4 months after year end
Identification of significant intra-group transactionsNote 4Yearly4 months after year end
Report on compliance with GENPRU 3.1.35 R where it appliesNote 6Note 5Note 5
Note 1When giving the report required, a firm must use the form indicated, if any.
Note 2In respect of FCA-authorised persons, if Part 1 of GENPRU3 Annex 1 (method 1), or Part 2 of GENPRU 3 Annex 1 (method 2), or Part 3 of GENPRU 3 Annex 1 (method 3) applies, there is no specific form. Adequate information must be provided, specifying the calculation method used and each financial conglomerate for which the FCA is the co-ordinator must discuss with the FCA the form which this reporting will take and the extent to which verification by an auditor will be required.
 
 
 
Note 3

Rather than specifying a standard format for each financial conglomerate to use, each financial conglomerate for which the FCA is the co-ordinator must discuss with the FCA the form of the information to be reported. This should mean that usual information management systems of the financial conglomerate can be used to the extent possible to generate and analyse the information required.

When reviewing the risk concentration levels, the FCA will in particular monitor the possible risk of contagion in the financial conglomerate, the risk of a conflict of interests, the risk of circumvention of sectoral rules, and the level or volume of risks.

Note 4

For the purposes of this reporting requirement, an intra-group transaction will be presumed to be significant if its amount exceeds 5% of the total amount of capital adequacy requirements at the level of the financial conglomerate.

Rather than specifying a standard format for each financial conglomerate to use, each financial conglomerate for which the FCA is the co-ordinator must discuss with the FCA the form of the information to be reported. This should mean that the usual information management systems of the financial conglomerate can be used to the extent possible to generate and analyse the information required.

When reviewing the intra-group transactions, the FCA will in particular monitor the possible risk of contagion in the financial conglomerate, the risk of a conflict of interest, the risk of circumvention of sectoral rules, and the level or volume of risks.

Note 5

The frequency and due date will be as follows:

(1) banking and investment services conglomerate; frequency is yearly with due date 45 business days after period end; and

(2) insurance conglomerate: frequency is yearly with due date four months after period end for the capital adequacy return and three months after period end for the report on compliance with GENPRU 3.1.35 R where it applies.

Note 6Adequate information must be added as a separate item to the relevant form for sectoral reporting.

SUP 16.13 Reporting under the Payment Services Regulations

Application

13/01/2018G

This section applies to a payment service provider as set out in this section (see SUP 16.1.1A D).

Purpose

30/03/2022G

The purpose of this section is to:

  1. (1)

    give directions to authorised payment institutions, small payment institutions and registered account information service providers under regulation 109(1) (Reporting requirements) of the Payment Services Regulations in relation to:

    1. (a)

      the information in respect of their provision of payment services and their compliance with requirements imposed by or under Parts 2 to 7 of the Payment Services Regulations that they must provide to the FCA; and

    2. (b)

      the time at which and the form in which they must provide that information and the manner in which it must be verified;

  2. (2)

    give directions to payment service providers under regulation 109(5) (Reporting requirements) of the Payment Services Regulations in relation to the form of the statistical data on fraud relating to different means of payment that must be provided to the FCA under regulation 109(4) of the Payment Services Regulations at least once per year;

  3. (3)

    give directions to payment service providers under regulation 98(3) (Management of operational and security risks) of the Payment Services Regulations in relation to:

    1. (a)

      the information that must be contained in the assessment of operational and security risks and the adequacy of mitigation measures and control mechanisms that must be provided to the FCA;

    2. (b)

      the intervals at which that assessment must be provided to the FCA (if the assessment is required to be provided more frequently than once a year); and

    3. (c)

      the form and manner in which that assessment must be provided; and

  4. (4)

    [deleted]

  5. (5)

    give directions to payment service providers referred to at SUP 16.13.3-BD under regulation 109(1) (Reporting requirements) of the Payment Services Regulations in relation to annual financial crime reporting to the FCA.

13/01/2018G

The purpose for which this section requires information to be provided to the FCA under regulation 109 of the Payment Services Regulations is to assist the FCA in the discharge of its functions under regulation 106 (Functions of the FCA), regulation 108 (Monitoring and enforcement) and regulation 109(6) (Reporting requirements) of the Payment Services Regulations.

13/01/2018G

The purpose of this section is also to set out the rules applicable to payment service providers in relation to complete and timely reporting and failure to submit reports.

13/01/2018G

Authorised payment institutions and small payment institutions should refer to the transitional provisions in SUP TP 1.11 (Payment services and electronic money returns).

Reporting requirement

01/01/2021D
  1. (1)

    An authorised payment institution, a small payment institution or a registered account information service provider must submit to the FCA the duly completed return applicable to it as set out in column (2) of the table in SUP 16.13.4D.

  2. (2)

    An authorised payment institution, a small payment institution or a registered account information service provider must submit the return referred to in (1):

    1. (a)

      in the format specified as applicable in column (3) of the table in SUP 16.13.4D;

    2. (b)

      at the frequency and in respect of the periods specified in column (4) of that table;

    3. (c)

      by the due date specified in column (5) of that table; and

    4. (d)

      by electronic means made available by the FCA.

13/01/2018D

SUP 16.4.5R (Annual controllers report) and SUP 16.5.4R (Annual Close Links Reports) apply to an authorised payment institution as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to an authorised payment institution.

30/03/2022D

SUP 16.23.4R to SUP 16.23.7R (Annual Financial Crime Report) apply to a payment institution as if a reference to firm in these rules and guidance were a reference to a payment institution and the reference to group is read accordingly, other than:

  1. (1)

    a payment institution where its authorisation or registration permits it to provide only one or more of the following payment services and it is not permitted to carry on any regulated activities:

    1. (a)

      account information services;

    2. (b)

      payment initiation services; or

    3. (c)

      money remittance, or

  2. (2)

    a person with temporary PI authorisation that immediately before IP completion day was providing payment services other than through a branch in the UK or a UK-based agent.

01/01/2021D

SUP 16.3.11 R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13 R (Timely reporting) also apply to authorised payment institutions, small payment institutions and registered account information service providers as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to these categories of payment service provider.

13/01/2018R

SUP 16.3.14 R (Failure to submit reports) also applies to payment service providers that are required to submit reports or assessments in accordance with this section and the Payment Services Regulations as if a reference to firm in this rule were a reference to the relevant category of payment service provider.

13/01/2018G

Authorised payment institutions, small payment institutions and registered account information service providers are reminded that they should give the FCA reasonable advance notice of changes to their accounting reference date (among other things) under regulation 37 of the Payment Services Regulations. The accounting reference date is important because many frequencies and due dates for reporting to the FCA are linked to the accounting reference date.

01/01/2021D

The table below sets out the format, reporting frequency and due date for submission in relation to regulatory returns that apply to authorised payment institutions, small payment institutions and registered account information service providers.

(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)
Type of payment service providerReturnFormatReporting FrequencyDue date
authorised payment institutionAuthorised Payment Institution Capital Adequacy ReturnFSA056 (Note 1)Annual (Note 2)30 business days (Note 3)
registered account information service providerAuthorised Payment Institution Capital Adequacy ReturnFSA056 (Note 1)Annual (Note 2)30 business days (Note 3)
small payment institutionPayment Services Directive TransactionsFSA057 (Note 4)Annual (Note 5)1 month (Note 3)
Note 1When submitting the completed return required, the authorised payment institution or registered account information service provider must use the format of the return set out in SUP 16 Annex 27CD. Guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 27DG.
Note 2This reporting frequency is calculated from an authorised payment institution's or registered account information service provider’s accounting reference date.
Note 3The due dates are the last day of the periods given in column (5) of the table above following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in column (4) of the table above.
Note 4When submitting the completed return required, the small payment institution must use the format of the return set out in SUP 16 Annex 28CD. Guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 28DG.
Note 5This reporting frequency is calculated from 31 December each calendar year.

Statistical data on fraud

13/01/2018G

Regulation 109(4) of the Payment Services Regulations requires payment service providers to provide to the FCA statistical data on fraud relating to different means of payment.

27/03/2020G

This requirement applies to:

  1. (1)

    authorised payment institutions;

  2. (2)

    small payment institutions;

  3. (3)

    registered account information service providers;

  4. (4)

    electronic money institutions;

  5. (5)

    credit institutions with permission to accept deposits under Part 4a of FSMA.

13/01/2018D

This statistical data on fraud must be submitted to the FCA by electronic means made available by the FCA using the format of the return set out in SUP 16 Annex 27ED. Guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 27FG.

27/03/2020D
  1. (1)

    In the case of an authorised payment institution, an authorised electronic money institution or a credit institution with permission to accept deposits under Part 4a of FSMA:

    1. (a)

      the return set out in SUP 16 Annex 27ED must be provided to the FCA every six months;

    2. (b)

      returns must cover the reporting periods 1 January to 30 June and 1 July to 31 December; and

    3. (c)

      returns must be submitted within two months of the end of each reporting period.

  2. (2)

    In the case of a small payment institution, a registered account information service provider or a small electronic money institution:

    1. (a)

      two returns set out in SUP 16 Annex 27ED must be provided to the FCA every twelve months. Each return must cover a six-month period;

    2. (b)

      one return must cover the period 1 January to 30 June and the other return must cover the period 1 July to 31 December; and

    3. (c)

      both returns must be submitted within two months of the end of the calendar year.

01/01/2021G

The return in SUP 16 Annex 27ED reflects the EBA’s Guidelines on fraud reporting under the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2), published on 18 July 2018 (EBA/GL/2018/05). The return also includes fraud reporting for registered account information service providers, as required by regulation 109 of the Payment Services Regulations.

Operational and Security Risk assessments

29/06/2018G

Regulation 98(1) of the Payment Services Regulations provides that each payment service provider must establish a framework with appropriate mitigation measures and control mechanisms to manage the operational and security risks relating to the payment services it provides.

29/06/2018G

Regulation 98(2) of the Payment Services Regulations provides that each payment service provider must provide to the FCA an updated and comprehensive assessment:

  1. (1)

    of the operational and security risks relating to the payment services it provides; and

  2. (2)

    on the adequacy of the mitigation measures and control mechanisms implemented in response to those risks.

The purpose of SUP 16.13.11G to 16.13.17G is to direct the form and manner of the assessment and the information that the assessment must contain.

01/01/2021G

The EBA issued Guidelines on 12 December 2017 on the security measures for operational and security risks of payment services under the Payment Services Directive (EBA/GL/2017/17). The Guidelines specify requirements for the establishment, implementation and monitoring of the security measures that payment service providers must take to manage operational and security risks relating to the payment services they provide.

[Note: see EBA guidelines: Guidelines on the security measures for operational and security risks of payment services, 12 December 2017/EBA/GL/2017/17.]

01/01/2021D

Payment service providers must comply with the EBA’s Guidelines the on security measures for operational and security risks of payment services (EBA/GL/2017/17) as issued on 12 December 2017 where they are addressed to payment service providers.

27/03/2020D

The assessments required by regulation 98(2) of the Payment Services Regulations must be submitted (except payment service providers mentioned in paragraph (1) (c) and (ca) of the Glossary definition of payment service provider and paragraph (1)(c) of the Glossary definition of electronic money issuer) to the FCA:

  1. (1)

    at least once every calendar year;

  2. (2)

    in writing, in the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 27GD, and attaching the documents described in that form; and

  3. (3)

    by electronic means made available by the FCA.

In the case of credit institutions, this provision applies only to those with permission to accept deposits under Part 4a of FSMA.

27/03/2020G

Payment service providers (except payment service providers mentioned in paragraph (1) (c) and (ca) of the Glossary definition of payment service provider and paragraph (1)(c) of the Glossary definition of electronic money issuer) should submit the form and the assessments to the FCA in accordance with SUP 16.13.13D(2) as soon as practicable after the assessments have been completed. In the case of credit institutions, this paragraph applies only to those with permission to accept deposits under Part 4a of FSMA.

27/03/2020G

Payment service providers (except payment service providers mentioned in paragraphs (1) (c) and (ca) of the Glossary definition of payment service provider and paragraph (1)(c) of the Glossary definition of electronic money issuer) may provide operational and security risk assessments to the FCA on a more frequent basis than once every calendar year if they so wish. Payment service providers (except payment service providers mentioned in paragraph (1) (c) and (ca) of the Glossary definition of payment service provider and paragraph (1)(c) of the Glossary definition of electronic money issuer) should not, however, submit such assessments more frequently than once every quarter. In the case of credit institutions, this paragraph applies only to those with permission to accept deposits under Part 4a of FSMA.

27/03/2020G

Subject to the requirements in SUP 16.13.13D, payment service providers (except payment service providers mentioned in paragraph (1) (c) and (ca) of the Glossary definition of payment service provider and paragraph (1)(c) of the Glossary definition of electronic money issuer) should submit a nil return for each quarter in which they do not make a submission to the FCA. In the case of credit institutions, this paragraph applies only to those with permission to accept deposits under Part 4a of FSMA.

31/03/2022G

SYSC 15A (Operational resilience) sets out further provisions which are relevant to a payment service provider’s Operational and Security Risk assessment.

01/01/2021G

Article 17 of the SCA RTS permits payment service providers not to apply strong customer authentication in respect of legal persons initiating electronic payment transactions through the use of dedicated payment processes or protocols that are only made available to payers who are not consumers, where the FCA is satisfied that those processes and protocols guarantee at least equivalent levels of security to those provided for by the Payment Services Regulations.

01/01/2021D

Payment service providers intending to make use of the exemption in article 17 of the SCA RTS must include in the operational and security risk assessment submitted in accordance with SUP 16.13.13D:

  1. (1)

    a description of the payment services that the payment service provider intends to provide in reliance on this exemption; and

  2. (2)

    an explanation of how the payment service provider’s processes and protocols achieve at least equivalent levels of security to those provided for by the Payment Services Regulations.

14/09/2019D

Payment service providers should comply with SUP 16.13.19D at least three months before making use of the exemption in article 17 of the SCA RTS, and subsequently each time they prepare and submit the operational and security risk assessment required by regulation 98(2) of the Payment Services Regulations in respect of a period in which they have made use of the article 17 exemption.

14/09/2019G

Payment service providers that follow the guidance in paragraphs 20.55 to 20.60 of the FCA’s Approach Document and comply with SUP 16.13.19D and 16.13.20D may make use of the article 17 exemption on the basis that the FCA is satisfied with the levels of security of their processes and protocols, unless informed otherwise by the FCA.

[Note: see https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/finalised-guidance/fca-approach-payment-services-electronic-money-2017.pdf.]

Reporting statistics on the availability and performance of a dedicated interface

14/09/2019G

Article 32(4) of the SCA RTS requires account servicing payment service providers that opt to provide a dedicated interface under article 31 of the SCA RTS to monitor the availability and performance of that interface. They must also publish on their website quarterly statistics on the availability and performance of the dedicated interface and of the interface used by its payment services users.

14/09/2019D

Account servicing payment service providers shall submit to the FCA the quarterly statistics on the availability and performance of a dedicated interface that they are required by article 32(4) of the SCA RTS to publish on their website:

  1. (1)

    within 1 month of the quarter to which the statistics relate;

  2. (2)

    using the form set out in SUP 16 Annex 46AD; and

  3. (3)

    by electronic means made available by the FCA.

14/09/2019G

The quarterly statistics should cover the periods January to March, April to June, July to September and October to December.

An account servicing payment service provider becoming subject to the obligation in SUP 16.13.23D part way through a quarter should submit the first statistics only in relation to the part of the quarter when this obligation applied.

Guidance notes for completing the form set out in SUP 16 Annex 46AD are in SUP 16 Annex 46BG.

SUP 16.14 Client money and asset return

Application

01/10/2011R

This section applies to a CASS large firm and a CASS medium firm.

Purpose

01/04/2013G

The purpose of the rules and guidance in this section is to ensure that the FCA receives regular and comprehensive information from a firm which is able to hold client money and safe custody assets on behalf of its clients.

Report

01/04/2013R
  1. (1)

    Subject to (3), a firm must submit a completed CMAR to the FCA within 15 business days of the end of each month.

  2. (2)

    In this rule month means a calendar month and SUP 16.3.13 R (4) does not apply.

  3. (3)

    A firm which changes its 'CASS firm type' and notifies the FCA that it is a CASS medium firm or a CASS large firm in accordance with CASS 1A.2.9 R is not required to submit a CMAR in respect of the month in which the change to its 'CASS firm type' takes effect in accordance with CASS 1A.2.12 R, unless it was a firm to which the requirement in (1) applied immediately prior to that change taking effect.

01/01/2021R

For the purposes of the CMAR:

  1. (1)

    client money is that to which the client money rules in CASS 7 apply; and

  2. (2)

    safe custody assets are those to which the custody rules in CASS 6 apply but only in relation to:

    1. (a)

      the holding of financial instruments (in the course of MiFID business);

    2. (b)

      the safeguarding and administration of assets (without arranging) (in the course of business that is not MiFID business);

    3. (c)

      acting as trustee or depositary of an AIF, and in this case also include any safe custody investments to which the firm, when acting for an authorised AIF, is required by CASS 6.1.16IAR (2) to apply the custody rules under CASS 6.1.1BR (2);

    4. (d)

      acting as trustee or depositary of a UK UCITS and in this case also include any safe custody investments to which the firm is required by CASS 6.1.16IDR to apply the custody rules under CASS 6.1.1BR(3); and

    5. (e)

      those excluded custody activities carried on by a firm acting as a small AIFM, that would amount to the safeguarding and administration of assets (without arranging) but for the exclusion in article 72AA of the RAO.

01/04/2015G

For the avoidance of doubt, the effect of SUP 16.14.4 R is that the following are to be excluded from any calculations which the CMAR requires:

  1. (1)

    any client money held by the firm in accordance with CASS 5;

  2. (2)

    any safe custody assets in respect of which the firm is merely arranging safeguarding and administration of assets in accordance with CASS 6;

  3. (2A)

    any safe custody assets for which a small AIFM is:

    1. (a)

      carrying on those excluded custody activities that would merely amount to arranging safeguarding and administration of assets but for the exclusion in article 72AA of the RAO; and

    2. (b)

      is doing so in accordance with CASS 6; and

  4. (3)

    any client money or safe custody assets in respect of which the firm merely has a mandate in accordance with CASS 8.

Method of submission

01/04/2013R

A CMAR must be submitted by electronic means made available by the FCA.

Reporting of ‘unbreakable’ client money deposits

22/01/2018R
  1. (1)

    This rule applies to a firm in respect of a CMAR required under SUP 16.14.3R where, at the end of the reporting period for the CMAR:

    1. (a)

      the firm holds client money using a client bank account under CASS 7.13.13R(3A)(b) (Segregation of client money); and

    2. (b)

      the firm is unable to make a withdrawal from that client bank account until the expiry of a period lasting between 31 and 95 days.

  2. (2)

    A firm must use a separate row in data field 13 of its CMAR to report on any aggregate positive balance of client money held with a particular bank which, as at the end of the reporting period for the CMAR:

    1. (a)

      the firm is able to withdraw within a period of up to 30 days;

    2. (b)

      the firm is unable to withdraw for a period of 31 to 60 days; and

    3. (c)

      the firm is unable to withdraw for a period of 61 to 95 days.

  3. (3)
    1. (a)

      A firm must denote a balance falling under (2)(b) by using the words “unbreakable 31-60” in data field 13B of the CMAR.

    2. (b)

      A firm must denote a balance falling under (2)(c) by using the words “unbreakable 61-95” in data field 13B of the CMAR.

22/01/2018G
  1. (1)

    Because of SUP 16.14.7R(1)(b), SUP 16.14.7R would not apply to a firm where, for example:

    1. (a)

      it was using a client bank account under CASS 7.13.13R(3A)(b) that had a fixed term of over 30 days, but by the end of the reporting period for the CMAR there were fewer than 31 days remaining before the firm could withdraw all the money in that account; or

    2. (b)

      it was using a client bank account under CASS 7.13.13R(3A)(b) that had a notice period of over 30 days for withdrawals, but by the end of the reporting period for the CMAR the firm had already served notice for withdrawal for all the money in that account and there were fewer than 31 days remaining before the end of the notice period.

  2. (2)

    Further guidance is available in SUP 16 Annex 29AG on completing data field 13 of the CMAR in cases where SUP 16.14.7R applies.

SUP 16.14A Safeguarding return: safeguarding institutions

Application

07/05/2026R

This section applies to safeguarding institutions.

Purpose

07/05/2026G

The purpose of the rules and guidance in this section is to ensure that the FCA receives regular and comprehensive information from a safeguarding institution about its safeguarding of relevant funds.

Safeguarding return

07/05/2026R
  1. (1) Subject to (3), a safeguarding institution must submit a safeguarding return to the FCA within 15 business days of the end of each month.

  2. (2) In this rule, ‘month’ means a calendar month.

  3. (3) A safeguarding institution is not required to submit a safeguarding return in respect of a month during which it becomes a safeguarding institution.

Method of submission

07/05/2026R

A safeguarding return must be submitted by electronic means made available by the FCA.

Application of SUP 16.3

07/05/2026R

The following provisions apply to the submission of safeguarding returns as if references to firms were references to safeguarding institutions:

(1) SUP 16.3.11R (Complete reporting);

(2) SUP 16.3.13R (Timely reporting), other than paragraph (4); and

(3) SUP 16.3.14R (Failure to submit reports).

SUP 16.15 Reporting under the Electronic Money Regulations

Application

30/04/2011G

This section applies to electronic money issuers that are not credit institutions (see SUP 16.1.1B D).

Purpose

01/04/2013G

The purpose of this section is to give directions to the electronic money issuers referred to in SUP 16.1.1B D under regulation 49 (Reporting requirements) of the Electronic Money Regulations in relation to:

  1. (1)

    the information in respect of their issuance of electronic money and provision of payment services and their compliance with requirements imposed by or under Parts 2 to 5 of the Electronic Money Regulations that they must provide to the FCA; and

  2. (2)

    the time at which and the form in which they must provide that information.

30/04/2011G

The purpose of this section is also to set out the rules applicable to these types of electronic money issuers in relation to complete and timely reporting and, where relevant, the failure to submit reports.

13/01/2018G

Electronic money institutions should refer to the transitional provisions in SUP TP 1.11 (Payment services and electronic money returns).

Reporting requirement

01/04/2013D

An electronic money issuer that is not a credit institution must submit to the FCA:

  1. (1)

    the duly completed return applicable to it as set out in column (2) of the table in SUP 16.15.8 D; and

  2. (2)

    the return referred to in (1):

    1. (a)

      in the format specified as applicable in column (3) of the table in SUP 16.15.8 D;

    2. (b)

      at the frequency and in respect of the periods specified in column (4) of that table;

    3. (c)

      by the due date specified in column (5) of that table; and

    4. (d)

      by electronic means made available by the FCA where necessary.

30/04/2011D

SUP 16.4.5 R (Annual Controllers Report) and SUP 16.5.4 R (Annual Close Links Reports) apply to an authorised electronic money institution as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to an authorised electronic money institution.

30/03/2022D

SUP 16.23.4R to SUP 16.23.7R (Annual Financial Crime Report) apply to an electronic money institution as if a reference to firm in these rules and guidance were a reference to an electronic money institution and the reference to group is read accordingly.

30/04/2011D

SUP 16.3.11 R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13 R (Timely reporting) apply to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution.

30/04/2011R

SUP 16.3.14 R (Failure to submit reports) also applies to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution.

01/01/2021D

The table below sets out the format, reporting frequency and due date for submission in relation to regulatory returns that apply to electronic money issuers that are not credit institutions.

(1)

 

Type of electronic money issuer

(2)

 

Return

(3)

 

Format

(4)

 

Reporting Frequency

(5)

 

Due date (Note 4)

Authorised electronic money institution (Note 1)EMI and SEMI QuestionnaireFIN060Annual (Note 3)30 business days
     
     
     
     
     
Small electronic money institutions (Note 2)EMI and SEMI QuestionnaireFIN060Annual (Note 5)30 business days
 Total electronic money outstanding @ 31st DecemberFSA065Annual (Note 5)1 month
     

(a) the Post Office Limited

 

(b) the Bank of England

 

(c) Government departments and local authorities

 

(d) credit unions

 

(e) municipal banks

 

(f) the National Savings Bank

Average outstanding electronic moneyNo standard formatAnnual (Note 6)30 business days
Note 1When submitting the completed returns required, the authorised electronic money institution must use the format of the returns set out in SUP 16 Annex 30HD. Guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 30IG.
Note 2When submitting the completed returns required, the small electronic money institution must use the format of the returns set out in SUP 16 Annex 30JD (FIN060) and SUP 16 Annex 30GD (FSA065). Guidance notes for the completion of the FIN060 return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 30KG.
Note 3This field is calculated from the authorised electronic money institution's accounting reference date.
Note 4The due dates for returns are the last day of the periods given in column (5) of the table above following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in column (4) of the table above.
Note 5The reporting frequency in relation to FSA065 is calculated from 31 December each calendar year. In relation to FIN060, this field is calculated from the small electronic money institution's accounting reference date.
Note 6This is calculated from 31 December each calendar year.

SUP 16.16 Prudent valuation reporting [deleted]

01/01/2022
 

SUP 16.18 AIFMD reporting

Application

01/01/2021G

This section applies to the following types of AIFM in line with SUP 16.18.2 G:

  1. (1)

    a full-scope UK AIFM;

  2. (2)

    a small authorised UK AIFM;

  3. (3)

    a small registered UK AIFM;

  4. (4)

    an above-threshold non-UK AIFMmarketing in the UK; and

  5. (5)

    a small non-UK AIFM marketing in the UK.

01/01/2021G
Type of AIFMRulesDirectionsGuidanceAIFMD level 2 regulation
full-scope UK AIFMFUND 3.4 (Reporting obligation to the FCA) and SUP 16.18.5 R  Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4UK)
small authorised UK AIFMSUP 16.18.6 R   Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4UK)
small registered UK AIFM SUP 16.18.7 D  Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4UK)
above- threshold non-UK AIFM marketing in the UK  SUP 16.18.8 G Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4UK)
small non-UK AIFM marketing in the UK SUP 16.18.9 D  Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4UK)

Purpose

01/01/2021G

This section specifies the end dates for reporting periods for AIFMs and the reporting period for small AIFMs for the types of AIFM to whom this section applies. Although article 110 of the AIFMD level 2 regulations (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4UK) applies certain reporting requirements directly to AIFMs, it does not specify the end dates for reporting periods for an AIFM and, for small AIFMs, it does not specify the reporting period. Therefore, competent authorities are required to specify these requirements.

Article 110 of the AIFMD level 2 regulation

01/01/2021UK
Reporting to the FCA
1.In order to comply with the requirements of [FUND 3.4.2R] and directions given by the FCA under regulation 21(2) of the AIFM Regulations 2013, an AIFM shall provide the following information when reporting to the FCA:
 (a)the main instruments in which it is trading, including a break-down of financial instruments and other assets, including the AIF's investment strategies and their geographical and sectoral investment focus;
 (b)the markets of which it is a member or where it actively trades;
 (c)the diversification of the AIF's portfolio, including, but not limited to, its principal exposures and most important concentrations.
 The information shall be provided as soon as possible and not later than one month after the end of the period referred to in paragraph 3. Where the AIF is a fund of funds this period may be extended by the AIFM by 15 days.
2.For each of the EU AIFs they manage and for each of the AIFs they market in the United Kingdom or the Union, AIFMs shall provide to the FCA the following information in accordance with [FUND 3.4.3R]:
 (a)the percentage of the AIF's assets which are subject to special arrangements as defined in Article 1(5) of this Regulation arising from their illiquid nature as referred to in [FUND 3.2.5R(1)];
 (b)any new arrangements for managing the liquidity of the AIF;
 (c)the risk management systems employed by the AIFM to manage the market risk, liquidity risk, counterparty risk and other risks including operational risk;
 (d)the current risk profile of the AIF, including:
  (i)the market risk profile of the investments of the AIF, including the expected return and volatility of the AIF in normal market conditions;
  (ii)the liquidity profile of the investments of the AIF, including the liquidity profile of the AIF's assets, the profile of redemption terms and the terms of financing provided by counterparties to the AIF;
 (e)information on the main categories of assets in which the AIF invested including the corresponding short market value and long market value, the turnover and performance during the reporting period; and
 (f)the results of periodic stress tests, under normal and exceptional circumstances, performed in accordance with [FUND 3.6.3R(2) and 3.7.5R(2)(b)].
3.The information referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be reported as follows:
 (a)on a half-yearly basis by AIFMs managing portfolios of AIFs whose assets under management calculated in accordance with Article 2 in total exceed the threshold of either EUR 100 million or EUR 500 million laid down in sub-paragraphs (b) and (a) respectively of regulation 9(1) of the AIFM Regulations 2013 but do not exceed EUR 1 billion, for each of the UK and EU AIFs they manage and for each of the AIFs they market in the United Kingdom or the Union;
 (b)on a quarterly basis by AIFMs managing portfolios of AIFs whose assets under management calculated in accordance with Article 2 in total exceed EUR 1 billion, for each of the UK and EU AIFs they manage, and for each of the AIFs they market in the United Kingdom or in the Union;
 (c)on a quarterly basis by AIFMs which are subject to the requirements referred to in point (a) of this paragraph, for each AIF whose assets under management, including any assets acquired through use of leverage, in total exceed EUR 500 million, in respect of that AIF;
 (d)on an annual basis by AIFMs in respect of each unleveraged AIF under their management which, in accordance with its core investment policy, invests in non-listed companies and issuers in order to acquire control.
4.By way of derogation from paragraph 3, the FCA may deem it appropriate and necessary for the exercise of its function to require all or part of the information to be reported on a more frequent basis.
5.AIFMs managing one or more AIFs which they have assessed to be employing leverage on a substantial basis in accordance with Article 111 of this Regulation shall provide the information required under [FUND 3.4.5R] at the same time as that required under paragraph 2 of this Article.
6.AIFMs shall provide the information specified under paragraphs 1, 2 and 5 in accordance with the pro-forma reporting template set out in the Annex IV.
7.[deleted]
[Note: Article 110 of the AIFMD level 2 regulation]

Reporting periods and end dates

13/04/2018R

The reporting period of a full-scope UK AIFM must end on the following dates:

  1. (1)

    for AIFMs that are required to report annually, on 31 December in each calendar year;

  2. (2)

    for AIFMs that are required to report half-yearly, on 30 June and 31 December in each calendar year; and

  3. (3)

    for AIFMs that are required to report quarterly, on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each calendar year.

22/07/2013R

A small authorised UK AIFM must report annually and its reporting period must end on 31 December in each calendar year.

26/07/2013D

A small registered UK AIFM must report annually and its reporting period must end on 31 December in each calendar year.

22/07/2013G

In accordance with regulation 59(3)(a) of the AIFMD UK regulation, an above-threshold non-EEA AIFM that is marketing in the UK is required to comply with the implementing provisions of the AIFMD UK regulation that apply to a full-scope UK AIFM and relate to articles 22 to 24 AIFMD in so far as such provisions are relevant to the AIFM and the AIF. Therefore, such an AIFM should comply with the provisions in SUP 16.18.5 R that are applicable to a full-scope UK AIFM.

26/07/2013D

A small non-EEA AIFMmarketing in the UK must report annually and its reporting period must end on 31 December in each calendar year.

22/07/2013G

All periods in this section should be calculated by reference to London time.

Guidelines

01/01/2021G

ESMA's guidelines on reporting obligations under articles 3(3)(d) and 24(1), (2) and (4) of the AIFMD, 8 August 2014 (ESMA/2014/869EN), provide further details in relation to the requirements in this section.

SUP 16.19 Immigration Act compliance reporting

Application

01/01/2018D
  1. (1)

    This section applies to a firm which is subject to any of the following provisions of the Immigration Act 2014:

    1. (a)

      the prohibition on opening a current account for a disqualified person in section 40;

    2. (b)

      the requirement to carry out immigration checks in relation to current accounts in section 40A;

    3. (c)

      the requirement to notify the existence of current accounts for disqualified persons in section 40B; and

    4. (d)

      the requirement to close an account in accordance with section 40G.

  2. (2)

    This section does not apply to a branch of a firm where the branch is established outside the United Kingdom.

[Note: A firm is subject to the prohibition in section 40 and the requirements in sections 40A, 40B and 40G of the Immigration Act 2014 if it is a “bank” or “building society” for the purposes of section 42 of the Immigration Act 2014.]

Annual compliance reporting

01/01/2018D

A firm must report its compliance with sections 40, 40A, 40B and 40G of the Immigration Act 2014 to the FCA annually.

Method for submitting compliance reports

12/12/2014D

A firm must report its compliance in the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 1AR using the appropriate online systems accessible from the FCA's website.

Time period for submitting compliance reports

12/12/2014D

A firm which is subject to SUP 16.7A (Annual reports and accounts) must report its compliance at the same time that it submits its annual reports and accounts to the FCA.

12/12/2014D

A firm which is not subject to SUP 16.7A (Annual reports and accounts) must report its compliance within four months after its accounting reference date.

SUP 16.21 Reporting under the MCD Order for CBTL firms

Application

21/03/2016D

This section applies to a CBTL firm that enters into or promises to enter into a CBTL credit agreement as lender, or a CBTL firm in which the rights and obligations of the lender under a CBTL credit agreement are vested.

Purpose

21/03/2016G

The purpose of this section is to direct CBTL firms in relation to:

  1. the information that they must provide to the FCA on their CBTL business and their compliance with requirements imposed by Schedule 2 to the MCD Order; and

  2. the time at which, and the manner and form in which, they must provide that information.

[Note: article 18(1)(c) of the MCD Order]

21/03/2016G

The purpose of this section is also to make provision for CBTL firms in relation to the failure to submit reports.

Reporting requirement

01/08/2025D
  1. (1)

     A CBTL firm must submit a duly completed consumer buy-to-let return to the FCA.

  2. (2)

     The return referred to in (1) must be submitted:

    1. (a)

       in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 39AD; guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 39BG;

    2. (b)

       online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website; and

    3. (c)

       within 30 business days following the end of the reporting period.

  3. (3)

     The reporting period is the 12-month period beginning on 1 January.

21/03/2016D

SUP 16.3.11R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13R (Timely reporting) apply as directions to a CBTL firm in relation to CBTL business as if a reference to firm in these provisions were a reference to a CBTL firm.

21/03/2016R

SUP 16.3.14R (Failure to submit reports) applies to a CBTL firm in relation to CBTL business as if a reference to firm in that rule were a reference to a CBTL firm.

21/03/2016D
  1. (1)

    A CBTL firm may appoint another person to provide a report on the CBTL firm’s behalf if the CBTL firm has informed the FCA of that appointment in writing.

  2. (2)

    Where (1) applies, the CBTL firm must ensure that the report complies with the requirements of SUP 16.21.

SUP 16.22 Reporting under the Payment Accounts Regulations

Application

18/09/2016G

This section applies to a payment service provider located in the UK other than:

  1. (1)

    a credit union;

  2. (2)

    National Savings and Investment; and

  3. (3)

    the Bank of England.

[Note: see SUP 16.1.1ED]

Purpose

18/09/2016G

The purpose of this section is to give directions to payment service providers under regulation 29 (Reporting requirements) of the Payment Accounts Regulations about:

  1. (1)

    the information concerning their compliance with the requirements imposed on them under Part 3 (Switching) and Part 4 (Access to payment accounts) of the Payment Accounts Regulations; and

  2. (2)

    the time at which and the form in which they must provide that information.

Reporting requirement

18/09/2016D

A payment service provider that offers a payment account within the meaning of the Payment Accounts Regulations must submit a duly completed report (referred to in this section as a “payment accounts report”) to the FCA.

18/09/2016R

A payment service provider to which SUP 16.22.3D applies and which is a credit institution is required to complete every row in the payment accounts report, including rows 4 and 5, in accordance with SUP 16.22.5D to SUP 16.22.10R, even if it has not been designated under regulation 21 of the Payment Accounts Regulations.

Frequency and timing of report

22/11/2019D

The payment accounts report required by SUP 16.22.3D and SUP 16.22.4R must be submitted:

  1. (1)

    by electronic means made available by the FCA;

  2. (2)

    in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 41AD; notes for the completion of the report are set out in SUP 16 Annex 41BG; and

  3. (3)

    within two months of the end of the relevant reporting period.

18/09/2016D

The first reporting period is the period commencing on 18 September 2016 and ending on 28 February 2018.

18/09/2016D

Subsequent reporting periods are consecutive periods of two years commencing on 1 March 2018 and on 1 March every other year thereafter.

18/09/2016G

For example, the second reporting period commences on 1 March 2018 and ends on 29 February 2020 and the third reporting period commences on 1 March 2020 and ends on 28 February 2022.

18/09/2016D

SUP 16.3.11R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13R (Timely reporting) apply to the submission of payment accounts reports under this section as if a reference to firm in those rules were a reference to payment service provider.

18/09/2016R

SUP 16.3.14R (Failure to submit reports) applies to the submission of payment accounts reports under this section as if a reference to firm in that rule were a reference to payment service provider.

SUP 16.23 Annual Financial Crime Report

Application

30/03/2022R

This section applies to all firms (a) subject to the Money Laundering Regulations and (b) listed in the table below, except for:

  1. (1)

    a credit union;

  2. (2)

    a P2P platform operator;

  3. (3)

    an authorised professional firm; or

  4. (4)

    a firm with limited permissions only.

  5. (5)

    [deleted]

06/04/2026R

Table: Firms to which SUP 16.23.1R applies (subject to the exclusions in SUP 16.23.1R).

a UK bank;
a building society;
 
a non-UK bank;
a mortgage lender;
a mortgage administrator; or
a firm offering life and annuity insurance products.
a firm that has permission to carry on one or more of the following activities:
 advising on investments or providing targeted support, provided that during the relevant financial year the firm:
 (i)held client money under CASS 5 (Client money: insurance distribution activity) and/or CASS 7 (Client money rules); and/or
 (ii)held safe custody assets under CASS 6 (Custody rules);
 arranging (bringing about deals) in investments, provided that during the relevant financial year the firm:
 (i)arranging (bringing about deals) in investments, provided that during the relevant financial year the firm:
 (ii)held safe custody assets under CASS 6 (Custody rules);
 dealing in investments as agent;
 dealing in investments as principal;
 assisting in the administration and performance of a contract of insurance in relation to non-investment insurance contracts;
 managing investments;
 establishing, operating or winding up a collective investment scheme;
 establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme;
 establishing, operating or winding up a stakeholder pension scheme;
 managing a UK UCITS;
 managing an AIF;
 safeguarding and administering investments;
 acting as trustee or depositary of a UK UCITS;
 acting as trustee or depositary of an AIF;
 operating a multilateral trading facility; and/or
 operating an organised trading facility.
a firm that has reported total revenue of £5 million or more as at its last accounting reference date and has permission to carry on one or more of the following activities:
 advising on investments;
 providing targeted support;
 arranging (bringing about deals) in investments;
 advising on pension transfers and pension opt-outs;
 credit-related regulated activity; and
 operating an electronic system for public offers of relevant securities.

Purpose

31/12/2016G
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section is to ensure that the FCA receives regular and comprehensive information about the firm’s systems and controls in preventing financial crime.

  2. (2)

    The purpose of collecting the data in the Annual Financial Crime Report is to assist the FCA in assessing the nature of financial crime risks within the financial services industry.

Requirement to submit the Annual Financial Crime Report

31/12/2016R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit the Annual Financial Crime Report to the FCA annually in respect of its financial year ending on its latest accounting reference date.

  2. (2)

    A firm is only required to submit data that relates to the parts of its business subject to the Money Laundering Regulations.

31/12/2016G
  1. (1)

    If a group includes more than one firm, a single Annual Financial Crime Report may be submitted, and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group.

  2. (2)

    Such a report should contain the information required from all the relevant firms, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their firm reference numbers (FRNs). The obligation to report under SUP 16.23.4R remains with the individual firm.

Method for submitting the Annual Financial Crime Report

31/12/2016R

A firm must submit the Annual Financial Crime Report in the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 42AR using the appropriate online systems accessible from the FCA’s website.

Time period for firms submitting their Annual Financial Crime Report

31/12/2016R

A firm must submit the Annual Financial Crime Report within 60 business days of the firm’s accounting reference date.

SUP 16.24 Retirement income data reporting

Application

01/01/2021R

Purpose

30/09/2018G
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section is to set out the requirements for the firms specified in SUP 16.24.1R to report retirement income data.

  2. (2)

    The purpose of collecting this data is to assist the FCA in the ongoing supervision of firms providing certain retirement income products and to enable the FCA to gain a wider understanding of market trends in the interests of protecting consumers.

Reporting requirement

30/09/2018R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit:

    1. (a)

      a retirement income flow data return half-yearly; and

    2. (b)

      a retirement income stock data and withdrawals flow data return annually;

    within 45 business days of the end of the relevant reporting period.

  2. (2)

    The relevant reporting periods are as follows:

    1. (a)

      for retirement income flow data returns, the six month periods ending on 31 March and 30 September in each calendar year;

    2. (b)

      for retirement income stock data and withdrawals flow data returns, the twelve month period ending on 31 March in each calendar year.

  3. (3)

    A firm must submit a nil return if there is no relevant data to report.

  4. (4)

    A firm must submit its completed returns to the FCA online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website using the forms set out in SUP 16 Annex 43AR.

30/09/2018G

Guidance for completion of the returns in SUP 16.24.3R(1) is set out in SUP 16 Annex 43BG.

30/09/2018G

Firms’ attention is drawn to SUP 16.3.25G regarding reports from a group.

SUP 16.25 Claims management reporting

Application

01/04/2019G

The effect of SUP 16.1.3R is that this section applies to a firm with permission to carry on regulated claims management activities.

Purpose

01/04/2019G
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section is to ensure that the FCA receives, on a regular basis, comprehensive information about the activities of firms which carry on regulated claims management activities.

  2. (2)

    The purpose of collecting this data is to monitor firms’ compliance with applicable rules and to assess and identify any emerging risks within the claims management industry.

Requirement to submit Annual Claims Management Report

01/04/2019R

A firm must submit an Annual Claims Management Report to the FCA annually in respect of the period of 12 months ending on the firm’s accounting reference date.

01/04/2019G

Firms are only required to disclose in Annual Claims Management Reports information relating to the part of their business which is involved in carrying on regulated claims management activities and ancillary activities, except for questions 13 to 15, 19 to 27 and 30 to 34, which relate to the firm as a whole.

Method for submitting Annual Claims Management Report

01/04/2019R

A firm must submit an Annual Claims Management Report in the format as set out in SUP 16 Annex 45AR, using the appropriate online systems specified on the FCA’s website.

01/04/2019G

A firm submitting an Annual Claims Management Report should read the guidance notes available in SUP 16 Annex 45BG.

Time period for submitting Annual Claims Management Report

01/04/2019R

A firm must submit the Annual Claims Management Report within 30 business days of the firm’s accounting reference date.

Group reporting

01/04/2019R

If a group includes more than one firm, a single Annual Claims Management Report may be submitted, and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. Such a report should contain the information required from all of the firms in the group, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their firm reference numbers. Nevertheless, the requirement to provide a report and the responsibility for the report remain with each firm in the group.

SUP 16.26 Reporting of information about Directory persons

Application

07/12/2020R

This section of the FCA Handbook applies to an SMCR firm but it does not apply to a pure benchmark SMCR firm.

09/09/2019G
  1. (1)

    This section requires an SMCR firm to report information about its Directory persons to the FCA.

  2. (2)

    An SMCR firm will need to report information about all of its Directory persons. A firm may also need to report information if it is a sole trader or if it has appointed an appointed representative.

  3. (3)

    This section is also relevant to a Directory person whose name is or will be included in the Directory.

Purpose

09/09/2019G
  1. (1)

    Section 347(1) of the Act requires the FCA to maintain a record of various categories of person, such as authorised persons and approved persons as well as every person falling within such other classes as the FCA may determine (see section 347(1)(i)).

  2. (2)

    The FCA has determined that individuals who are Directory persons should be included on the record required by section 347(1) of the Act (see section 347(1)(i) of the Act).

  3. (3)

    The FCA is required to make the record available for inspection by members of the public in legible form at such times or places as the FCA may determine (see section 347(5) of the Act).

09/09/2019G

The FCA expects there to be a number of benefits from the Directory being available for public inspection. For example, a client will be able to verify information about a Directory person who it is proposed will be involved in the provision of a service to them. Or a firm might cross-check information about a Directory person before that individual is hired by the firm.

09/09/2019G
  1. (1)

    This section contains rules which require an SMCR firm to report specified information to the FCA about its Directory persons for the purposes of that information being included in the Directory.

  2. (2)

    This section also contains rules which require reporting of additional information to the FCA about Directory persons. This includes a Directory person’s date of birth, and, as the case may be, National Insurance number or passport number. The FCA needs this to ensure that information which is reported by a firm about a particular individual is as accurate as possible, for example, to prevent confusion between individuals with similar names. The information will also help the FCA in carrying out of its functions, for example, in its arrangements for supervising and enforcing compliance with relevant rules or requirements. However, this additional information will not be made available to the public through the Directory.

Reporting requirements: complete and accurate information

09/09/2019R
  1. (1)

    An SMCR firm must submit a duly completed and accurate report to the FCA for each Directory person in accordance with the provisions of this section.

  2. (2)

    The report for each Directory person must contain the information set out in SUP 16 Annex 47AR, and be:

    1. (a)

      submitted online through the appropriate system which is accessible from the FCA website; and

    2. (b)

      in the appropriate format.

09/09/2019R
  1. (1)

    When submitting a report to the FCA in respect of a Directory person an SMCR firm must confirm that all the information being reported to the FCA in respect of that Directory person is complete and accurate.

  2. (2)

    That confirmation must be given online through the appropriate system which is accessible from the FCA website.

09/09/2019G
  1. (1)

    The information reported by the firm in respect of a Directory person which is to be included in the Directory will be uploaded onto the Directory shortly after the report is submitted.

  2. (2)

    It is the responsibility of a firm to ensure that any information that it reports about relevant Directory persons is accurate and complete.

  3. (3)

    The FCA will not verify the information about Directory persons which is reported by a firm.

  4. (4)

    If a firm becomes aware of any inaccuracies or errors in the information reported about a Directory person it must rectify that information in accordance with applicable data protection legislation.

09/09/2019G

There are notes which accompany SUP 16 Annex 47AR (Directory persons report) which are intended to help firms report the required information. The notes are in SUP 16 Annex 47BG (Guidance notes for Directory persons report in SUP 16 Annex 47AR).

09/09/2019R

SUP 16.3.11R (Complete reporting) applies to the submission of Directory persons reports by an SMCR firm.

Reporting requirements: exceptional circumstances

09/09/2019R

A firm may not report the information required in SUP 16 Annex 47AR (15) where that firm has reason to believe that making public a Directory person’s workplace location would put them at risk.

Frequency and timing of reports: general

09/09/2019R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit a report required by this section in the frequency, and so as to be received by the FCA no later than the due date, specified for such a report.

  2. (2)

    If a firm becomes aware of any inaccuracies or errors in the information reported about a Directory person it must rectify that information as soon as possible in accordance with applicable data protection legislation (see also SUP 16.26.6R and SUP 16.26.8G).

Frequency and timing of reports: certification employees

24/04/2026R

In respect of a certification employee, an SMCR firm must submit a report within 20 business days or, in the case of (2), 7 business days of:

  1. (1)

     the certification employee commencing performance of a certification function;

  2. (2)

     the certification employee ceasing performance of a certification function; or

  3. (3)

     the firm becoming aware of any other change to the information last reported to the FCA in respect of that certification employee.

24/04/2026G

An example of when an SMCR firm would need to submit a report to the FCA under SUP 16.26.13R(3) is where the individual changes their name.

The period of 7 or 20 business days is intended to be the maximum length of time for making a notification. By reporting more quickly, firms can improve the accuracy of the information included in the Directory.

Frequency and timing of reports: non-SMF director Directory person

24/04/2026R

In respect of a non-SMF director Directory person, an SMCR firm must submit a report within 20 business day or, in the case of (2), 7 business days of:

  1. (1)

     that person becoming a non-SMF director Directory person at the firm; or

  2. (2)

     that person ceasing to be a non-SMF director Directory person at the firm; or

  3. (3)

     the firm becoming aware of any other change to the information last reported to the FCA in respect of that individual.

Frequency and timing of reports: sole trader Directory person or appointed representative Directory person

24/04/2026R

In respect of an appointed representative Directory person or a sole trader Directory person, an SMCR firm must submit a report within 20 business days or, in the case of (2), 7 business days of:

  1. (1)

     that person commencing performance of a function which requires a qualification under TC App 1.1 (Activities and Products/Sectors to which TC applies subject to Appendices 2 and 3);

  2. (2)

     that person ceasing to perform a function which requires a qualification under TC App 1.1 (Activities and Products/Sectors to which TC applies subject to Appendices 2 and 3); or

  3. (3)

     the firm becoming aware of any other change to the information last reported to the FCA in respect of that individual.

09/09/2019R
  1. (1)

    If the FCA’s information technology systems fail and online submission of the reports required under this section is not possible on the reporting day (see paragraph (3)), the time period for submission of reports is extended in accordance with paragraph (2).

  2. (2)

    If on the reporting day, the online submission of reports is not possible for more than one hour, the firm must submit the relevant report on the first business day on which the online submission of reports is next possible.

  3. (3)

    In this rule, the “reporting day” is the day on which the firm must submit a report under this section as determined in accordance with SUP 16.26.13R to SUP 16.26.16R.

Frequency and timing of reports: reporting to the FCA at least once every twelve months

09/09/2019R
  1. (1)

    Paragraph (2) applies where an SMCR firm has not submitted any reports to the FCA in respect of a Directory person in accordance with the provisions of this section within the relevant period (see SUP 16.26.20R).

  2. (2)

    An SMCR firm must submit a report to the FCA confirming that the information previously reported by the firm in respect of its Directory persons remains accurate and up-to-date.

  3. (3)

    The confirmation to be submitted to the FCA under paragraph (2) must be submitted no later than the first business day following the end of the relevant period (see SUP 16.26.20R).

09/09/2019R

An SMCR firm may submit a confirmation of accuracy at any time.

01/04/2026R
  1. (1)

     For the purposes of SUP 16.26.18R, the “relevant period” is the period which:

    1. (a)

       starts on the day on which the SMCR firm last:

      1. (i)

         submitted a report to the FCA in respect of any of its Directory persons; or

      2. (ii)

         submitted a confirmation in accordance with SUP 16.26.18R; or

      3. (iii)

         submitted a confirmation in accordance with SUP 16.26.19R; and

    2. (b)

       ends on the same calendar date as (a), in the following year.

  2. (2)

     [deleted]

Failure to submit a report

09/09/2019R

SUP 16.3.14R (Failure to submit reports) applies to the failure by an SMCR firm to submit a complete report about its Directory persons in accordance with the rules set out in this section by the date on which it is due.

09/09/2019G

Failure to submit a report in accordance with the rules in, or referred to in, this chapter or the provisions of relevant legislation may also lead to the imposition of a financial penalty and other disciplinary sanctions.

09/09/2019G

The firm is responsible for ensuring delivery of the required report by the relevant due date. If a report is received by the FCA after the due date and the firm believes its delivery arrangements were adequate, it may be required to provide proof of those arrangements.

SUP 16.27 General insurance value measures reporting

Who?

01/07/2021R

The effect of SUP 16.1.1R is that this section applies to every firm of a type listed in column 1 of the table in SUP 16.27.8R.

01/07/2021R

The rules in this section do not apply to a TP firm or a Gibraltar-based firm where the state of the risk is an EEA State or Gibraltar, to the extent that the EEA State in question or Gibraltar imposes measures of like effect.

What?

01/07/2021R

This section applies to a firm which has carried on the business described in column 2 of the table in SUP 16.27.8R in relation to general insurance contracts:

  1. (1)

    which are of a product type set out in SUP 16 Annex 48R;

  2. (2)

    excluding contracts set out in SUP 16.27.4R; and

  3. (3)

    excluding contracts entered into where the customer was habitually resident outside the UK at the time.

01/07/2021R

This section does not apply in relation to the following types of general insurance contracts:

  1. (1)

    no claims bonus protection;

  2. (2)

    private medical insurance;

  3. (3)

    contracts provided with a packaged bank account;

  4. (4)

    contracts entered into by a commercial customer; or

  5. (5)

    group policies.

Purpose

01/07/2021G
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section is to require firms to submit information on certain value measures general insurance contracts in a standard format to the FCA. This information enables the publication of the value measures data in the pursuance of the FCA’s effective competition and consumer protection objectives.

  2. (2)

    The purpose of SUP 16.27 is to provide the FCA with general insurance value measures data that it can use to publish guidance (and which may also assist with the FCA’s monitoring of firms’ compliance with PROD 4.5). The purpose of that publication is to:

    1. (a)

      promote competition in relation to product value, by creating incentives for firms to make improvements to products and address poor product performance; and

    2. (b)

      protect consumers by reducing the potential for harm caused by the sale or purchase of poor value products.

Definitions

01/07/2021R

In this section and SUP 16 Annex 48R, SUP 16 Annex 48AR and SUP 16 Annex 48BG:

“add-on policy” meansa policy that is sold in connection with, or alongside, another product.
“average claims pay-out” meanstotal claims pay-out cost divided by the number of claims where all or part of the claim has been accepted and a pay-out has been made and/or benefits provided and the claim is closed at the end of the reporting period.
“average number of policies in force” meansthe average number of policies in force during the relevant reporting period, calculated by adding up the total policies in force at the end of each month and dividing by the total number of months in the reporting period.
“claim” meansany claim made by a potential beneficiary, including queries in respect of a potentially claimable event or loss (which has taken place).
“claims acceptance rate” means

(a) the number of claims registered; less

(b) the number of claims rejected; divided by

(c) the number of claims registered.

“claims accepted” meansclaims where all or part of the claim has been accepted and a pay-out has been made and/or benefit provided, and the claim is closed or settled during the reporting period.
“claims complaints” meanscomplaints of a type that are reported in column O of the DISP 1 Annex 1R Table 4 or would have been reported if the threshold of 500 opened complaints was disregarded.
“claims complaints as a percentage of claims” means

the percentage calculated using the formula:

A/B x 100

where:

(a) A = claims complaints

(b) B = claims registered

“claims frequency” meansthe number of claims registered divided by the average number of policies in force.
“claims pay-out cost” means

the total costs of providing benefits to policy beneficiaries in relation to claims accepted during the reporting period including:

(a) the total monetary value (£) of claim pay-outs;

(b) the total cost incurred by the provider firm in providing non-monetary benefits; and

(c) specific claims costs incurred by the provider firm in handling individual claims including claims investigation costs.

“claims registered” means

all claims during the reporting period less the number of:

(a) claims walkaways;

(b) claims in respect of which the potential beneficiary reports an event or loss giving rise to the claim but does not wish to make a claim;

(c) claims rejected for insurance fraud; and

(d) claim rejected because the policy has been lawfully voided by the insurer.

“claims rejected” means

claims by potential beneficiaries of the policy, declined or rejected in the reporting period, regardless of:

(a) when the claim was registered;

(b) whether or not the claim is rejected at the first notification of loss;

(c) whether the claim is rejected for breach of a policy condition, pursuant to an applicable policy exclusion, due to the application of an excess or otherwise,

but excluding claims rejected for insurance fraud or because the policy has been lawfully voided by the insurer.

“claims walkaways” meansclaims closed during the reporting period due to the potential beneficiary not pursuing the claim.
“distribution arrangement” meansin relation to the relevant product, each distribution arrangement through which the product is sold, as identified by the consumer facing firm or brand.
“no claims bonus protection” meansa contract of insurance which will, in the event of a claim, within certain limits, protect the purchaser’s number of years during which a person is deemed not to have made a claim for the purposes of calculating the no claims bonus discount incorporated by a provider into the price of a motor insurance product.
policy sales” meanspolicies sold in the reporting period, including renewals, and regardless of the period covered by the contracts.
“reporting period” means

(a) the period beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December; or

(b) any shorter period in accordance with SUP 16.27.12 (2).

“stand-alone policy” meansa policy that is not sold in connection with, or alongside, another product.
“total gross retail premiums (written)” meansthe total amount of gross written premium, based on the premiums charged to the end consumer (excluding insurance premium tax) in relation to policies sold during the reporting period.
“value measures data” meansthe data required to be included in a value measures report and set out in SUP 16.27.10R to 16.27.11R.
“value measures report” meansthe report referred to in SUP 16.27.7R.

Requirement to submit a value measures report

01/07/2021R

Where a firm of a type set out in column 1 of the table in SUP 16.27.8R has carried on the business in column 2 of the same row in relation to the products set out in SUP 16 Annex 48R, it must:

  1. (1)

    submit to the FCA a report containing the value measures data in relation to that business; and

  2. (2)

    submit the report in accordance with SUP 16.27.12R to SUP 16.27.17R.

01/07/2021R

This is the table referred to in SUP 16.27.7R.

(1) Type of firm(2) Nature of business
An insurer other than a TP firm or Gibraltar-based firmall contracts of insurance effected by the insurer.
A TP firm or Gibraltar-based firmall contracts of insurance effected by the TP firm or Gibraltar-based firm from an establishment of the firm (or its appointed representative) in the UK.
A TP firm or Gibraltar-based firm

all contracts of insurance effected by the firm

(a) from an establishment outside the UK with a customer in the UK; and

(b) which were not manufactured by a firm operating from an establishment in the UK.

A firm manufacturing from an establishment in the UKall contracts of insurance effected by a TP firm or Gibraltar based-firm from an establishment outside the UK with a customer in the UK.

A firm, a TP firm or a Gibraltar-based firm which, from an establishment in the UK, either:

(1) manufactures; or, if not,

(2) advises on or proposes contracts of insurance which it does not manufacture.

all contracts of insurance effected by a firm from an establishment outside the UK with a customer in the UK without carrying on a regulated activity in the UK.
An insurance intermediary

contracts of insurance in relation to which:

(a) the insurance intermediary carried on or was responsible for insurance distribution activities; and

(b) the provider entering into the contract as principal is not an authorised person in relation to that activity. References to firms in SUP 16 include references to these unauthorised providers, where the context requires.

A managing agentany contracts of insurance written at the Society.
17/12/2021R

Firms must comply with the following in relation to the table in SUP 16.27.8R:

  1. (1)

    where different insurers underwrite different elements of the cover that form part of the same policy, then the insurer underwriting the main part of the cover (and in the event of any doubt, the first part of the cover recorded in the policy) must report the value measures data for all elements of the cover (including optional extras and cover extensions);

  2. (2)

    the exception to (1) is in relation to policies which include a legal expenses product element (after the event or before the event legal expenses, as described in SUP 16 Annex 48R), where the insurer of the legal expenses element must separately report the value measures data for the legal expenses element; and

  3. (3)

    references to manufacturing are to manufacturing in whole or in part. Where there is more than one firm referred to in column 1 that manufactures a contract of insurance, then only one must report the value measures data and each firm must agree in writing with the others which firm is responsible.

Content of the report and value measures data

01/07/2021R

A value measures report must contain value measures data set out in SUP 16.27.11R as follows:

  1. (1)

    the data must be completed in respect of each of the products set out in SUP 16 Annex 48R; and

  2. (2)

    the data must only be included in relation to each product within the scope of SUP 16.27 where both of the following criteria have been met in respect of that product in the relevant reporting period:

    1. (a)

      total gross retail premiums (written) exceed £400,000; and

    2. (b)

      more than 3,000 policies involving the firm in the manner set out in column 2 of SUP 16.27.8R are in force.

01/07/2021R

The value measures data is:

  1. (1)

    the number of policy sales;

  2. (2)

    total gross retail premiums (written);

  3. (3)

    the number of claims registered;

  4. (4)

    average number of policies in force;

  5. (5)

    claims frequency;

  6. (6)

    the number of claims accepted;

  7. (7)

    the number of claims rejected;

  8. (8)

    claims acceptance rate;

  9. (9)

    total claims pay-out cost;

  10. (10)

    average claims pay-out;

  11. (11)

    the amount that the top 2% of claim pay-outs are above;

  12. (12)

    the names of the five largest distribution arrangements;

  13. (13)

    the number of claims walkaways;

  14. (14)

    the number of claims complaints; and

  15. (15)

    claims complaints as a percentage of claims.

Annual submission date and reporting period

01/07/2021R
  1. (1)

    The value measures report must be submitted annually on or before 28 February and contain information in relation to the immediately preceding reporting period.

  2. (2)

    Where a firm carried on business in relation to one or more of the products set out in SUP 16 Annex 48R for part of a reporting period, its value measures report should contain value measures data for the part of the reporting period that it operated.

Format and method of submission and format

01/07/2021R

A value measures report must be completed using the form and format set out in SUP 16 Annex 48AR, using the notes for completion in SUP 16 Annex 48BG.

01/07/2021R

The report must be submitted online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website.

01/07/2021R

A value measures report will not be considered as submitted to the FCA unless all the mandatory reporting fields set out in SUP 16 Annex 48AR have been completed correctly and the report has been accepted by the relevant FCA reporting system.

01/07/2021G

If the FCA’s information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, the FCA will endeavour to publish a notice on its website confirming that online submission is unavailable and that the alternative methods of submission set out in SUP 16.3.9R (Method of submission of reports) should be used.

Value measures disclosure

01/07/2021R

Any firm that submits a value measures report to the FCA must include a statement that:

  1. (1)

    it understands that the FCA produces and publishes guidance that contains the value measures data that the firm submitted to the FCA; and/or

  2. (2)

    it has informed any other firm to whom the relevant value measures data relate that the FCA publishes the guidance referred to in (1).

Publication of value measures data by the FCA

01/07/2021G

The FCA publishes guidance that contains the value measures data for the following purposes:

  1. (1)

    to promote competition in relation to product value, by creating incentives for firms to make improvements to products and address poor product performance; and

  2. (2)

    to protect consumers by reducing the potential for harm caused by the sale or purchase of poor value products.

01/07/2021G

The FCA publishes firm-level value measures data in bands. The FCA will only publish firm-level value measures data in bands for claims frequency, claims acceptance rate, average claims pay-outs and claims complaints as a percentage of claims where the value measures report shows that, in respect of the relevant product, both of the criteria in SUP 16.27.10R(2)(a) and (b) have been met.

SUP 16.28 Home insurance and motor insurance pricing reporting

Who?

01/01/2022R

The effect of SUP 16.1.1R is that this section applies to every firm of a type listed in column 1 of the table in SUP 16.28.8R.

What?

01/01/2022R

This section applies to a firm which has carried on the business described in column 2 of the table in SUP 16.28.8R in relation to any of the following types of general insurance contracts:

  1. (1)

    home insurance; or

  2. (2)

    motor insurance.

01/01/2022R

This section does not apply in relation to the following types of products:

  1. (1)

    policies entered into by a commercial customer; or

  2. (2)

    group policies.

Purpose

01/01/2022G

The purpose of this section is to require firms to submit information on their home insurance and motor insurance contracts, add on policies and retail premium finance in a standard format to the FCA. This information will assist the FCA in pursuing the purposes of SUP 16.28 as set out in SUP 16.2.1G.

Definitions

01/04/2026R

In this section and SUP 16 Annex 49AR and SUP 16 Annex 49BG:

“add-on policy” meansAn additional product which is a general insurance contract sold as a separate contract or policy in connection with, or alongside, a motor insurance or home insurance policy.
“average prior year gross premium” meansThe average gross premium paid by a customer of tenure Tn for the product in the reporting category when that customer’s tenure was Tn-1.
“buildings and contents” meansHome insurance cover for both the structure and contents of domestic properties, including any core related liability cover.
“buildings only” meansHome insurance cover for the structure of (but not the contents of) domestic properties, including any core related liability cover.
“claims-related reporting period” meansThe period elected by a firm for the purposes of providing the additional claims-related information in SUP 16.28.12R for the core product which must be either (i) the reporting period or (ii) to the extent that it is different from the reporting period, the firm’s own financial year.
“contents only” meansHome insurance cover for the contents of (but not the structure of) domestic properties, including any core related liability cover.
“core product” meansThe home insurance or motor insurance policy, including any cover extension or optional extra which forms part of the same contract as that policy, irrespective of whether that cover extension or optional extra is an additional product.
“expected claims cost” meansThe expected risk cost when calculating the policy’s premium, excluding any loading for expenses (including claims handling) or profit and gross of reinsurance.
“expected claims ratio” meansThe expected claims cost as a percentage of the gross written premium.
“fees” meansA firm’s remuneration in relation to its home insurance and motor insurance business which is paid by the customer and which is not included in the gross premium paid by the customer for the core product, add-on policy or retail premium finance as reported by the firm.
“gross premium” meansThe gross price charged for a core product or add-on policy.
“net-rated premium” meansThe net-rated price charged for a core product or add-on policy.
“price-setting intermediary” meansAn insurance intermediary whose role includes setting the gross premium paid by the customer for the core product or setting the price of any add-on policy, or retail premium finance.
“reporting period” meansthe 12-month period beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December.

Requirement to submit a pricing information report

01/01/2022R

Where a firm of a type set out in column 1 of the table in SUP 16.28.8R has carried on the business in column 2 of the same row in relation to home insurance or motor insurance products, it must:

  1. (1)

    submit to the FCA a report containing the specified information in relation to their home insurance and motor insurance products, add-on policies, retail premium finance and fees; and

  2. (2)

    submit the report in accordance with SUP 16.28.14R to SUP 16.28.18R.

01/01/2022R

A TP firm or a Gibraltar-based firm which is of a type set out in column 1 of the table in SUP 16.28.8R (or which is treated as if it is) and has carried on the business in column 2 of the same row in relation to home insurance or motor insurance products in the UK must:

  1. (1)

    submit to the FCA a report containing the specified information in relation to their UK home insurance and motor insurance products, add on policies, retail premium finance and fees; and

  2. (2)

    submit the report in accordance with SUP 16.28.14R to SUP 16.28.18R.

01/04/2026R

This is the table referred to in SUP 16.28.1R, SUP 16.28.2R, SUP 16.28.6R and SUP 16.28.7R.

(1) Type of firm(2) Nature of business
An insurerContracts of insurance effected by the insurer.
A non-price-setting intermediary

Contracts of insurance in relation to which:

(a) the insurance intermediary carried on or was responsible for insurance distribution activities; but

(b) the firm was not acting as a price-setting intermediary.

A price-setting intermediary

Contracts of insurance in relation to which:

(a) the price-setting intermediary carried on or was responsible for insurance distribution activities; and

(b) the firm was acting as a price-setting intermediary.

A managing agentContracts of insurance written at Lloyd’s.
An insurer, insurance intermediary or managing agentAdditional products relating to contracts of insurance where the firm is responsible for setting the price of the additional product.
01/08/2025R

Firms must comply with the following in relation to the table in SUP 16.28.8R.

  1. (1)

     Where different insurers or managing agents underwrite different elements of the cover that forms part of the same core policy, then the insurer or managing agent underwriting the largest proportion of the cover (and in the event of any doubt, the first part of the cover recorded in the policy) must report the pricing information in SUP 16.28.11R and SUP 16.28.12R for all elements of the policy.

  2. (2)

     Only the firm which sets the price of an additional product to be paid by a consumer is required to report the pricing information in SUP 16.28.13R in respect of that additional product. Where the additional product is retail premium finance and its price is set by a retail premium finance provider (and not by an insurer, an insurance intermediary or managing agent), the insurer, insurance intermediary or managing agent which has the direct relationship with the consumer must report the pricing information in SUP 16.28.13R in respect of that retail premium finance.

  3. (3)

     Only the firm which levies fees on a consumer is required to report the pricing information in SUP 16.28.13R in respect of those fees.

  4. (4)

     Where an insurance intermediary forgoes commission or gives a cash or cash-equivalent incentive (within the meaning of ICOBS 6B.2.12R) on the premium on gross-rated business, this business must only be reported by the insurer with its gross-rated business (not separately by the insurance intermediary).

  5. (5)

     [deleted]

Content of the report and pricing information

01/04/2026R

A pricing information report must contain pricing information set out in SUP 16.28.11R (core pricing information for the core product ), SUP 16.28.12R (additional claims-related information for the core product) and SUP 16.28.13R (pricing information for related additional products and fees) as follows:

  1. (1)

     the information must be completed separately in respect of each firm’s home insurance and motor insurance business;

  2. (2)

     where a firm has a multi-product policy which includes both home insurance and motor insurance in a single policy, that policy should be split between home insurance and motor insurance and reported as two separate policies.

  3. (3)

     the information in SUP 16.28.11R and SUP 16.28.12R must be provided on an aggregated basis for each of the following product types in a firm’s motor insurance business, including the closed books which must also be separately disclosed in (11) below:

    1. (a)

       car;

    2. (b)

       motorcycles, including tricycles; and

    3. (c)

       other (being product types not included in (a) or (b));

  4. (4)

     the information in SUP 16.28.11R and SUP 16.28.12R must be provided on an aggregated basis for each of the following product types in a firm’s home insurance business, including the closed books which must also be separately disclosed in (11) below:

    1. (a)

       buildings only;

    2. (b)

       contents only; and

    3. (c)

       buildings and contents;

  5. (5)

     in respect of the information in SUP 16.28.11R only, the aggregated information for each of the categories set out in (3) and (4) must be further split out into products sold via the following types of channel:

    1. (a)

       direct (aggregated across all direct sales including telephone, internet and branch);

    2. (b)

       price comparison websites (aggregated across all price comparison websites);

    3. (c)

       intermediated (aggregated across sales made through insurance intermediaries, excluding those sales included in (b) or (d); and

    4. (d)

       affinity/partnership schemes (aggregated across all such schemes);

  6. (6)

     in splitting the information in SUP 16.28.11R on products into the types of channel via which they were sold in accordance with (5), products should be allocated to the type of channel used to determine the channel for the purposes of determining the equivalent new business price for that customer in accordance with ICOBS 6B.2.5R;

  7. (7)

     where a price-setting intermediary makes sales directly to consumers, the information in SUP 16.28.11R on these products should be allocated to the direct sales type of channel in (5)(a), not the intermediated type of channel in (5)(c);

  8. (8)

     the pricing information in SUP 16.28.11R for each type of channel in (5) must be further split into categories representing the tenure of the customers (broken down by the year of tenure);

  9. (9)

     insurers and managing agents must report the required information in SUP 16.28.11R for each channel and tenure combination as derived from (5) and (8) separately for gross-rated business and net-rated business;

  10. (10)

     in respect of the information in SUP 16.28.12R only, the aggregated information for each of the categories set out in (3) and (4) must be reported as the total aggregated for each product type (no split between type of channel or tenure);

  11. (11)

     pricing information in SUP 16.28.11R only must also be provided separately, split into the type of home insurance product or motor insurance product (where relevant) for each segment of business that:

    1. (a)

       is a closed book containing 10,000 policies or more; or

    2. (b)

       comprises all other closed books which are not reported in (a) above, on an aggregated basis;

  12. (12)

     the pricing information for closed books in (11) must be further split out into categories representing the tenure of customers (broken down by year of tenure);

  13. (13)

     pricing information in SUP 16.28.13R for related additional products must be split out between each of the following:

    1. (a)

       retail premium finance; and

    2. (b)

       add-on policies;

  14. (14)

     pricing information in SUP 16.28.13R for fees must be split out between each of the following:

    1. (a)

       pre-contractual fees; and

    2. (b)

       post-contractual fees; and

  15. (15)

     the pricing information in (13) and (14) must then be further split into categories representing the tenure of the customers (broken down by the year of tenure).

01/01/2022R

The core pricing information for the core product is:

  1. (1)

    total gross written premium;

  2. (2)

    total net-rated written premium (net-rated business only);

  3. (3)

    average gross premium;

  4. (4)

    average net-rated premium (net-rated business only);

  5. (5)

    average prior year gross premium;

  6. (6)

    number of policies in force at the end of the reporting period;

  7. (7)

    total number of policies incepted or renewed;

  8. (8)

    expected claims ratio;

  9. (9)

    expected claims cost; and

  10. (10)

    proportion of customers where the expected claims ratio falls within each of the following bandings:

    1. (a)

      greater than 0% but less than or equal to 10%;

    2. (b)

      greater than 10% but less than or equal to 20%;

    3. (c)

      greater than 20% but less than or equal to 30%;

    4. (d)

      greater than 30% but less than or equal to 40%;

    5. (e)

      greater than 40% but less than or equal to 50%;

    6. (f)

      greater than 50% but less than or equal to 60%;

    7. (g)

      greater than 60% but less than or equal to 70%;

    8. (h)

      greater than 70% but less than or equal to 80%; and

    9. (i)

      greater than 80%.

01/01/2022R

The additional claims-related information for the core product is:

  1. (1)

    total earned premium;

  2. (2)

    average earned premium;

  3. (3)

    gross incurred claims ratio;

  4. (4)

    developed gross incurred claims ratio for the claim-related reporting period 1 year prior to the current such period;

  5. (5)

    developed gross incurred claims ratio for the claim-related reporting period 2 years prior to the current such period;

  6. (6)

    developed gross incurred claims ratio for the claim-related reporting period 3 years prior to the current such period;

  7. (7)

    total prior year’s reserve release; and

  8. (8)

    total prior year’s reserve strengthening.

01/01/2022R

The pricing information for related additional products and pre- and post-contractual fees that are not part of the gross premium for the core product is:

  1. (1)

    the total charged for retail premium finance (including retail premium finance on add-on policies);

  2. (2)

    the number of customers with retail premium finance;

  3. (3)

    the APR range;

  4. (4)

    the total gross written premiums for add-on policies incepted or renewed;

  5. (5)

    the number of add-on policies incepted or renewed;

  6. (6)

    the total pre-contractual fees paid by all customers;

  7. (7)

    the average pre-contractual fees across those customers who incurred fees;

  8. (8)

    the total post-contractual fees paid by all customers; and

  9. (9)

    the average post-contractual fees across those customers who incurred fees.

Annual submission date and reporting period

01/01/2022R

The pricing information report containing the information in SUP 16.28.11R and SUP 16.28.13R in relation to the reporting period (which begins on 1 January and ends on 31 December of the immediately preceding calendar year) must be submitted annually on or before 31 March.

01/01/2022R

The pricing information report containing the information in SUP 16.28.12R in relation to the claims-related reporting period must be submitted either:

  1. (1)

    where a firm’s claims-related reporting period is the reporting period, annually on or before 31 March; or

  2. (2)

    where a firm’s claims-related reporting period is not the reporting period, annually on the date which is 3 months following the end of the claims-related reporting period.

Format and method of submission and format

30/09/2022R

A pricing information report must be completed using the forms and format set out in SUP 16 Annex 49AR, using the notes for completion in SUP 16 Annex 49BG.

01/01/2022R

The report must be submitted online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website.

01/01/2022R

A pricing information report will not be considered as submitted to the FCA unless all the mandatory reporting fields set out in SUP 16 Annex 49AR have been completed correctly and the report has been accepted by the relevant FCA reporting system.

01/01/2022G

If the FCA’s information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, the FCA will endeavour to publish a notice on its website confirming that online submission is unavailable and that the alternative methods of submission set out in SUP 16.3.9R (Method of submission of reports (see SUP 16.3.8R)) should be used.

SUP 16.29 MIFIDPRU Remuneration Report

Application

01/01/2022R

This section applies to a MIFIDPRU investment firm, except where:

  1. (1)

    the MIFIDPRU investment firm is part of a group to which prudential consolidation applies in accordance with provisions of the UK CRR and the PRA Rulebook; and

  2. (2)

    the reports in (3) have been submitted to the PRA on behalf of the consolidation group and each covers the MIFIDPRU investment firm.

  3. (3)

    the reports referred to in (2) are:

    1. (a)

      the Remuneration Benchmarking Information Report; and

    2. (b)

      the Higher Earners Report.

Purpose

01/01/2022G

The purpose of this section is to ensure that the FCA receives regular information in a standard format to assist it in assessing the effectiveness of a MIFIDPRU investment firm’s remuneration and incentive arrangements.

Reporting requirement

02/04/2024R

A firm to which this section applies must submit the MIFIDPRU Remuneration Report:

  1. (1)

    in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 51R;

  2. (2)

    in accordance with the instructions in SUP 16 Annex 52G; and

  3. (3)

    online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website.

01/01/2022R

The information in the MIFIDPRU Remuneration Report must be denominated in pound sterling.

01/01/2022R

Where a MIFIDPRU investment firm does not form part of an investment firm group to which consolidation applies under MIFIDPRU 2.5, it must complete the report on a solo basis in respect of remuneration awarded in the last completed financial year to all relevant staff of the firm who mainly carried on their professional activities within the UK.

01/01/2022R

Where a MIFIDPRU investment firm forms part of an investment firm group to which consolidation applies under MIFIDPRU 2.5, it must not complete the report on a solo basis. The MIFIDPRU investment firm must complete the report on a consolidated basis in respect of remuneration awarded in the last completed financial year to all relevant staff of the firm who mainly undertook their professional activities within the UK.

01/01/2022G

SUP 16.3.25G permits a single report to be submitted to meet the reporting requirements of all firms in a group.

Frequency and timing of report

01/01/2022R
  1. (1)

    A firm to which this section applies must submit a MIFIDPRU Remuneration Report to the FCA annually.

  2. (2)

    The firm must submit that report to the FCA within 4 months of the end of the firm’s accounting reference date.

SUP 16.30 Baseline Financial Resilience Report

Application

06/04/2026R

This section applies to any firm except:

  1. (1) a firm with limited permission;
  2. (2) a MIFIDPRU investment firm;
  3. (3) a not-for-profit debt advice body;
  4. (4) a PRA-authorised person;
  5. (5) a supervised run-off firm; and
  6. (6) [deleted]
  7. (7) a firm with permission to carry on only providing targeted support.
01/01/2024R

In this section, a reference to a firm includes the firms listed in SUP 16.30.2.

Purpose

01/01/2024G

The purpose of this section is to require firms to provide the FCA with regular information in a standard format. This information will assist the FCA in assessing firms’ financial resilience and targeting supervisory resources according to firms’ risk of failure and the harm they would cause if they failed.

Reporting requirement

01/01/2024R

A firm to which this section applies must submit FIN 073 (‘the Baseline Financial Resilience Report’):

  1. (1)

    in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 53R;

  2. (2)

    in accordance with the instructions in SUP 16 Annex 54G; and

  3. (3)

    online, through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’ s website.

01/01/2024R

The information in the Baseline Financial Resilience Report must be denominated in pound sterling.

Frequency and timing of report

01/04/2026R

Unless SUP 16.30.8AR applies, a firm must submit the Baseline Financial Resilience Report:

  1. (1)

     once every quarter; and

  2. (2)

     within 30 business days after the relevant reporting reference date.

01/01/2024R

A firm’s reporting reference dates are:

  1. (1)

    Its accounting reference date;

  2. (2)

    Its accounting reference date plus 3 months;

  3. (3)

    Its accounting reference date plus 6 months; and

  4. (4)

    Its accounting reference date plus 9 months.

01/04/2026R
  1. (1) This rule applies to a firm which submitted Section A of the RMAR in the last reporting period of its previous financial year, unless it reported total revenue from regulated activities within the scope of the RMAR of more than £150m for that financial year.
  2. (2) Where this rule applies, a firm must submit the Baseline Financial Resilience Report:
    1. (a) annually; and
    2. (b) within 30 business days after the relevant reporting reference date, which is its accounting reference date.

       

01/01/2024R

The information in the Baseline Financial Resilience Report must show the position at the relevant reporting reference date.

SUP 16.31 Financial promotion approval reporting

Application – who?

06/11/2023R

This section applies to a firm (including a Gibraltar-based firm) with approver permission.

Application – what?

06/11/2023R

This section applies to a firm in relation to its approval of financial promotions for which it requires approver permission.

06/11/2023G

The effect of SUP 16.31.2R is that the rules in this section do not:

  1. (1)

    apply in relation to any financial promotions which a firm approves within the scope of an approver permission exemption;

  2. (2)

    require a firm to notify, or include within a bi-annual report details of, such financial promotions.

Purpose

07/02/2024G
  1. (1)

    The effect of section 55NA of the Act is that a firm is unable to approve a financial promotion unless:

    1. (a)

      the firm is a permitted approver in relation to the financial promotion; or

    2. (b)

      an approver permission exemption applies.

  2. (2)

    The rules in this section impose requirements on firms with approver permission to provide the FCA with information about their approval of financial promotions (other than in reliance on an approver permission exemption).

  3. (3)

    The purpose of these requirements is to enable the FCA to:

    1. (a)

      effectively monitor the compliance of approved financial promotions with its financial promotion rules;

    2. (b)

      identify where firms which have approved financial promotions approve amendments to, or withdraw approvals of, financial promotions for reasons which might give rise to a risk of harm to consumers; and

    3. (c)

      identify any emerging risks to consumers.

  4. (4)

    The rules in this section include requirements to:

    1. (a)

      notify the FCA in a timely manner of each:

      1. (i)

        approval of a financial promotion relating to a qualifying cryptoasset or non-mass market investment; or

      2. (ii)

        amendment or withdrawal of a prior approval of any financial promotion by reason of a notifiable concern; and

    2. (b)

      provide a report to the FCA on a 6-monthly basis relating to the firm’s activity of approving financial promotions.

Approval notification requirement

06/11/2023R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit the information in (3) to the FCA within 7 days of approving a financial promotion relating to:

    1. (a)

      a qualifying cryptoasset; or

    2. (b)

      a non-mass market investment.

  2. (2)

    A firm must submit the information in (3)(a) to the FCA within 7 days of:

    1. (a)

      approving amendments to a financial promotion made because of a notifiable concern; or

    2. (b)

      withdrawing approval of a financial promotion because of a notifiable concern.

  3. (3)

    The information is:

    1. (a)

      the information in the table at SUP 16.31.6R; and

    2. (b)

      a copy of each of the communications comprising the financial promotion (see SUP 16.31.12G(1)) that is the subject of the financial promotion.

06/11/2023R

This is the table referred to in SUP 16.31.5R.

 Approving a financial promotionApproving amendments to a financial promotionWithdrawing approval of a financial promotion
(1)The reason for making the notification.
(2) The reference number for any previous notification submitted pursuant to SUP 16.31.5R relating to the approval of the financial promotion.
(3)The name of the controlled investment (or person engaging in controlled claims management activity) to which the financial promotion relates.
(4)The kind of investment (or controlled claims management activity) to which the financial promotion relates (selected from the list in SUP 16 Annex 55R).
(5)Whether the investment that is the subject of the financial promotion is subject to a restriction on its promotion as a restricted mass market investment or non-mass market investment.
(6)The name of the unauthorised person or persons who has or have prepared the content of the financial promotion for which approval is sought.
(7)Whether the unauthorised person or persons in (6) carry on their business from a place of business outside the UK and, if so, the primary country from which that business is carried on.
(8)Where the unauthorised person or persons in (6) is or are bodies corporate, their Companies House number(s) (or international equivalent(s)).
(9)

Where the financial promotion may be addressed to, or disseminated in such a way that it is likely to be received by, retail clients and where relevant:

(a) the size, or potential size, of the offer (expressed in sterling); and

(b) the maximum rate of return included in the financial promotion (expressed as a percentage).

(10)The date of the approval.The date of the withdrawal of the approval.
(11) The date on which the financial promotion was first approved.
(12)The medium (or media) by which the financial promotion will, or is intended to, be communicated.The medium (or media) by which the amended financial promotion will, or is intended to, be communicated.The medium (or media) in relation to which approval of the financial promotion has been withdrawn.
(13) The reason(s) for the amendments to the financial promotion.The reason(s) for the withdrawal of the approval.

Definition of notifiable concern

06/11/2023R

A notifiable concern is a concern:

  1. (1)

    that an element of an approved financial promotion risks causing harm to consumers; or

  2. (2)

    relating to the integrity or propriety of an unauthorised person or persons for whom a firm has approved a financial promotion.

06/11/2023G
  1. (1)

    A notifiable concern may arise, for example, where a firm that has approved a financial promotion:

    1. (a)

      becomes aware that the financial promotion does not comply, or no longer complies, with applicable financial promotion rules such that it risks causing harm to consumers; or

    2. (b)

      receives information which suggests that the unauthorised person or persons for whom the financial promotion was approved have provided misleading information in connection with that approval.

  2. (2)

    In deciding whether to notify the FCA of approval of amendments to, or withdrawal of approval of, a financial promotion, a firm should consider the purpose of the notification rule (SUP 16.31.4G(3)).

Bi-annual reporting requirement

06/11/2023R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit the information in SUP 16.31.10R to the FCA half yearly within 30 business days of the end of each reporting period.

  2. (2)

    Except as specified in (3), the reporting periods for the purpose of (1) are:

    1. (a)

      the 6 months immediately following a firm’s accounting reference date; and

    2. (b)

      the 6 months immediately preceding and including a firm’s accounting reference date.

  3. (3)

    A firm must submit its first report for the purpose of (1) in respect of the reporting period beginning on the date on which approver permission is granted to the firm and ending on the earlier of:

    1. (a)

      the firm’s accounting reference date; and

    2. (b)

      the date falling 6 months after the firm’s accounting reference date.

  4. (4)

    A firm must submit a return even if it has not approved any financial promotions or received any relevant complaints during a reporting period.

06/11/2023R

The information in SUP 16.31.9R(1) is, for the relevant reporting period:

  1. (1)

    the total number of financial promotions approved;

  2. (2)

    the number of financial promotions relating to each of the investment types in SUP 16 Annex 55R approved;

  3. (3)

    the number of financial promotions approved relating to:

    1. (a)

      restricted mass market investments; and

    2. (b)

      non-mass market investments;

  4. (4)

    the number of complaints received relating to the firm’s approval of financial promotions;

  5. (5)

    the total revenue (expressed in sterling) generated by the firm’s activity of approving financial promotions;

  6. (6)

    unless the firm has reported no revenue for the purpose of (5), the total revenue (expressed in sterling) generated by the firm’s regulated activities;

  7. (7)

    unless the firm has reported no revenue for the purpose of (5), the firm’s total revenue.

06/11/2023R

Reference in SUP 16.31.10R to a firm’s revenue is to a firm’s income (before expenses). Total revenue refers to all income received across a firm’s entire business, both regulated and unregulated.

Guidance

06/11/2023G
  1. (1)

    For the purposes of this section, reference to a firm approving, or withdrawing approval of, a ‘financial promotion’ is to a firm approving, or withdrawing approval of, one or more communications which can together be considered to form part of a single invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity or to engage in claims management activity.

  2. (2)

    This means that where a firm approves the content of more than one communication, including across multiple media, in respect of the same investment activity and conveying a consistent message, the FCA would only expect:

    1. (a)

      to receive one notification in respect of those communications for the purposes of SUP 16.31.5R; and

    2. (b)

      the firm to report one approval for the purposes of SUP 16.31.10R.

  3. (3)

    An example of the scenario in (2) would be where a firm approves a number of communications relating to the same product or service as part of a single marketing campaign.

  4. (4)

    Where a firm has approved one or more communications comprising a single ‘financial promotion’ relating to a particular product or service as described in (2), and is later approached to approve a substantively different communication or communications relating to the same product or service, this should be considered as a new ‘financial promotion’ for the purposes of this section.

  5. (5)

    For the purposes of SUP 16.31.5R(2)(a), the FCA considers that amendments to an approved financial promotion are likely to require further approval where those amendments relate to the communication’s substance as an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity or engage in claims management activity.

  6. (6)

    This means that changes to administrative information, such as contact details, within a communication are unlikely to require approval. However, changes to information which may affect a recipient’s assessment of whether to respond to, or act upon, the communication are likely to require further approval.

  7. (7)

    Even where a firm is not required to make a notification to the FCA under the rules in this section, the firm should consider whether a particular matter is one of which the FCA would reasonably expect notice (Principle 11), having regard to the purpose of the rules in this section (SUP 16.31.4G(3)). For example, where a firm is approached to approve a financial promotion relating to an investment which risks causing harm to consumers.

  8. (8)

    SUP 16.31.10R(4) refers to the number of complaints received relating to a firm’s approval of financial promotions. This figure should include complaints received directly by the firm about financial promotions which it has approved and any complaints about approved financial promotions received by persons for whom it has approved such financial promotions. To this end, a firm should maintain arrangements for those unauthorised persons for whom it approves financial promotions to forward any complaints, or relevant parts of complaints, relating to approved financial promotions to the firm.

Method of submission

06/11/2023R
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit the notifications and reports required by this section to the FCA online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website.

  2. (2)

    If the FCA’s information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, until such time as facilities for online submission are restored, a firm must submit the relevant notification or report in the way set out in SUP 16.3.9R (Method of submission of reports).

06/11/2023G

If the FCA’s information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, the FCA will endeavour to publish a notice on its website confirming that online submission is unavailable and that the alternative methods of submission set out in SUP 16.3.9R (Method of submission of reports) should be used.

Record-keeping

06/11/2023G

Firms are reminded of the need to maintain adequate records which are sufficient to enable the FCA to monitor compliance with requirements under the regulatory system (SYSC 9). Firms should therefore maintain appropriate records of approvals, withdrawals of approvals and approvals of amendments to financial promotions even where formal notification to the FCA (pursuant to SUP 16.31.5R) is not required. Firms subject to the rules in COBS 4 should also refer to COBS 4.11.

SUP 16.32 Access to cash reporting

Application: who?

18/09/2024R

This section applies to every designated firm.

Application: where?

18/09/2024R

Where rules in this chapter require a designated firm to do or refrain from doing anything, the designated firm is required to do or refrain from doing that thing in relation to:

  1. (1)

    the UK, if it is designated by the Treasury pursuant to section 131R of the Act in relation to the whole of the UK; or

  2. (2)

    the part of the UK in relation to which it is designated.

18/09/2024G
  1. (1)

    The effect of SUP 16.32.2R is that, if a designated firm is designated by the Treasury pursuant to section 131R of the Act in relation to only part of the UK, the reporting requirements in SUP 16.32 only apply in respect of the part of the UK in relation to which the designated firm is designated.

  2. (2)

    If a designated firm is designated by the Treasury pursuant to section 131R of the Act in relation to only part of the UK, and that designated firm also has branches in another part of the UK, the FCA may use the information gathering power in section 165 of the Act, as applied by section 131Y of the Act, to require the designated firm to provide information in respect of its branches in the part of the UK in relation to which it is not designated in order to assist the FCA in exercising its functions under Part 8B of the Act.

Purpose

18/09/2024G

The purpose of this section is to require designated firms to submit information on their branch data and proposed branch closures in a standard format to the FCA. This information will assist the FCA in exercising its functions under Part 8B of the Act.

Reporting requirement

18/09/2024R

A designated firm must submit to the FCA the Branch Data and Closures Report in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 56 in accordance with this section.

Frequency and timing of Branch Data and Closures Report

18/09/2024R
  1. (1)

    A designated firm must submit the Branch Data and Closures Report during each of the following windows:

    1. (a)

      1 to 14 February;

    2. (b)

      1 to 14 June; and

    3. (c)

      1 to 14 October.

  2. (2)

    The information to be included in relation to branch data in a Branch Data and Closures Report relates to a corresponding quarterly reporting period. The table below sets out the quarterly reporting periods and applicable windows for submitting the related Branch Data and Closures Report.

    Quarterly reporting period data relates toWindow for submitting data
    1 January to 31 March1 to 14 June of the same calendar year
    1 April to 30 June1 to 14 October of the same calendar year
    1 July to 30 September1 to 14 February of the following calendar year
    1 October to 31 December1 to 14 February of the following calendar year
18/09/2024G
  1. (1)

    A designated firm will be required to submit 2 Branch Data and Closures Reports during the 1 to 14 February window: one containing information relating to branch data for 1 July to 30 September of the previous calendar year, and one containing information relating to branch data for 1 October to 31 December of the previous calendar year.

  2. (2)

    The information to be included in relation to proposed branch closures in a Branch Data and Closures Report will be forward-looking.

How to submit Branch Data and Closures Reports

18/09/2024R

A designated firm must submit the Branch Data and Closures Report:

  1. (1)

    online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website; or

  2. (2)

    if the appropriate systems are unavailable, via email to branchclosuredata@fca.org.uk.

SUP 16.34 Retail banking business models reporting

Application: who?

01/06/2026R

This section applies to:

  1. (1) all firms listed in SUP 16.34.2R which:
    1. (a) provided services to retail customers in the United Kingdom in the relevant accounting reference period referred to in SUP 16.34.12R(3);
    2. (b) were required to submit an Annual Financial Crime Report in accordance with SUP 16.23 in respect of their last 3 accounting reference periods;
    3. (c) reported at least 200,000 customer relationships in the United Kingdom in each of the Annual Financial Crime Reports submitted in respect of their last 3 accounting reference periods; and
    4. (d) reported a total revenue of £5m or more at each of their last 3 accounting reference dates; and
  2. (2) ring-fenced parent firms and UK banking parent firms of the firms referred to in (1).
01/06/2026R

SUP 16.34.1R(1) applies to the following types of firm:

01/06/2026G

SUP 16.34.1R(1)(a) refers to firms that provided services. That does not include firms that offered products to customers which were provided by another firm. As an example, one firm (A) could help arrange for a retail customer in the United Kingdom to open a bank account with another firm (B). That will mean B satisfies SUP 16.34.1R(1)(a) because it provided the account to the customer, but not that A does.

Purpose

01/06/2026G

The purpose of this section is to require firms that provide banking services to retail customers to submit information on their, or their group’s, business models in a standard format to the FCA. This information will inform the FCA’s understanding of retail banking market dynamics in the interest of promoting effective competition.

Reporting requirement

01/06/2026R
  1. (1) Subject to (2) and (3), and SUP 16.34.7R(2) and (3), a firm must submit the Retail Banking Business Models Report containing:
    1. (a) the details specified in SUP 16 Annex 59.4R;
    2. (b) the data points and information specified in SUP 16 Annex 59.5R to SUP 16 Annex 59.11R (Core Financial Data Request); and
    3. (c) the documents, or parts of documents, specified in SUP 16 Annex 59.12R and the information specified in SUP 16 Annex 59.14R (Off-the-shelf Document Request).
  2. (2) In the Core Financial Data Request, a firm must:
    1. (a) provide relevant data that it holds or can obtain from other firms in its group;
    2. (b) if it does not hold relevant data and cannot obtain it from other firms in its group, provide a reliable estimate of the data; or
    3. (c) if it does not hold relevant data, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot provide a reliable estimate, not provide data.
  3. (3) In the Off-the-shelf Document Request, a firm is only required to provide documents, or parts of documents, which already exist and which:
    1. (a) it can provide without breaching a duty of confidentiality owed to a third party;
    2. (b) it can provide without obtaining the consent of a third party that cannot reasonably be obtained; and
    3. (c) it has not already provided to the FCA.
01/06/2026G

A firm should only provide a reliable estimate of data (in accordance with SUP 16.34.5R(2)(b)) where data can be reasonably approximated using sound methodology, consistent assumptions and available evidence.

Firms within a group

01/06/2026R
  1. (1) Where a firm is a member of a group, the Retail Banking Business Models Report:
    1. (a) must be submitted by the ring-fenced parent firm, if there is one;
    2. (b) if (a) does not apply, must be submitted by the UK banking parent firm, if there is one; or
    3. (c) if (a) and (b) do not apply, may be submitted by any firm in the group on behalf of any other firms in the group.
  2. (2) If (1)(a) or (b) apply, SUP 16.34.5R(1) does not apply to any firm in the same group as the ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm.
  3. (3) If a report is submitted in accordance with (1)(c), SUP 16.34.5R(1) does not apply to any firm on behalf of which it is submitted.
01/06/2026R
  1. (1) This rule applies to a Retail Banking Business Models Report submitted by a ring-fenced parent firm.
  2. (2) The report must contain data, documents and information in respect of all the ring-fenced bodies in the group on an aggregated basis.
  3. (3) For SUP 16 Annex 59.10R (wholesale funding) and SUP 16 Annex 59.11R (whole business), the report may also include data and information in respect of all the other entities included in the group accounts prepared by the ring-fenced parent firm, in which case (4) applies.
  4. (4) When this paragraph applies, the data and information in SUP 16 Annex 59.10R or SUP 16 Annex 59.11R (as appropriate) must be provided on an aggregated basis in respect of all the entities included in the group accounts prepared by the ring-fenced parent firm.
01/06/2026R
  1. (1) This rule applies to a Retail Banking Business Models Report submitted by a UK banking parent firm.
  2. (2) The report must contain data, documents and information in respect of all the firms included in the group accounts prepared by the UK banking parent firm on an aggregated basis.
  3. (3) For SUP 16 Annex 59.10R (wholesale funding) and SUP 16 Annex 59.11R (whole business), the report may also include data and information in respect of all the other entities included in the group accounts prepared by the UK banking parent firm, in which case (4) applies.
  4. (4) When this paragraph applies, the data and information in SUP 16 Annex 59.10R or SUP 16 Annex 59.11R (as appropriate) must be provided on an aggregated basis in respect of all the entities included in the group accounts prepared by the UK banking parent firm.
01/06/2026R
  1. (1) This rule applies to a Retail Banking Business Models Report submitted by a firm in a group other than a ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm.
  2. (2) The report must contain data, documents and information in respect of the following on an aggregated basis:
    1. (a) all the banks and building societies in the group which do not have a parent undertaking that is a bank or building society; and
    2. (b) all the subsidiary undertakings of such banks and building societies which are firms.
  3. (3) Paragraph (4) applies if all the firms in (2) are included in group accounts prepared under section 399 of the Companies Act 2006 or section 72E of the Building Societies Act 1986.
  4. (4) For SUP 16 Annex 59.10R (wholesale funding) and SUP 16 Annex 59.11R (whole business), the report may also include data and information in respect of all the other entities included in the group accounts referred to in (3), in which case (5) applies.
  5. (5) When this paragraph applies, the data and information in SUP 16 Annex 59.10R or SUP 16 Annex 59.11R (as appropriate) must be provided on an aggregated basis in respect of all the entities included in the group accounts referred to in (3).
01/06/2026G
  1. (1) SUP 16.34.7R(1)(a) and (b) and (2) apply where a group contains a ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm. A single Retail Banking Business Models Report must be submitted by the ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm covering the group entities specified in SUP 16.34.8R or SUP 16.34.9R, including those that do not satisfy the criteria in SUP 16.34.1R(1). The ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm is responsible for ensuring the report is submitted, and for its contents.
  2. (2) SUP 16.34.7R(1)(c) applies where a group does not contain a ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm. That provision, with SUP 16.34.7R(3), means that a single Retail Banking Business Models Report may be submitted to satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. The report can be submitted by the firm in the group that is best placed to do so, whether or not it satisfies the criteria in SUP 16.34.1R(1). The FCA expects that groups will normally want to report in this way when SUP 16.34.7R(1)(a) and (b) do not apply. Nevertheless, the requirement to ensure the report is submitted, and responsibility for its contents, remain with each firm in the group.
  3. (3) SUP 16.34.10R sets out the information that must be provided where a group does not contain a ring-fenced parent firm or UK banking parent firm. This applies whether or not a single report is submitted for the group. Each report that is submitted must cover all the banks and building societies in the group and their subsidiary firms, including those that do not satisfy the criteria in SUP 16.34.1R(1).
  4. (4) The requirement to submit data in the Core Financial Data Request on an aggregated basis means that the data for each entity in respect of which the report is submitted must be added together and submitted as a single figure. The data must relate to the relevant accounting reference period for each entity, determined in accordance with SUP 16.34.12R(3). Different entities in the group may have different accounting reference periods.
  5. (5) SUP 16.34.8R(3), SUP 16.34.9R(3) and SUP 16.34.10R(4) apply to the ‘wholesale funding’ and ‘whole business’ sections of the Core Financial Data Request. They allow, but do not require, data and information to be submitted relating to all the entities included in the relevant group accounts. This should mean firms can use figures in those group accounts when submitting those sections of the request. 

Frequency and timing of the Retail Banking Business Models Report

01/06/2026R
  1. (1) The Retail Banking Business Models Report must be submitted once each calendar year by the end of the last business day of November.
  2. (2) In the Core Financial Data Request, firms must submit data relating to the relevant accounting reference period referred to in (3).
  3. (3) The relevant accounting reference period for the year a report is submitted (Y) is:
    1. (a) that ending in Y if the firm’s accounting reference date falls on or before 30 June; or
    2. (b) that ending in the year before Y if the firm’s accounting reference date falls after 30 June.
  4. (4) In the Off-the-shelf Document request, unless otherwise specified, firms must submit the most up-to-date documents, or parts of documents, available on the date of submission (whether or not they relate to the relevant accounting reference period in (3)).

How to submit the Retail Banking Business Models Report

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must be submitted online through the appropriate systems made available by the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 1A FIN-A Annual Report and Accounts

17/12/2021R
Annual AccountsA
1On what basis have the firm's accounts been prepared?IFRS / UK GAAP / Other / N/A
3Did the firm generate income from regulated activities in the accounting period?Yes / No / N/A
4Are the firm's net assets positive?Yes / No / N/A
5Are the firm's annual report and accounts prepared on a going concern basis?Yes / No / N/A
6Does the firm have any contingent liabilities?Yes / No / N/A
7If the firm's submitted annual report and accounts have been subject to an audit, has the auditor qualified their opinion, added an explanatory paragraph expressing an adverse opinion and/or provided written comment on internal controls?Yes / No / N/A
 [Upload functionality] 
Immigration Act 2014 
2Has the firm complied with the prohibition in section 40 of the Immigration Act 2014, the requirements in section 40A, 40B and 40G of the Immigration Act 2014 and any requirements imposed by or under the Immigration Act 2014 (Bank Accounts) Regulations 2014?Yes / No / N/A

SUP 16 Annex 1B Guidance notes for the completion of FIN-A in SUP 16 Annex 1AR

17/12/2021G

General Notes

Form FIN-A should only be completed by firms subject to the reporting requirements under SUP 16.7A and/or by firms who are required to provide attestations of compliance with requirements under the Immigration Act 2014 under SUP 16.19.

 

Form FIN-A is designed to allow firms to:

• upload the annual report and accounts documentation required by SUP 16.7A;

• extract information from the firm’s annual report and accounts; and (where applicable) attest to compliance with requirements under the Immigration Act 2014 under SUP 16.19.

Firms not subject to the Immigration Act 2014 should answer ‘N/A’ to question 2A.

 

UK branches of EEA banks and dual regulated firms are not required to submit copies of their annual report and accounts to the FCA, and should answer ‘N/A’ to questions listed under ‘Annual Accounts’.

Firms who wish to make a notification to the FCA to comply with Principle 11 should review the guidance set out in SUP 15 (Notifications to the FCA).

 

 

 

Main Details

Annual Accounts
1

On what basis have the firm’s accounts been prepared?

 

Firms who are subject to the reporting requirements in SUP 16.7A should select one of ‘IFRS’, ‘UK GAAP’ or ‘Other’. Once selected, the person submitting the data can upload the annual report and accounts.

 

If the firm is not subject to the reporting requirements in SUP 16.7A they should select ‘N/A’.

3Did the firm generate income from regulated activities in the accounting period?
 Firms should indicate whether they have generated an income from regulated activities by selecting ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.
4Are the firm’s net assets positive?
 Firms should indicate if the total value of their assets is greater or equal to the total value of their liabilities by selecting ‘Yes’. Where firms’ assets are less than the total value of their liabilities they should select ‘No’.
5Are the firm’s annual report and accounts prepared on a going concern basis?
 Firms should indicate whether the annual report and accounts were prepared on a going concern basis by selecting ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.
6Does the firm have any contingent liabilities?
 Firms should indicate whether the most recent annual report and accounts or accompanying notes make reference to contingent liabilities by selecting ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.
7If the firm’s submitted annual report and accounts have been subject to an audit, has the auditor qualified their opinion, added an explanatory paragraph expressing an adverse opinion and/or provided written comment on internal controls?
 

Firms should select ‘Yes’ if the firm’s most recent annual report and accounts have been subject to an audit and the auditor;

(a) qualified the report on the audited annual report and accounts, and/or

(b) added an explanatory paragraph expressing an adverse opinion;

(c) included a paragraph headed:

(i) emphasis of matter;

(ii) other matter; or

(iii) material uncertainty related to going concern; or

(d) provided written comment on internal controls.

Firms should select ‘No’ if:

(e) the annual report and accounts have been subject to an audit, but none of the conditions at (a) to (d) apply.

Firms should select ‘N/A’ if:

(f) the firm is not subject to an audit requirement; or

(g) the firm is not required to submit their annual report and accounts.

Immigration Act 2014
2

Has the firm complied with the prohibition in section 40 of the Immigration Act 2014, the requirements imposed by or under sections 40A, 40B and 40G of the Immigration Act 2014 and any requirements imposed by or under the Immigration Act 2014 (Bank Accounts) Regulations 2014?

 

Firms should indicate whether they are in compliance with their obligations under the Immigration Act as at the end of the reporting period by selecting one of ‘Yes’, ‘No’ or ‘N/A’.

 

Firms should only select ‘N/A’ if they are not subject to obligations under the Immigration Act 2014.

SUP 16 Annex 1 [deleted]

01/07/2009R

SUP 16 Annex 6A Guidance notes for completion of the FCA Persistency Report

01/12/2014G

This annex consists of guidance notes, which are available here: SUP 16 Annex 6A G

SUP 16 Annex 6R Persistency report

31/12/2014R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

result matched startPersistency Reportresult matched end - SUP 16 Annex 6 R

SUP 16 Annex 9AG Guidance notes for completion of annual questionnaire for authorised professional firms in SUP 16 Annex 9R

01/10/2020G

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP_Chapter16_Annex9a_20201001.pdf

SUP 16 Annex 9R Annual questionnaire for authorised professional firms

01/10/2020R

This annex consists only of the Annual Questionnaire for Authorised Professional Firms

Forms/sup/SUP_16_Annex_9_20201001.pdf

SUP 16 Annex 12A Reports from depositaries of authorised funds

01/01/2017R

SUP 16 Annex 12B Guidance notes on reports from depositaries of authorised funds

01/01/2017G

Monthly Return of Breaches – Authorised Funds

Breach TypeThe specific rule in COLL or FUND that has been breached.
New BreachesBreaches identified for the first time during the most recent reporting period.
Existing BreachesMark as an existing breach if reporting a change in the reported details of an existing breach or if reporting the closure of an existing breach.
Maximum PercentageThe percentage figure will depend on the breach type. For example, a breach of an investment limit should show the greatest percentage amount by which the value of the asset(s) exceeded the relevant limit during the period of the breach.
Breach Start DateThe date when the breach first occurred.
Breach Identification DateThe date when the breach was identified (this may be the same day as or later than the breach start date).
Breach Closure DateThe date when a breach was closed following the implementation of any corrective actions and if applicable, payment of compensation to the scheme and/or Unitholders.
Breach DescriptionA brief statement describing the nature of the breach, and why and how it occurred.
Action Taken or PlannedThe corrective action implemented or planned to close a new or existing breach, and the final outcome when a breach has been closed. If resolution will require a long-term (>6 months) project, timelines should be included.

Quarterly Return of Oversight Visits – Authorised Funds

FindingsA brief description of findings and conclusions, including examples.
RecommendationsActions requested of the authorised fund manager by the depositary to remedy any findings. If resolution will require a long-term (>6 months) project, timelines should be included.
AFM’s response and commentsAny statement from the authorised fund manager in response to the depositary’s findings and recommendations.

SUP 16 Annex 13 Return cover sheet

01/04/2013R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

result matched startReturn Cover Sheetresult matched end - Forms/sup/sup_chapter16_annex13r_20130401.pdf

SUP 16 Annex 16A Firm details (See SUP 16.10.4R)

08/12/2022R

A: Communications with a firm

1. Name of the firm

2. Trading name(s) of the firm

3. [deleted]

4. Registered office

5. Principal place of business

5A. Head office

5B. UK branch address (if the firm is a branch)

6. Website address

7. Complaints contact and complaints officer

8. The name and email address of the primary compliance contact

B: Information about a firm and its appointed representatives on the Financial Services Register

8A. Information about any appointed representative of the firm

9. [deleted]

10. [deleted]

11. [deleted]

C: Other information about a firm

12. [deleted]

13. [deleted]

14. Name and address of firm's auditor

14A. Name and address of firm’s actuary (where relevant)

15. [deleted]

16. Accounting reference date

16A. Financial year end date

17. Locum

18. The name and email address of the firm’s principal user of the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website

SUP 16 Annex 18A Retail Mediation Activities Return ('RMAR')

27/06/2025R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

Retail Mediation Activities Return ('RMAR') - SUP_16_Annex_18A_20250627.pdf

SUP 16 Annex 18B Notes for Completion of the Retail Mediation Activities Return ('RMAR')

06/04/2026G

Introduction: General notes on the RMAR

1. These notes aim to assist firms in completing and submitting the relevant sections of the Retail Mediation Activities Return (‘RMAR’).

2. The purpose of the RMAR is to provide a framework for the collection of information required by the FCA as a basis for its supervision activities. It also has the purpose set out in paragraph 16.12.2G of the Supervision Manual, i.e. to help the FCA to monitor firms’ capital adequacy and financial soundness.

Defined terms

3. Handbook terms are italicised in these notes.

4. Terms referred to in the RMAR and these notes, where defined by the Companies Acts 1985 or 2006, as appropriate, or other relevant accounting provisions, bear that meaning for these purposes. The descriptions indicated in these notes are designed simply to repeat, summarise or amplify the relevant statutory or other definitions and terminology without departing from their full meaning or effect.

4A. Insofar as the RMAR refers to ‘advice’ and ‘advising’, this does not include reference to targeted support services and references to ‘advisers’ do not include persons involved in a targeted support service.

Key abbreviations

5. The following table summarises the key abbreviations that are used in these notes:

APF Authorised professional firm
AR Appointed representative
   
CASS The Client Assets sourcebook, part of the Handbook
COBS The Conduct of Business sourcebook, part of the Handbook
   
   
   
ICOB The Insurance: Conduct of Business sourcebook, part of the Handbook
IDD The Insurance Distribution Directive
   
IPRU(INV) The Interim Prudential sourcebook for investment businesses, part of the Handbook
   
   
MCOB The Mortgages and Home Finance: Conduct of Business sourcebook, part of the Handbook
MiFID The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive
MIPRU The Prudential sourcebook for Mortgage and Home Finance Firms, and Insurance Intermediaries
PII Professional indemnity insurance
RMAR Retail Mediation Activities Return, i.e. the information requirements to which these notes refer.
SUP The Supervision manual, part of the Handbook
TC Training and Competence, part of the Handbook

Scope

6. The following firms are required to complete the sections of the RMAR applicable to the activities they undertake as set out in SUP 16.12:

  1. (a) firms with permission to carry on insurance distribution activity in relation to non-investment insurance contracts.

By way of example, this would include a broker advising on private motor insurance, household insurance or critical illness cover. It would not though include advice on a life policy;

  1. (b) firms with permission to carry on home finance mediation activity;
  2. (d) firms (defined as retail investment firms) that have retail clients, and have permission to carry on the following activities in relation to retail investment products:

    1. (i) advising on investments;
    2. (ii) arranging (bringing about) deals in investments;
    3. (iii) making arrangements with a view to transactions in investments;

    Retail investment products are defined as:

    1. (i) a life policy; or
    2. (ii) a unit; or
    3. (iii) a stakeholder pensions scheme; or
    4. (iv) a personal pension scheme; or
    5. (v) an interest in an investment trust savings scheme; or
    6. (vi) a security in an investment trust; or
    7. (vii) any other designated investment which offers exposure to underlying financial assets, in a packaged form which modifies that exposure when compared with a direct holding in the financial asset; or
    8. (viii) a structured capital-at-risk product;

    whether or not any of (i) to (vii) are held within an ISA or a CTF; and

  3. (c) personal investment firms;
  4. (e) other investment firms that have permission to advise on P2P agreements and do not carry on that activity exclusively with or for professional clients;
  5. (f) firms that have permission to provide targeted support.

For the purposes of completing the RMAR in relation to the activity of advising on P2P agreements only, ‘retail investments’ and ‘retail investment products’ should be understood as including P2P agreements, and references to retail investment advising and retail investment activity should be understood as including advice on P2P agreements.

The practical effect of the retail client limitation in the definition of retail investment firms is to exclude from the requirements firms that carry on retail investment activities exclusively with or for professional clients or eligible counterparties.

[Note: all long-term care insurance contracts are defined as life policies, and as such are included as retail investment products]

7. [deleted]

8. [deleted]

9. [deleted]

10. [deleted]

11. Firms that only carry on reinsurance distribution are not required to complete sections C or K.

Authorised professional firms

12.Authorised professional firms (‘APFs’) that are subject to IPRU-INV 2.1.3R (for their investment activity) or MIPRU 4.1.10R (for insurance distribution activity or home finance mediation activity) are not required to complete sections A, B2 or D. APFs that are members of the Law Society of England and Wales, the Law Society of Scotland or the Law Society of Northern Ireland are also not required to complete section C (see below).

13. The application of the capital requirements to APFs is set out in IPRU-INV 2.1.2R (for retail investment activity) and MIPRU 4.1.10R (for home finance mediation activity and insurance distribution activity).

14. Where APFs are required to submit financial information (i.e. sections A to E), they should do so in relation to all of their regulated activities. Sections F and K should also be completed in relation to all regulated activities. Other sections (G to I) need not include information in relation to non-mainstream regulated activities. However, APFs may complete all sections on the basis of all of their regulated activities if this approach is more cost effective.

Accounting principles

15. Subject to paragraph 15A below, which is in respect of section K only, the following principles should be adhered to by firms in the submission of financial information (sections A to E and section K).

  1. (a) Unless a rule requires otherwise, amounts to be reported within the firm’s balance sheet and profit and loss account should be determined in accordance with:
    1. (i) the requirements of all relevant statutory provisions (e.g. Companies Act 2006, and secondary legislation made under this Act) as appropriate;
    2. (ii) UK generally accepted accounting practice (UK GAAP) or, where applicable, international accounting standards;
    3. (iii) the provisions of (c) and (d) below.
  2. (b) If the firm is a body corporate with one or more subsidiaries, its financial statements should be unconsolidated.
  3. (c)
    1. (i) With the exception of section J, and sections K from 31 December 2012, all amounts should be shown in one of the reporting currencies accepted by the GABRIEL system, unless otherwise specified in the Handbook (e.g. in MIPRU 3.2.7R). Section J, and sections K from 31 December 2012, must be completed in pounds sterling.
    2. (ii) A firm should translate assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies into the chosen reporting currency using the closing mid-market rate of exchange.
    3. (iii) Taxation, when reported at a quarter or half year end, should be based on an estimate of the likely effective tax rate for the year applied to the interim.
    4. (iv) Balances on client bank accounts and related client accounts must not form part of the firm’s own balance sheet.
  4. (d) No netting is permitted (that is, amounts in respect of items representing assets or income may not be offset against amounts in respect of items representing liabilities or expenditure, as the case may be, or vice versa).

15A. For the completion of section K, all figures should be provided on an accruals basis in line with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP) or International Accounting Standards (IAS), unless a firm elects to complete section K on a cash basis. A firm may elect to complete section K, and only section K, on a cash basis by selecting this as the accounting basis for section K on GABRIEL.

Other

16. You will note that some questions in the RMAR refer to the “last reporting date”. If the RMAR is being completed for the first time, you should treat the date the firm became authorised to carry on any of the relevant regulated activities as the “last reporting date”, except where otherwise indicated (e.g. in sections E & H).

Where questions in the RMAR refer to “as at the end of the reporting period”, you should treat the last day of the reporting period specified on GABRIEL as “as at the end of the reporting period”.

17. Unless otherwise indicated, the information submitted should cover all of the firm’s transactions in the relevant products, and all of its customers and market counterparties (where relevant).

NOTES FOR COMPLETION OF THE RMAR

Section A: Balance sheet

The balance sheet data should be compiled in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice. Incorporated firms will already be submitting this information to Companies House under Companies Act requirements, and it would normally be expected that non-incorporated firms would compile this data for management purposes.

Insurance intermediaries subject to MIPRU should, where debtors include amounts owed by their directors, group undertakings or undertakings in which the firm has a participating interest, enter the total amount falling due to the firm within one year in the data entry field entitled:

  1. “Memo (1):

    Total amount falling due within one year from directors, fellow group undertakings or undertakings in which the firm has a participating interest where included in Debtors.”

Insurance intermediaries subject to MIPRU should, where they include shares in group undertakings as part of their investments, where such investments are held as current assets, enter the total value to the firm in the data entry field entitled:

  1. “Memo (2):

    Value of shares in group undertakings where such investments are held as current assets.”

If further assistance is required in completing the balance sheet, professional guidance should be sought.

This information will be used by the FCA to monitor the firm’s financial position and satisfy itself as to the firm’s ongoing solvency. Aggregated data may also be used to inform our supervision activities.

The frequency of reporting for this section is determined by SUP 16.12.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that balance sheet data should be submitted for the firm only, not its ARs.

Section B: Profit & loss account

Profit & loss (‘P&L’) should be reported on a cumulative basis throughout the firm’s financial year.

B1 – regulated business revenue: covers the data required on the firm’s revenue from its regulated activities within the scope of the RMAR.

B2 – other P&L: incorporates the remainder of the profit & loss data requirements.

Firms that receive combined income in relation to both regulated and non-regulated activities may have difficulties in separately identifying their regulated income from their non-regulated income. If this is the case, firms should, (a) in the first instance, ask the provider of the income for an indication of the regulated/non-regulated split; and (b) if this is not available, make an estimate of the income derived from each activity.

In sub-section B1, a firm that has appointed representatives (‘ARs’), including a network, should ensure that the figures submitted for income are calculated before deducting any commissions shared with its ARs in respect of the regulated activities for which the firm has accepted responsibility as principal.

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the existing mortgage headings in this section of the RMAR]

Guide for completion of individual fields

Commissions (gross)

This should include all commission income in respect of the relevant regulated business:

• for home finance transactions, this includes commissions received for advising on home finance transactions and arranging, but not, providing and administration;

• for non-investment insurance contracts, it should include commissions received for advising, arranging and dealing activities;

• for retail investments, only commission received in relation to the relevant activities should be recorded here.

Gross commissions will include commission that is received and passed on to another person.

Where commission is shared between two or more firms, the gross commission should not be double counted, i.e. each firm should report only the commission it has received.

Commissions (net) This should be the amount of the gross commission figure that is retained by the firm and, where applicable, its appointed representatives, (i.e. not passed on to another person) in respect of each type of business.
Fees/ Adviser charges / Consultancy charges You should record here adviser charges and consultancy charges, and net income received from customers or other sources on a fixed fee rather than commission basis, but only in respect of the relevant regulated activities.
Other income from regulated activities

You should record here any income that has derived from the relevant regulated activities during the reporting period, which has not been recorded under commissions or fees, adviser charges or consultancy charges. Any income derived from targeted support services should only be recorded here.

Such income may include interest on client money, where the firm is permitted to retain this, or payments made by product providers on a basis other than fees or commissions.

Regulated business revenue

This is the total of the firm’s income during the reporting period in relation to its relevant regulated activities.

For an insurance intermediary or a home finance intermediary, this should be calculated in the same way as ‘annual income’, as specified in MIPRU 4.3.3R (although in this context the period is not generally annual).

This rule states: “For a firm which carries on insurance distribution activity or home finance mediation activity, annual income… is the amount of all brokerage, fees, commissions and other related income (for example, administration charges, overriders, profit shares) due to the firm in respect of or in relation to those activities”.

Income from other regulated activities You should record here any income from other regulated activities outside the scope of the RMAR.
Other revenue (income from non-regulated activities) Gross revenue arising from the firm’s non-regulated activities, if any, should be entered here.

Section C Client money and assets

‘Client money’ is defined in the Glossary. In broad terms, client money includes money that belongs to a client, and is held by a firm in the course of carrying on regulated activities, for which the firm has responsibility for its protection. It does not include deposits (where the firm acts as deposit-taker).

The client money rules define further what is and is not client money, and set out requirements on firms for the proper handling of and accounting for client money. If a firm holding client money fails there is a greater direct risk to consumers and a greater adverse impact on market confidence compared (for example) to a firm that only holds money under risk transfer arrangements.

Note 1: a firm should complete section C of the RMAR for the money it receives or holds in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance distribution activity51 (see CASS 5).

Note 2: [deleted]

Note 3: a firm that receives or holds money for its MiFID business or designated investment business that is not MiFID business and holds money to which CASS 5 applies, may make an election under CASS 7.10.3R(1) or (2) to comply with CASS 7 for money it receives in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance distribution activities. Where a firm has made such an election, it should not complete section C of the RMAR, except to confirm that it holds money in connection with insurance distribution activities and has elected to comply with CASS 7.

Note 4: a firm (e.g., a property management firm) that complies with the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Members’ Accounts rules or, in relation to a service charge, the requirement to segregate such money in accordance with section 42 of the Landlord and Tenant Act (LTA) 1987 is deemed to comply with CASS 5.3 to CASS 5.6, provided that it satisfies the requirements of CASS 5.5.49R to the extent that the firm will hold money as trustee or otherwise on behalf of its clients. Such a firm should only complete the questions in section C of the RMAR indicated in the guide for completion of individual fields below.

Note 5: an authorised professional firm regulated by The Law Society (of England and Wales), The Law Society of Scotland or The Law Society of Northern Ireland must comply with the rules of its designated professional body as specified in CASS 5.1.4R, and if it does so, it will be deemed to comply with CASS 5.2 to CASS 5.6. These firms are not therefore required to complete section C of the RMAR.

Note 6: this data item does not apply to firms who only carry on home finance mediation activities exclusively in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both) and who are not otherwise expected to complete it by virtue of carrying out other regulated activities: see SUP 16.12.28AR, Note 3.

Note 7: firms should complete all applicable fields.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Question Guidance notes
Does your firm receive or hold money in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance distribution activity?

Firms should answer ‘yes’ here if they hold money such that CASS 5.1 to CASS 5.6 applies (see CASS 5.1.1R).

Firms to which note 4 applies should also answer ‘yes’.

Has your firm elected under CASS 7.10.3R(1) or (2) to comply with CASS 7? See note 3.
How does your firm hold money received in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance distribution activity?

You should answer ‘yes’ or ‘no’ under each of the headings, as appropriate.

CASS 5 Client money:

see CASS 5.1

As agent of insurer:

see CASS 5.1.5R and CASS 5.2 – holding money as agent of insurance undertaking under a written risk transfer agreement and not as client money.

Firms to which note 4 applies should select ‘no’ under each heading, unless they hold money when acting both in the capacity of an insurance broker and of a property management company.

A firm may answer ‘yes’ under both headings.

Is your firm's CASS 5 client money held under the CASS 5.3 statutory trust or under one or more CASS 5.4 non-statutory trusts?

You should indicate here the type of trust under which client money is held:

Statutory trust – see CASS 5.3

Non-statutory trust – see CASS 5.4

A firm may answer ‘yes’ under both headings.

If non-statutory, has an auditor’s confirmation of systems and controls been obtained?

This refers to the requirement in CASS 5.4.4R(2) that the firm must obtain and keep current, written confirmation from its auditor that the firm has adequate systems and controls in place to meet the requirements under CASS 5.4.4R(1).

This requirement is separate to the annual audit requirement in SUP 3.10.

Is client money invested or placed in anything other than a client bank account?

You should indicate ‘yes’ here if the firm has invested any client money other than in a client bank account.

See CASS 5.5.14R which states that a firm may satisfy the requirement to segregate client money by segregating or arranging for the segregation of designated investments with a value at least equivalent to such money as would otherwise be segregated.

This means of segregation is only permitted for client money held under a non-statutory trust.

Highest client money requirement (for money held as client money, taken from the firm's client money calculations)

See CASS 5.5.63R and CASS 5.5.66R to CASS 5.5.67R

A firm should enter the highest client money requirement calculated during the period. This would be taken from the firm’s client money calculations performed during the period.

Only the single highest client money requirement figure should be entered, not the aggregate of the client money requirements calculated during the period.

Highest account balance (for money held as client money, taken from the firm's records)

This refers to money held as CASS 5 client money under a statutory trust or non-statutory trust(s). The amount should be taken from the firm’s own records and should include client money held as agent of insurer which is co-mingled with other client money in a client money account (see CASS 5.1.5AR).

If your firm segregates designated investments under a non-statutory trust (see CASS 5.5.14R), you should also include the value of these investments.

If your firm operates both statutory and non-statutory trust accounts, you should enter two balances: one for the highest balance in statutory trust accounts and one for the highest balance in non-statutory trust accounts.

Highest account balance for money held purely as agent of insurer (and not co-mingled with client money)

This refers to money held purely as agent of insurer under risk transfer agreements (see CASS 5.2) and held separate to any CASS 5 client money. The amount should be taken from the firm’s own records.

If money held as agent of insurer is co-mingled with CASS 5 client money in a client bank account (see CASS 5.1.5AR), it should be reported in the previous field and therefore should not be reported in this field.

The data reported in questions 20 to 23 should be taken from the firm’s client money calculation performed closest, and prior, to the end of the reporting period.

Client money requirement as at end of the reporting period See CASS 5.5.63R and CASS 5.5.66R to CASS 5.5.68R
Client money resource as at end of the reporting period See CASS 5.5.63R and CASS 5.5.65R
Surplus (+) or deficit (-) of client money resource against client money requirement See CASS 5.5.63R This should be the difference between the client money requirement and the client money resource.
Adjustments made to withdraw an excess or rectify a deficit

See CASS 5.5.63R

This should be the amount of money paid into or withdrawn from the client bank account following the client money calculation performed closest, and prior, to the end of the reporting period.

Is your firm exempt from the client asset audit requirement?

See SUP 3.1.2R note 4

If the firm does not hold client money or other client assets in relation to insurance intermediation activities or only holds up to, but not exceeding, £30,000 of client money under a statutory trust arising under CASS 5.3 state ‘yes’ here.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

If not exempt, have you obtained a client assets audit in the last 12 months?

See SUP 3.1 to SUP 3.7 and SUP 3.11.

If the firm has obtained a client assets audit in the last 12 months enter ‘yes’. If it has not, enter ‘no’.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

What is the name of your firm's client assets auditor?

Enter the name of the firm’s auditor as it appears on the Financial Reporting Council’s register of statutory auditors.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

According to your last client assets audit report, what was the auditor's opinion on your firm's compliance with the client money rules as at the period end date?

This refers to the opinion at the end of the audit period.

The firm should select from ‘clean’, ‘qualified’ or ‘adverse’, as appropriate.

In this question, the period end date refers to the period covered by the audit report and will therefore refer to a different period to the reporting period for this return.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

Have any notifiable client money issues been raised, either in the firm's last client assets audit report or elsewhere, that have not been notified to the FCA since the last reporting period for this return?

Answer yes if the firm has not, since the last reporting period for this return, notified the FCA of any breaches in relation to the following notification requirements:

CASS 5.5.61R: failure of a bank, broker or settlement agent.

CASS 5.5.76R: failure to perform calculations or reconciliation.

CASS 5.5.77R: failure to make good a shortfall by the close of business on the day the calculation is performed.

Does your firm hold any client documents or other assets (other than client money) in accordance with CASS 5.8? If the firm is subject to the requirements of CASS 5.8, state ‘yes’ here.

Section D Regulatory Capital

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the heading of home finance in this section of the RMAR]

‘Higher of’ requirements

In this section there are separate calculations of regulatory capital and capital resources requirements for the different types of business covered by the data requirements. The calculations are the same, however, for both home finance mediation activity and insurance distribution activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts.

  1. (i) The left column of the form covers the appropriate capital resources and connected requirements in MIPRU 4 for firms carrying on home finance mediation activity (save for firms carrying on home finance mediation activities exclusively in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts, or both) or insurance distribution activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts (the requirements have to be completed for all applicable categories), or both.
  2. (ii) For such a firm that is also subject to MIFIDPRU, the requirement is the higher of the two capital resources requirements that apply (see MIPRU 4.2.5R) and is compared with the higher of the two capital resources calculations (see MIPRU 4.4.1R).
  3. (iii) For such a firm that is also subject to IPRU(INV), the requirement is as computed in IPRU-INV 13.13.3R and is compared with the higher of the two capital resources calculations (see MIPRU 4.4.1R).
  4. (iv) Firms that carry on designated investment business and are subject to the RMAR, but do not meet the definition of personal investment firm are not subject to the requirements of IPRU-INV 13. Such firms, e.g., stockbrokers that advise on retail investments as an incidental part of their business, remain subject to the financial resources requirements associated with their principal regulated activities.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Is the firm exempt from these capital resources requirements in relation to any of its retail or distribution mediation activities?

The firm should indicate here if any Handbook exemptions apply in relation to the capital resources requirements in MIPRU or IPRU-INV 13. Examples of firms that may be subject to exemptions include:

• Lloyd’s managing agents (MIPRU 4.1.11R);

• solo consolidated subsidiaries of banks or building societies;

• small credit unions (as defined in MIPRU 4.1.8R); and

investment firms not subject to IPRU-INV 13 (unless they additionally carry on home finance mediation activity or insurance distribution activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts).

Home finance mediation and non-investment insurance distribution
Base requirement The minimum capital requirements for firms carrying on home finance mediation activity and for insurance distribution activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts are set out in MIPRU 4.2.11R.
5% of annual income (firms holding client money) For firms that hold client money or other client assets in relation to insurance distribution activity or home finance mediation activity, this should be calculated as 5% of the annual income (see MIPRU 4.2.11R(2)) from the firm’s insurance distribution activity, home finance mediation activity, or both.
2.5% of annual income (firms not holding client money) For firms that do not hold client money or other client assets in relation to insurance distribution activity or home finance mediation activity, this should be calculated as 2.5% of the annual income (see MIPRU 4.2.11R(1)) from the firm’s insurance distribution activity, home finance mediation activity, or both.
Capital requirements (higher of above) The higher of the base requirement and 5% of annual income (firms that hold client money or other client assets), or the higher of the base requirement and 2.5% of annual income (firms that do not hold client money or other client assets)
Other FCA capital resources requirements (if applicable)

The FCA may from time to time impose additional requirements on individual firms. If this is the case for your firm, you should enter the relevant amount here. This excludes capital resources requirements in relation to PII, which are recorded below.

If the firm carries on designated investment business as well as home finance mediation activity, insurance distribution activity or both, requirements under IPRU(INV), MIFIDPRU54 and MIPRU must be considered to determine the appropriate requirement (see general notes (i) to (iii) above). If the resulting requirement for a firm is higher than the base MIPRU requirement then you should include the difference here.

Additional capital resources requirements for PII (if applicable) If the firm has any increased excesses on its PII policies, the total of the additional capital requirements required by the table in MIPRU 3.2.14R should be recorded here. See also section E of the RMAR.
Total capital resources requirement Totals of lines 5, 6 and 7
Capital resources

This should be the capital resources calculated in accordance with MIPRU 4 for incorporated or unincorporated firms as applicable.

For firms that are additionally subject to IPRU(INV) or MIFIDPRU54, this should be the higher of the capital resources per MIPRU 4 and the financial resources determined by IPRU(INV) or MIFIDPRU54. See MIPRU 4.4.1R.

Capital resources excess/deficit This should show the difference between the capital resources that the firm has and its capital resources requirement.
Personal investment firm (retail investment activities only) – IPRU(INV) 13
Note: Firms that carry on retail investment activities, but no other designated investment business, are subject to this section.
Category of personal investment firm If the firm is subject to IPRU-INV 13, it should enter here its category as defined in the Glossary, i.e., category B1 firm etc.
Capital resources requirement The capital resources requirement should be calculated in accordance with IPRU-INV 13.13.2R to IPRU-INV 13.13.4G.
Additional capital resources requirement for PII (if applicable) If the firm has increased excesses or exclusions on its PII policies, the total of the additional capital resources requirements required by IPRU-INV 13.1 should be recorded here. See also Section E of the RMAR.
Other FCA capital resources requirements (if applicable)

The FCA may from time to time impose additional requirements on individual firms. If this is the case for your firm, you should enter the relevant amount here. This excludes capital resources requirements in relation to PII, which are recorded above.

A firm that has a permission to operate a personal pension will be subject to an additional capital requirement under IPRU-INV 5; this should be included here.

Total capital resources requirement The total of lines 12, 13 and 14.
Capital resources Capital resources should be calculated in accordance with IPRU-INV 13.15.3R.
Surplus/deficit of capital resources This is the difference between the capital resources (line 16) and the total capital resources requirement (line 15).
Capital resources per MIPRU 4 (home finance mediation activity and non-investment insurance distribution activity)
Incorporated firms
Share capital Share capital in section A which is eligible for inclusion as regulatory capital.
Reserves

These are the audited accumulated profits retained by the firm (after deduction of tax and dividends) and other reserves created by appropriations of share premiums and similar realised appropriations. Reserves also include gifts of capital, for example, from a parent undertaking.

Any reserves that have not been audited should not be included in this field unless the firm is eligible to do so under MIPRU 4.4.2R(3).

Interim net profits

Interim net profits should be verified by the firm's external auditor, net of tax or anticipated dividends and other appropriations.

Any interim net profits that have not been verified should not be included in this field unless the firm is eligible to do so under MIPRU 4.4.2R(3).

Revaluation reserves Revaluation reserves (unrealised reserves arising from revaluation of fixed assets) can only be included here if audited.
Eligible subordinated loans Subordinated loans should be included in capital resources on the basis of the provisions in MIPRU 4.4.7R and MIPRU 4.4.8R.
Less investments in own shares Amounts recorded in the balance sheet as investments which are invested in the firm’s own shares should be entered here for deduction.
Less intangible assets Any amounts recorded as intangible assets in section A above should be entered here for deduction.
Unincorporated firms and limited liability partnerships
Capital of a sole trader or partnership or LLP members' capital See MIPRU 4.4.2R
Eligible subordinated loans Subordinated loans should be included in capital resources on the basis of the provisions in MIPRU 4.4.7R and MIPRU 4.4.8R.
Personal assets not needed to meet non-business liabilities

MIPRU 4.4.5R and 4.4.6G allow a sole trader or partner to use personal assets to cover liabilities incurred in the firm's business unless:

(1) those assets are needed to meet other liabilities arising from:

(a) personal activities; or

(b) another business activity not regulated by the FCA; or

(2) the firm holds client money or other client assets.

This field may be left blank if the firm satisfies the capital resources requirements without relying on personal assets.

Less intangible assets Any amounts recorded as intangible assets in Section A above should be entered here for deduction.
Less interim net losses Interim net losses should be reported where they have not already been incorporated. The figures do not have to be audited to be included.
Less excess of drawings over profits for a sole trader or partnership or LLP Any excess of drawings over profits should be calculated in relation to the period following the date as at which the capital resources are being calculated. The figures do not have to be audited to be included.
Capital resources per IPRU(INV) 13.15.3R

IPRU(INV) requires that all personal investment firms have financial resources of at least £20,000 at all times. This section is designed to evaluate firms’ adherence to this requirement.

The amounts entered here should be in accordance with IPRU-INV 13.15.3R.

Section E Professional indemnity insurance

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and sale and rent back activity should be included under the existing mortgage headings in this section of the RMAR]

This section requires firms to confirm that they are in compliance with the prudential requirements in relation to professional indemnity insurance (PII).

Data is required in relation to all PII policies that a firm has in place, up to a limit of ten (the system will prompt you to submit data on all applicable policies). If a firm has more than ten policies, it should report only on the ten largest policies by premium.

Note on the scope of Section E: retail investment firms that fall within the scope of these data requirements, but do not meet the definition of personal investment firm, i.e. are not subject to IPRU-INV 13, will not be subject to this section.

The PII requirements for authorised professional firms (‘APFs’) that carry on retail investment activities are set out in IPRU-INV 2.3. APFs that carry on home finance mediation activity or insurance distribution activity are subject to the full requirements of MIPRU 3.

Firms which are subject to the requirements in both IPRU(INV) and MIPRU must apply the PII rules outlined in IPRU-INV 13, not MIPRU 3.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Part 1

Does your firm hold a comparable guarantee or equivalent cover in lieu of PII, or is it otherwise exempt from holding PII in respect of any regulated activities (tick as appropriate)?

This question will establish whether a firm is exempt from the requirements and so is not required to hold PII.

The conditions for comparable guarantees and exemptions from the PII requirements for firms carrying on insurance distribution or home finance mediation are set out in MIPRU 3.1.1R paragraphs (3) to (6).

Personal investment firms can only be exempted by individual waiver granted by the FCA (unless IPRU-INV 13.1.7R applies in respect of comparable guarantees).

If the firm is required to hold PII – i.e. is not exempt from holding PII – you should enter 'no' in the data field.

A firm is NOT exempt from holding PII if:

▪ the firm has a group policy with an insurer; or

▪ the firm has permission for the regulated business that requires PII, but does not currently carry it out; or

▪ it is a personal investment firm meeting the exemption requirements for mortgage intermediaries and insurance intermediaries in MIPRU 3.

Retail investment firms that do not meet the definition of personal investment firm are not required to complete this section of the RMAR.

If the firm does not hold a comparable guarantee or equivalent cover and is not exempt, does the firm currently hold PII?

Firms are required to take out and maintain PII at all times.

You should only enter ‘n/a’ if the firm is exempt from the PII requirements for all the regulated activities forming part of the RMAR.

Has the firm renewed its PII cover since the last reporting date?

This question will ensure that a firm does not fill in Part 2 of the PII section of the RMAR each time it reports, if the information only changes annually. Where the RMAR form requires information which a firm has not submitted previously then this should be completed in the first submission period after those changes have come into force.

If the firm is reporting for the first time, you should enter 'yes' here and complete the data fields.

You should only enter 'n/a' if the firm is exempt from the PII requirements for all the regulated activities forming part of the RMAR.

Has the basis of your PII cover changed since the last reporting date? You should select ‘yes’ or ‘no’ to identify whether there has been a change in the cover in your firm’s PII policy or policies since the last reporting date. If you enter ‘yes’ then you should specify any changes to the level of excess, period of cover or exclusion(s) in the relevant data fields.

Part 2

What activities are covered by the policy(ies)? You should indicate which regulated activities are covered by the firm’s PII policy or policies.
If your policy excludes all business activities carried on prior to a particular date (i.e. a retroactive start date), then insert the date here, if not please insert ‘n/a’

Required terms of PII are set out for personal investment firms in IPRU-INV 13.1.5R and for home finance intermediaries and insurance intermediaries in MIPRU 3.2.4R.

Examples of a retroactive start date:

(1) A firm has a retroactive start date of 01/01/2005 on its policy if:

• A client is advised by the firm to purchase an XYZ policy on 01/03/2004 (i.e. before the retroactive start date).

• The client makes a formal complaint about the sale of XYZ policy to the firm on 01/04/2006 (i.e. while this PII cover is still in place).

• The complaint is upheld, but the firm's current PII Insurer will not pay out any redress for this claim as the transaction took place before 01/01/2005, the retroactive start date in the policy.

Insert '01/01/05' for this question on the RMAR.

(2) A firm does not have a retroactive start date if:

▪ A client is advised by the firm to purchase an XYZ policy on 01/03/2006.

▪ The client makes a formal complaint about the sale of XYZ policy to the firm on 01/04/2006 (i.e. while this PII cover is still in place).

▪ The complaint is upheld, but the firm's current PII Insurer will pay out any redress owed by the firm to the client over any prescribed excess, and to the limit of indemnity provided for. There is no date in the policy before which any business transacted may not give rise to a valid claim.

Insert 'n/a' for this question on the RMAR.

Annual premium This should be the annual premium that is paid by the firm, net of tax and any other add-ons.
Limit of indemnity

You should record here the indemnity limits on the firm's PII policy or policies, both in relation to single claims and in aggregate.

Those firms subject to the Mortgage Credit Directive (MCD) (see MIPRU 3.2.9AR) or the Insurance Distribution Directive (IDD) requirements should state their limit in Euros; those that are not subject to the MCD or IDD should select 'Sterling' from the drop- down list.

Insurance intermediaries, see MIPRU 3.2.7R and select either 'Euros' or 'Sterling' as applicable. Home finance intermediaries that are not MCD credit intermediaries should state their limit in Sterling (see MIPRU 3.2.9R).

For personal investment firms, see IPRU-INV 13.1.9R and 13.1.13R and select either 'Euros' or 'Sterling' as applicable.

If the firm is subject to more than one of the above limits (because of the scope of its regulated activities) and has one PII policy for all of its regulated activities, the different limits should be reflected in the policy documentation. If there is more than one limit, only the highest needs to be recorded in this field.

Policy excess

For insurance intermediaries and home finance intermediaries, see MIPRU 3.2.10-14R

For personal investment firms, see IPRU-INV 13.1.25R.

Increased excess(es) for specific business types (only in relation to business you have undertaken in the past or will undertake during the period covered by the policy)

If the prescribed excess limit is exceeded for a type or types of business, the type(s) of business to which the increased excess applies and the amount(s) of the increased excess should be stated here.

Firms should record each business type subject to an increased excess separately. 

(Some typical business types include advice on non-mainstream pooled investments, pensions, endowments, splits/zeroes, precipice bonds, income drawdown, lifetime mortgages, discretionary management, delegated authority work.)

Policy exclusion(s) (only in relation to exclusions you have had in, or will have during, the period covered by the policy)

If there are any exclusions in the firm's PII policy which relate to any types of business or activities that the firm has carried out either in the past or during the lifetime of the policy, enter the business type(s) to which the exclusions relate here.

Firms should record each business type or activity subject to an exclusion separately. 

If no exclusions apply to the firm’s PII policy, firms should state this here (eg ‘No exclusions apply to this policy).

(Some typical business types include advice on non-mainstream pooled investments, pensions, endowments, splits/zeroes, precipice bonds, income drawdown, lifetime mortgages, discretionary management.)

Time period to which the policy exclusion(s) relate For any exclusions in the firm’s PII policy, the firm should select whether the exclusion applies to types of business or activities carried out in the past (‘past business’), during the period covered by the policy (‘future business) or both (‘past and future business’).
Type of exclusion(s) (only in relation to business you have undertaken in the past or will undertake during the period covered by the policy)

The firm should enter the type of exclusion from the drop-down list. Some typical types include the volume of business or activity covered by the policy, the specific type of a particular business/activity covered by the policy and sub-limits to the level of indemnity for particular types of business/activity.

If the type of exclusion is not listed firms should select ‘other’.

Start Date The date the current cover began.
End Date The date the current cover expires.
Insurer name (please select from the drop-down list)

The firm should select the name of the insurance undertaking or Lloyd's syndicate providing cover named on the schedule or certificate of insurance. If the PII provider is not listed you should select ‘other’.

If a policy is underwritten by more than one insurance undertaking or Lloyd's syndicate, you should select the name of the lead insurer on your schedule or certificate of insurance.

Annual income as stated on the most recent proposal form This should be the income as stated on the firm's most recent PII proposal form. For a personal investment firm, this is relevant income arising from all of the firm's activities for the last accounting year before the policy began or was renewed (IPRU-INV 13.1.8R). For insurance intermediaries and home finance intermediaries this is the annual income given in the firm's most recent annual financial statement from the relevant regulated activity or activities (MIPRU 4.3.1R to MIPRU 4.3.3R).
Amount of additional capital required for increased excess(es) (where applicable, total amount for all PII policies) This should be calculated using the tables in IPRU-INV 13.1.19R44 or MIPRU 3.2.14R44 as applicable. The total of additional capital (i.e. in relation to all of the firm's PII policies) should have been reported under 'additional capital requirements for PII' and/or 'additional own funds for PII' in Section D.
Amount of additional own funds required for policy exclusion(s) Personal investment firms only – this should be calculated in line with IPRU-INV 13.1.23R. The total of additional capital resources (i.e. in relation to all of the firm's PII policies) should have been reported under 'additional capital requirements for PII' and/or 'additional capital resources for PII' in section D.
Total of additional own funds required Personal investment firms only – this is the same figure as in section D, representing the total of additional capital resources required under IPRU-INV 13.1.23R to 13.1.27R for all of the firm's PII policies.

Section F [deleted]

Section G Training and competence

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the ‘advising on mortgages’ heading in this section of the RMAR]

Principle 3 of the Principles for Businesses requires firms to take reasonable care to organise and control their affairs responsibly and effectively, with adequate risk management systems. This includes making proper arrangements for individuals associated with a regulated activity carried on by a firm to achieve and maintain competence.

We will use the data we collect in this section to assess the nature of firms’ compliance with training and competence requirements. It will also establish the extent and nature of firms' business, and thereby assess the potential risks posed by firms' business activities.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that the information submitted in this section should include its ARs as well as the firm itself.

Section G: guide for completion of individual fields

General information
17 Did the firm do any of the following activities during the reporting period? Indicate whether the firm undertook any of the stated activities by selecting “Y” or “N” for each of the columns.
1 Total number of employees at the firm as at the end of the reporting period

This should be the total number of employees that worked for the firm as at the end of the reporting period.

Therefore, employees that may have worked for the firm during the period but were not employed as at the end date should not be included.

Of which:
2 Number of employees that give advice in each area

‘Advice’ is given where the sale of a product is based on a recommendation given to the customer on the merits of a particular product.

If employees advise in relation to more than one business type advising on mortgages, advising on non-investment insurance, advising on retail investment products or advising on second (and subsequent) charge mortgages), they should be counted in each applicable field.

Note: in relation to advising on non-investment insurance, this total should not include employees that do not advise retail customers.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

26 Number of individual advisers employed by the firm The total should be the actual number of individual advisers employed by the firm, regardless of whether they advise in one or more areas.
3 Number of employees that give advice (FTE)

This should be the same data as above, but expressed in ‘full time equivalent’ terms.

E.g. if the firm has 20 part time employees that work 50% of normal hours, the figure would be 10.

4 Number of employees that supervise others to give advice in each area

Note the requirements in the Training & Competence Sourcebook (TC 2.1.2R, TC 2.1.3G, TC 2.1.4G and TC 2.1.5R) for employees to be appropriately supervised, and also the competencies that are required for those who supervise others.

If any of these employees carries out supervisory activities in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

27 Number of individual employees with supervisory responsibilities The total should be the actual number of individual supervisors at the firm, regardless of whether they supervise in one or more areas.
5 Number of advisers assessed as competent by the firm in each area

This is a subset of the ‘number of employees that give advice in each area’ above.

See TC Appendix 1.1R for the detailed training & competence requirements relating to individual activities.

If employees are competent in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

30 Number of advisers assessed as competent in one or more areas The total should be the actual number of individuals assessed by the firm as competent in one or more of the four business types specified in columns A-C and E.
18 Number of fully qualified advisers The total number of advisers holding appropriate qualifications to carry on activities 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13 in TC Appendix 1.1.1 R (other than in relation to a Holloway sickness policy where the Holloway policy special application conditions are met).
19 Number of advisers holding a valid Statement of Professional Standing (SPS) The total number of retail investment advisers holding a valid SPS from an accredited body.
6 Number of advisers that hold an appropriate qualification in each area

This is a subset of the ‘number of employees that give advice in each area’ above.

In the case of certain activities, TC 2 imposes requirements on firms in relation to their employees and passing examinations.

The relevant activities to which TC applies and require employees to obtain appropriate qualifications can be found in TC Appendix 1. Then appropriate qualifications for these activities can be found in TC Appendix 4E.

If advisers have appropriate qualifications in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

29 Number of individual advisers holding at least one appropriate qualification The total should be the actual number of individuals holding at least one appropriate qualification for advising on mortgages, acting as a retail investment adviser, or advising on second (and subsequent) charge mortgages.
25 Number of employees that left the firm during the reporting period The total should be the actual number of employees whose last day of employment fell within the reporting period.
7 Number of advisers that left the firm during the reporting period

This is the total number of advisory employees whose last day of employment fell within the reporting period.

If any of these advisers used to carry out advisory activities in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

28 Number of individual advisers that left the firm during the reporting period. The total should be the actual number of individual advisers whose last day of employment fell within the reporting period.
Non-investment insurance (retail customers) 
20 Which types of non-investment insurance advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

For each type of advice, the firm should indicate whether or not advice has been provided on that basis / business type.

Fair Analysis of the Market

If an insurance intermediary informs a customer that it gives (including a personal recommendation) advice on the basis of a fair analysis of the market, it must give that advice (including a personal recommendation) on the basis of an analysis of a sufficiently large number of contracts of insurance available on the market to enable it to make a recommendation, in accordance with professional criteria, regarding which contract of insurance would be adequate to meet the customer's needs. (See ICOBS 5.3.3R, ICOBS 4.1.6R, ICOBS 4.1.7R50 and ICOBS 4.1.8G).

Restricted – Multi-tie

A firm provides advice on products selected from a limited number of provider firms.

Restricted – Single-tie

A firm provides advice on products selected from one provider firm only.

Mortgages (and second and subsequent charge mortgages)
21 and 22

Which types of mortgage advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

What types of second (and subsequent) charge mortgage advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

For each type of advice, the firm should indicate whether or not advice has been provided on that basis / business type.

Firms should refer to MCOB 4.4A when answering these questions. 

Retail Investment Advice
23 Which types of retail investment advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

Independent

For a retail investment firm to provide independent advice it must assess a sufficient range of relevant products available on the market which must (1) be sufficiently diverse with regard to their type and issuers or product providers, to ensure that the client’s investment objectives can be suitably met; and (2) not be limited to relevant products issued or provided by: (a) the firm itself or by entities having close links with the firm; or (b) other entities with which the firm has such close legal or economic relationships, including contractual relationships, as to present a risk of impairing the independent basis of the advice provided (COBS 6.2B.11R).

Restricted

A retail investment firm provides restricted advice if:

(a) it makes personal recommendations to retail clients in relation to retail investment products which are not independent advice; or

(b) it provides basic advice.

     

Clawed back commission (retail investment firms only)

Commission is typically paid to advisers in two main ways:

  1. (1) non-indemnity commission – this is where payments from providers/lenders to advisers are non-refundable should the policy lapse, cancel or be surrendered.
  2. (2) indemnity commission – this is colloquially known as 'up-front' commission and describes the situation where a provider would pay an adviser an amount of money based on a percentage of the first year's premiums for a regular premium contract. This sum is paid immediately on commencement, on the assumption that the policy will stay in force for a number of months/years ('the earnings period'). Should the customer stop paying premiums within the 'earnings period' (generally between 24 and 48 months), then the provider would ask the adviser to repay the 'unearned' commission. This is known as 'clawback'.
Clawed back commission (retail investment firms only)
13 Clawed back commission by number: Number of policies where cancellations have led to commissions being clawed back during the reporting period.
14 Clawed back commission by value: Total value of clawed back commission during the period.

Sub heading: Professional standards data

Professional Standards Data
24 Please provide the following information for each of the retail investment advisers employed by the firm as at the end of the reporting period: Adviser ID

Surname

Forename

Individual Reference Number (IRN)

Please enter the adviser’s IRN if they have one.

If the adviser has an IRN, no further ID details are required and the firm should move on to complete the ‘adviser qualification’ questions.

NI Number, Date of Birth, Passport Number, Nationality

If an adviser does not have an IRN, the firm should enter both a National Insurance (NI) number and Date of Birth for unique identification or, if they do not have an NI number, Date of Birth, current Passport Number and Nationality. Nationality refers to the country issuing the passport from which the number is provided. For example, the nationality of a person in possession of a British passport issued by HM Passport Office is “British”.

This information should only be provided in the appropriate combinations; completing only NI number and Nationality, for instance, would not be acceptable.

Adviser Qualification

Part Qualified, Fully Qualified

For each retail investment adviser, the firm should indicate whether the adviser is part or fully qualified by selecting “Y” or “N” from the dropdown menu.

Accredited Body

The firm should, in respect of each competent retail investment adviser, indicate the accredited body from which the Statement of Professional Standing (SPS) was obtained. Where the retail investment adviser has attained each module of an appropriate qualification (fully qualified for reporting purposes), but has not yet been assessed as competent to carry on the activities of a retail investment adviser, then ‘No SPS’ should be selected from the dropdown menu.

Activity Start Date

For each retail investment adviser, other than those who have attained each module of an appropriate qualification, the firm should provide the date at which the employee first began to carry on the activity of a retail investment adviser, even if this was for a different firm.

SPS Start Date

For each competent retail investment adviser, provide the date of issue for their current SPS. Where the retail investment adviser has attained each module of an appropriate qualification but has not yet been assessed competent to carry on the activities of a retail investment adviser, this field is not required.

Section H Conduct of Business (‘COBS’) Data

In this section we are seeking data from firms in relation to general conduct of business and monitoring of appointed representatives.

We will use the data collected in this section to establish the extent and nature of firms’ business, and thereby assess the potential risks posed by firms’ business activities.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that the information submitted in this section should take account of the business generated by its ARs as well as the firm itself.

General COBS data

In this sub-section we are requesting general information on the firm’s conduct of business.

Monitoring of appointed representatives

An appointed representative (‘AR’) is a person (other than an authorised person) who:

  1. (1) is a party to a contract with an authorised person who:
    1. (a) permits or requires him to carry on business of a description prescribed in the Appointed Representatives Regulations; and
    2. (b) complies with such requirements as are prescribed in those Regulations; and
  2. (2) is someone for whose activities in carrying on the whole or part of that business his principal has accepted responsibility in writing; and who is therefore an exempt person in relation to any regulated activity comprised in the carrying on of that business for which his principal has accepted responsibility.

A firm has significant responsibilities in relation to an AR that it has appointed, which are set out in detail in SUP 12. In summary, the firm is responsible, to the same extent as if it had expressly permitted it, for anything the appointed representative does or omits to do, in carrying on the business for which the firm has accepted responsibility.

Before a firm appoints a person as an appointed representative, and afterwards on a continuing basis, it should take reasonable care to ensure that:

  1. (1) the appointment does not prevent the firm from satisfying and continuing to satisfy the threshold conditions;
  2. (2) the person:
    1. (a) is solvent;
    2. (b) is suitable to act for the firm in that capacity; and
    3. (c) has no close links which would be likely to prevent the effective supervision of the person by the firm;
  3. (3) the firm has adequate:
    1. (a) controls over the person’s regulated activities for which the firm has responsibility (see SYSC 3.1); and
    2. (b) resources to monitor and enforce compliance by the person with the relevant requirements applying to the regulated activities for which the firm is responsible and with which the person is required to comply under its contract with the firm. Accordingly, firms are required to monitor and oversee the activities of their ARs. It is the firm’s responsibility to be able to demonstrate that it has adequate procedures and resources in place to monitor these activities;
  4. (4) the firm is ready and organised to comply with the other applicable requirements contained or referred to in SUP 12; and
  5. (5) the person’s activities do not, or would not, result in undue risk of harm to consumers or market integrity.

By collecting the high level data required in this sub-section, we will be able to gain an understanding of the methods that firms are employing to remain in compliance with the monitoring requirements. This will be used to inform thematic and/or firm- specific work in this area.

Guide for completion of individual fields

General COBS data
Do regulated activities form the core business of the firm?

‘Core business’ for these purposes is the activity from which the largest percentage of the firm’s gross income is derived.

Note for an authorised professional firm (‘APF’) specifying that its core business is ‘professional services’: if the firm’s income from regulated activities is 50% or more of its total income (disregarding a temporary variation of not more than 5% over the preceding year’s figure), then it should have regard to IPRU-INV 2.1.2R (4) and give notification to the FCA.

If not, specify type of core business

The firm should specify its core business from the drop-down list.

You should select Other if none of the categories is applicable to the firm’s business, e.g. loss assessor, professional services provided by an APF.

Monitoring of Appointed Representatives (‘ARs’)
Number of ARs registered with the firm as at the end of the reporting period Total number of ARs for which the firm has regulatory responsibility, as at the end of the reporting period.
Of which, number of ‘secondary’ ARs as at the end of the reporting period

An AR is a secondary AR if:

• the activities for which it is exempt are limited to insurance distribution activities50 only; and

• its principal purpose is to carry on activities other than insurance distribution activities50.

Of which, number of introducer ARs as at the end of the reporting period See Glossary definition
Number of advisers within ARs as at the end of the reporting period

This should be the total of advisory staff across all of the firm’s appointed representatives. Advisory staff are those that advise customers on the merits of purchasing a particular product.

By definition this total will not include staff at introducer ARs.

Does the firm have appropriate systems and procedures in place to ensure that the activities of its ARs are effectively monitored and controlled?

A summary of the firm’s responsibilities under SUP 12 is set out under the sub-heading “monitoring of appointed representatives” above.

The firm should be able to demonstrate that it has been in compliance with the requirements in SUP 12 throughout the reporting period.

Number of ARs that have been subject to monitoring visits by the firm during the reporting period. This is one of the ways in which firms with ARs may fulfil their responsibilities under SUP 12.
Number of ARs that have been subject to file reviews by the firm during the reporting period. This is one of the ways in which firms with ARs may fulfil their responsibilities under SUP 12.
Number of ARs that have been subject to financial checks by the firm during the reporting period. This is one of the ways in which firms with ARs may fulfil their responsibilities under SUP 12.
Has any other monitoring of ARs by the firm taken place? If the firm uses other methods to fulfil its monitoring responsibilities under SUP 12, you should state ‘yes’ here.

Section I Supplementary product sales data

Most of the product sales data (‘PSD’) required by the FCA is collected quarterly from product providers. However, this process does not include all types of non-investment insurance contract, and also leaves other gaps in data on sales, which we aim to fill by means of the data collected in this section.

We use this data in conjunction with PSD to identify market trends and thus inform our thematic supervision work. In addition to this, we may use the combined sales data to form a view about the state of affairs of individual firms, which may inform supervisory or other action.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that the information submitted in this section should also take account of the business of its ARs as well as the firm itself.

(i) Non-investment insurance product information

In this section firms are asked for aggregate data on their advising and arranging activities (for non-investment insurance contracts with retail customers). The information required is an indication of the product types in which the firm has been active during the reporting period, and a further indication of how significant this activity is (i.e. whether it forms more than 40% by premium of all of the firm’s retail non-investment insurance activities).

This information enables us to ascertain the importance of each product type to the firm and to target thematic work in this area.

Total non-investment insurance premium derived from retail customers (annualised) Regular policy premiums received for a policy should be reported only once as an annualised figure in the return for the period that covers the date of the sale. There is then no need to report in subsequent returns. An annualised figure is also required if a policy premium is paid in one single payment.

(ii) non-investment insurance chains

It is common practice in the non-investment insurance market for some firms to pass their business to another intermediary rather than directly to the product provider, forming a ‘chain’. Product Sales Data only identifies the firm that has submitted the business to the product provider, although this may not necessarily be the intermediary that originated the sale. This section captures data on sales that form part of chains. Collecting information on gross and net brokerage (as outlined in Sub-section B1 above) gives us some information about the extent to which a firm is part of a chain, and to supplement this, we are requesting the following data in this section:

  1. (1) whether transactions in the listed product types have been passed up a chain;
  2. (2) whether this business is significant. ‘Significant’, in this context, is where the premium collected in relation to business forming part of a chain amounts to (a) more than 40% of premium collected for all non-investment insurance business, or (b) more than 40% of premium collected for all retail business in a particular product; and
  3. (3) whether, in relation to this business, the firm has dealt directly with the customer during the reporting period (i.e. has been the first intermediary in the chain).

[Note: Lloyd’s brokers are exempt from the reporting requirement in this section]

Guide for completion of individual fields

(i) non-investment insurance contracts – product information
Please indicate in column A each product type where the firm has advised or arranged transactions for retail customers during the reporting period You should indicate in column A for each relevant product.
Please indicate in column B where the firm’s business for retail customers in the product type formed more than 40% by premium of all of its non-investment insurance activities. You should indicate in column B for each relevant product, based on an estimate of the percentage of business. If you think the product might account for more than 40% of business but are not sure, you should indicate that it does.
(ii) non-investment insurance chains
Total non-investment insurance premium derived from retail customers You should state here the total of premiums payable by Retail customers during the reporting period in relation to non- investment insurance products.
Of this business, please indicate in column D where this business is significant (see notes above) If this business is significant (see definition above) for one or more product types, this should be indicated in column D.
Product types: The product types in this table are defined in the Interim Prudential sourcebook for insurers (‘IPRU(INS)’).

Section J: Data required for calculation of fees

Part 1

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the home finance headings in this section of the RMAR]

This information is required so that we can calculate the fees payable by firms in respect of the FCA, FOS and the FSCS.

Data for fees calculations Firms will need to report data for the purpose of calculating FCA, FOS and FSCS levies.
FCA The relevant information required is the tariff data set out in FEES 4 Annex 1AR Part 3 under fee-blocks A.13, A.18 and A.19. Note that firms are required to report tariff data information relating to all business falling within fee blocks A.13/A.18/A.19 and not simply that relating to retail investments.
FOS The relevant information required is the tariff data set out in FEES 5 Annex 1R industry blocks 8, 9, 16 and 17. Note that firms are required to report tariff data information relating to all business falling within industry blocks 8/9, 16 and 17.
FSCS The relevant information required is the tariff data set out in categories 1.1, 2.1 and 4.1, FEES 6 Annex 3AR. Note that firms are required to report tariff data information relating to all business falling within categories 1.1, 2.1 and 4.1, FEES 6 Annex 3AR.

Personal investment firms and firms whose regulated activities are limited to one or more of: insurance distribution activitiy50, home finance mediation activity, or retail investment activity, are required to complete Part 1, section J of the RMAR.

Part 2

Firms submitting section J are required to identify in Part 2 how much of the annual income reported in 3A (life distribution and pensions intermediation) or 4A (investment intermediation) in Part 1 is earned from carrying on regulated activities relating to the offer or sale to or purchase by or on behalf of clients of enhanced reporting investments, broken down by category of enhanced reporting investments and by number of clients. A category of enhanced reporting investment is a type of investment listed in COBS 9.3.5G(1).

For example, say a firm has earned £5,000 from arranging deals in units in qualified investor schemes on behalf of 26 investors. It has also earned £400 from advising two clients to purchase unlisted shares. Units in qualified investor schemes are a type of non-mainstream pooled investment, while the unlisted shares in this example are non-readily realisable securities. Accordingly, the firm would report:

Enhanced reporting investment Annual income (per single unit of currency) No. of clients
Non-mainstream pooled investment £5000 26
Non-readily realisable securities £400 2

Both Parts 1 and 2

Firms which do not yet have data for a full 12 months ending on their accounting reference date (for example if they have not traded for a complete financial year by the time of the accounting reference date) should complete Section J with an 'annualised' figure based on the actual income up to their accounting reference date. That is, such firms should pro-rate the actual figure as if the firm had been trading for 12 months up to the accounting reference date. So for a firm with 2 months of actual income of £5000 as at its accounting reference date, the 'annualised' figure that the firm should report is £30,000.

The guidance in the following table sets out the rules which related to the data required in Section J of SUP 16 Annex 18AR.

  FCA Annual Income (£s) FOS Relevant Annual Income (£s) FSCS Annual Eligible Income (£s)
Home finance intermediation FEES 4 Annex 11AR, 13G FEES 5 Annex 1R industry block 16 FEES 6 Annex 3AR category 4.1
General insurance distribution FEES 4 Annex 11AR, 13G FEES 5 Annex 1R industry block 17 FEES 6 Annex 3AR category 1.1
Life distribution and investment intermediation FEES 4 Annex 11AR, 13G FEES 5 Annex 1R industry block 8, 9 FEES 6 Annex 3AR category 2.1
       

Section K Adviser charges

In this section we are seeking data from firms about adviser charges in respect of a firm providing a personal recommendation to a retail client on a retail investment product (COBS 6.1A and COBS 6.1B). We will use the data we collect to monitor and analyse the way these firms comply with the rules on adviser charges.

For the purposes of this guidance on section K and the field labels used on the data collection form, it has been assumed that the form will be completed on the default accruals basis set out in paragraph 15 in the accounting principles section of this Annex. Where a firm elects to report on a cash basis, in accordance with paragraph 15A in the accounting principles section of this Annex, references to the amount due within the reporting period should be read to mean the amount received within the reporting period.

The data in this section should only relate to the provision of a personal recommendation by the firm to a retail client for a retail investment product (or any related service provided by the firm).

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should include data from their ARs in the information submitted in this section.

Where firms are required to report data to two decimal places, firms should round the data to two decimal places (using a 5 in the third decimal place to round up) rather than report the data on a truncated basis. For example, two-thirds (2/3) should be reported as 0.67.

If a firm exclusively provides independent advice or restricted advice, the sections of the form not relevant to the firm should be left blank. This is illustrated in example 1.

Example 1 – Completing the form where the firm only provides either independent advice or restricted advice

A firm that exclusively provides independent advice would need to complete sections 1, 3 and 4 (columns A, B and E), leaving section 2 and columns C and D of section 4 blank.

A firm that exclusively provides restricted advice would need to complete sections 2, 3 and 4 (columns C, D and E), leaving section 1 and columns A and B of section 4 blank.

A firm providing both independent and restricted advice would need to complete sections 1 to 4 as appropriate.

Any revenue reported should be exclusive of VAT levied on the retail client (if applicable).

The way retail clients pay an adviser charge (columns A and B for rows 2 to 5 and 7 to 10)

Firms are required to provide a breakdown of the data provided in rows 2 to 5 and 7 to 10 based on the way in which a retail client pays their adviser charge.

Column A should include data on the adviser charges that are paid directly by the retail client. This would include, for example, where the retail client paid the firm directly through a cheque or bank transfer or where a payment was made on behalf of the retail client by the retail client’s lawyer.

Where the adviser charge is facilitated by a retail investment product provider or platform service provider, this should be reported in column B.

Guide for completion of individual fields

In row 1, firms should select one of ‘Independent/Restricted/Both/Did not provide advice’ to indicate the type(s) of advice provided by the firm. Firms providing independent advice only should then complete sections 1, 3 and 4. Firms providing restricted advice only should then complete sections 2, 3 and 4. Firms providing both independent advice and restricted advice should complete all four sections. Firms that did not provide advice during the reporting period should select ‘Did not provide advice’ and complete the accounting basis question. Other sections should be left blank.

Retail investment product revenue from adviser charges (rows 2, 3, 7 and 8)

Revenue from all initial adviser charges including initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges (rows 2 and 7)

Firms should report the total revenue from distinct one-off advice services, being those services that are not covered by an ongoing adviser charge, as at the end of the reporting period. This would include, for example, revenue from initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges, irrespective of whether the charge is paid as a single payment or through regular instalments.

Where an initial adviser charge is paid through regular instalments, which is only permitted in limited cases (as set out in COBS 6.1A.22R), only the amounts due within the reporting period should be reported. This is illustrated in example 2.

Example 2 - Reporting revenue from initial adviser charges payable in instalments

A firm giving independent advice provides advice to a retail client about a retail investment product where regular contributions are being made and there is a £600 initial adviser charge payable in two equal amounts – now and in 12 months’ time. Firms should report £300 in row 2, as this is the amount due from that retail client within the reporting period. The remaining £300 of the total adviser charge payable would be reported for a future reporting period when it is due from the retail client.

Revenue from ongoing adviser charges (rows 3 and 8) Firms should report the total revenue due within the reporting period for adviser charges for ongoing services which are not initial charges.

Where a firm has an agreement to provide both initial and ongoing advice, the revenue for the initial and ongoing advice services should be reported separately in rows 2 and 3 respectively for independent advice, and 7 and 8 for restricted advice.

Where a firm charges a retail client a fee for advice on a retail investment product and a pure protection contract or mortgage, firms should only report the adviser charge that relates to the retail investment product. This is illustrated in example 3.

Example 3 – Advice in relation to a retail investment product and non-investment product

A firm giving independent advice charges a retail client £1,000 for initial advice in relation to both a retail investment product and a pure protection contract. Firms should only report the adviser charge for the investment advice. In this case, the firm’s charging structure quotes the cost of this investment advice as £600; therefore, £600 should be reported in row 2.

If a firm makes a management charge which covers adviser charges and charges for services that do not relate to a personal recommendation on retail investment products, then it should report the full amount of the management charge received. Firms should not differentiate between the amounts relevant to the different services. For example, if a firm makes a management charge for a non-discretionary management service that predominantly relates to advice on stocks and shares, but provides personal recommendations on retail investment products as part of this service, then it should report the whole of this charge.

If the adviser charge is partially paid directly by the retail client and partially facilitated by a retail investment product provider, the proportion of the adviser charge paid through each method should be reported separately on the form in the relevant columns. This is illustrated in example 4.

Example 4 – Reporting adviser charges that are paid by retail clients from more than one source

A retail client agrees to pay £1,000 for initial advice provided by a firm giving independent advice for a single contribution investment. The retail client pays £600 directly from their bank account, with £400 facilitated by a platform service provider. The form would be completed as follows:

Types of advice provided   A  
1 Indicate the type(s) of advice provided by the firm   Independent  
Section 1 – Independent advice      
    A B
      Adviser charges paid direct by retail clients Adviser charges facilitated by product providers or platform service providers
Retail investment products revenue from adviser charges (monetary amount)
2 Revenue from all initial adviser charges including initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges   £600 £400
3 Revenue from ongoing adviser charges      
Payments of initial adviser charges (number)
4 Aggregate number of initial adviser charges payable as lump-sum payments due from retail clients within the reporting period   0.60 0.40
5 Aggregate sum of the proportion of initial adviser charges, payable through regular instalments, due from retail clients within the reporting period      
Please note: for the purpose of this example, rows 4 to 5 are also completed.

If a firm offsets the adviser charge due from the retail client with trail commission received from an investment product provider for investments held by that retail client before 31 December 2012, firms should report the total adviser charge that is agreed with the retail client. This is illustrated in example 5. The conditions under which a firm may receive such commission are set out in COBS 6.1A.4AR and there is further guidance at COBS 6.1A.4AAG.

Example 5 – Commission offset against an adviser charge

A firm giving independent advice enters into an agreement to provide a retail client with ongoing advice. The firm charges the retail client £500 for this ongoing advice, but receives £200 in trail commission for existing investments held by the retail client. This trail commission is used to reduce the actual amount due from the retail client to £300. Firms should report the full £500 adviser charge in row 3, as this is the total adviser charge agreed with the retail client.

Payments of initial adviser charges (rows 4, 5, 9 and 10)

The data reported in this section of the form relates to the number of initial advice services provided within the reporting period, as at the end of the reporting period. This would include the number of services for which there are initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges. The data provided should be reported to two decimal places.

Aggregate number of initial adviser charges payable as lump sum payments due from retail clients within the reporting period (rows 4 and 9)

Firms should report the total number of initial adviser services provided where the adviser charge is payable as a single payment and due from retail clients in the reporting period, i.e. the retail client pays the entire initial adviser charge in one payment. Data reported in this section should be broken down by the way the adviser charge is paid. Where an individual retail client pays the initial adviser charge through more than one source, the proportion of the total payment made by that individual retail client should be identified and reported as a fraction to two decimal places in the applicable columns, as in example 4 above.

If an initial adviser charge is not paid in full, it should be recorded under row 5 where independent advice is provided or row 10 where restricted advice is given.

Aggregate sum of the proportion of initial adviser charges, payable through regular instalments, due from retail clients within the reporting period (rows 5 and 10)

An initial adviser charge may be structured to be payable over a period of time when it relates to a retail investment product for which an instruction from the retail client for regular payments is in place and the firm has disclosed that no ongoing personal recommendations or service will be provided (COBS 6.1A.22R(2)).

Firms should calculate the proportion of initial adviser charges, payable through regular instalments, that were due from each retail client within the reporting period. Each instalment due within the reporting period should be captured by the firm as a fraction expressed as a decimal, to two decimal places, representing the amount paid off as a proportion of the amount owed. The sum of these proportions should be reported in the appropriate data field (row 5 for independent advice and row 10 for restricted advice) to two decimal places.

Data reported in this section should be broken down by the way the adviser charge is paid. Where the retail client pays an initial adviser charge through more than one source, the proportion of the charge paid through each source should be identified and reported in the applicable column.

Data for rows 5 and 10 can be calculated either using (1) the length of the repayment period, if these instalments are of equal value or (2) the amount paid. These two methods are outlined below (both methods should arrive at the same answer).

(1) For each retail client calculate the number of months in the reporting period in which equal instalments are made divided by the total number of months in which payments are due to be made. Report the sum of the proportions based on payment mechanism and type of advice in the appropriate field.

(2) For each instalment calculate the amount paid divided by the total amount due. Report the sum of the proportions based on payment mechanism and type of advice in the appropriate field.

This is illustrated in examples 6 and 7.

Example 6 – Reporting the number of initial adviser charges invoiced as regular payments

An firm giving independent advice provides advice to retail client A about an investment where regular contributions are being made and a £600 initial adviser charge is payable in two equal amounts – now and in 12 months’ time. Firms should report 0.50 in row 5 for retail client A, as half the total initial adviser charge was payable within the reporting period. 0.50 would also be reported in a future reporting period, when the remaining adviser charge is due from retail client A.

The same firm provides advice to another retail client B about an investment where regular contributions are being made. A £900 initial adviser charge, payable in three equal instalments over the next three reporting periods, is agreed. 0.33 would be reported in row 5 for retail client B, as one-third of the total initial adviser charge is payable as at the end of the reporting period.

Reflecting the agreements with retail clients A and B, the form would be completed as follows:

SUP_16_ann_18B_01.pdf

SUP_16_ann_18B_02.pdf

Number of one-off advice services (rows 6 and 11)

Total number of initial advice services, including initial, one-off and ad hoc advice services, provided within the reporting period (rows 6 and 11)

Firms should report the total number of distinct, chargeable one-off advice services provided to retail clients during the reporting period. This includes any advice given that was not funded through an ongoing adviser charge, which could include, for example, initial, one-off and ad hoc advice services for which there is a corresponding initial adviser charge.

Rows 6 and 11 measure the number of one-off advice services provided to retail clients in the reporting period. Where the same retail client received more than one such advice service, such as an initial advice service and a separate ad hoc advice service that was funded through a separate adviser charge, this should be reported as two one-off advice services.

Any advice agreements that were cancelled, with no initial adviser charge being paid, or where any initial charge paid was returned to the retail client, should not be reported. However, any initial advice services where the retail client paid an adviser charge to the adviser, even if the retail client did not act on the recommendations of that adviser, should be reported.

To illustrate the difference between data reported by an independent advice firm in row 6 and that previously provided in rows 4 and 5 (or where restricted advice has been provided, the difference between the data reported in row 11 and that previously provided in rows 9 and 10) please see example 8.

SUP_16_ann_18B_03.pdf

To extend this example into the next reporting period (rp2):

• Assume the same firm provided an initial advice service to four retail clients in the reporting period rp2 but did not provide any ad hoc services to any other retail clients.

• Each retail client paid the adviser charges for the initial advice services by a lump sum within the reporting period.

• The retail client that received an initial advice service on an investment where regular contributions were being made in the previous reporting period (rp1), and was paying their adviser charge in two equal instalments across two reporting periods, was due to pay the final instalment within the reporting period rp2.

Again assuming all retail clients paid the adviser charge directly from their bank account and independent advice was given by the firm, the form for reporting period rp2 would be completed as follows:

SUP_16_ann_18B_04.pdf

Retail clients paying for ongoing advice services (rows 12 – 14)

Number of retail clients paying for ongoing advice services at the end of the reporting period (row 12)

Firms should report the number of retail clients paying for ongoing advice services (i.e. paying ongoing adviser charges) at the end of the reporting period.

This would include any retail clients who have an ongoing adviser charging agreement, even if the adviser charges due are, fully or partially, offset with trail commission received from a retail investment product provider in respective of an investment held by that retail client before 31 December 2012. Any retail clients on a contract entered into before 31 December 2012, whereby the retail client has not entered into an ongoing adviser charging agreement and any ongoing advice received is fully funded through provider commission, should be excluded. Any such commission payments would need to meet the rules in COBS 6.1A.4AR and COBS 6.1A.4AAG.

Number of retail clients who start paying for ongoing advice services during the reporting period (row 13)

Firms should report the number of retail clients that started paying for an ongoing advice service (i.e. paying ongoing adviser charges) within the reporting period. This could include:

• new retail clients to the firm that agreed to start paying for an ongoing advice service;

• existing retail clients of the firm that may, for example, have previously received an initial advice service but had started paying for ongoing advice in the reporting period;

existing retail clients of the firm that were previously on a commission-based agreement established before 31 December 2012, but moved to an adviser charging agreement and started paying ongoing adviser charges in the reporting period.

Number of retail clients who stop paying for ongoing advice services during the reporting period (row 14) Firms should report the number of retail clients that were paying an adviser charge for ongoing advice during the reporting period, but stopped paying for ongoing advice by the end of the reporting period.

In completing rows 12 to 14, some firms may find it easier to report the number of ongoing advice agreements with retail clients rather than the number of retail clients receiving ongoing advice. For example, if a firm has a single advice agreement with a couple, this agreement can be reported as ‘1’ on the return even though, in effect, two retail clients are receiving advice. In contrast, if a firm has separate advice agreements for each individual member of the couple, this should be reported as ‘2’ on the return.

Types of adviser charging structures (rows 15 – 22)

Firms should provide data for all charging structures which are relevant to their firm, with those that are not relevant left blank. The minimum and maximum adviser charge reported should be reported to two decimal places.

Some firms may operate a range of different adviser charges relating to different advice services they offer or the amount invested by a retail client, such as 0.25% for a basic ongoing advice service and 0.75% for a premium ongoing service. In this example, 0.25% should be reported as the minimum adviser charge in row 20 and 0.75% as the maximum. Likewise, if 0.75% was charged for the first £50,000 under advice and 0.50% for amounts exceeding £50,000 – 0.50% should be reported as the minimum and 0.75% as the maximum.

Where a firm charges different hourly rates dependent on which individual in the firm undertakes work on behalf of the retail client, firms should ensure that their typical charging structure reflects, as closely as practicable, the total adviser charge the retail client will pay. So, for example, where it is unlikely that a retail client could simply pay for one hour of a paraplanner’s time, as an adviser would always need to be involved to provide a personal recommendation, it would be misleading to quote the paraplanner’s hourly rate as the minimum hourly adviser charge levied by the firm. Instead the minimum charge should be based on the total adviser charge payable for the service as a whole.

The data provided in this section can be based on the firm’s published tariff or price lists for disclosing the costs of adviser services to retail clients and will only require updating as and when the tariff is updated (although firms are required to resubmit this data in every reporting period). The only exception to this will be when the firm offers a combined charging structure (reported in rows 18 and 22), such as where there is a fixed fee and also a percentage of investment charge. Under these types of combined charging structure arrangements, firms should record the actual minimum and maximum charges charged in the reporting period. For example, where the firm’s charging structure is a combination of a fixed fee element and a percentage basis, the firm will need to work out what the actual maximum and minimum adviser charges charged in the reporting period were in order to report values as a monetary amount.

Where a firm has no range in their charging structure, the minimum and maximum adviser charges should be recorded as the same.

Where a retail client agrees an initial adviser charge for a retail investment product for which an instruction for regular contributions is in place and the adviser charge is payable in instalments, to complete rows 15 to 22 firms should report the total adviser charge, even if that advice is paid over different reporting periods. This is illustrated in example 9.

Example 9 – Reporting the adviser charging structures invoiced as regular payments

A firm provides advice on a retail investment product where regular contributions are being made, with a 2% adviser charge payable in three equal instalments over different reporting periods. For the purpose of completing row 16, the adviser charge would be 2.00%.

Likewise, if the adviser charge was £600 as a fixed fee payable in three equal instalments over different reporting periods, for the purpose of completing row 17, the adviser charge would be £600.00.

Where an ongoing adviser charge is payable more frequently than once a year (e.g. the ongoing adviser charge is payable monthly, quarterly or six-monthly), the annualised amount due from the retail clients should be reported in rows 20 and 21. This is illustrated in example 10.

Example 10 – Reporting ongoing adviser charging structures where retail clients pay the ongoing adviser charge on a monthly, quarterly or six-monthly basis

A firm charges its retail clients between £20 and £50 per month for ongoing advice. For the purpose of completing row 21, the annual amount due from the firm’s retail clients should be reported. So, in this example, the minimum ongoing adviser charge would be £240 and the maximum £600.

Another firm charges its retail clients a flat 0.5% of assets under advice for providing an ongoing advice service during the year. Even where this charge is levied monthly, quarterly or six-monthly, 0.50% should be reported in row 20.

Section M Pension Transfer Specialist advice

The data in this section should only relate to advice on pension transfers or pension conversions, meaning advice on the merits of a pension transfer or a pension conversion from defined benefits pension schemes or other safeguarded benefits but excluding transfers from or conversions of safeguarded benefits that are guaranteed annuity rates. A retail client transferring or converting multiple defined benefit pensions should be counted as a single retail client within RMA-M.

For this guidance on section M, all questions below relate to activity in the reporting period.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Qualifying question
1 Has the firm or its appointed representatives provided advice to retail clients on converting or transferring from defined benefits (DB) pension schemes or other pensions with safeguarded benefits (excluding guaranteed annuity rates) in the reporting period?

This should include advice that was either full pension transfer or conversion advice or abridged advice.

If the answer to the qualifying question is no, then no further questions need to be answered.

Part 1 – Business model
2 How many retail clients in total did the firm and its appointed representatives provide with only full pension transfer or conversion advice? This should only include the total number of retail clients that were provided with full pension transfer or conversion advice, including those that were recommended not to transfer or convert. It should exclude retail clients that were only provided with abridged advice.
3 How many retail clients in total did the firm and its appointed representatives provide with abridged advice? This should include the total number of retail clients that were provided with abridged advice, including those that were recommended not to transfer or convert and those that proceeded to take full pension transfer or conversion advice.
4 How many pension transfer specialists were employed by, or working under the responsibility of, the firm and its appointed representatives at the end of the reporting period? Please provide the full-time equivalent numbers. This should include all pension transfer specialists providing advice under the authorisation of the firm completing this return. This should not include pension transfer specialists working alongside the firm, but under responsibility of another authorised firm. Please express as full-time-equivalent numbers eg an individual working 4 out 5 days per week should be recorded as 0.80 FTE. Data must be entered to 2 decimal places.
5 How many introductions for advice on pension transfers and pension conversions were accepted by the firm, or its appointed representatives, from other authorised firms? This should include introductions for full pension transfer or conversion advice and abridged advice. This should not include introductions from firms or individuals that are not authorised.
6 How many introductions for advice on pension transfers and pension conversions were accepted by the firm, or its appointed representatives, from introducer firms that were not authorised?

This should include introductions for full pension transfer or conversion advice and abridged advice. This should not include referrals not done by way of business, for example by friends or family. Nor should it include referrals from UK accredited accountancy or legal firms that are regulated by a designated professional body.

For more information on introducers, please see our website: https://www.fca.org.uk/news/news-stories/investment-advisers-responsibilities-accepting-business-unauthorised-introducers-lead-generators

7 Of the total retail clients in Question 2, how many did the firm and its appointed representatives provide with full pension transfer or conversion advice but not on the investment of proceeds of the transfer or conversion? This is specifically looking for the number of retail clients where the choice of investment for the proceeds of the transfer has been recommended by another authorised firm or chosen by the retail client (whether based on information provided by an introducer or not).
Part 2 – Appointed representatives
8 Of the retail clients who were reported under Question 2, how many were advised by an appointed representative of the firm? This is specifically looking for the number of retail clients advised by the firm’s appointed representatives.
9 Of the retail clients reported in Question 3, how many were given abridged advice by an appointed representative of the firm? As with Question 8, this is specifically looking for the number of retail clients advised by appointed representatives.
10 Focusing on the appointed representative that gave full pension transfer or conversion advice to the most retail clients, how many retail clients did they advise? Firms should identify the appointed representative that provided full pension transfer or conversion advice to the highest number of retail clients.
Part 3 – Personal recommendations to transfer
11 Of the retail clients reported in Question 2, how many did the firm and its appointed representatives provide with a personal recommendation to transfer or convert their pension? This should include the total number of retail clients that were provided with full pension transfer or conversion advice, excluding those that were recommended not to transfer or convert.
12 Of the retail clients in Question 11, what was the total transfer value of the pension transfers and pension conversions? This should be the total transfer value of pension transfers and pension conversions collected by the principal firm and appointed representatives from those retail clients provided with a personal recommendation to transfer or convert their pension (as reported under Question 11).
13 Of the retail clients reported in Question 11, what was the total revenue derived from initial advisory charges for full pension transfer advice, including advice on the investment of the proceeds? This should be the total revenue collected by the principal firm and appointed representatives for the initial advisory charges for full pension transfer or conversion advice. This should include all initial charges for the full pension transfer or conversion advice, including the investment advice on the proposed destination where relevant, and arranging a pension transfer or pension conversion. It should exclude any ongoing charges the retail client has agreed to pay. It should also exclude any separate initial charges for abridged advice.
14 Of the retail clients reported under Question 11, how many satisfied the requirement for one or more of the exceptions to the ban on contingent charging and so charged in full or partially on a contingent basis?

This should include the total number of retail clients that were provided with a personal recommendation to transfer or convert their pension, that were also charged in full or partially on a contingent basis.

Only retail clients that satisfy the requirement for the serious ill-health carve-out exemption and/or the serious financial difficulty carve-out exemption may be charged in full or partially on a contingent basis.

Part 4 – Personal recommendations not to transfer
15 Of the retail clients reported in Question 2, how many did the firm and its appointed representatives provide with a personal recommendation not to transfer or convert their pension after receiving full pension transfer or conversion advice? This should include the total number of retail clients that were provided with a personal recommendation NOT to transfer or convert their pension after receiving only full pension transfer or conversion advice. This should not include abridged advice recommendations.
16 Of the retail clients reported in Question 3, how many did the firm and its appointed representatives provide with a personal recommendation not to transfer or convert their pension after receiving abridged advice? This should include the total number of retail clients that were provided with a personal recommendation NOT to transfer or convert their pension after receiving only abridged advice. This should not include full pension transfer or conversion advice recommendations.
17 Of the retail clients reported in Question 15, what was the total transfer value of the pension transfers and pension conversions? This should include the total transfer value of retail clients provided with a personal recommendation not to transfer or convert their pension after receiving full pension transfer or conversion advice.
18 Of the retail clients reported in Question 15, what was the total revenue derived from the initial advisory charges for full pension transfer or conversion advice on the pension transfers and pension conversions?

This should be the revenue collected by the principal firm and appointed representatives.

This should not include transfer revenue from abridged advice recommendations.

19 Of the retail clients reported in Question 16, what was the total revenue derived from abridged advice on pension transfers and pension conversions? This should be the revenue collected by the principal firm and appointed representatives.
20 For how many retail clients did the firm arrange a pension transfer or conversion on an insistent client basis after providing full pension transfer or conversion advice? Retail clients should only be considered insistent clients if the firm or its appointed representatives initially provided a personal recommendation not to transfer following full pension transfer or conversion advice.
21 Of the retail clients that satisfied the requirement for one or more of the exceptions to the ban on contingent charging and charged in full or partially on a contingent basis, what was the total initial revenue derived from the firm accepting to process the pension transfers or pension conversions on a non-insistent client basis (including providing advice on the investment of the proceeds)?

This should be the total initial revenue derived from retail clients that satisfy the requirement for one of the exceptions to the ban on contingent charging and charged in full or partially on a contingent basis, and that WERE NOT processed on an insistent client basis.

Only retail clients that satisfy the requirement for the serious ill-health carve-out exemption and/or the serious financial difficulty carve-out exemption may be charged in full or partially on a contingent basis.

22 Of the retail clients that satisfied the requirement for one or more of the exceptions to the ban on contingent charging and charged in full or partially on a contingent basis what was the total initial revenue derived from the firm accepting to process the pension transfers or pension conversions on an insistent client basis (including providing advice on the investment of the proceeds)?

This should be the total initial revenue derived from retail clients that satisfy the requirement for one of the exceptions to the ban on contingent charging and charged in full or partially on a contingent basis, and that WERE processed on an insistent client basis.

Only retail clients that satisfy the requirement for the serious ill-health carve-out exemption and/or the serious financial difficulty carve-out exemption may be charged in full or partially on a contingent basis.

Part 5 – Ongoing services
23 How many retail clients did the firm arrange a pension transfer or pension conversion for?

This should be measured at the point of receiving the retail client’s request to arrange a pension transfer or pension conversion.

This should include:

• those advised to transfer or convert by the firm or its appointed representatives (as reported in Question 11);

• insistent client transfers or conversions (as reported in Question 20); and

• any retail client that did not receive advice on the transfer or conversion by the firm (for example, for less than £30k pots or those transfers or conversions executed by the firm where the retail client had received advice from a different firm).

24 Of the retail clients in Question 23, how many agreed to an ongoing advice service provided by the firm its appointed representatives? This should be the total number of retail clients that the firm arranged a pension transfer or pension conversion for, that also agreed to an ongoing advice service provided by the firm or its appointed representatives?
Part 6 – Charging structures
25 Of the retail clients reported in Question 2, how many were advised under a charging structure which meant the advisory charge was only payable if the retail client proceeded with the transfer or conversion (charging fully or partially contingent on a transfer or conversion taking place)? This should be the total number of retail clients that were eligible one or more of the exemptions to the ban on contingent charging and charged in full or partially on a contingent basis.
26 Of the retail clients reported under Question 2, how many were advised under a charging structure which meant that the advisory charge remained the same whether or not the retail client proceeded with the transfer or conversion? (charging completely non-contingent) This should be the total number of retail clients that were not eligible for one or more of the exceptions to the ban on contingent charging and charged in full on a non-contingent basis. This excludes retail clients who only received abridged advice.
Part 7 – Product and investment solutions
27 How many retail clients proceeded to transfer or convert into an investment solution that had annual ongoing product and investment charges (excluding ongoing advice charges) of 0.75% or less? This should include all charges associated with the ongoing investment eg discretionary fund management, platform, product, tax wrapper or investment charges. This should not include ongoing advice charges. Where the cost is expected to vary over time, include the average for the first 5 years. This should not include retail clients that did not plan to have any money remain invested, such as those immediately making a full encashment or purchasing an annuity with the full balance of the transfer.
28 How many retail clients proceeded to transfer or convert into an investment solution that had annual ongoing product and investment charges (excluding ongoing advice charges) of more than 0.75% and less than or equal to 1.5%? This should include all costs associated with the ongoing investment eg discretionary fund management, platform, product, tax wrapper or investment charges. This should not include ongoing advice charges. Where the cost is expected to vary over time, include the average for the first 5 years. This should not include retail clients that did not plan to have any money remain invested, such as those immediately making a full encashment or purchasing an annuity with the full balance of the transfer.
29 How many retail clients proceeded to transfer or convert into an investment solution that had annual ongoing product and investment charges (excluding ongoing advice charges) of more than 1.5%? This should include all costs associated with the ongoing investment eg discretionary fund management, platform, product, tax wrapper or investment charges. This should not include ongoing advice charges. Where the cost is expected to vary over time, include the average for the first 5 years. This should not include retail clients that did not plan to have any money remain invested, such as those immediately making a full encashment or purchasing an annuity with the full balance of the transfer.
30 How many retail clients proceeded to transfer into a solution that had higher ongoing charges than their workplace pension? This should include retail clients advised to transfer and insistent client transfers. This should not include retail clients that planned to immediately withdraw the full balance on transfer. It should also not include retail clients without a workplace pension or where the workplace pension would not accept a transfer.
31 How many retail clients proceeded to transfer into a workplace pension? This question refers to those retail clients that proceeded to transfer to a workplace pension covered by 0.75% charge cap.
32 How many retail clients proceeded to transfer or convert where the investment solution included investments subject to regulatory restrictions on retail distribution? This should include retail clients advised to transfer and insistent client transfers. For investments subject to restrictions on retail distribution see COBS 9.3.5G: https://www.handbook.fca.org.uk/handbook/COBS/9/3.html?date=2016-03-07
33 How many retail clients proceeded to transfer into a qualifying recognised overseas pension scheme (QROPs) or another overseas pension scheme? This should include retail clients advised to transfer and insistent client transfers.
Part 8 – Guidance
34 How many retail clients were provided with guidance (eg through a triage service) in the reporting period? This should include retail clients that were provided with guidance from the principal firm and its appointed representative only.
35 Of the retail clients reported under Question 2, how many were provided with guidance (eg through a triage service)? This should include the total number of retail clients that the firm and its appointed representatives provided with full pension transfer or conversion advice that were also provided with guidance.

SUP 16 Annex 19A Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return (‘MLAR’)

01/04/2021R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

result matched startMortgage Lenders and Administrators Return ('MLAR')result matched end - SUP 16 Annex 19A R

SUP 16 Annex 19AA Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return ('MLAR') - sub-forms for second charge regulated mortgage activity

01/10/2020R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return ('MLAR') - sub-forms for second charge regulated mortgage activity - SUP 16 Annex 19AA R

SUP 16 Annex 19B Notes for completion of the Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return (‘MLAR’)

01/01/2022G
Contents
Introduction:General notes on the return
Section A:Balance Sheet
Section B:Profit & Loss Account
Section C:Capital
Section D:Lending: Business Flows & Rates
Section E:Residential Lending to Individuals: New Business Profile
Section F:Lending: Arrears Analysis
Section G:Mortgage Administration: Business profile
Section H:Mortgage Administration: Arrears analysis
Section J:Fee tariff measures
Section K:Sale and rent back (SRB agreement) business
Section L:Credit risk
Section M:Liquidity

INTRODUCTION: GENERAL NOTES ON THE RETURN

1. Introduction 

This section covers a number of points that have relevance across the return generally:

• Overview

• Purpose of reporting requirements

• Regulated mortgage contracts and the wider mortgage market

• Home reversion plans and Home purchase plans

• Sale and rent back business

• Accounting conventions

• Accuracy

• Time period

• Loans made before 31 October 2004

• Second charge regulated mortgage contracts

• Specific items:

  1. (i) positions to be reported gross
  2. (ii) foreign currencies

2. Overview of reporting requirements

The data requirements for firms carrying on the regulated activities of home finance providing activity and administering a home finance transaction consist of quarterly, half yearly and annual information. The same data requirements apply to a P2P platform operator facilitating home finance transactions where a lender or provider does not require permission to enter into the transaction, and references to home finance providers or home finance administrators should be read as including such P2P platform operators, where relevant.

This guidance deals only with the quarterly requirements, however, which are referred to as the Mortgage Lenders and Administrators Return (MLAR). The remaining data requirements are applied to firms through existing rules within the following sections of the Handbook:

• the Dispute Resolution: Complaints sourcebook for complaints reporting; and

• Chapter 16 of the Supervision manual for controllers reports (section 16.4), close links report (section 16.5) and annual accounts (section 16.12).

Because the MLAR is activity based, not all sections are applicable to all types of home finance activity firm. The applicability of each section is explained in the table below:

SectionApplicability:
A1 and A2: Balance sheet

Applies to all home finance activity firms except:

• A firm that is required to submit a balance sheet by a lower numbered regulated activity group, as described in SUP 16.12.3R(1)(a)(iii)

• An incoming EEA firm (note a)

A3: Analysis of loans to customersApplies to all home finance activityfirms
A4: Analysis of second charge loans to customersApplies to all home finance activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.
B1: Income statement

Applies to all home finance activity firms except:

• A firm that is required to submit an income statement by a lower numbered regulated activity group, as described in SUP 16.12.3R(1)(a)(iii)

• An incoming EEA firm (note a)

B2: Provisions analysisApplies to all home finance activityfirms
C: Capital

Applies to all home finance activityfirms except:

• A firm that is required to submit a capital adequacy data item by a lower numbered regulated activity group, as described in SUP 16.12.3R(1)(a)(iii)

• An incoming EEA firm (note a)

• A firm which is a solo-consolidated subsidiary of an authorised credit institution

• A firm which exclusively carries on home finance activities in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts, as set out in SUP 16.12.18BR (note 4).

D: Lending: business flows and rates

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake a home finance providing activity except:

SRB agreement providers

SRB administrators

D(a): Second charge business flows and ratesApplies to all home finance providing activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.
E: Residential lending to individuals: new business profile

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake a home finance providing activity except:

SRB agreement providers

SRB administrators

E1(a) and E2(a): Second charge lending to individualsApplies to all home finance providing activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.
F: Lending: Arrears Analysis

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake a home finance providing activity except:

SRB agreement providers

SRB administrators

F(a): Second charge lending: ArrearsanalysisApplies to all home finance providing activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.
G: Mortgage Administration: Business Profile

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake administering a home finance transaction, except:

SRB administrators

H: Mortgage Administration: Arrears analysis

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake administering a home finance transaction, except:

SRB administrators

H(a): Second charge mortgage administration: Arrears analysisApplies to all firms with permission to undertake administering a home finance transaction, in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.
J: Fee tariff measuresApplies to all home finance activity firms
K: Sale and rent back businessApplies to SRB agreement providers and SRB administrators
L: Credit riskApplies to a firm that meets the conditions of SUP 16.12.18BR (notes 2 and 4).
M: LiquidityApplies to a firm that meets the conditions of SUP 16.12.18BR (notes 3 and 4).
Note (a): Credit Institutions passporting under BCD for mortgage lending (which also includes mortgage administration), or other firms passporting under another EU Directive for a non-mortgage activity and holding a top-up permission from the appropriate regulator for mortgage lending and/or mortgage administration. Also includes firms classed as "Treaty firms" under Schedule 4 of the Act. But any other EEA firm type should complete in full all sections of the MLAR described above this table, as it would not be eligible for any reduction in reporting requirements.

3. Purpose of reporting requirements 

The reasons why the FCA requires this data from home finance providers and administrators are as follows:

• to assess the probability of the failure of firms and the impact of failure on the ability of the FCA to meet its statutory objectives, including an assessment of compliance with the threshold conditions;

• to assist with prudential supervision of firms; and

• to help assess the risks in the home finance market as a whole to inform, for example, the FCA’s thematic work. By this we mean that we will use some of our supervisory resources to examine issues (known as ‘themes’) that affect a number of firms rather than firms individually. The data collected will be considered alongside other information we receive, to identify trends and issues that inform our supervision of firms.

The MLAR requires home finance providers and administrators to submit four types of data:

• financial data to assist in the prudential supervision of home finance providers and administrators. A quarterly financial return is required, including a balance sheet and profit and loss account;

• quarterly reporting of quantitative and qualitative data by all home finance providers and administrators to enable monitoring of compliance with the requirements of MCOB;

• quarterly provision of qualitative home finance information by all home finance providers and administrators to enable the FCA to understand developments in the home finance markets as a whole, and to inform future policy developments and prudential supervision; and

• annual reporting of information on fee tariff measures.

The reporting requirements set out in the MLAR enable the FCA to realise these information needs. In particular:

Tables A to C, L, M:provide the framework for the FCA’s financial monitoring and prudential supervision of home finance providers and administrators;
Tables D to F:provide the framework for the provision of qualitative home finance information by home finance providers;
Tables G, H:provide the framework for the FCA’s monitoring of administering a home finance transaction activity;
Table J:provides information on fee tariff measures for home finance providers and administrators;
Table K:provides the framework for the FCA’s monitoring of SRB agreement providers and SRB administrators.

4. Regulated mortgage contracts and the wider mortgage market 

Given this background to reporting requirements, the FCA’s approach to obtaining information on mortgage lending has been structured so that regulated mortgage contracts are seen within the wider context of the UK mortgage market as a whole. This approach can be illustrated as follows:

SUP_16_ann_19B.png 

 

Each of these key terms is explained below:

  1. (i) UK mortgage market 

    This refers to all lending secured on land and buildings in the United Kingdom, whether to individuals, housing associations or corporates. However, given the importance of mortgages to individuals we have chosen to look at the market in terms of two components, namely 'residential lending to individuals' and 'other secured lending'. Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK should be reported in ‘other loans’ in section A3 of the MLAR.

  2. (ii) Residential loans to individuals

    This is a discrete category of the mortgage market, and has characteristics (e.g. in terms of products, lending criteria and methods of credit assessments) that are often markedly different from those applying to other types of secured lending (e.g. to corporates).

    It is lending to individuals secured by mortgage on land and buildings where the lender has either a first or second (or subsequent) charge, where at least 40% of the land and buildings is used for residential purposes, and where the premises are for occupation by either the borrower (or dependant), or any other third party (e.g. it includes ‘buy to let’ lending to individuals).

    Only loans where there is a one-to-one correspondence between the loan and a specific security should be included within ‘residential loans to individuals’. Do not include here any residential loans to individuals that are part of a ‘business loans’ type package (involving multiple loans and multiple securities, where there is no one-to-one correspondence between a loan and a specific security), but report them under ‘other secured lending’.

    Regulated mortgage contracts that are secured on UK land are therefore a subset of this market category.

    Examples of non-regulated mortgage contracts which fall under the wider category of residential loans to individuals include: buy-to-let loans and other types of loan where the property is not for use by the borrower (or qualifying dependants). Prior to 21 March 2016, non-regulated mortgage contracts also included second charge mortgage lending.

  3. (iii) Other secured lending 

    This covers all other forms of lending secured on land and buildings in the United Kingdom. Primarily it covers secured lending to corporate bodies (including to housing associations), but it also includes lending to individuals which, although being secured on land and buildings, is not deemed to be residential (e.g. the residential element is less than 40%). A corporate body for this purpose is any entity other than an individual. Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK should be reported in ‘other loans’ in section A3 of the MLAR.

    It also includes any residential lending to an individual that forms part of a ‘business loan’ type package. These arrangements between a lender and a borrower are usually offered by a lender’s specialist business or corporate lending departments. They typically involve a number of loans secured against a range of securities including the borrower’s residential property, business premises and the business itself. Such packages involve no specific one-to-one correspondence between a single loan and a single security, and instead the lender assesses loan cover against the basket of securities in the package. Given the business nature of this type of lending, it would therefore be misleading to try and classify some or all of the loan elements in such cases to any part of ‘residential lending to individuals’, and hence all such lending should be reported under ‘other secured lending’. This is for MLAR reporting purposes only; the actual categorisation or treatment for MCOB purposes remains unchanged.

  4. (iv) Regulated mortgage contract

    This is defined in the Handbook as follows:

    1. (a) (in relation to a contract) a contract which:
      1. (i) (in accordance with article 61(3) of the Regulated Activities Order) at the time it is entered into, meets the following conditions:
        1. (A) a lender provides credit to an individual or to trustees (the ‘borrower’); and
        2. (B) the obligation of the borrower to repay is secured by a mortgage on land in the EEA, at least 40% of which is used, or is intended to be used, in the case of credit provided to an individual, as or in connection with a dwelling; or (in the case of credit provided to a trustee who is not an individual), as or in connection with a dwelling by an individual who is a beneficiary of the trust, or by a related person;
      2. (ii) is not a home purchase plan, a limited payment second charge bridging loan, a second charge business loan, an investment property loan, an exempt consumer buy-to-let mortgage contract, an exempt equitable mortgage bridging loan, an exempt housing authority loan or a limited interest second charge credit union loan within the meaning or article 61A(1) or (2) of the Regulated Activities Order; and
      3. (iii) if the contract was entered into before 21 March 2016:
        1. (A) at the time the contract was entered into, entering into the contract constituted the regulated activity of entering into a regulated mortgage contract; or
        2. (B) the contract is a consumer credit back book mortgage contract within the meaning of article 2 of the MCD Order.
    2. (b) (in relation to a specified investment) the investment, specified in article 88 of the Regulated Activities Order, which is rights under a regulated mortgage contract within (a).

    [Note: articles 3(1)(a) and 4(2) of the MCD]

    Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK, although regulated mortgages, should be reported in ‘other loans’ in section A3 of the MLAR.

     

  5. (v) Second charge regulated mortgage contract

    A second charge regulated mortgage contract is defined in the Handbook as a regulated mortgage contract which is not a first charge legal mortgage. Therefore, it includes second and subsequent charge mortgages.

    Data which is provided in relation to a second charge regulated mortgage contract in A3(a), D (a), E(1)(a), E(2)(a), F(a), or H(a) in SUP 16 Annex 19AAR will also need to be provided as part of the data items in A3, D, E, F or H, as the case may be, in SUP 16 Annex 19AR.

    The guidance on how to submit the data items in A3, D, E, F or H of SUP 16 Annex 19AR applies to A3(a), D(a), E(1)(a), E(2)(a), F(a) or H(a) of SUP 16 Annex 19AAR where the same terms are used in the corresponding parts of SUP 16 Annex 19AAR.

4a. Home reversion and home purchase plans 

Definitions

  1. A home reversion plan

    This is defined in the Handbook as follows:

    (in accordance with article 63B(3) of the Regulated Activities Order) an arrangement comprised in one or more instruments or agreements which meets the following conditions at the time it is entered into:

    1. (a) the arrangement is one under which a person (the reversion provider) buys all or part of a qualifying interest in land from an individual or trustees (the reversion occupier);
    2. (b) the reversion occupier (if he is or she an individual) or an individual who is a beneficiary of the trust (if the reversion occupier is a trustee), or a related person, is entitled under the arrangement to occupy at least 40% of the land in question as or in connection with a dwelling and intends to do so; and
    3. (c) the arrangement specifies that the entitlement to occupy will end on the occurrence of one or more of:

      1. (i) a person in (b) becoming a resident of a care home;
      2. (ii) a person in (b) dying; or
      3. (iii) the end of a specified period of at least twenty years from the date the reversion occupier entered into the arrangement;

      in this definition "related person" means:

    4. (A) that person’s spouse or civil partner;
    5. (B) a person (whether or not of the opposite sex) whose relationship with that person has the characteristics of the relationship between husband and wife; or
    6. (C) the person’s parent, brother, sister, child, grandparent or grandchild.

Guidance to home reversion (HR) and home purchase plan (HPP) firms on the completion of the MLAR

 

It is recognised that HR and HPP products are not loans as such, being effectively sale and lease products. However, in order to use the MLAR as a vehicle for capturing some data on these products, they are to be treated for MLAR purposes as if they were loan products. This means that:

  1. (i) For a firm which is a provider of HR and/or HPP products:
    1. • HR and HPP products are to be included in the balance sheet within A1.6 "Loans to Customers". This may differ from the reporting of such products in a firm's published accounts.
    2. • Within section A3, which contains a further breakdown of "Loans to Customers", HR and HPP products are to be reported within the single category A3.5 "Other Loans".
    3. • As a consequence, the FCA will be able to capture the key balances outstanding on these products (including any which may have been securitised).
  2. (ii) For a firm which is undertaking administration of HR and/or HPP products (and where that firm did not also act as provider of these products):
    1. • HR and HPP products being administered for third parties are to be reported in section G.
    2. • Within G1 and G2 they are to be reported within the "Other firms" category. They should however be shown under "regulated loans" solely for the purposes of recording their administration in the MLAR.
    3. • In section G2.2, when entering the "name of firm" in column 2, add "HR" and/or "HPP" in brackets after the name, as appropriate.
    4.  

4b. Sale and rent back (SRB) agreement business

Definitions 

A regulated sale and rent back agreement

This is defined in the Handbook as follows:

(in accordance with article 63J(3)(a) of the Regulated Activities Order) an arrangement comprised in one or more instruments or agreements, in relation to which the following conditions are met at the time it is entered into:

  1. (a) the arrangement is one under which a person (an agreement provider) buys all or part of the qualifying interest in land in the United Kingdom from an individual or trustees (the "agreement seller"); and
  2. (b) the agreement seller (if they are an individual) or an individual who is the beneficiary of the trust (if the agreement seller is a trustee), or a related person, is entitled under the arrangement to occupy at least 40% of the land in question as or in connection with a dwelling, and intends to do so;

but excluding any arrangement that is a regulated home reversion plan.

Guidance to regulated SRB firms on the completion of the MLAR

This section explains how SRB firms should complete the MLAR.

SRB providers and administrators should complete the following sections of the MLAR:

• Section A (balance sheet);

• Section B (profit and loss account);

• Section C (capital);

• Section J (fees tariff measures): and

• Section K (sale and rent back business).

SRB firms should not complete sections D to H, L or M in respect of their SRB business.

SRB providers should note the following in relation to their reporting of SRB agreements and SRB assets:

In section A

• Do not enter any information on SRB agreements in A1.6 ‘Loans to customers’ or A3.5 ‘Other loans’.

• Report SRB assets in A1.11.

• Report any liabilities incurred in acquiring SRB assets in A2.7.

In section B

• Where applicable, information on SRB agreements should be entered in B2.5 ‘Other loans’.

As a consequence the FCA will be able to capture key information on these products.

5. Accounting conventions 

Unless the contrary is stated in these guidance notes, the return should be compiled using generally accepted accounting practice.

However, information in respect of lending (e.g. balances, advances, interest rates, arrears etc) to be reported in sections D, E, F, G, H and J of the return should not be fair-valued but should be reported as the contractual position (i.e. as between lender and borrower).

All amounts should be shown in one of the reporting currencies accepted by the relevant platform provided by the FCA, unless otherwise specified in the Handbook.

6. Accuracy 

It is expected that entries on the return will be actual values, or in some cases close approximations established or drawn from the firm’s systems and prepared on the basis of being the best information in the time available for their compilation.

If such 'close approximations' are considered by the firm as likely to be materially different from the underlying actual values, the firm should advise its supervisory team of data items affected.

7. Time periods

Where stock figures are required (e.g. balance sheet, capital position) the information is required as at the firm’s accounting reference date and the three quarter ends following this date (see SUP 16.3.13R).

Where flow figures are required, these are either for 3 months only (i.e. the latest quarter) as in for example lending figures in tables D and E, or cumulative in the 'year to date', (e.g. profit and loss in table B), covering the period from the firm’s accounting reference date to the end of the reporting quarter.

8. Loans made before 31 October 2004 

This section does not apply to second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

(i) Classifying the ‘back book’ 

Many loans made before 31 October 2004 became regulated as regulated mortgage contracts on 21 March 2016 or, depending on the nature of the loan and the applicable transitional provisions, on a date no later than 21 March 2017; these loans should be treated as regulated mortgage contracts in the MLAR accordingly. Loans made before 31 October 2004 which continue not to be regulated as regulated mortgage contracts fall into the following categories:

• residential loans to individuals which, for the purposes of the MLAR, should be classified as non-regulated (see Introduction, section 4(ii)); for example at A3.3 and D1.2.

• other secured loans (see Introduction, section 4(iii)); for example at A3.4 and D1.3.

• other loans (see Guidance for A3.5).

The approach to classification for pre-31 Oct 2004 loans will, of necessity, need to be a pragmatic one. We do not, for example, envisage the need to look at individual paper loan files. Rather, we expect the firm to apply its knowledge of its various loan books, products and their characteristics, to come up with some realistic allocation rules. This enables the firm to apply some automatic process to its computerised loan records, and thereby classify individual loans into each of the relevant categories used in the MLAR. Such a process may not be perfect, and it may result in a few loans being wrongly allocated, but it will be sufficient for the purpose.

(ii) Specific treatment of residential loans to individuals

Any loans made before 31 October 2004 that have not become regulated as regulated mortgage contracts, should be reported as non-regulated loans in the various parts of the MLAR.

This reporting basis for loans should continue until such time, if ever, that a subsequent transaction on the loan causes it to be formally treated as a regulated contract.

(iii) Further advances on loans made before 31 October 2004 which have not already become regulated as regulated mortgage contracts

We cannot be prescriptive about whether a further advance (or any other variation) to a pre-31 October 2004 mortgage which has not already become regulated as a regulated mortgage contract (see (i) above) will have the effect of creating a new regulated mortgage contract. Whether a variation amounts to creating a new contract will depend on each lender's individual mortgage documentation. This documentation will differ, possibly significantly, between firms. Each lender will need to review its existing documentation and take a view on the scope that this provides for making changes.

In practice this means that:

• If the lender can make a further advance without creating a new contract (i.e. makes a variation to the existing mortgage contract), then the further advance should be added to the original loan and the combined loan treated as a single loan for MLAR reporting. This combined loan should be reported as ‘non-regulated’;

• If making a further advance creates a new contract, (and this further advance is a regulated mortgage contract) then the correct reporting approach will be determined as follows:

  1. (a) where the original loan was made before 31 October 2004, has not in the meantime become a regulated mortgage contract (for example, because it is not a regulated credit agreement) but would otherwise satisfy the specific requirements of a regulated mortgage contract, and the further advance is documented in a new loan agreement separate from the original loan (and is not a variation to the existing mortgage contract), the original loan and further advance may be treated as one for MLAR reporting, being shown as ‘regulated’ under “Residential loans to individuals”;
  2. (b) where the original loan did not satisfy the defined conditions of a regulated mortgage contract at the time it was entered into and has not in the meantime become a regulated mortgage contract, and the further advance is documented in a new loan agreement separate from the original loan (and is not a variation to the existing mortgage contract), the old loan and further advance will be treated as two separate loans for most aspects of MLAR reporting, the former being ‘unregulated’ while the latter will be reported as ‘regulated’. However, for the LTV and Income Multiple analysis, while the firm should only show the amount of the further advance in the relevant “cell”, the “cell” should be determined by using the total amount of the loan (old loan + further advance) when deciding which LTV band and which Income Multiple band are applicable; and
  3. (c) where the lender decides to combine the original loan and the further advance to create a single new contract that replaces the existing mortgage contract and is a regulated mortgage contract, this should be reported as ‘regulated’.

9. Specific items

  1. (i) Positions to be reported gross

    In general, liabilities and assets should be shown gross, and not netted off (unless there is a legal right of set-off). Thus an account which moves from credit to debit will move from one side of the balance sheet to the other.

    A notable exception to this however concerns the reporting of loan assets, which should follow MIPRU 4.2.14R to MIPRU 4.2.16G. Such assets should be shown in the balance sheet net of linked funding; similarly in other tables where balances are reported on the same basis. Only sections A3, D2, G and H require the reporting of such loan assets on a ‘gross’ basis.

    The treatment of loan assets that are being operated as part of a current account offset mortgage product (or similar products where deposit funding is offset against loan balances in arriving at a net interest cost on the account) will depend on the conditions pertaining to the mortgage product. The balance outstanding on such loans will need to be reported on the basis of the contractually defined balance according to the terms of the mortgage product. This might be the amount of loan excluding any offsetting funds, or it might be the net amount.

  2. (ii) Foreign currencies 

    Firms should report in the currency of their annual audited accounts, where this is Sterling, Euro, US Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Swedish Kroner, Swiss Francs or Yen. Where annual audited accounts are reported in a currency outside those specified above, please translate these values into an equivalent within the list using an appropriate rate of exchange at the reporting date, or where appropriate, at the rates of exchange fixed under the terms of any relevant currency hedging transaction, and use that value in the return. Please report in thousands where stated on the return. Firms should apply the same accounting treatment as for their published accounts.

SECTION A: BALANCE SHEET

Balance sheet analysis

A1, 

A2

The balance sheet is intended to reflect the practices used in compiling published or other accounts, although its format in the MLAR (with 'total assets' and 'total liabilities') will not necessarily be the same as that used by firms in their regular accounts. ‘Loans to customers’ is expected to be the customer balance after any write-offs have been taken.
A1.6Loans to customers may be a non-standard accounting sub-head for some firms whose business is not primarily mortgage related. But since this is an explicit MLAR data requirement, it should be split out from the sub-head under which it is routinely shown in the firm’s other accounts. Include HR and HPP products here.
A1.11Other current assets should include all assets measured at fair value not included in any other asset category on the return. Include any SRB assets here.
A2.1Shareholders' funds should include any unrealised gains or losses resulting from the fair valuation of available-for-sale financial assets, and any fair value gains or losses arising on cash flow hedges of financial instruments measured at cost or amortised cost.
A2.7Other liabilities should include all liabilities measured at fair value not included in any other liability category on the return. Include any liabilities incurred in acquiring SRB assets here.
A3

Analysis of loans to customers

This section recognises that some lenders may have securitised loans on their balance sheet, and hence provides for unsecuritised/securitised loans to be shown separately.

Unsecuritised balances are analysed in terms of three elements: gross loan balances (before deduction of any provisions); provisions balances in respect of those balances; and the net balances after deduction of such provisions.

Securitised balances are analysed in a similar way, except that 'gross' also means before the deduction of any linked non-recourse funding, the amount of which is also to be shown separately.

A3.1-4See Introduction (paragraphs 4(i) to (iv)) for details of the coverage of these terms.
A3.5Other loans refers to any lending secured on land and buildings outside of the UK, any loan for which security is provided other than by land and buildings, together with all unsecured loans (e.g. consumer credit, personal loans, or such loans to corporates). Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK should be reported here.
A3.6It is expected that net balances on unsecuritised loans plus net balances on securitised loans will equal the entry shown at A1.6 in the main balance sheet analysis of assets.

SECTION B: PROFIT & LOSS ACCOUNT

B0

Financial year to date 

In terms of reporting period, the analysis should be compiled on a ‘year to date’ basis, covering successively 3, 6, 9 or 12 months from the firm’s accounting reference date.

B1

Profit & Loss Account 

The P&L section is intended to reflect the practices used in compiling accounts prepared under the Companies Acts, although its format in the MLAR (with explicit focus on financial items such as interest, fees & commissions etc) will not necessarily be the same as that used by firms in their regular accounts.

The reason for this approach is that most lenders to which this section is applicable are mortgage specialists, and as such it is considered desirable to put their P&L format onto a similar basis as that used for banks and building societies.

The analysis therefore requires the firm’s profit & loss account to be re-structured in a way that makes a number of items explicit in the interests of achieving consistency with other reporting firms.

B1.1Focuses on gross profit from non-financial activities
B1.2-1.7Covers a range of income elements which are more closely related to financial activities, including in particular those associated with mortgage lending. In particular B1.7 Other income should include unrealised gains in respect of assets and liabilities which have been measured on a fair value basis.
B1.9-1.13Covers a range of expenditure elements, including those related to non-financial and also to financial (including mortgage related) activities. In particular B1.13 Other expenses should include unrealised losses in respect of assets and liabilities which have been measured on a fair value basis.
B1.15Operating Profit is total income less total expenses.
B1.16Provisions covers write-offs and provisions charges on bad and doubtful debts, (including for example on mortgage loans); any suspended interest (i.e. any interest included in Interest receivable which, through loan default, impairment or otherwise, is deemed unlikely to be received); and any other provisions for contingent liabilities.
B2

Provisions analysis 

This supplementary analysis draws together the key movements in provisions balances from the firm’s accounting reference date up to the reporting quarter end.

The two ‘flow items’, namely write-offs and provisions charges, are those relating to the period from the firm’s accounting reference date up to the reporting date.

The total of provisions charges in line B2.6 (column 3) will not necessarily be the same as the provisions charge in the Profit & Loss analysis at B1.16 (since this latter item may include further provisions against other asset items not included in B2.6, or provisions arising from other sources).

SECTION C: CAPITAL 

INTRODUCTION

The threshold conditions state that the resources of a firm must be adequate in the opinion of the FCA in relation to the regulated activities that the firm seeks to carry on or carries on. In addition, a firm is required to maintain 'adequate financial resources'. A home finance administrator or lender should have adequate capital and funding in order to be able to meet these requirements.

In addition, the FCA and the PRA are required to identify the main risks to their statutory objectives. In assessing firm-specific risks we are required to assess the risks arising from the financial failure of a firm (due to business risks from the external environment, or control risks arising from the firm itself) which might affect both the market and individual customers. The specific FCA objectives that are potentially impacted are those relating to market confidence and consumer protection.

Details provided in this section on Capital are drawn from the appropriate provisions of MIPRU 4 (Capital Resources).

C1-2 CAPITAL RESOURCES

C1 and C2 set out the individual components of eligible capital and the separate deductions that should be made to arrive at capital resources.

Components of eligible capital are:

(1) Share capital

Share capital must be fully paid (i.e. the firm is under no obligation to repay this capital unless and until the firm is wound up) and may include ordinary share capital or preference share capital (excluding preference shares redeemable by shareholders within two years).

See paragraph (7) Subordinated loans below for details of the limits that may apply to the inclusion of redeemable preference shares in capital resources.

(2) Partnership or sole trader capital

Partnership capital is capital made up of the partners’ capital account. The capital account is an account into which capital contributed by the partners is paid and from which, under the terms of the partnership agreement, an amount representing capital may be withdrawn by a partner only if he or she ceases to be a partner and an equal amount is transferred to another such account by his or her former partners or any person replacing him or her as their partner, or the partnership is otherwise dissolved or wound up.

Sole trader capital is the net balance on the firm’s capital account and current account.

(3) Reserves 

Reserves are accumulated profits retained by the firm (after deduction of tax, dividends and proprietors’ or partners’ drawings) and other reserves created by appropriations of share premiums and similar realised appropriations. Reserves also include gifts of capital, for example, from a parent company. For partnerships, reserves include partners’ current accounts according to the most recent financial statement. Reserves must be audited unless the firm is eligible to include unaudited reserves in its capital resources calculation under MIPRU 4.4.2R.

The reserves figure is subject to the following adjustments, where appropriate:

(a) any unrealised gains must be deducted or, where applicable, any unrealised losses added back in on cash flow hedges of financial instruments measured at cost or amortised cost;

(b) any unrealised gains must be deducted or, where applicable, any unrealised losses added back in on debt instruments held in the available-for-sale financial assets category. Any unrealised gains or losses on equities held in the available-for-sale financial assets category should be reported at C1.5;

(c) in respect of a defined benefit occupational pension scheme, any defined benefit asset must be derecognised;

A firm may substitute for a defined benefit liability the firm's deficit reduction amount provided that that election is applied consistently in respect of any one financial year.

(4) Interim net profits and partners’ interim current accounts

A firm is not required to take into account interim net profits. However, if it does, the profits have to be verified by the firm’s external auditors, net of tax, anticipated dividends or proprietors’ drawings and other appropriations unless the firm is eligible to include unverified interim net profits in its capital resources calculation under MIPRU 4.4.2R.

In terms of the verification for inclusion, for the first, second and third financial quarters firms may include interim profits in their MLAR, on the understanding that the firm will obtain the required verification from its external auditors within two months of the financial quarter end. (The FCA may ask for a copy of the verification statement.) For the fourth quarter the FCA will rely on the forthcoming audited accounts as providing verification and accordingly the full year’s profits should be included in the make-up of eligible capital under interim profits in the return.

(5) Revaluation reserve 

Firms should report reserves relating to the revaluation of fixed assets.

(6) General/collective provisions

Firms should report general/collective provisions that are held against potential losses that have not yet been identified, but which experience indicates are present in the firm’s portfolio of assets. Such provisions must be freely available to meet these unidentified losses wherever they arise. General/collective provisions must be verified by external auditors and disclosed in the firm’s annual report and accounts annual report and accounts unless the firm is eligible to include unaudited general and collective provisions in its capital resources calculation under MIPRU 4.4.2R.

(7) Subordinated loans

Subordinated debt (i.e. the amount of principal outstanding before amortisation) must not form part of the capital resources of a firm unless it meets the following conditions:

(1)it has an original maturity of at least five years or is subject to five years’ notice of repayment;
(2)the claims of the subordinated creditors must rank behind those of all unsubordinated creditors;
(3)the only events of default must be non-payment of any interest or principal under the debt agreement or the winding up of the firm;
(4)the remedies available to the subordinated creditor in the event of non-payment or other default in respect of the subordinated debt must be limited to petitioning for the winding up of the firm or proving the debt and claiming in the liquidation of the firm;
(5)the subordinated debt must not become due and payable before its stated final maturity date except on an event of default complying with (3);
(6)the agreement and debt are governed by the law of England and Wales, or of Scotland, or of Northern Ireland;
(7)to the fullest extent permitted under the rules of the relevant jurisdiction, creditors must waive their right to set off amounts they owe the firm against subordinated amounts owed to them by the firm;
(8)the terms of the subordinated debt must be set out in a written agreement or instrument that contains terms that provide for the conditions set out in (1) to (7); and
(9)the debt must be unsecured and fully paid up.

For a mortgage lender or mortgage administrator undertaking business connected to regulated mortgage contracts (unless its Part 4A permission prevents it from undertaking new business), MIPRU 4.4.8R limits the amount of subordinated loans and redeemable preference shares that can be included in eligible capital.

In Table C of the MLAR the firm will deduct from capital resources under item C2.3a any amount by which the subordinated loans and redeemable preference shares exceed the limit in MIPRU 4.4.8R.

Treatment of eligible capital items (listed above) in section C1: 
C1.1

Reserves: include items

• reserves

• revaluation reserves

C1.2

Interim profits: include items

• interim net profits

partners’ interim current accounts

C1.3

Issued capital: include items

share capital

partnership or sole trader capital

C1.3a Subordinated loans
C1.4 General/collective provisions
C1.5

Other eligible capital: includes

• any other item of eligible capital not required to be included in items C1.1 to C1.4, including any unrealised gains or losses on equities held in the available for sale financial assets portfolio.

C1.6

Total eligible capital

This is the sum of the components listed in C1.1 to C1.5.

C2 Deductions from capital 
C2.1Investments in own shares represents any investment in the shares of the company, quantified as fixed assets in the balance sheet.
C2.2Intangible assets are the full balance sheet value of goodwill, capitalised development costs, brand names, trademarks and similar rights and licences.
C2.3Interim net losses refers to the cumulative amount covering the period from the firm’s accounting reference date to the end of the current quarter. All the current year’s losses should be reported. Unpublished losses from the previous accounting period should also be shown here.
C2.3a

Subordinated loan and redeemable preference share restriction

This is the amount of any excess as computed under the restriction explained in paragraph (7) of the C1-2 CAPITAL RESOURCES section above.

C2.4

Other deductions from capital: include

Excess of drawings over profits for partnerships or sole traders: firms should report the difference between the personal drawings of a partnership or sole trader and the profit in the period, where the drawings exceed the profit for the period.

C2.5

Total deductions 

This is the sum of the components listed in C2.1 to C2.4.

C3CAPITAL RESOURCES CALCULATION
C3.1

Capital resources

This is total eligible capital less total deductions (C1.6 to C2.5).

C3.2

Capital requirement

This is the amount calculated in sections C4.6(e) or C5.5(c), whichever is applicable.

C3.3

Surplus/(Deficit) of resources 

This is the capital resources less the capital requirement (C3.1 to C3.2).

C4 

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Capital requirement for a lender, or an administrator with administered assets on its balance sheet 

C4.1The capital requirement for lenders or administrators that have the regulated mortgage contracts that they administer on their balance sheet is asset-based, and the information required is detailed in C4.2 to C4.6.
C4.2Total assets: this is the total value of assets as shown at line A1.12 in section A of the MLAR.
C4.2a 

Assets subject to the credit risk requirement

This is the amount of assets subject to the credit risk requirement computation as shown at line 6A in section L of the MLAR.

This is relevant for a mortgage lender; or mortgage administrator with its administered assets on balance sheet, that undertakes business connected to regulated mortgage contracts and has one or more exposures which satisfy the conditions set out in MIPRU 4.2A.4R.

C4.3

Undrawn commitments

Undrawn commitments means the total of those amounts which a borrower has the right to draw down from the firm but which have not yet been drawn down (see MIPRU 4.2.12R and MIPRU 4.2.13G).

However, undrawn commitments should not be included in the calculation of capital requirements if they have an original maturity of up to one year or if they can be unconditionally cancelled at any time by the lender.

Similarly, existing mortgage offers should not be included in the calculations of capital requirements if the offer has an original maturity of up to one year or can be unconditionally cancelled at any time by the lender.

C4.4 Intangible assets: this is the amount shown at C2.2.
C4.5Total adjusted assets: this is the sum of C4.2 and C4.3, less C4.2a and C4.4.
C4.6 

CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

This section sets out how to calculate the capital requirement for a lender, or an administrator with administered assets on its balance sheet (seeMIPRU 4.2.12R, MIPRU 4.2.18R and MIPRU 4.2.23R):

(a)is the minimum requirement of £100,000;
(b)is 1% of the amount shown as total adjusted assets at C4.5, i.e. the assets that are not subject to the credit risk requirement calculation;
(c)is the credit risk requirement as shown at line 9E in section L of the MLAR;
(d)is the total of (b) and (c); and
(e)is the capital requirement which is the higher of the fixed amount at (a) and the sum shown at (d).
C5 Capital requirements for an administrator not having administered assets on its balance sheet
C5.1 

This section sets out the income-based capital requirements applicable to administrators that do not have the assets that they administer on their balance sheet. The information requirements are detailed in C5.2 – 5.5.

Firms should report the following amounts from both their most recent annual financial statement and their estimated accounts for the current reporting year.

C5.2 

Total income

Firms should report the amount of total income in their most recent (or other) financial statements, and an estimate of income for the current reporting year.

Total income should include both revenue and gains arising in the course of the ordinary activities of a firm. Revenue consists of commissions, fees, net interest income, dividends, royalties and rent. Only gains that are recorded in the profit and loss account should be included in income. What is relevant for the calculation of income is the amount of actual income generated rather than the gross cash streams of any one transaction (see MIPRU 4.3.7R).

C5.3

Relevant adjustments 

The following exceptional items must be deducted from the firm’s total income:

(1)profit on the sale or termination of an operation;
(2)profit arising from a fundamental reorganisation or restructuring having a material effect on the nature and focus of the firm’s operations; and
(3)profits on the disposal of fixed assets, including investments held in long-term portfolio.
C5.4

Total relevant income

Is the sum of C5.2 minus C5.3.

C5.5 

CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

This sets out how to calculate the capital requirement for anadministrators administrator not having administered assets on its balance sheet (see MIPRU 4.2.19R):

(a)is the minimum requirement of £100,000;
(b)is 10% of the amount shown as total relevant income at C5.4 above; and
(c)is the capital requirement which is the higher of the minimum amount at (a) and the calculation shown at (b).

SECTION D1: LENDING – BUSINESS FLOWS AND RATES

D1-D4For details of the terms ‘Residential lending to individuals’ (and regulated/unregulated), and ‘other secured loans’, see Introduction, paragraphs 4 (i) – (iv).
D1 

Loans: Advances/Repayments – Row & Column Analysis 

For the two categories of loan assets, details are requested under various transaction columns that explain the transition from the previous quarter’s balances to the current quarter’s balances.

D1

Loans: Advances/Repayments – Transactions (columns)

Advances made in quarter should include:

(a)instalments released in the quarter for instalment advances;
(b)re-advances, i.e. where previous charge cancelled;
(c)further advances;
(d)in the case of loans that have a facility to draw down extra amounts over and above the sum originally advanced, the total of any further amounts drawn down in the quarter;
(e)the deduction from advances made of advance cheques cancelled;
but should exclude:
(f)the amount of any loan books acquired in the quarter (which should be reported in ‘other debits/credits etc’):
(g)retentions imposed, which should be included as they are released;
(h)sundry debits, i.e. any items not approved and not included in commitments, e.g. insurance debits, fines, insurance guarantees, valuation fees, arrangement fees (unless formally treated as part of loan, that is where such amounts are repaid over the period of the loan);
(i)any movements on overdrafts.
Repayment of principal should include:
(a)repayment of principal including capital repayments, full or partial redemptions and the principal element of the normal monthly payment;
(b)mortgage receipts temporarily posted to investment accounts;
(c)transfers from investment accounts to mortgage accounts;
but should exclude:
(d)the amount of any loan book sold during the quarter (to be reported in ‘other debits/(credits) etc’);
(e)sundry credits to accounts, such as insurance premiums, fines, fees, etc;
(f)advance cheques cancelled;
(g)investment receipts temporarily posted to mortgage accounts;
(h)any movement in overdrafts.
In determining the amount shown under repayment of principal, it is recognised that firms may need to estimate the amount of interest repaid where amounts repaid include both interest and principal, and/or where the amount of interest repayable is not the same as the amount charged (e.g. annual review or deferred interest schemes, or where a loan is not being fully serviced).

Write-offs in quarter

This is the amount of written off mortgage balances in the quarter (and of provisions charged to the income and expenditure account) and is to be on a basis consistent with amounts shown in the firm's published accounts as 'written off' within the analysis of changes in loss provision usually appearing as Notes to the Accounts.

The amount written off may arise for example from:

(a)sale of a property in possession where there is a shortfall; or
(b)a decision to write down the mortgage debt on a loan still on the books. This may arise where the firm has taken the view that it is certain that a loss will arise and that it is prudent to write down the mortgage debt rather than carry the full debt and an offsetting provision. Examples might include certain fraud cases, or where arrangements have been reached with the borrower to reduce the mortgage debt repayable;
(c)the amount should be net of any write-backs in the quarter. If there are more write-backs than write-offs the net figure should be shown as a negative.
Other debits/(credits) and transfers (net) should include: 
(a)interest charged to the loan account in the period;
(b)interest repaid during the period;
(c)amounts charged to loan accounts and amounts received from borrowers in respect of such items as insurance premiums, valuation fees, and fines etc;
(d)mortgage balances acquired following takeover / merger;
(e)loan books acquired from other lenders in the quarter;
(f)loan books sold to other lenders in the quarter;
(g)loan books securitised during the quarter;
(h)the transfer of any securitised assets back onto the balance sheet (e.g. following the closure of a securitised pool of loans);
(i)transfers (net) should include any reclassified loans (e.g. where there has been a change in the use of the land on which the loan is secured to/from residential; or a change in status of loan from/to regulated/non-regulated etc);
(j)all movements on overdrafts (that is, net change in overdraft balances), other than write-offs.

NB: Balances on loan books acquired/sold/securitised should be as at the date of the relevant event and not be subject to any revaluation factors.

Overdraft analysis (final 3 columns of D1):

The term “overdraft” here and in other columns of D1, is used to cover two types of revolving credit facilities: overdrafts and credit cards.

The balance at end of quarter in column 6 is further analysed into loan balances excluding overdrafts and, separately, balances on overdrafts.

The final column in D1 represents the sum total, across all overdraft accounts included in the penultimate column, of the individual credit limits on each such overdraft.

D2 

Loans: Book movements 

The 'transactions in the quarter' columns are analyses of amounts already included within the 'other debits/(credits) and transfers (net)' column of section D1.

(a)'loans acquired' represents balances on any relevant loan books acquired during the quarter from other lenders;
(b)'loans sold' represents balances on any relevant loan book (i.e. parcel of loans) sold during the quarter to another lender;
(c)'loans securitised' represents balances on any loans that the firm has securitised in the quarter. It includes balances on loans subject to securitisation transactions which should follow MIPRU 4.2.14R to MIPRU 4.2.16G. Securitised loans brought back onto the balance sheet in the quarter should also be included and the amount here should be net of them. If the amount of securitised loans brought back onto the balance sheet is greater than the securitised balance then the net figure should be reported as a negative; and
(d)'other' represents the net amount of other transaction amounts included in 'other debits/(credits) and transfers (net)' in D1.

NB: As a result, D2 (item (a) – item (b) – item (c) + item (d)) should equal D1 (item ‘other debits/(credits) and transfers (net)).

The final column 'balance at end quarter on loan assets subject to non-recourse funding' represents all such loan assets (and not just the amount treated as transactions in the quarter), and requires the 'gross amount' of such loan assets to be reported against relevant line item categories. Non-recourse funding can be established either by contract or in-substance. The 'gross amount' is the amount of any such loan that would be shown in a firm's published or other balance sheet as X in the example below:

 gross loan asset=X
 less non-recourse funding=Y
 net loan asset=X-Y
 In the analysis here at D2, it is therefore the gross loan asset at the end of the reporting quarter that should be reported in the final column. Once securitised, it is recognised that end quarter gross balances will not necessarily remain constant (due either to borrower repayments, the possibility of any further advances, or other arrangements for 'topping up' a pool of securitised loans, etc).
D3 

Loans: Interest rates

Basis

Interest rates in this table are nominal annual rates charged to the customer on loan accounts excluding overdrafts (as defined in D1). They should ignore the effect of any interest rate swaps or other hedging contracts that might exist, and also ignore the effect of any offsetting deposit account (as for example in the case of an offset mortgage).

This provides an analysis of weighted average interest rates for the loan assets reported under ’Loans excluding overdrafts’ in column 7 of D1 above. 'Interest rates at end of quarter' (columns 4, 5, and 6 of section D3) means rates applying at least throughout the last day of the quarter, so firms should not use rates which only come into operation at the beginning of the next quarter. Points to note on specific columns are:

 

(1) Balances at end quarter

Accrued interest should be included (even though it is excluded when computing the weighted average rate).

The first 'of which' analysis is designed to obtain information on balances subject to fixed rates of interest and balances subject to variable rates of interest. (The two amounts should add to the balance in column 1). For these purposes:

'fixed' means the rate of interest is fixed for a stated period. It should also include any products with a 'capped rate' (i.e. subject to a guaranteed maximum rate) and any products that are 'collared loans' (i.e. subject to a minimum and a maximum rate). Annual review or stabilised payment loans should be excluded (since the purpose is merely to smooth cash flow on variable rate loans);

'variable' includes all other interest rate bases (i.e. other than those defined above as 'fixed') applying to particular products, including those at, or at a discount or premium to, one of the firm's administered lending rates and those linked to an index. However if any such loan products are subject to a 'capped rate', then treat as 'fixed'.

The second 'of which' analysis is designed to obtain information on loan balances according to whether the nominal annual interest rate charged to the customer at the quarter-end is higher than the prevailing Bank of England Base (or repo) Rate (BBR). For these purposes the BBR is that applying on the last day of the reporting quarter. The analysis is subdivided into four categories:

(a)loan balances where the rate charged is less than 2% above BBR. Include here also all loan balances where the rate charged is less than BBR (as a result the sum of these four columns will equal the figure in the TOTAL column);
(b)loan balances where the rate charged is 2% or up to 3% above BBR;
(c)loan balances where the rate charged is 3% or up to 4% above BBR;
(d)loan balances where the rate charged is 4% or more above BBR.
 (2) Weighted average nominal annual rates
(a)Interest rates reported in Table D3 provide a broad indication of market rates. They should ignore the effect of any interest rate swap or hedging. For each line item the weighted average rate should be derived as follows:
 (i)identify the various nominal/quoted interest rates that apply to elements of this line item; then
 (ii)for each separate nominal/quoted rate, multiply that rate by the amount of end quarter balances (excluding accrued interest) for which that rate applies; and
 (iii)add up the results of (ii) for all the different rates for this line item; and
 (iv)divide the total calculated in (iii) by the corresponding end quarter balance in column 1, 2 or 3 less accrued interest (against the line item concerned).
 NB: in the 'of which' analysis that requires separate reporting of weighted 'fixed' and 'variable' rates, a cross check for each row is that the weighted average nominal rate on all balances is equal to the weighted average of the reported fixed and variable rates in the subsequent two columns.
D3.1 – 3.8

Other Points

The interest rate to be used is the rate charged to the loan account, which in certain circumstances will differ from the interest rate 'payable' by a borrower. These circumstances include deferred interest loans, interest roll-up loans, annual review schemes or where the loan is not performing.

Advances in quarter refers to the same amount as covered under 'advances in quarter' in the Loans: Advances/Repayments analysis in Section D1 above.

D4

Loans: Commitments (columns)

Commitments made since end of previous quarter

should include:

(a)the aggregate of formally agreed advances (whether or not the mortgage offer has been accepted by the prospective borrower), including amounts recommended for retention, all instalment elements, and further advances;
but should exclude:
(b)commitments from previous quarters that have been cancelled in the current quarter;
(c)retentions imposed and subsequently not released;
(d)instalment commitments that have not been taken up;
(e)advance cancellations that are not re-issued;
(f)sundry debits, e.g. insurance debits, fines, insurance guarantees, valuation fees, arrangement fees etc (unless formally treated as part of the loan, that is where such amounts are repaid over the period of the loan).

Cancellations in quarter

Includes (b), (c), (d) and (e) above.

Advances made in quarter

This refers to the same amount as covered under ‘advances in quarter’ in section D1 above.

Other debits/(credits) and transfers (net) 

This is unlikely to be needed on a routine basis. It is intended to cover less frequent events such as loan commitments acquired on merger with another firm or acquisition of a loan book; or transferred on sale of a package of loans; or where 'commitments outstanding' need adjusting for reasons not attributable to other columns.

SECTION E: RESIDENTIAL LOANS TO INDIVIDUALS - New business profile

E1-6 

Gross advances in quarter

Covers actual advances made in the quarter. For these purposes separate advances (e.g. stage payments) made in the period on the same mortgage should count as a single advance for the 'number' column in sections E3, E4, E5 and E6.

NB: 'gross advances' should be compiled on the same basis as in section D1 above and therefore relevant totals for each section in E1 to E6 should also agree with the amount of gross advances reported in D1.

E3-6 

Balances outstanding 

Covers balances at end of the quarter. Relevant sub-totals should agree with corresponding balances shown under ‘Loans excluding overdrafts’ in column 7 of D1.

E1/2 

By Income Multiple and LTV (Loan to Valuation ratio)

The amount to be included in the table is the gross advance, but its allocation to a specific cell is determined according to income multiple and LTV which are both defined using the size of the loan (as defined below).

For second charge regulated mortgage contracts, the calculation of income multiples and LTVs are to also include the outstanding balance of the first charge regulated mortgage contract and any higher priority second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

E1/2

By Income Multiple and LTV

Income multiple based on single or joint incomes 

For this analysis, 'income' should be taken as gross annual income before tax or any other deductions.

The loan should first of all be categorised to 'single' or 'joint' income basis, and the income multiple calculated as described below:

(i)

Single income basis. This means only one person's income was taken into account when making the lending assessment/decision.

The income multiple here is the total loan amount divided by the borrower's total income (total of the borrower's main income and any other reckonable income, e.g. overtime, to the extent that the firm takes such additional income into account in whole or in part).

(ii)

Joint income basis. This means that two or more persons' incomes were used in the lending assessment/decision.

The income multiple here is the total loan amount divided by the aggregate income of the two or more borrowers.

(iii)Other. This category is to be used when the loan assessment is based, only partly or not at all, on one or more persons' incomes. Thus include here:

Under Single Income section (E1.6/E1.13)

Buy to let loans where the loan assessment is based on the rental yield of the property (but not buy to let loans based solely on one or more persons’ incomes which should be shown against the relevant income multiple category);

Lifetime mortgages since in most if not all instances, the concept of a supporting income is not applicable;

Other products (no current examples)

Under Joint Income section (E2.6/E2.13)

Business loans, where typically the loan assessment will be based on mixed sources of business/personal income or perhaps just on the capacity of a person’s business to support the loan;

Other products that have similar characteristics, that is where the loan assessment is based on either mixed income sources or non-personal incomes.

(iv)

Not evidenced. This 'of which' analysis applies to loans made on the basis of one or more persons' incomes, and therefore should exclude any loans reported in "Other" (defined in (iii) above).

It covers loans where: the lender has no independent documentary evidence to verify income (e.g. as provided by an employer's reference, a bank statement, a salary slip, a P60, or audited/certified accounts.

For the purpose of income multiples, the multiple is of loan to income where loan is as defined below.

Loan to valuation ratio LTV

Should be based on the following:

(i)loan is defined for:
 (a)new borrowers - as the amount of actual advance or, in the case of loans where the amount advanced in the period is less than the total amount of the loan which the firm has agreed to lend (for example loans with additional drawing facilities or loans involving instalments/stage payments/retentions), is the amount of committed advance (including any committed drawing facilities);
 (b)existing borrowers - as the total amount of debt outstanding including the further advance plus any committed drawing facilities at the time of the further advance;
 and will include MIG ("mortgage indemnity guarantee"), building and other insurance premiums and other sundry items if these are included in the amount advanced;
(ii)valuation is to be taken as the most recent valuation of the property which is subject to the mortgage (the existence of additional collateral on any other property should be ignored when calculating LTV). For these purposes, "recent valuation" can either be based on an actual valuation, or an estimated valuation using indexed valuation methodology applied to an original actual valuation. In the case of staged construction or self-build schemes, valuation means 'expected final value of the property' at the time the firm is committed to making the loan (i.e. takes the lending decision).
E3 

Credit history

This seeks to categorise lending in terms of a borrower’s previous credit history, as measured at the point when the new advance is made. For these purposes, it is only necessary to establish a borrower’s credit history at a single point in time, i.e. at the time of making the loan. In practice this will usually be done at the ‘offer’ stage of making a loan. It is not intended that credit history should be reassessed after the loan has been made. However, if a further advance is made, then it will be necessary to re-assess.

In particular the aim is to separately identify under the heading 'Impaired credit history', those loans where it appears that the borrower has some form of adverse credit history:

(i)at the point when the new advance is made and the loan is reported under 'Gross advances';
(ii)subsequently for reporting under 'Balances outstanding', the amount of the loan at the quarter end to such a borrower (who at the point when the present loan was advanced, was deemed to have had an adverse credit history).
However, if there is subsequently a further advance on the loan (which will be reported under ‘Gross advances’ in E3), this is an occasion to re-assess the borrower’s credit history. At that stage, the total amount of the loan (including further advance) should be classified under ‘Balances outstanding’ on the basis of the credit history as determined at the time of making the further advance. This means that the further advance and total loan amount will be reported on a consistent basis.
E3.1 

Impaired credit history

If any of the following conditions are met at the time of making the loan, the borrower should be reported as having an impaired credit history:

(i)arrears on a previous (or current) mortgage or other secured loan within the last two years, where the cumulative amount overdue at any point reached three or more monthly payments;
(ii)arrears on a previous (or current) unsecured loan within the last two years, where the cumulative amount overdue at any point reached three or more monthly payments;
(iii)one or more county court judgments (CCJs), with a total value greater than £500, within the last three years;
(iv)being subject to an Individual voluntary arrangement (IVA) at any time within the last three years;
(v)being subject to a bankruptcy order at any time within the last three years;

but firms should not include technical arrears as part of the above definition. Technical arrears means circumstances where the borrower has been the victim of a banking error giving rise to late payment.

NB: In (i) to (v), firms should ignore whether the borrower has subsequently paid off arrears, or has satisfied/discharged a CCJ or IVA or bankruptcy.

In the case of loans involving two or more borrowers, the impaired credit test is whether any one of the borrowers individually meets any of the five listed impaired credit conditions.

E4 

Payment type

This section analyses loans in terms of how the borrower is contractually expected to service the loan, and is split into four categories:

• repayment;

• interest only;

• combined; and

• other.

E4.1Repayment (capital and interest) This is the traditional payment option available to borrowers. Such loans involve regular periodic payments covering interest for the period and some repayment of capital.
E4.2

Interest only

This is the type of loan which requires the borrower to make regular payments of interest only (i.e. without any obligation to make periodic payments of capital). It includes 'endowment' type loans, others having an independent ultimate repayment vehicle (e.g. PEP, ISA or pension mortgages), as well as other interest-only loans where there is either no specific ultimate repayment vehicle in place or where the lender does not formally require one to be in place.

E4.3 

Combined

This section is for loans where both of the above payment types are in place (i.e. part of the loan is ‘repayment’, and part is ‘interest only’).

E4.4

Other

This category will contain loans where no regular periodic payment obligation is in place, for example secured overdraft facilities or secured credit cards, and lifetime mortgages.

E5 

By drawing facility

These are loans which include an option to draw down further amounts (i.e. where, at the outset of the loan, extra drawing rights exist over and above the original amount advanced, but not those arising only in relation to previous overpayments).

The drawing facility category is also meant to indicate a facility that is only exercisable by the borrower (e.g. via a cheque book, on line transaction or on demand). It would therefore not apply to situations where a loan is merely subject to retentions or stage payments, since the borrower does not have a draw-down option that they can exercise.

E5.1

Extra drawing facility

These are loans which in general are structured as follows:

Example structure when flexible loan contract agreed 

   Amount of loan advanced£65,000
   Amount of extra drawing facility agreed to (but not advanced at outset of loan)£15,000
   Total loan facility up to£80.000
E5.1

(a) Loans including unused facility

This means the total loan facility i.e. the sum of the amount of loan advanced and the amount of extra drawing facility agreed (but not advanced at the outset of the loan):

(i)gross advances in quarter should detail those loans that include an extra drawing facility: show the number and amount of such loans;
(ii)loans outstanding means the end quarter balances (on original advance plus any subsequent draw downs) plus the residual amount of any unused drawing facility that remains available to the borrower: show the number and amount of such loans.
 (b) Unused facility This is the amount of the extra drawing facility that has not been drawn down by the borrower:
(i)gross advances in quarter should detail the unused facility element of such loans: show the amount;
(ii)loans outstanding means the end quarter balances of any unused extra drawing facility that remains available to the borrower: show the amount.
 

(c) Net loans

This can be calculated by subtracting the entry in row b) from the entry in row a).

E5.2

Loans with no extra drawing facility 

Firms should report all other loans here.

E5.3

TOTAL

This figure should be calculated as follows:

 (i)for 'Number' by adding E5.1(a) and E5.2, and
 (ii)for 'Amount' by adding E5.1(c) and E5.2.
E6 By purpose
E6.1/2 

House purchase

Loans where the borrower is purchasing a house (or flat etc). Firms should include stage payments on such transactions here and not in 'further advances'. A distinction is drawn between loans for house purchase where the purpose is for owner occupation, or for buying with a view to letting ('buy to let').

Loans for owner occupation are required to be sub divided into those to first time buyers (FTBs, that is where the tenure of the main borrower immediately before this advance was not owner-occupier) and those to other buyers.

E6.2

Buy to let (BTL)

Such loans typically involve the borrower purchasing a residential property with the intention of letting it out on a rental basis.

The majority of BTL loans will be those used by the borrower to acquire a property with the intention of letting it on a commercial basis to unrelated third parties. That is to persons who, in relation to the borrower, are not ‘related persons’ (where ‘related persons’ are those set out in subsections (A), (B) and (C) of section 4 (iv) of the Introduction). These BTL loans are not regulated mortgage contracts and hence should be shown in columns 5 to 8 of E6.2 under ‘Non regulated loans’.

However, where a BTL loan is used by the borrower to acquire a residential property that will be occupied by a related person, such a loan will normally be a regulated mortgage contract (providing it satisfies the other requirements of a regulated mortgage contract) and should therefore be shown in columns 1 to 4 of E6.2 under ‘Regulated loans’. An example of such a loan is where a parent buys a house or flat for use by a student son or daughter, with a plan to take in other students on a rental basis.

Further advances and remortgages on any BTL loans should be included within E6.2.

E6.3

Further advances and drawdowns

A further loan (either as a further advance, or as a second charge loan where the firm has the first charge) to an existing borrower of the firm, secured on the same property; or a drawdown on a flexible mortgage.

The underlying purpose of the further advance or drawdown is not relevant and could include e.g. purchasing freehold interest in a currently owned leasehold property; buying a second property on the security of the first; as a consumer loan fully secured on residential property.

However, further advances and drawdowns on existing buy to let loans, and on lifetime mortgage loans should instead be reported against E6.2 and E6.6 respectively.

E6.4/5

Re-mortgage

Loans where the borrower is not moving house but is refinancing an existing loan, either one already with the firm or one from another lender. The whole amount of the new advance should be classified as a 're-mortgage' even if it is larger than the existing loan.

Re-mortgages from another lender are well understood, and need no further comment.

But a ‘re-mortgage’ by one of a firm’s existing borrowers (i.e. ‘own borrower’ in E6.4) will not always be transacted in exactly the same way by different lenders. The following comments are designed to provide some illustrative examples, and indicate how the actual transaction between lender and borrower should be reported:

Example 1: borrower changes from variable rate to fixed rate, with loan amount unchanged, at say £100k. Some lenders' systems formally treat this as a redemption and a new loan advance which is reportable under "advances" in D1 (in which case report as "re-mortgage" under this analysis of advances in E6), but other lenders treat it as an interest variation and not as a new advance (so not included in advances in D1 or E).

Example 2: borrower changes from variable rate to fixed rate and takes out additional loan at the same time, say extra £25k on top of existing £100k. Some lenders will treat as a redemption of £100k and a new advance of £125k (in which case the £125k is a re-mortgage), but others may treat as two loans (with first loan regarded as just subject to an interest rate variation, and the extra loan as a "further advance").

• It is recognised that practices vary among lenders when it comes to further advances or re-mortgages. What is important is that the actual transaction between the lender and the borrower is reflected in the MLAR.

• Thus if a firm genuinely treats the advance of new money as a further advance (perhaps setting up a second sub-account), then that should be reported as such (e.g. at E6.3).

• However if the old loan is formally replaced with a new loan (at the same or increased size) and this is reported in "advances" in D1, then the new loan should similarly be reported in E, and in E6.4 shown as a "re-mortgage".

NB: However, re-mortgages on existing buy to let loans, and on lifetime mortgage loans, should instead be reported against E6.2 and E6.6 respectively.

E6.6

Lifetime mortgages

(i) Regulated loans: Lifetime mortgages (columns 1 to 4) 

This is defined in the Handbook as follows:

 

  
(1)an article 3(1)(b) credit agreement or a regulated mortgage contract which is not a retirement interest-only mortgage, under which:
(a)entry into the mortgage is restricted to older customers above a specified age; and
(b)the lender may or may not specify a mortgage term, but will not seek full repayment of the loan (including interest, if any, outstanding) until the occurrence of one or more of the specified life events; and
(c)while the customer continues to occupy the mortgaged land as their main residence:
 (i) no instalment repayments of the capital and no payment of interest on the capital (other than interest charged when all or part of the capital is repaid voluntarily by the customer) are due or capable of becoming due; or
 (ii) although interest payments may become due, no full or partial repayment of the capital is due or capable of becoming due; or
 (iii) although interest payments and partial repayment of the capital may become due, no full repayment of the capital is due or capable of becoming due; or
(2)an MCD exempt lifetime mortgage which is not a retirement interest-only mortgage.
  

(ii) Non- regulated loans: ‘Lifetime mortgage’ (columns 5 to 8)

Loans to be included under these columns include:

• loans having broadly similar characteristics to those set out in (i)(a), (b) and (c) above, but which were advanced before 31 October 2004. Such loans will usually have been known as ‘equity release loans’;

• loans made after 31 October 2004, which whilst not satisfying the full criteria needed to be classed as a regulated mortgage contract (e.g. since a second but not a first charge is taken), nonetheless match the characteristics set out in (i)(a), (b) and (c) above.

(iii) Further advances and re-mortgages on any of the loans described in (i) and (ii) above, should be included within E6.6
E6.7 

Other

Would include for example where a borrower is not moving house but takes a loan on the security of his previously unmortgaged property.

SECTION F: LENDING - ARREARS ANALYSIS 

Introduction 

The guidance notes in this section serve two purposes: they provide guidance for

  1. (i) ItemsF1 to F5 shown in MLAR table F.

    For these sections, the analysis of lending refers to on-balance sheet loan assets only, but excluding overdrafts (i.e. as included under ‘Loans excluding overdrafts’ in column 7 of section D1 of table D).

    The responsibility for completing table F lies with the authorised lender, irrespective of whether the lender administers the loans itself or out-sources the administration elsewhere. The information should therefore appear as part of the lender’s MLAR.

  2. (ii) ItemsH1 to H5 shown in MLAR table H.

    For these sections, which cover reporting of arrears by firms with a mortgage administrator's activity, the analysis should include arrears in respect of the types of residential loans to individuals set out in the guidance notes for table G, but only where the firm is acting as 'principal administrator'. For guidance on items H1 to H5 see corresponding guidance against items F1 to F5. Similarly references in the guidance notes to any items F1 to F5 should also be read as referring to items H1 to H5 when completing table H.

F1 – F4

Arrears categorisation by type of loan

For these sections, the analysis of lending is divided into two main types:

(i)residential loans to individuals (split between regulated and non-regulated business);
(ii)all other secured loans.

The analysis is based on expressing the amount of arrears on each loan as a percentage of the customer’sbalance outstanding on the loan, allocating cases to relevant arrears bands, providing details of cases moving up into more serious arrears bands in the quarter, and giving information on loan performance during the quarter. (In cases where there is more than one loan secured on a single property, these should be amalgamated, where possible, in reporting details of arrears cases.)

Definitions of terms used above, and those related to them, are given below in sections having side headings numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

F1.6/ F2.6 & F3.6/ F4.6 In possession:cases should be included here where the property is taken in possession (through any method e.g. voluntary surrender, court order ). For development loans in particular, cases should also be included where the appointment of a receiver and/or a manager has been made, or where the security is being enforced in other ways (which may or may not also involve the existence of arrears e.g. building finance case with interest roll-up, no arrears, but a current valuation is less than the outstanding debt).

1. Balance outstanding (columns 3 and 6)

1.1 This is the amount of total debt at the reporting date, and should comprise the total amount outstanding (after deducting any write-offs but without deduction for any provisions) in respect of:

(i)the principal of the advance (including any further advances made);
(ii)interest accrued on the advance (but only up to the reporting date), including any interest suspended;
(iii)any other sum which the borrower is obliged to pay the firm and which is due from the borrower, e.g. fees, fines, administration charges, default interest and insurance premiums;
and is intended to be consistent with the basis used for presentation of gross balances outstanding shown in the balance sheet section of the return (i.e. at A3 Column 1 for on-balance sheet or unsecuritised balances, and at A3 column 4 for securitised balances), with the addition for tables F and H of any interest suspended not included in the balance sheet.

2. Amount of arrears (columns 2 and 4)

2.1 Arrears will arise through the borrower failing to service any element of his debt obligation to the firm, including capital, interest, fees, fines, administrative charges, default interest or insurance premiums.

2.2 At the reporting date, the amount of arrears is the difference between:

(i)the accumulated total amounts of (monthly or other periodic) payments due to be received from the borrower; and
(ii)the accumulated total amount of payments actually made by the borrower.
2.3 Only amounts which are contractually due at the reporting date should be included in 2.2(i) above. That is:
(i)include accrued interest only up to the reporting date but not beyond; and
(ii)only include a proportion of any annual insurance premium if the firm permits such amounts to be paid in periodic instalments. However if the terms of the loan or the lender’s practice are such as to permit insurance premiums to be added to the loan principal then do not treat such amounts as contractually due;
(iii)similarly, where 'any other sum' has been added to the loan (see 1.1 (iii) above), only include such proportions as are contractually due (e.g. if it is the practice in particular circumstances to add the sum/charge to the loan and require repayment over the residual term of the loan);
(iv)in assessing 'payments due' when a borrower has a flexible loan, it is important to apply the contractual terms of the loan: for example, payment holidays which satisfy the terms of the loan should not be treated as giving rise to an arrears position;
(v)do not however include 'Deeds Store' loans in the arrears figures (that is, loans where the debt is de minimis e.g. £100, but the borrower still has insurance premiums to pay and perhaps some instalments are overdue).

2.4 In the case of annual review schemes the 'payment due to be received' under 2.2(i) is that calculated under the scheme. This may well differ from the amount charged to the account but should not of itself give rise to any arrears, providing the borrower is making the level of payments advised by the firm. The same principles apply to deferred interest products - if the borrower is making the payments that are required under the loan arrangements then he or she is not in arrears, even though the debt outstanding is increasing.

2.5 Where a firm makes a temporary 'concession' to a borrower (i.e., an agreement with the borrower whereby monthly payments are either suspended or less than they would be on a fully commercial basis) for a period, the amounts included in 2.2(i) are those contractually due (and at commercial rates of interest). Hence the borrower will continue to be in arrears and the level of arrears will in fact continue to increase until such time as he or she is able fully to service the debt outstanding.

2.6 Where the terms of the loan do not require payment of interest (or capital) until a stated date or until redemption or until certain conditions are triggered, as for example in the case of certain building finance loans, then the loan is not in arrears until such time as contractual repayments are overdue. There may be circumstances however where, even though the loan is not in arrears, it falls to be reported under F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 or F4.6. (See notes on F1.6/F2.6/F3.6/F4.6 at the beginning of Section F.)

2.7 The reporting treatment of cases where arrears have been capitalised is dealt with in section 3 below.

2.8 Where a 'capitalisation' case has at one time been correctly removed as fully performing (see section 3) but at some later time defaults, then this should be treated as a new default and the amount of arrears taken as that arising from this new default. That is, the previously capitalised arrears should not be reinstated as current arrears.

 

3. Capitalisation of arrears and reporting criteria

3.1 By 'capitalisation' we mean a formal arrangement agreed with the borrower to add all or part of a borrower's arrears to the amount of outstanding principal (i.e. advance of principal including further advances less capital repayments received during the period of the loan) and then treating that amount of overall debt as the enlarged principal. This enlarged principal is then used as the basis for calculating future monthly payments over the remaining term of the loan. Where less than the full amount of arrears is capitalised (or indeed where none of the arrears is capitalised) then, providing there are arrangements made for the borrower to repay the non-capitalised arrears over a shorter period ranging for example from 3 to 18 months, this type of arrangement should also be regarded as an equivalent of 'capitalisation'.

3.2 The decision to 'capitalise' (or treat as if capitalised) is a business decision between the firm and the borrower. However for the purposes of consistency in reporting arrears cases in table F (and reporting capitalisations in section F5) the following reporting criteria should be used where a firm has capitalised the loan (or treated as if capitalised) and reset the monthly payment:

(i)such an arrears case should continue to be included in sections F1 – F4 as an arrears case until the loan has been 'fully performing' (see (ii) below) for a period of six consecutive months (any temporary increase in arrears during this qualifying period has the effect of requiring six consecutive months of fully performing after such an event). Until that time it should be included in table F, and be allocated to the arrears band applicable at each reporting date as if 'capitalisation' had not taken place;
(ii)for these purposes a loan is considered to be 'fully performing' only where the borrower has been meeting all obligations on the loan with regard to repayments of principal, interest (at a normal mortgage rate on the full balance outstanding, including as appropriate any relevant past arrears), any payment towards clearing past arrears as agreed with the firm and any default payments due levied in respect of previous missed repayments. That is, amounts may be either added to the principal of the loan or otherwise repaid over a shorter period than the residual term of the mortgage, as agreed between firm and borrower. But then this revised payment schedule must be fully maintained for a six month period before the arrears can qualify to be treated as capitalised for reporting purposes and hence removed from the arrears cases in table F;
(iii)arrears cases qualifying as 'fully performing' under (ii) should then be omitted from sections F1-F4, and should then be reported in section F5 for the same reporting period during which the removal occurs.
 

4. Cases entering higher (i.e. more serious) arrears band in quarter (columns 1 to 3)

This refers to those cases now included in a particular arrears band which may have been classified in a less severe (i.e. lower numerical) band at the end of the previous quarter, but which have deteriorated sufficiently during the quarter to move to a more severe arrears band. This would mean, for example, that cases that were previously excluded from the arrears table being less than 1.5% in arrears would now be entered in the '1.5 < 2.5%' arrears band (i.e. greater than 1.5% and less than 2.5%) in F1.1, and F1.6 (and F2.6/F3.6/F4.6) will show details of those cases taken into possession during the quarter which were previously classified as in arrears under any of F1.1-1.5 (or F 2.1-2.5/3.1-3.5/4.1-4.5, as the case may be). Cases which have improved during the quarter and which could now be classified in a less severe arrears band should not be included in these 3 columns.

 

5. Number (of cases) (Columns 1 and 4)

5.1 In cases where there is more than one loan secured on a single property, these should be amalgamated, where possible, in reporting details of arrears cases.

5.2 In cases involving, for example, arrears on loans to property developers (which would come under F4), the loan should count as a single case in the number column irrespective of the number of properties on the development itself.

 

6. Performance of current arrears cases (column 7) 

6.1 This analyses all those arrears cases included in columns 4 to 6 and gives a measure of performance covering all of the loans in a particular arrears band at the end of the quarter. The measure, which compares 'actual' with 'expected' payments, is required to be calculated for a single time period: the 3 months covered by the firm's latest financial quarter. For this time period, the performance measure should be calculated as a percentage as follows:

total of 'payments received' from borrowers x 100 total of 'payments due' from borrowers

where:

(i)'payments due' means amounts due under normal commercial terms (and not the lesser amounts which may have been agreed as part of any temporary arrangement) fully to service the loans: that is the balances outstanding including those elements referred to in 1.1 above such as insurance, fees and fines. (If for some reason this is not readily available then a suitable approximation can be derived for each relevant quarter by applying one quarter of the annual interest rate to the appropriate balance outstanding, and adding in other payments due for example insurance, fees and fines); and
(ii)'payments received' should be limited to regular repayment of interest, capital and other sundry charges to the loan account, and should exclude abnormal repayments (e.g. sale proceeds of property in possession, and large lump sum repayment of part or all of the outstanding balance). The reasoning behind this is that excess payments on one or more arrears cases would otherwise have the effect of compensating for underpayment on other arrears cases and, as a result, give an overstated performance measure. Therefore, in compiling aggregate payment received figures (as part of the payment performance ratio) the contribution from an individual loan in arrears should be limited to no more than the 'payment due' amount.

6.2 The amount to be entered on the return is a percentage to 2 decimal places. Given the limitation described in 6.1 (ii), it cannot exceed 100%.

6.3 In calculating the performance measure on possession cases (F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 and F4.6), the following points are relevant:

(i)'payments received': in many cases these may be nil, but not always since the property in possession may be let out and a rental income received. In each case the payment received should be included for the purposes of calculating the performance measure;
(ii)'payments due': in recognition of the fact that amounts of interest will still be charged to the borrower’s account, then the 'payments due' should be calculated as three months’ interest at normal commercial rates of interest;
(iii)however, in F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 and F4.6, it is likely that the performance measure will in most instances be zero;
(iv)the relevance of the above however, is that 'payments due' on possession cases need to be computed in order to feed into the overall performance measure at F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 and F4.6.
 6.4 The overall measure of performance at F1.7 (and similarly at F2.7, F3.7 and F4.7) includes possessions, and is the ratio of:
(i)‘payments received’ on all cases in F1.1 to F1.6
(ii)‘payments due’ on all cases in F1.1 to F1.6 The same approach should be used for F2.7, F3.7 and F4.7.
F5

Arrears management 

Number of sales/Number of (arrears) cases

In cases where there is more than one loan secured on a single property, these should be amalgamated where possible in reporting details of possession cases sold during the period in F5 (column 1), and details of arrears cases in F5 (columns 3 and 4).

Balance outstanding

In F5 (columns 2 and 5) this is as defined in section F/1 paragraph 1.1 (including in the case of properties sold the costs of sale where these have been debited to the borrower's account), and should be the balance at the end of the quarter.

Possession sales during quarter

Firms should include in F5 (columns 1 and 2) all properties sold in the quarter irrespective of whether losses have occurred.

Capitalisation of arrears cases in quarter

Details should be given in respect of those cases which, having previously been in the reported figures in table F on arrears, have now been capitalised (or treated as if capitalised), have satisfied certain performance criteria for six months, and have been removed during the latest quarter from the arrears figures which now appear in sections F1 – F4. See paragraph 3 of section F of the guidance notes.

Cases involving temporary concession or arrangement

In respect of the number of cases in arrears at the end of the quarter (i.e. reported in F1 to F4.7), details should be given of those cases for which the lender has taken steps to assist the borrower in some way.

Specifically, firms should state in how many cases a temporary concession has been made (see paragraph 2.5 in Section F), and in how many cases a formal arrangement to capitalise has been made (see paragraph 3.1 in section F, which also includes within the term 'arrangement' the example of a borrower making increased monthly payments to reduce some or all existing arrears). The balancing number should be shown in the next column 'No concession/arrangement'.

SECTION G: MORTGAGE ADMINISTRATION – BUSINESS PROFILE 

Introduction 

Article 61 of the Regulated Activities Order establishes administering a regulated mortgage contract as a regulated activity. This applies equally to those firms that are lenders, and those whose principal business is to undertake mortgage administration on behalf of third parties.

For firms that are authorised as mortgage administrators only, the information sought in this section will enable the appropriate regulator to establish the extent and nature of the firm’s mortgage administration business. The appropriate regulator will be able to assess the potential risks posed by the firm’s business activities and tailor its regulatory response accordingly.

A mortgage administrator is a firm with permission (or which ought to have permission) for administering a regulated mortgage contract and where, as defined in article 61(3)(b) of the Regulated Activities Order, administering a regulated mortgage contract consists of either or both of:

• notifying the borrower of changes in interest rates or payments due under the contract, or of other matters of which the contract requires them to be notified; and

• taking any necessary steps for the purposes of collecting or recovering payments due under the contract from the borrower;

But a person is not to be treated as administering a regulated mortgage contract merely because they have or exercise, a right to take action for the purposes of enforcing the contract (or to require that such action is or not taken).

You should note that this section applies to firms with just a mortgage administrator’s activity and those with both a mortgage lender’s and mortgage administrator’s activity.

You should also note, however, that if you have both a mortgage lender’s activity and a mortgage administrator’s activity to administer your own book and do not have any off-balance sheet loans to administer, then you should answer only the first question of section G of the MLAR (“Do you need to complete tables G and H?”), leaving the rest of section G and section H blank.

‘Principal’ and ‘Other’ Administrators

Because of the extent of specialisation and separation of activities in the provision of mortgage lending and administration services, we need to identify whether a firm that is authorised as a mortgage administrator is acting for MLAR purposes as a ‘principal administrator’ or as an ‘other administrator':

Principal administrator: this is where your firm:

(a) is administering its own off-balance sheet mortgages; or

(b) is authorised to undertake a mortgage administrator’s activity, and is exercising that activity on behalf of either a lender or another person that is not itself authorised to undertake a mortgage administrator’s activity, or has entered into a contract to do so but has outsourced the mortgage administrator’s activity to another person.

Other administrator: this is where your firm is undertaking loan administration for either a lender or another firm which itself is also authorised to undertake a mortgage administrator’s activity. In this situation, your firm is not regarded as the ‘principal administrator’, and you are merely acting on behalf of an authorised mortgage administrator.

G1 

Mortgage contracts administered at end-quarter

Where your firm is acting as Principal administrator (columns 1-3)

Collects data on mortgage contracts administered as at the end of the quarter, but only where you are formally acting as principal in exercising a mortgage administrator’s activity. It therefore excludes the reporting of:

• any loan administration where you, being a firm without a mortgage administrator’s activity, are merely providing an outsourced service for a third party which does have a mortgage administrator’s activity; and

• any loan administration where you, a firm having a mortgage administrator’s activity, are acting as agent and providing an outsourced service for a third party which itself has a mortgage administrator’s activity.

If you also have a mortgage lender’s activity, then you should treat your own on and off-balance sheet loans as follows:

 (i)your firm’s on-balance sheet loans should be excluded from G1.1 a) and G1.2 a). These items will therefore only include loans administered for third party lenders who do not themselves have a mortgage administrator’s activity;
 (ii)your firm’s off-balance sheet loans should be included in G1.1 c) and G1.2 c). These will be the loans you have shown in section A3 ‘Securitised balances’ under ‘gross balances’. (These items G1.1 c) and G1.2 c) will also include loans you administer for other special purpose vehicles where you are formally exercising your mortgage administrator’s activity).
 

Where your firm is acting as Other administrator (columns 4-6)

Record under these columns all of the mortgage contracts administered at the end of the quarter where you are not acting as a principal administrator.

G1.1 

Number of loans 

You should detail the number of regulated mortgage contracts administered as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other persons (including unauthorised purchasers of your off-balance sheet mortgages for whom you administer mortgages) and for special purpose vehicles.

You should also detail the number of non-regulated loans administered as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other persons (including unauthorised purchasers of your off-balance sheet mortgages for whom you administer mortgages) and for special purpose vehicles.

The total (all loans) is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G1.2

Balance outstanding on loans

You should detail the balances outstanding on all regulated mortgage contracts that you administer as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other firms (i.e. lenders for which you administer mortgages but they themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity) and for SPVs.

You should detail the balances outstanding on all non-regulated loans that you administer as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other firms (i.e. lenders for which you administer mortgages but they themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity) and for SPVs.

The total (all loans) is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G2

Persons for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at quarter-end

Collects data only on the top five persons for each category by value (i.e. the largest five persons by value, based on balances outstanding on regulated loans) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end. (Details on other persons are not required to be shown, over and above the top five listed in each category.)

The analysis required in G2 covers all mortgage administration activity undertaken by your firm, irrespective of whether your firm is acting as a ‘principal’ or ‘other’ administrator. The final column of the analysis, however, asks you to indicate your status for each person listed, namely whether acting as ‘Principal’ or as ‘Other’ administrator.

G2.1

Firms with a mortgage lender’s activity

Please detail the top five firms (by value) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end.

You should include the firm's reference number in addition to the name of the firm.

You should indicate the value of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans for each of the top five firms for whom you administer such contracts.

The total (all loans) for each firm listed is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G2.2

Other persons who own loans

Please detail the top five other persons who own beneficially the rights of the lender under the relevant mortgage contracts (by value) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end (but who themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity; these persons may be authorised persons or unauthorised persons).

You should indicate the value of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans for each of the top five other persons who own beneficially the rights of the lender under the relevant mortgage contracts and for whom you administer.

The total (all loans) for each person listed is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G2.3

Special purpose vehicles

Please detail the top five special purpose vehicles (by value) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end. If your firm has off-balance sheet loans (which it has reported in G1.1 c) and G1.2 c)) then please show your firm as one of these five special purpose vehicles as follows:

• group together all special purpose vehicles for which your firm is the originator and show the aggregated amounts on a single line (irrespective of whether the total of regulated loans for all such special purpose vehicles would rank within the top five);

• under "firm reference" column, put your firm's reference number;

• under "Name of firm" column, put your firm's name followed by "own special purpose vehicles" in brackets, for example XYZ firm name (own special purpose vehicles).

You should indicate the value of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans for each of the top five special purpose vehicles for whom you administer.

The total (all loans) for all special purpose vehicles listed is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

SECTION H: MORTGAGE ADMINISTRATION – Arrears analysis

Type of loans to be reported

This arrears analysis should cover only those types of loan listed below, in respect of which your firm is formally acting as principal administrator. Thus, irrespective of whether your firm has a mortgage administrator's activity, if you are merely acting as an administrator for a third party that itself has a mortgage administrator's activity, then you should not include any such loans in this analysis.

The types of loans to be included in the analysis are:

  1. (i) Loans administered for firms which do not themselves have a mortgage lender's activity. These loans are reported at G1.2 b) in table G.
  2. (ia) Loans administered for any other person, including loans which your firm originated but which have been securitised off-balance sheet (and are therefore not reported in section A3 of Table A under “Securitised balances”). These loans are also reported at G1.2 b) in table G.
  3. (ii) Loans administered for special purpose vehicles. These loans are reported at G1.2 c) in table G.
  4. (iii) [deleted].

 

The information presented in table H should represent the total of all such loan types listed above, in a single version of the table.

H1 – H5 

Guidance on arrears items

The guidance for these items is provided in section F of these guidance notes, where items H1 to H5 correspond to items F1 to F5.

The arrears analysis is of loan balances excluding overdrafts, as is the case in section F.

SECTION J: FEE TARIFF MEASURES 

J1 

Introduction

The purpose of this section is to enable the firm to provide data on the current fee tariff measures that apply to each of the regulated activities of home finance providing activity and administering a home finance transaction.

This section also distinguishes between the fee tariff measures that apply to the FCA and FOS Ltd (Financial Ombudsman Service Limited).

Since the relevant fee tariff measures may change from time to time, these guidance notes merely define where the current definitions of fee tariff measures are to be found. Accordingly, please refer to the relevant part of the FCA’s Handbook where such details can be found:

* FEES 4 Annex 1AR and Annex 2AR of the Handbook for the FCA fee tariff*

* FEES 5 Annex 1R, Annex 2R and Annex 3R of the Handbook for the FOS Ltd fee tariff*

To the extent that the FOS Ltd fee tariff measure requires other relevant activities that the firm carries out to be taken into account, these should be included in J1.3.

In relation to section J of the MLAR, firms must report the information required by this section solely in their year-end MLAR. Firms with an accounting reference date of between 31 December and 31 March (inclusive) must report the information required by this section as at 31 December of the calendar year immediately before the relevant fee period. All other firms must report the information required by this section as at 31 December of the previous calendar year. For example, for 2006/07 fees, for firms with an accounting reference date of between 31 December 2005 and 31 March 2006 (inclusive) the information required by section J is that calculated as at 31 December 2005. For all other firms the information required by section J is that calculated as at 31 December 2004.

SECTION K: SALE AND RENT BACK BUSINESS (SRB)

Introduction 

This section must be completed as follows:

SRB agreement providers must complete K1 to K4;

SRB administrators must complete K5;

Firms that are both SRB agreement providers and SRB administrators must complete K1 to K5.

SRB: Residential sales by individuals 

It is expected that firms will have the following to report:

• regulated SRB agreements: in respect of transactions entered into since SRB became a regulated activity, and

• non-regulated SRB agreements: in respect of transactions of a similar nature entered into before SRB became a regulated activity which are still being administered; and also any new contract that, while not meeting the precise conditions for a regulated contract, nonetheless has similar characteristics (for example cases where the purchaser is not regulated or where the firm has purchased a property under value and rents an alternative property to the seller).

This approach means that all new and existing sale and rent back agreements – whether regulated or not, and whether transacted before or after SRB became a regulated activity – must be included in the information reported by the firm in section K.

K1

Overall business summary 

This section looks at the firm’s SRB position at the start of the reporting quarter, at the various movements in the quarter, and at the end quarter position. Details required are:

K1.1SRB agreements at start of quarter: those agreements that existed at the end of the previous quarter. This line should normally agree with figures reported as at the previous quarter-end.
K1.2 New sales in quarter: new SRB agreements transacted in the quarter, where the firm has obtained title to the property and monies have been paid to the SRB seller. ‘Amount’ is the sale value (paid to seller) and should be reported gross, that is, before the deduction of any fees and charges.
K1.3Disposals in quarter: SRB agreements where the firm has sold the actual property. ‘Amount’ is the SRB value of the contract as used for the same contract reported in K1.1. Transfers or sales of SRB agreements should be reported under ‘Business transfers-sales’ below.
K1.4Business transfer-acquisitions: where the firm acquires one or more existing SRB agreements from another party or parties.
K1.5Business transfer- sales: where the firm sells one or more existing SRB agreements to another party or parties. Include also transfers of such agreements to any party.
K1.6Other: include any other amounts which affect the balances reported in K1.1 and K1.7, that is which reflect any change in the book value of any SRB agreements during the quarter. This is to capture any ‘amounts’ that will affect the overall position but are not covered by K1.2-K1.5. A value is required to be recorded in the ‘Amount’ column only.
K1.7SRB agreements at end of quarter: the number and book value of SRB contracts in existence at the end of the quarter.
K1.8

SRB agreements arranged for unauthorised persons: The number of SRB agreements arranged where an unauthorised person has obtained title to the property and monies have been paid to the SRB seller. The ‘Amount’ is the sale value (paid to seller) and should be reported gross, that is, before the deduction of any fees and charges.

NB: it is expected that figures in K1.7 will reconcile with those in other rows as follows:

• For ‘Numbers’: K1.7 = K1.1 + K1.2 – K1.3 + K1.4 – K1.5

• For ‘Amounts’: K1.7 = K1.1 + K1.2 – K1.3 + K1.4 – K1.5 + K1.6

K2

New business in the quarter

This section looks at various aspects of new business that has been transacted in the quarter: each is described below. For each aspect:

• The ‘sale value’ means the gross amount paid to the seller before any fees and charges have been deducted.

• The ‘All sales’ line should agree with figures reported in K1.2.

K2.1 to K2.3

Sales: analysed by discount on open market value (OMV)

Here SRB transactions are classified into different bands, according to the amount of discount expressed as a percentage of the open market value of the property that is subject to the SRB contract. Discount is the open market value minus the sales value.

Values are required to be recorded in both the ‘Number’ and ‘Amount’ columns. So for example, for those SRB agreements where the discount is 30% to under 40%, enter the total number of such sales and the total sales values of those agreements in the relevant boxes on the K2.2 line.

K2.4

Average of all sales

The average discount is recorded as an amount. This value should therefore be recorded in the ‘Amount’ column only. For example, if 4 properties with an open market value of £100,000 were bought at a 25% discount and 4 properties with an open market value of £120,000 at a 35% discount, the average amount of discount is £33,500.

K2.5 to K2.6

Sales: analysed by provider fees charged

Here, SRB transactions are classified into two different bands, according to the amount of provider fees charged to the SRB agreement. Enter the total number of such sales in the ‘Number’ column and the total sales values of those agreements in the ‘Amount’ column.

K2.7

Average fees charged

The average amount of provider fees is recorded here. This value should be recorded in the ‘Amount’ column only. For example, if 8 new agreements were entered into during the quarter with provider fees totalling £4000, enter £500 (£4000 divided by 8) in the ‘Amount’ column.

K2.8 to K2.9Sales: analysed by annual rent as percentage of sales values 
K2.8Here the total number of new SRB agreements (entered in the ‘Number’ column) and the amount of average monthly rent being charged at the outset of the agreements (entered in the ‘Amount’ column) is recorded.
K2.9The average rental yield percentage is calculated as the total annual rent for all new SRB agreements in the quarter divided by the total sales values, entered in the ‘Amount’ column.
K3

SRB agreements terminated or transferred in the quarter

This analyses SRB agreements terminated by either the provider or seller, and also those SRB agreements transferred to other parties.

K3.1 to K3.6 

Agreements terminated:

By firm:

This is where the seller has breached the terms and conditions of the SRB agreement and the provider has exercised the right to terminate the contract. Here, terminations are analysed according to the duration of the contract in particular time bands. For each time band, enter the total number of such terminations.

At the end of the quarter, some or possibly all of these agreements in K3.1 to K3.6 will also be included in end-quarter figures at K1.7. Those not included may already have been disposed of (reported at K1.3), or sold or transferred to third parties (reported at K1.5).

By seller:

This is where the seller has exercised the right to buy back the property under the SRB agreement, or where the seller has terminated the tenancy agreement before the end of the fixed term. Here, redemptions are analysed according to the duration of the contract in particular time bands.

For each time band, enter the total number of such transactions.

K3.7 to K3.9

Transfers and disposals 

Transfers

This covers SRB agreements which are sold or transferred to third parties, but where the contract itself remains in being.

The analysis looks into the status of each SRB agreement when it is sold or transferred.

Firms should report:

• original SRB values: the gross sales value paid to the seller;

• current SRB values: the book value of the contract at time of sale/transfer; and

• actual disposal/transfer values: the value of the contract as recognised in the agreement with the acquiring party.

Disposals 

This covers disposals made during the normal course of business, and does not include business transfers. This is a further analysis of ‘disposals’ reported in K1.3.

Firms should report:

• original SRB values: the gross sales value paid to the seller;

• current SRB values: the book value of the contract at time of disposal; and

• actual disposal/transfer values: the price obtained on sale (before deducting any costs of sale).

K4

SRB agreements at end of quarter: cases 10% or more in arrears

Firms should report those SRB contacts where the total amount of arrears on rental payments is 10% or more of the annual rental amount. Cases should be allocated to the relevant arrears band according to the percentage in arrears.

For each arrears band, report the number of such cases, the amount of arrears, and the amount of the expected annual rent on these cases.

K5

SRB administrators 

Firms holding SRB administration permissions must complete the number of regulated SRB agreements that they administer, the number of non-regulated SRB agreements that they administer and the number of SRB agreements that they administer for other firms.

The agreements administered for third parties must be further broken down by the number of SRB agreements administered for the largest five firms that they administer regulated SRB agreements for.

SECTION L: CREDIT RISK

Introduction

The purpose of this data item is so that a firm can provide an analysis of its credit risk capital requirement as calculated under MIPRU 4.2A, 4.2B and 4.2C. But this section does not apply to a firm which exclusively carries on home finance administration or home finance providing activities (or both) in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both): see SUP 16.12.18BR, Note 4.

This data item is only relevant to firms that meet the criteria set out in note 2 of SUP 16.12.18BR. If that is the case then all relevant exposures must be included in the credit risk capital requirement calculation. See MIPRU 4.2A.4R.

Please note that this data item is intended to be a summary of the credit risk capital calculation as calculated under MIPRU 4.2A, MIPRU 4.2B and MIPRU 4.2C and is not a detailed work schedule.

Data elements: These are referred to by row first then by column, so data element 2B will be the row numbered 2 in column B.

Section L is structured in three parts. The first part (rows 1-7) focuses on the breakdown of the credit risk capital requirement by types of exposure. The second part (rows 8-14) is a memo section that requests further detail on specific elements that will already be incorporated within the first part. The third part (rows 15 and 16) requests transaction level information on a firm’s securitisations.

Part 1 – Rows 1 to 7

This part of the data item focuses on providing a breakdown of a firm’s credit risk capital requirement under the two categories of ‘loans/exposures that are not securitised’ and ‘loans/exposures securitised’. The category ‘loans/exposures not securitised’ is further broken down into four loan/exposure types. A firm should report its credit risk capital requirement across the five loan/exposure types under the two categories of ‘loans/exposures that are not securitised’ and ‘loans/exposures securitised’ in rows 1 to 5.

Please note: This part cannot be used as a worksheet to calculate the credit risk capital requirement for each loan/exposure type, because some loan/exposure types may contain more than one risk weighting within the row.

Row 1 – Loans with mortgages on residential property

A firm should include in this row all loans entered into with mortgages on residential property that have not been securitised. This includes loans that are past due, buy-to-let loans on residential property, second charge and subsequent mortgages on residential property, and mortgages on residential property irrespective of the loan to value.

Row 2 – Loans with mortgages on commercial property

A firm should include in this row all loans with mortgages on commercial property that have not been securitised. This includes loans that are past due, buy-to-let loans on commercial property, and second charge and subsequent mortgages on commercial property.

Row 3 – Other Loans

A firm should include in this row all loans that are not included in rows 1, 2, 4 and 5.

Row 4 – Collective Investment Undertakings 

A firm should include in this row all positions in collective investment undertakings.

Row 5 – Securitisation (originated only)

A firm should include in this row all positions in assets that have been included in securitisations originated by the firm. Rows 15 and 16 request further detail on these exposures. See MIPRU 4.2B for more information on calculating the credit risk capital requirement for securitisations.

Column A

A firm should report the exposure value of assets for each of the five loan/asset types. This should be the balance sheet value (i.e. net of any provisions). See MIPRU 4.2A.6R.

Column B

A firm should report here the amount of credit risk mitigation for each of the five loan/asset types. See MIPRU 4.2C.

Column C

A firm should report here any other credit valuation adjustments for each of the five loan/asset types.

Column D

For each of the five loan/asset types, a firm should report the total risk weighted exposure amount. A firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2A.7R to MIPRU 4.2A.18G when calculating risk weighted exposure amounts.

Column E

This contains the credit risk capital requirement for each of the five loan/asset types, which is 8 per cent of the relevant risk weighted exposure amount in Column D.

Columns F and G 

These are memorandum item columns. For each of the five loan/exposure types, a firm should report the total value of individual (specific) and collective (general) impairment balances/provisions that were made BEFORE arriving at the balance sheet exposure value of loans/exposures reported in Column A.

5A Total exposure value of securitisations 

This is the total exposure value of assets that have been securitised and originated by the firm. This should equal the sum of the value of assets reported in columns B, C and D of the table in element 15.

6A Total Exposure Value T

his is the total balance sheet value of assets that have been included in the credit risk capital requirement calculation, being the sum of data elements 1A to 5A. This should also be the value of assets reported in data element C4.2a in MLAR Section C.

7E Total credit risk capital requirement 

This is the total credit risk capital requirement, being the sum of data elements 1E to 5E. This should also be the credit risk capital requirement reported in data element C4.6(c) in MLAR Section C.

Part 2 – Rows 8 to 14

This part of the data item contains memorandum items on specific elements that have already been recorded in Rows 1 to 7. The aim of this part of the data item is to obtain targeted prudential information on certain loan types. As a result, a firm should not omit data from Part 2 on the grounds that it has already included that data in Part 1. Equally, a firm should not omit data from Part 1 on the grounds that the data will be included in Part 2. For example, if a firm has a past due loan on a mortgage on a residential property, that data should be included in the credit risk capital requirement calculation in row 1 and in row 8. Another example is a second charge mortgage on a residential property, where the data will be included in the row 1 and in row 13.

Column A

A firm should report the exposure value of assets for each specific loan type. This should be the balance sheet value (i.e. net of any provisions). See MIPRU 4.2A.6R.

Column D 

For each specific loan type, a firm should report the total risk weighted exposure amount. A firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2A.7R to MIPRU 4.2A.18G when calculating risk weighted exposure amounts.

Column E 

This contains the credit risk capital requirement for each specific loan type, which is 8% of the relevant risk weighted exposure amount in Column D.

Columns F and G

For each specific loan type, a firm should report the total value of individual (specific) and collective (general) impairment balances/provisions that were made BEFORE arriving at the balance sheet exposure value reported in Column A.

Row 8 – Past due item on loans with mortgages on residential property 

A firm should report in this row all past due loans with mortgages on residential property. See MIPRU 4.2A.17R.

Row 9 – Past due item on loans with mortgages on commercial property 

A firm should report in this row all past due loans with mortgages on commercial property. See MIPRU 4.2A.17R.

Row 10 – Past due items on other loans 

A firm should report in this row all past due loans on other loans. See MIPRU 4.2A.17R.

Row 11 – Buy-to-let mortgages on residential property 

A firm should report in this row all buy-to-let mortgages on residential property.

Row 12 – Buy-to-let mortgages on commercial property 

A firm should report in this row all buy-to-let mortgages on commercial property.

Row 13 – Second charge mortgages on residential property

A firm should report in this row all second charge and subsequent mortgages on residential property.

Row 14 – Second charge mortgages on commercial property

A firm should report in this row all second charge and subsequent mortgages on commercial property.

Part 3 – Rows 15 and 16 

This part of MLAR Section L provides transaction-level information on the securitisations that a firm has originated. A firm will report each securitisation programme in a different row and complete columns A to L for each securitisation programme.

Column A

A firm should report the name of the securitisation programme.

Columns B, C and D

A firm should record the value of the securitisation that has been retained by the firm under each of the headings: Senior, Mezzanine and Equity.

For the purposes of completing columns B, C and D of Part 3 of MLAR section L, Senior is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 1 (see the appropriate standardised approach table athttp://www.fca.org.uk/your-fca/documents/fsa-ecais-securitisation); Equity is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 4, 5 or ‘all other credit assessments’ and Mezzanine is the value of securitisation tranches that are not Senior or Equity tranches. Purely for the purposes of completing columns B, C and D of Part 3, all unrated securitisation tranches should be classified as Equity tranches.

Columns E, F and G

A firm should record the value of the securitisation that has been purchased by investors (and therefore no longer being held by the firm) under each of the headings: Senior, Mezzanine and Equity.

For the purposes of completing columns E, F and G of Part 3 of MLAR section L, Senior is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 1 (see the appropriate standardised approach table at http://www.fca.org.uk/your-fca/documents/fsa-ecais-securitisation

); Equity is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 4, 5 or ‘all other credit assessments’ and Mezzanine is the value of securitisation tranches that are not Senior or Equity tranches. Purely for the purposes of completing columns E, F and G all unrated securitisation tranches should be classified as Equity tranches.

Column H

This is the total credit risk capital requirement for the assets that are included in the securitisation programme but before the effect of the securitisation. The value reported in this column should be based on all assets included in the securitisation programme even though a firm will subsequently retain only a portion of the securitisation.

Column J

This is the total credit risk capital requirement for the securitisation programme that has been retained by a firm based on the credit risk weights in MIPRU 4.2B.

Column K

This is the total significant risk transfer add-on that should be added to the capital requirement for the securitisation programme.

Column L

This is the total credit risk capital requirement for the securitisation programme. This should be the sum of columns J and K for each securitisation programme.

16L Total capital requirement after securitisation

This is the total capital requirement for securitisation positions originated by a firm. This should equal the value reported in 5E.

SECTION M: LIQUIDITY 

Introduction

The purpose of this data item is for a firm to confirm that it complies with the liquidity resources requirements in MIPRU 4.2D. But this section does not apply to a firm which exclusively carries on home finance administration or home finance providing activities (or both) in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both): see SUP 16.12.18BR, Note 4.

This data item is only relevant to a firm that does not have a restriction on its Part 4A permission that prevents it from undertaking new home financing or home finance administration (with mortgage assets on balance sheet) connected to regulated mortgage contracts.

In relation to the questions in MLAR Section M Liquidity Questionnaire (with the exception of question 2), a firm should, as appropriate, answer “yes”, “no”, or “not applicable”. For those questions where the answer is “no” or “not applicable”, a firm must explain why in column B.

Part 1 – Adequacy of liquidity resources 

Question 1 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.2R and MIPRU 4.2D.3G. If a firm answers “no” or “not applicable”, it should explain why in column B and the firm does not need to complete the rest of MLAR Section M.

Question 2 – In deciding on the amount of liquidity resources that a firm holds or is able to generate a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.3G. The figure should be entered in 000’s.

Part 2 – Systems and controls

Question 3 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.4R and MIPRU 4.2D.5R.

Please note that Part 5 of MLAR Section M covers senior management oversight separately.

Part 3 – Stress testing 

Question 4 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.8R, MIPRU 4.2D.10R and MIPRU 4.2D.11G.

Question 5 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.8R, MIPRU 4.2D.9R(1) and (2), MIPRU 4.2D.10R and MIPRU 4.2D.11G.

Question 6 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.9R(1) and (2).

Question 7 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.9R(3).

Part 4 – Contingency funding plans

Question 8 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.13R.

Question 9 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.13R(2)(a).

Part 5 – Senior management oversight

Question 10 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.6R.

Question 11 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.7R.

Question 12 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.10R, MIPRU 4.2D.13R and MIPRU 4.2D.14R.

SUP 16 Annex 20 Products covered by the reporting requirement in SUP 16.11

28/02/2025G

This is the guidance referred to in SUP 16.11.6G.

SUP 16.11.3R, SUP 16.11.5R, SUP 16.11.5AR and SUP 16.11.5BR require certain firms to report product sales data, back-book data and, in respect of relevant regulated credit agreements and regulated mortgage contracts other than legacy CCA mortgage contracts, performance data. For reporting purposes, a reportable sale applies (other than in the case of a mortgage transaction or a relevant regulated credit agreement transaction) where the contract has been made and the premium has been paid.

In the case of mortgage transactions, the reporting requirement applies to loans for house purchase, remortgages, internal product transfers (including those effected by a new mortgage contract and those effected as contract variations) and further advances. In the case of sales data, a reportable mortgage transaction applies where the mortgage transaction has completed (i.e. funds have been transferred and have been applied for the purpose of the mortgage).

In the case of sales data for a relevant regulated credit agreement, a reportable transaction applies when the agreement is executed or when the legal ownership of the lender’s rights and duties under the agreement is assigned to the reporting firm.

For non-threshold short-term loan firms, a reportable transaction has taken place in respect of high-cost short-term credit and home credit loan agreements where the loan monies have been advanced to the borrower.

In the case of a group section 32 buy-out, the figure reported for the ‘total premium amount’ in form PSD002 should be the aggregate figure of all the individual members’ premiums added together. Firms should not provide an average premium figure. Where form PSD002 requests individual details (e.g. customer postcode) the firm can, only for group section 32 buy-out transactions, leave the fields blank.

Part 1 - Products

The following tables provide guidance on the products for which sales data, back-book data and (in respect of regulated credit agreements) performance data is to be reported. These tables, other than Table 6 in relation to regulated credit agreements, are not intended to be a complete list of relevant products; firms should report sales data on all products which would fall within the scope of retail investments, pure protection contracts, and regulated mortgage contracts and other home finance transactions. Firms should only report sales data, performance data and back-book data for the relevant regulated credit agreements set out in Table 6.

Table 1 – RETAIL INVESTMENTS

Relevant products include:

Unit trust scheme /OEIC

Investment trust

ISA

Structured capital-at-risk product

With profit bond

Unit linked bond

Distribution bond

Mortgage Endowment

With profit endowment

Endowment savings plan

Guaranteed income/growth/investment bond

Trustee investment bond

Life annuity

Pension annuity

Long term care insurance contract

Stakeholder pension

Self-invested personal pension

Personal pension

Group personal pension

FSAVC

Individual pension transfer

Pension opt out

Section 32 buy out

Group section 32 buy out

Income drawdown

Executive pension

SSAS

Group money purchase

AVC final salary

AVC group money purchase

Table 2 - PURE PROTECTION CONTRACTS

Relevant products include:

Income protection

Standalone critical illness

Critical illness sold as a rider benefit to mortgage protection and mortgage term assurances

Table 3 - MORTGAGES

Relevant mortgage types include:

Fixed rate mortgages

Discounted variable rate mortgages

Tracker mortgages

Capped rate mortgages

Standard variable rate mortgages

Table 4 – OTHER HOME FINANCE TRANSACTIONS

Relevant products include:

Home reversion plans

Home purchase plans

Regulated sale and rent back agreements

 

Table 6 – REGULATED CREDIT AGREEMENTS

Relevant regulated credit agreements are:

All regulated credit agreements other than overdrafts and regulated credit agreements secured on land.

Part 2: Supporting product definitions/guidance for product sales data reporting

Part 2 contains guidance on the terms used in part 1 and on other relevant material.

Where products have not been defined in the Glossary, an explanatory description is provided.

Retail investments

PRODUCTGuidance
With profit bondIncludes all single premium policies where a lump sum is paid into a with profits fund made up of investments such as company shares, fixed interest securities, commercial property and money. Unitised with profit bonds should be reported under this category.
Unit linked bondA contract where the premium buys, or is deemed to buy investment units in a selected fund. The value of the policyholder’s fund is linked to the value of the units (see guidance relating to distribution bonds).
Distribution bond

A single premium investment policy. The funds are invested in equities and gilts and an income is paid each year to the policyholder, dependent on the performance of the investments.

Only report as a distribution bond where over 50% of the fund allocation relates to the distribution fund. If less than a 50% allocation is made, the product should be reported as a unit linked bond.

Guaranteed income/growth/ investment bondThis includes income and growth bonds which include guaranteed income and guaranteed equity bonds that include guarantees and pay a percentage of the movement of more one or more index.
Structured capital-at-risk productDefined in the Handbook Glossary.
Life/pension annuity

An arrangement by which a life company pays someone a regular income, usually for life, in return for a lump sum premium. This would include

• deferred and immediate annuities

• compulsory purchase annuities

• home income plans; and

• all other types of life annuities

Unit trust schemeDefined in the Handbook Glossary.
Investment trustDefined in the Handbook Glossary.
ISA

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Cash and insurance ISAs should not be reported

Endowment savings planAn endowment plan with a fixed term with benefits paid on death within the term or on maturity
Mortgage endowmentThis should include any regular premium low cost endowments plus unitised with profit endowments
Long-term care insurance contract[The FSA consulted in CP 200 on the definition of long-term care insurance contract that will apply from 14 January 2005. The guidance here will cross-refer to the finalised definition.]
Stakeholder PensionSee Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘stakeholder pension scheme’.
Self-invested personal pensionSee Handbook Glossary for definition ofself-invested personal pension’.
Personal pension

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘personal pension scheme’.

For reporting purposes do not include Rebate Only Pension business.

Group personal pension

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘group personal pension scheme’.

Phased retirement should include transfer plans that permit staggered annuities to subsequently be purchased.

Deferred transfer plans should be excluded.

Report each individual policy as a separate case.

FSAVC

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Do not include Rebate Only Pension business.

Individual pension transferSee Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘pension transfer’.
Pension opt outDefined in the Handbook Glossary.
Section 32 buy out/ Group section 32 buy outAn arrangement where trustees accept capital from employees who have left occupational pension scheme service and the transfer value is reinvested in an attempt to provide better benefits when the employee retires.
Income drawdown

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘income withdrawal’.

This should include transfer plans that allow income from a pension plan in advance of an annuity being purchased

Executive pension scheme

An arrangement where each premium paid is identifiable to an individual employee and where an employer has discretion as to whether a pension arrangement is made for a particular employee and to the level of contribution or target benefit under the policy.

Report each individual policy as a separate case.

Pension premiums should be reported gross.

SSAS

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Pension premiums should be reported gross.

SSAS business should not be reported if you only provide an administration service.

Report each individual policy as a separate case.

Trustee investment bondA lump sum investment vehicle designed for use by pension scheme trustees. Includes SSAS Trustee Investment Bonds and SIPP Trustee Investment Bonds
Group money purchaseAn occupational pension scheme which provides money-purchase benefits which is available to employees of the same employer or of employers within a group.
AVC Final salaryPension premiums should be reported gross.
AVC Group money purchasePension premiums should be reported gross.

Mortgages

(a) Types of interest or reversion rate

Types of interest or reversion rateDescription
Fixed ratewhere the interest rate is fixed for a stated period.
Discounted variable ratewhere a discount is applied to a variable rate, usually for a limited period of time.
Bank of England Base Rate trackerwhere the interest rate is guaranteed to move in line with the Bank of England Base (or Repo) Rate.
LIBOR trackerwhere the interest rate is guaranteed to move in line with LIBOR (the London InterBank Offered Rate).
Other trackerwhere the interest rate is guaranteed to move in line with an index other than the Bank of England Base (or Repo) Rate or LIBOR.
Capped (and collared) rate mortgagewhere the interest rate is guaranteed not to exceed a stated maximum rate (the ‘capped’ rate) for specific period of time, but where the standard variable interest rate applies when the rate is lower than the capped rate. Also includes products where the interest rate is subject to a minimum rate (the ‘collared’ rate).
Standard variable ratethe lender’s underlying interest rate.

(b) Features

Data ItemDescription
Flexible mortgage

A mortgage where you can change the monthly payments and pay off part or all of the loan whenever you like. It is normally linked to any interest rate type.

Details vary from one mortgage to another, but for reporting purposes, to be reported as a flexible mortgage, the mortgage should have the following features:

• interest must be calculated monthly or daily; and

• must have an overpayment facility

Cashbacka cash amount paid by a mortgage lender to a customer (typically at the beginning of a contract) as an inducement to enter into a regulated mortgage contract with the mortgage lender.
Offset mortgage – positive and/or negative offsetAn offset mortgage will typically have similar facilities to a flexible mortgage, but will also allow the borrower to offset positive (savings and/or current account) and/or negative balances (credit card and/or personal loans) against their outstanding mortgage balance.
Mortgage with a shared equity loan attachedwhere the lender is aware that the customer will also have a shared equity loan secured on the property.
Mortgage with indemnity insurance attachedwhere a mortgage has attached indemnity insurance to protect the lender in the case of default, whether arranged by the lender privately or through a government scheme.

Pure protection contracts

Policy TypeDescription
Standalone critical illnessThese policies are ‘pure’ critical illness policies i.e. there is no life cover sold alongside them. Under these policies the insurer provides the sum insured to the policyholder in the event of diagnosis of a life threatening condition.
Critical illness sold as a rider benefit to term assuranceFor reporting purposes, this applies where critical illness is offered as a rider benefit to either a mortgage protection policy (a life policy that provides by means of decreasing term assurance for a mortgage to be paid off in the event of the borrower’s death) or a protection term assurance contract.
Income protectionInsurance contracts arranged by an individual to provide for payment of income during a period of incapacity, due to ill health or accident.

Other home finance transactions

Finance TypeDescription
Home reversion planDefined in the Handbook Glossary
Home purchase planDefined in the Handbook Glossary
Regulated sale and rent back agreementDefined in the Handbook Glossary

 

 

SUP 16 Annex 21 Reporting Fields

06/04/2026R

Content

This annex sets out the mandatory data reporting fields and data elements that a data report must include. This is the annex referred to in SUP 16.11.7R.

1 GENERAL REPORTING FIELDS

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable, for all reportable transactions and submitted in a prescribed format.

Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes
Reference number of product provider 6 or 7 digit number

This field must contain the firm reference number of the firm providing the data report.

Where a firm which is a P2P platform operator submits a report in relation to a home finance product in line with SUP 16.11.8-AR, the reference number of the product provider is the reference number of the P2P platform operator.

Reference number of firm that sold the product 6 or 7 digit number

This field must contain the firm reference number (FRN) of the firm which sold the product.

For a firm’s own direct sales, enter the firm’s own FRN. Where a firm which is a P2P platform operator submits a report in relation to a home finance product in line with SUP 16.11.8-AR, the reference number of the firm that sold the product is the reference number of the P2P platform operator, unless a separate intermediary was also involved.

For sales via an intermediary enter the intermediary’s FRN.

Where the intermediary is an appointed representative, the FRN of the appointed representative must be reported.

Transaction reference (regulated mortgage contracts and relevant regulated credit agreements only) Numeric / Alphanumeric

A unique reference for the transaction, internal to the reporting firm, that will enable the firm to provide the FCA with more information concerning the transaction if required, e.g. the account number, application number etc.

In respect of relevant regulated credit agreements only, this should not include a natural person’s name or a derivation of their name.

Advised sale (note: transactions effected through targeted support are not advised sales for reporting purposes)

Y = advised

N = non advised or targeted support

For reporting purposes non- advised includes execution only and direct offer transactions.
Reference number of the intermediary’s principal or network 6 or 7 digit number

This field only applies if the sale has been made by an intermediary who has a principal or is part of a network.

Report the FRN of the intermediary’s principal or network, where they have one.

The FRN of the intermediary who sold the product should not be reported here, but in the field ‘Reference number of firm that sold the product’ above.

2 SPECIFIC REPORTING FIELDS

(a) Retail investments

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable, for all retail investment transactions, including structured capital-at-risk products:

Data reporting field Illustrative code (where applicable) Notes
Product type Numeric Enter relevant product code. If none of the existing codes apply report sale as 'O' for other.
Post code of customer e.g. XY45 6XX Applies to first named customer only.
Method of premium/contribution payment

S = single

R = regular

Use code to indicate method of payment.
Total premium/ contribution amount Numeric £

Enter annualised amount rounded to nearest £

If the firm facilitates the payment of an adviser charge or consultancy charge, enter the amount paid into the retail investment product, irrespective of whether this amount includes the adviser charge or consultancy charge.

Date of birth DD/MM/YYYY

Applies to first named customer at time of sale

i.e. age obtained at proposal stage.

(b) Pure protection contracts

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable:

Data reporting field Illustrative code (where applicable) Notes
Policy type Numeric Enter relevant product code. If none of the existing codes apply report sale as 'O' for other
Method of premium payment

S = single

R = regular

Use code to indicate method of payment.
Total premium amount Numeric Enter annualised amount rounded to nearest £.

(c) Mortgages

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable for all relevant regulated mortgage contracts except any second charge regulated mortgage contract that is entered into before 1 April 2017 and any regulated mortgage contract which is a legacy CCA mortgage contract:

Notes:

  1. (1)

    All amounts should be expressed in £ (regardless of the currency in which the loan is advanced) and converted as necessary.

  2. (2)

    In the case of mixed interest rate options/combination mortgages or where the loan is otherwise split into more than one part, a reporting field should be completed by reference to the largest portion of the overall mortgage balance unless otherwise stated.

  3. (3)

    [deleted]

  4. (4)

    Where a field is to be completed by reference to a person or persons as “first borrower”, “second borrower” or “third and subsequent borrowers”, all other fields containing that term should be completed by reference to the same person or persons as are identified as the first borrower, second borrower or third and subsequent borrowers as the case may be.

  5. (5)

    A guarantor should be treated as a borrower where their income has been taken into account in the affordability assessment.

  6. (6)

    Performance data should continue to be reported until the account in relation to the loan (or in relation to the final part of the loan outstanding) is closed or there is only a nominal balance outstanding on the account (i.e. where a mortgage account remains open with a nominal balance for administrative reasons). In the case of repossession, it is expected that the relevant account would be closed when the property is sold unless there is a sale shortfall. Where there is a sale shortfall, it is expected that this would take place on discharge of the amount of the shortfall (whether by or on behalf of the borrower or otherwise).

  7. (7)

    Where a date to be inserted in a reporting field in a performance data report would be before 1 January 2015, firms may insert either the earlier date or 1 January 2015.

  8. (8)

    In this Annex:

    1. (a) a “further advance” means a further loan to an existing borrower of the firm and which is secured on the same property, whether under a new mortgage contract, or by variation to an existing mortgage contract. A “further advance” includes a loan secured by a second or subsequent charge where the firm has the benefit of the first charge (or other charge ranking in priority to that on which the further advance is secured); and
    2. (b) an “internal product transfer” means where a borrower under a regulated mortgage contract does not change lender but transfers internally to a different mortgage product, or renews their existing product, with no additional borrowing (other than product fees or arrangement fees added to the outstanding amount), whether or not the transfer involves a new regulated mortgage contract.
Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes
Sales Data (report for all regulated mortgage contracts )
Date of mortgage transaction DD/MM/YYYY Date of mortgage completion or draw-down of the funds. In the case of an internal product transfer or other internal remortgage, this should be the date the new account is opened, or the rate change or product switch is effected.
Original transaction reference Numeric / Alphanumeric

Only report this data element where there is a further advance or an internal product transfer or other internal remortgage. Report the transaction reference of the mortgage when originally reported.

If the mortgage is an internal remortgage or the result of a series of internal remortgages, report the transaction reference of the earliest predecessor mortgage in that series.

If that predecessor mortgage predates sales data reporting (i.e. the original mortgage transaction pre-dates 1 April 2005), report “predates”.

If the transaction reference to be reported is not known, report “unknown”.

Date of original mortgage transaction DD/MM/YYYY

Only report this data element where there is a further advance or an internal product transfer or other internal remortgage. Report the date of the mortgage transaction when originally reported.

If the mortgage is an internal remortgage or the result of a series of internal remortgages, report the transaction date of the earliest predecessor mortgage in that series.

If that predecessor mortgage predates sales data reporting (i.e. the original mortgage transaction pre-dates 1 April 2005), or the date to be reported is not known, report “01/01/1900”.

How the sale was made

F = direct face-to-face

T = direct telephone

E = direct internet

P = direct post

O = direct other

I = intermediary

Report how the sale was made.

‘Direct’ refers to sales made by the product provider.

‘Direct internet’ includes direct sales made via email or other electronic means of communication.

‘Intermediary’ refers to sales made by an intermediary.

Where a sale has been made through more than one method, e.g., telephone and then post, report the channel where the product choice was made.

Interest rate type

01 = fixed rate

02 = discounted variable rate

04 = capped rate

05 = standard variable rate

06 = BoE base rate tracker

07 = LIBOR tracker

08 = other tracker

O = other

Enter the relevant code

If none of the existing codes apply enter sale as ‘99’ to denote ‘other’.

Only 1 code can be entered

Examples of ‘other’ include managed variable rates which are not standard variable rates, and individually negotiated variable rates.

Date incentivised rate ends DD/MM/YYYY

Report for any product where an initial incentivised rate later moves to a reversion rate. For example, fixed, capped, tracker or discounted rates where the customer is paying an incentivised rate for a set period.

Where there are several incentivised rates, e.g. a fixed rate, followed by a tracker rate, which then reverts to a standard variable rate (SVR), report the date when the rate reverts to the SVR.

When an incentivised rate lasts for the full term of the mortgage, e.g. a lifetime tracker, or a fixed rate that lasts for the full term, report the end of term date.

Type of reversion rate

01 = fixed rate

02 = discount

04 = capped rate

05 = standard variable rate

06 = BoE base rate tracker

07 = LIBOR tracker

08 = other tracker

98 = not applicable

99 = other

Enter the relevant code.

If none of the existing codes apply enter sale as ‘99’ to denote ‘other’.

Only 1 code can be entered.

Examples of ‘other’ include managed variable rates which are not standard variable rates (SVR), and individually negotiated variable rates.

If there is no reversion rate, e.g. for mortgages sold on a SVR, or a rate that is fixed for the term, report ‘98’ to denote ‘not applicable’.

Type of mortgage

L = lifetime mortgage

SA = shared appreciation mortgage

SO = shared ownership mortgage

BM = business loan

BL = bridging loan

FA = further advance under an existing mortgage contract

FN = further advance under a new mortgage contract

GM = guarantor mortgage

HN = loan to a high net worth mortgage customer

BR = buy-to-let mortgage (regulated)

LO = low start mortgage

PT = internal product transfer

RI = retirement interest-only mortgage

SB = self-build mortgage

SE = secured overdraft

SC = second charge regulated mortgage contract

VN = contract variation with no affordability assessment

NA = not applicable

Use code to indicate mortgage type. Report all relevant codes.

Report ‘NA’ to denote ‘not applicable’ where codes do not apply.

Report ‘FA’ for a further advance under the same mortgage contract.

Report ‘FN’ for a further advance under a new mortgage contract.

Report a ‘guarantor mortgage’ where the income of a guarantor has been included in the affordability assessment.

Report a ‘low start mortgage’ where payments are made on an interest-only basis for a set period at the start of the mortgage, but payments contractually revert to a repayment basis after this set period.

Report ‘PT’ for an internal product transfer.

Report ‘SC’ for a second charge regulated mortgage contract. Where relevant, report both ‘FN’ and ‘SC’ where the firm is entering into a second charge regulated mortgage contract and the borrower also has amounts owing to the firm secured by a first charge on the property, or ‘FA’ and ‘SC’ where there is a further advance under a second charge regulated mortgage contract. Where there is an internal product transfer on a second charge regulated mortgage contract, report ‘PT’ and ‘SC’.

Report ‘VN’ for contract variations that result in a new regulated mortgage contract, where no affordability assessment has been undertaken in accordance with MCOB 11.6. Where relevant, report as both ‘VN’ and ‘PT’.

Report ‘L’ if the mortgage is a lifetime mortgage of the type described in MCOB 9.4.132AR.

Mortgage characteristics

SE = mortgage with shared equity scheme loan attached

MI = mortgage with indemnity insurance attached

CB = cashback

FF = flexible features (allowing overpayments and underpayments)

OS = offset positive and/or negative balances

EL = a second charge regulated mortgage contract that is a shared equity credit agreement

RM = a remortgage under MCOB 11.9 which does not extend into retirement

RR = a remortgage under MCOB 11.9 which extends into retirement

NA = not applicable

Use code to indicate additional mortgage characteristics if applicable. Report all relevant codes.

Report ‘NA’ to denote ‘not applicable’ where codes do not apply.

‘Cashback’ should only be reported where it is not being provided as an incentive to pay legal costs and valuation fees.

‘RM’ or ‘RR’ should be used where the mortgage lender has relied on any of the rules in MCOB 11.9 (Remortgaging with the same or a different lender with no additional borrowing) in relation to the regulated mortgage contract. ‘RR’ should be used if the term of the proposed regulated mortgage contract extends beyond the date on which the customer (or, where there are joint borrowers, one of them) expects to retire or, where that date is not known, will reach the state pension age; otherwise, ‘RM’ should be used.

See SUP 16 Annex 20G Part 2 Mortgages table (b) for further explanation of these mortgage characteristics.

Was this mortgage advanced under a government supported initiative?

Yes

No

Report whether the mortgage was advanced under a government supported initiative, e.g. through provision of a shared equity loan or indemnity insurance.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Post code of the mortgaged property e.g. XY45 6XX

Report the post code of the mortgaged property.

For new build/self build properties only, firms may report only the first half of the postcode, e.g. XY45, if the full postcode has not yet been assigned. For all other properties, the full postcode of the property must be reported, e.g. XY45 6XX.

Type of borrower

F = first time buyer

M = home movers (2nd or subsequent buyers)

I = internal remortgagors

R = external remortgagors

C = council/ registered social landlord tenant exercising their right to buy

O = other

Use code to indicate type of borrower.

A mortgage taken on a previously unencumbered property should be reported as a remortgage.

Only 1 code should be entered.

Report ‘O’ for lifetime mortgages, bridging loans, further advances and second charge regulated mortgage contracts that are not for remortgage purposes.

Report ‘I’ for internal product transfers and other internal remortgages (including those done through a contract variation rather than by entering into a new contract). Report ‘R’ for all other remortgages.

Method of repayment

C = capital and interest

I = interest-only

M = mix of ‘capital and interest’ and ‘interest-only’

Use code to indicate method of mortgage repayment.

Only one code should be entered.

Report low start mortgages (i.e. mortgages where payments are made on an interest-only basis for a set period at the start of the mortgage, but payments contractually revert to a repayment basis after this set period) as interest-only.

For a lifetime mortgage of the type described in MCOB 9.4.132AR, if the initial repayments are on a capital and interest basis report ‘M’; in all other circumstances report ‘I’.

Repayment strategy for interest-only and mixed mortgages

E = endowment

P = pension

S = savings or investments (other than endowments and pensions)

M = sale of mortgaged property

B = sale of other property (e.g. buy-to-let or second home)

A = sale of other asset

C = occasional payments from income

R = repaid by capital and interest (for low start mortgages)

F = refinancing (for bridging loans)

L = lifetime mortgage

O = other repayment strategy

Report where any part of the mortgage has been advanced on an interest-only basis.

Where there is more than one repayment strategy, report all.

For a lifetime mortgage of the type described in MCOB 9.4.132AR, report both ‘L’ and ‘C’.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

For mixed mortgages, the percentage that is on an interest-only basis Numeric Report the percentage of the loan on an interest-only basis for mixed mortgages (i.e. mortgages that are a mix of capital and interest and interest-only).
Is this an interest roll-up mortgage?

Yes

No

Report ‘Yes’ where all or part of the loan is on an interest roll-up basis.

Also report ‘Yes’ if the mortgage is of the type described in MCOB 9.4.132AR.

Term of mortgage in months Numeric

Report the mortgage term in months.

For an internal product transfer or other internal remortgage, or for a further advance, report the remaining term at the time of the transfer, remortgage or advance.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report the term applying to the largest part of the loan.

Size of loan Numeric £ The original balance when the mortgage was completed. For an internal product transfer, report the balance immediately after the transfer. For a further advance, report the size of the advance. This amount should include fees and charges added to the loan.
Market value of the mortgaged property Numeric £

Report the market value of the mortgaged property represented as a sterling equivalent amount. The value reported should be based on the surveyor’s valuation, a valuation index, or other method that the product provider used to determine the market value.

In the case of staged construction or self build schemes, value means ‘expected final value of property at the time the lending decision is made’.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Type of valuation at origination of mortgage

I = internal inspection

E = external inspection only, including drive-by

A = automated valuation model, indexed or desktop valuation

O = other

N = no valuation carried out

Report the type of valuation undertaken to obtain the market value of the mortgaged property.

An internal inspection is where a valuer has carried out an internal inspection of the property.

An external inspection is where the property has been inspected (including by drive-by inspection), but without an internal inspection of the property.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

The total amount owed by the borrower to the firm and secured on the property immediately prior to the new borrowing Numeric £

For a new mortgage contract, report the total amount owing to the firm and secured on the property that is outstanding immediately prior to the mortgage advance.

For a further advance under an existing regulated mortgage contract (which constitutes a variation to that mortgage contract), report the amount owed to the firm and secured on the property immediately prior to the making of that further advance.

Where there is a further advance under an existing regulated mortgage contract which is a second charge regulated mortgage contract, report the amount owed to the firm and secured on the property immediately prior to the making of that further advance.

This data element is not limited to amounts secured by regulated mortgage contracts, but includes any borrowing secured on the property.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

For a second charge regulated mortgage contract, the total amount owed by the borrower to third parties secured on the property Numeric £

Report the total amount owing to third parties and secured on the property at the time of the mortgage advance or further advance, as relevant. (Amounts owing to the firm secured by charge ranking in priority to the second charge regulated mortgage contract should be included in the data element above.)

This data element is not limited to amounts secured by regulated mortgage contracts, but includes any borrowing secured on the property.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Date of birth of first borrower DD/MM/YYYY Report date of birth of first borrower.
Date of birth of second borrower DD/MM/YYYY Report date of birth of second borrower (where there is a second borrower)
Amount of extra money withdrawn for remortgages Numeric £

For remortgages only, report the amount of extra money withdrawn, when the new mortgage is larger than the previous mortgage.

Report the extra money withdrawn as the size of the new loan reported less the value of the previous mortgage outstanding immediately prior to completion.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

The purpose of a further advance, second charge regulated mortgage contract or extra money withdrawn for remortgages

H = home improvements

D = debt consolidation

O = other

Use codes to indicate the purpose(s) of the further advance, second charge regulated mortgage contract, or the extra money withdrawn for first or second charge remortgages.

Report all that apply.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Amount of debt consolidated Numeric £

Report only where the borrower is consolidating debt into the new mortgage.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

County court judgments (CCJs) – first borrower (Value) Numeric £

Report where the first borrower has been the subject of one or more CCJs, with a total value greater than £500, within the last three years (whether satisfied or unsatisfied).

Report '0' where the borrower does not have any CCJs.

Where a CCJ is registered against the first and second borrower, report for both.

A reference to the ‘county court’ is a reference to the county court in England and Wales, the county court in Northern Ireland and the sheriff court in Scotland.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

County court judgments (CCJs) – second borrower (Value) Numeric £

Report where the second borrower has been the subject of one or more CCJs, with a total value greater than £500, within the last three years (whether satisfied or unsatisfied).

Report '0' where the borrower does not have any CCJs.

Where a CCJ is registered against the first and second borrower, report for both.

A reference to the ‘county court’ is a reference to the county court in England and Wales, the county court in Northern Ireland and the sheriff court in Scotland.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Impaired credit history of first borrower

A = arrears

V = IVA

B = bankruptcy

D = debt relief order

NA = not applicable

Use code/s to indicate applicable credit history of first borrower. Report all that apply.

A = applies where within the last two years, the first borrower has owed overdue payments, of an amount equivalent to three months payments, on a mortgage or other loan (whether secured or unsecured).

V = applies where the first borrower has been subject to an individual voluntary arrangement (IVA) at any time within the last three years.

B = applies where the first borrower has been subject to a bankruptcy order at any time within the last three years.

D = applies where the first borrower has been subject to a debt relief order any time within the last three years.

Where the impaired credit item relates to both the first and second borrower, report for both.

Report ‘NA’ to denote ‘not applicable’ where the borrower has no relevant impaired credit history items.

For the purposes of this note:

- a reference to an ‘individual voluntary arrangement’ includes a protected trust deed in Scotland;

- a reference to a ‘bankruptcy order’ includes a declaration as to bankruptcy made by the sheriff or the Accountant in Bankruptcy in Scotland;

- a reference to a ‘debt relief order’ includes LILA (Low Income Low Asset) Bankruptcy in Scotland.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Impaired credit history of second borrower

A = arrears

V = IVA

B = bankruptcy

D = debt relief order

NA = not applicable

Use code/s to indicate applicable credit history of second borrower. Report all that apply.

A = applies where within the last two years, the second borrower has owed overdue payments, of an amount equivalent to three months payments, on a mortgage or other loan (whether secured or unsecured).

V = applies where the second borrower has been subject to an individual voluntary arrangement (IVA) at any time within the last three years.

B = applies where the second borrower has been subject to a bankruptcy order at any time within the last three years.

D = applies where the second borrower has been subject to a debt relief order any time within the last three years.

Where the impaired credit item relates to both the first and second borrower, report for both.

Report 'NA' to denote ‘not applicable’ where the borrower has no relevant impaired credit history items.

For the purposes of this note:

- a reference to an ‘individual voluntary arrangement’ includes a protected trust deed in Scotland;

- a reference to a ‘bankruptcy order’ includes a declaration as to bankruptcy made by the sheriff or the Accountant in Bankruptcy in Scotland;

- a reference to a ‘debt relief order’ includes LILA (Low Income Low Asset) Bankruptcy in Scotland.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Initial gross charging rate of interest Numeric %

The amount of interest reported should be the initial gross nominal rate charged on the loan and should take into account any discount being provided. Report this number to two decimal places (e.g. 3.49).

Where the advance is split, the interest rate applying to the largest part of the advance should be reported.

Is there an early repayment charge?

Yes

No

Report ‘Yes’ where there is an early repayment charge.
Date early repayment charge ends DD/MM/YYYY If applicable, report date early repayment charge ends.
Purchase price of property (purchases only) Numeric £

Report purchase price as stated on the mortgage application.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Is the dwelling new?

Y=Yes

N=No

Report ‘Y’ if the property is a new build property.

‘New’ refers to the period in which the main structure of the dwelling was completed and also means where a dwelling is being occupied for the first time. It does not include new conversions of older dwellings.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Currency

GBP = United Kingdom Pound

EUR = Euro

USD = US dollars

JPY = Japanese Yen

OTH = other

If more than one applies, report the currency that applies to the largest proportion of the mortgage.
Customer’s share of property, for shared ownership Numeric %

Report percentage of customer’s share.

In the case of an internal product transfer, do not report this data element.

Value of total loan available Numeric £

Report the value of the total loan available without further underwriting, where not all available funds have been drawn down on completion of the mortgage. Examples of where this may be relevant include some lifetime mortgages, self build mortgages or flexible mortgages.

Leave blank where the total loan available is the same as the size of the loan reported above.

Lender fees Numeric £

Report fees and charges charged by the lender which are included in the calculation of the annual percentage rate of charge in relation to the mortgage. For example, fees for advising on or arranging the regulated mortgage contract, and product fees such as application, reservation and valuation fees.

Do not report in this field mortgage intermediary or other third party fees included in the calculation of the annual percentage rate of charge.

Report '0' where there are no lender fees.

Mortgage intermediary or third party fees Numeric £

Report fees and charges charged by a mortgage intermediary or third party which are included in the calculation of the annual percentage rate of charge in relation to the mortgage. For example, fees for advising on or arranging the regulated mortgage contract.

Do not report in this field fees or charges charged by the mortgage lender included in the calculation of the annual percentage rate (e.g. application, reservation and valuation fees).

Report '0' where there are no intermediary or third party fees.

Amount of fees or charges added to the loan Numeric £

Report any fees or charges that have been added to the sum advanced under the regulated mortgage contract, whether in relation to any mortgage lender, mortgage intermediary or other third party fees or charges.

Report '0' where there are no fees or charges added to the loan.

Procuration fee paid to mortgage intermediary or other third party Numeric £

Report value of procuration fee and cash value of any other material non-cash inducement paid by the mortgage lender to the mortgage intermediary or other third party.

Report ‘0’ where no procuration fee or any other material non-cash inducement has been paid to the mortgage intermediary or other third party.

Affordability data

Do not report affordability data when an affordability assessment has not been undertaken or the firm has relied on a rule other than one in MCOB 11.6 when undertaking an affordability assessment.

Similarly, do not report affordability data if the mortgage lender has applied any of the rules in MCOB 11.9 (Remortgaging with the same or a different lender with no additional borrowing) in relation to the regulated mortgage contract, unless the term of the proposed regulated mortgage contract extends beyond the date on which the customer (or, where there are joint borrowers, one of them) expects to retire or, where that date is not known, will reach the state pension age. In that case, report only the following data elements: ‘Retirement age of first borrower’ and ‘Retirement age of second borrower’.

For high net worth mortgage customers and loans solely for a business purpose (where payments will be made from the resources of the customer), report the income/assets used in the affordability assessment in accordance with MCOB 11.6.34R(2)(a) or MCOB 11.6.26R(2)(a)(i) against the relevant borrower in the income fields below. For loans solely for a business purpose, where repayments will be made from the financial resources of the business and affordability has been assessed in accordance with MCOB 11.6.26R(2)(b), do not report the income or expenditure of the customer below.

Number of borrowers whose incomes have been assessed in affordability assessment

1 = one

2 = two

3 = three or more

Report the number of borrowers whose incomes have been assessed in the affordability assessment.

A guarantor should be considered as a borrower for the purposes of reporting, where their income has been relied on in the affordability assessment.

Number of dependent adults Numeric

Report the number of dependent adults in household whose incomes have not been included in the affordability assessment.

Report '0' where there are no dependent adults.

Number of dependent children Numeric

Report the number of dependent children in household.

Report '0' where there are no dependent children.

Employment status of first borrower

E = employed

S = self-employed

R = retired

O = other

Only 1 code can be entered.

Where the borrower has more than one employment status, report status that makes up largest portion of verified income.

Employment status of second borrower

E = employed

S = self-employed

R = retired

O = other

Report only where there is a second borrower.

Only 1 code can be entered.

Where the borrower has more than one employment status, report status that makes up largest portion of verified income.

Retirement age of first borrower Numeric

Report planned retirement age of first borrower, whether customer declared, or assumed, for the purposes of assessing affordability.

Report only where the income of the first borrower has been taken into account in the affordability assessment.

Retirement age of second borrower Numeric

Report planned retirement age of second borrower, whether customer declared, or assumed, for the purposes of assessing affordability.

Report only where the income of the second borrower has been taken into account in the affordability assessment.

Income verification

Y = income evidenced by lender

O = income evidenced by third party

Applies to loans based on one or more incomes.

Report ‘O’ where the lender has outsourced evidencing of income to a third party.

First borrower – gross basic pay Numeric £

Report verified gross basic pay from employment (whether from one or more jobs) for the first borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

First borrower – gross other income from employment Numeric £

Report verified gross other income from employment (whether from one or more jobs), such as bonus or overtime, for the first borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

First borrower – gross income from self-employment Numeric £

Report verified gross income from self-employment (i.e. before deductions for tax and National Insurance) such as profits, dividends and salary, for the first borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R. The amount reported may be an average of verified income from more than one year, if this is how the product provider assesses income, but before any reductions are applied (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

First borrower – gross other income Numeric £

Report any other verified gross income, such as pensions, investments and state benefits, for the first borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Second borrower – gross basic pay Numeric £

Report verified gross basic pay from employment (whether from one or more jobs) for the second borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Second borrower – gross other income from employment Numeric £

Report verified gross other income from employment (whether from one or more jobs), such as bonus or overtime, for the second borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Second borrower – gross income from self-employment Numeric £

Report verified gross income from self-employment (i.e. before deductions for tax and National Insurance) such as profits, dividends and salary, for the second borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R. The amount reported may be an average of verified income from more than one year, if this is how the product provider assesses income, but before any reductions are applied (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Second borrower – gross other income Numeric £

Report any other verified gross income, such as pensions, investments and state benefits, for the second borrower.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Third and subsequent borrowers – gross basic pay Numeric £

Report verified gross basic pay from employment (whether from one or more jobs) for the third and any subsequent borrowers.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Third and subsequent borrowers – gross other income from employment Numeric £

Report verified gross other income from employment (whether from one or more jobs), such as bonus or overtime, for the third and any subsequent borrowers.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Third and subsequent borrowers – gross incomfrom self-employment Numeric £

Report verified gross income from self-employment (i.e. before deductions for tax and National Insurance) such as profits, dividends and salary, for the third and any subsequent borrowers.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R. The amount reported may be an average of verified income from more than one year, if this is how the product provider assesses income, but before any reductions are applied (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Third and subsequent borrowers – gross other income Numeric £

Report any other verified gross income, such as pensions, investments and state benefits, for the third and any subsequent borrowers.

The amount reported should be the annual amount of this type of income that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a certain percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

First borrower – total verified net income Numeric £

Report total annual net income of first borrower that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Net income refers to income net of tax and national insurance (not net of financial commitments and expenditure).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Second borrower – total verified net income Numeric £

Report total annual net income of second borrower that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Net income refers to income net of tax and national insurance (not net of financial commitments and expenditure).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Third and subsequent borrowers – total verified net income Numeric £

Report total annual net income of third and any subsequent borrowers that has been verified in accordance with MCOB 11.6.8R, before any reductions are applied by the product provider (e.g. where only a percentage of income is taken into account in the affordability assessment).

Net income refers to income net of tax and national insurance (not net of financial commitments and expenditure).

Report '0' where there is no relevant income in this category.

Total outstanding credit commitments for all borrowers Numeric £

Report total amount of credit commitments that will remain outstanding following the mortgage advance for all borrowers.

Examples of credit commitments are loans, credit cards and hire purchase agreements.

Report ‘0’ if there is no expenditure in this category.

Total monthly payment for committed expenditure for all borrowers Numeric £

Report total monthly payments for committed expenditure that will remain outstanding following the mortgage advance for all borrowers.

Committed expenditure is credit and other contractual commitments. See MCOB 11.6.10R(1) for further information.

Examples of committed expenditure are credit commitments such as loans, credit cards and hire purchase agreements; child maintenance; alimony; and the cost of a repayment strategy where the customer has an interest-only mortgage (where the mortgage has not been assessed on a capital and interest basis). See MCOB 11.6.11G(1) for more information.

Report '0' if there is no expenditure in this category.

Basic essential expenditure and basic quality of living costs per household Numeric £ (monthly)

Report the monthly figure used in the affordability assessment for household expenditure, i.e. the basic essential expenditure and basic quality of living costs of the household, whether actual (i.e. customer specific information) or estimated (e.g. statistical or modelled data).

Basic essential expenditure comprises expenditure for: housekeeping (food and washing); gas, electricity and other heating; water; telephone; council tax; buildings insurance; ground rent and service charge for leasehold properties; and essential travel (including to work and school). See MCOB 11.6.10R(2) for further information.

Basic quality of living costs is expenditure which is hard to reduce and gives a basic quality of life (beyond the absolute basic essential expenditure items). Examples include: clothing; household goods (such as toiletries); basic recreation (television, some allowance for basic recreational activities, some non-essential transport) and childcare. See MCOB 11.6.10R(3) and MCOB 11.6.11G(2) for further information.

For high net worth mortgage customers, and loans solely for a business purpose (where payments will be made from the resources of the customer), the amount of expenditure used in the affordability assessment in accordance with MCOB 11.6.34R(2)(b) or MCOB 11.6.26R(2)(a)(ii) may be reported.

Report '0' if there is no expenditure in this category.

Stress-tested interest rate used to assess the effect of future interest rate rises on affordability Numeric %

Report the actual rate used, e.g. sum of product rate plus any increment or flat rate.

If MCOB 11.6.18R does not apply because the interest rate is fixed for five years or more, report the fixed rate.

See MCOB 11.6.18R for the requirements for considering the effect of future interest rate increases.

Rate to which stress test applied Numeric %

Report the interest rate to which the stress was applied to produce the rate reported in the data element above.

If no stress test was undertaken, do not report this data element.

Contractual reversion rate Numeric %

The contractual reversion rate is the rate which, at the date of the mortgage transaction being reported, is expected to apply at the end of any initial incentivised or fixed rate periods.

If the contractual reversion rate is different from the rate to which the stress test is applied (see the data element above), report the contractual reversion rate; otherwise do not report this data element.

If no stress test was undertaken, do not report this data element.

Were the MCOB 11.7 transitional arrangements used?

Y = yes, to existing borrower

T = yes, to new borrower

N = no

Report where the transitional arrangements were used when entering into the mortgage as set out in MCOB 11.7.

Second charge regulated mortgage contracts must be reported as ‘N’.

Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes
Performance Data (report for all regulated mortgage contracts )
Reference number of the firm to which SUP 16.11.1R(2) applies Numeric This should be the FRN of the firm which is obliged to submit the performance data report (not the FRN of the reporting agent, if there is one, appointed under SUP 16.11.11R).
Is the beneficial owner of the rights of the lender under the mortgage contract a firm?

Y = yes

N = no

 
Reference number of the firm which is the beneficial owner of the lender’s rights under the mortgage contract Numeric

Where the firm submitting the report is the beneficial owner, report the reference number of that firm.

Where the beneficial owner is a firm other than the firm submitting the report, report the reference number of the other firm.

If the beneficial owner is an unauthorised person, do not report this data element.

Name of the unauthorised person which is the beneficial owner of the lender’s rights under the mortgage contract Alphanumeric

Where the beneficial owner is an unauthorised person, report the legal name (rather than a trading name) of that person.

If that unauthorised person is a special purpose vehicle, report “SPV”.

If the beneficial owner is an authorised person, do not report this data element.

Is the legal owner of the lender’s rights under the mortgage contract a firm?

Y = yes

N = no

Where the lender’s rights have been sold or assigned in a way which creates a split between the legal and beneficial ownership of those rights, report whether the legal owner is a firm or not.
Reference number of the firm which is the legal owner of the lender’s rights under the mortgage contract Numeric

Where the firm submitting the report is the legal owner, report the reference number of that firm.

Where the legal owner is a firm other than the firm submitting the report, report the reference number of the legal owner.

If the legal owner is an unauthorised person, do not report this data element.

Name of the unauthorised person which is the legal owner of the lender’s rights under the mortgage contract Alphanumeric

Where the legal owner is an unauthorised person, report the legal name (rather than a trading name) of that person.

If that unauthorised person is a special purpose vehicle, report “SPV”.

If the legal owner is an authorised person, do not report this data element.

Is the account part of a closed book?

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ if the mortgage account (or collection of accounts of which the account is treated as part, i.e. the mortgage book) is closed to new business. This will be the case where the only new funds transferred to the account or the book are further advances to the customer (or existing customers within the book), but the customer is not able to change to a new product type or switch interest rate types. This would include mortgage books owned by unauthorised persons, mortgage books owned by authorised persons whose permission does not include the regulated activity of entering into a regulated mortgage contract, and mortgage books where the owner has permission to carry on the regulated activity of entering into a regulated mortgage contract but is not exercising it in relation to the mortgage book or customers within the book.
Reference number of administrator Numeric Where the mortgage is administrated by a third party that is an authorised person, this field must contain the firm reference number of that firm. (This should be the Principal administrator rather than the Other administrator: see Section G of SUP 16 Annex 19BG.)
Post code of the mortgaged property e.g. XY45 6XX Report the full post code of the mortgaged property, e.g. XY45 6XX.
Date of birth of first borrower DD/MM/YYYY Report date of birth of first borrower.
Date mortgage account opened DD/MM/YYYY

Date of mortgage completion or drawdown of funds.

This must be reported, where known.

If it is not known, for example, because the reporting firm has purchased the loan from another firm, then it does not need to be reported.

Original transaction reference Numeric

Report the unique transaction reference of the original product sales data transaction.

This must be reported, where known.

If it is not known, for example, because the reporting firm has purchased the loan from another firm, report a current unique reference for the transaction internal to the reporting firm (e.g. the account number), that will enable the firm to provide the FCA with more information concerning the account, if required.

Was the loan purchased from another firm?

Y = yes

N = no

Report Y where the loan has been purchased from another firm.
Original size of loan Numeric £

Report the original interest-bearing balance at completion of the mortgage.

This must be reported, where known.

If it is not known, for example, because the reporting firm has purchased the loan from another firm then it does not need to be reported.

Original term of loan (in months) Numeric

Report number in months as at completion of the mortgage.

This must be reported, where known.

If it is not known, for example, because the reporting firm has purchased the loan from another firm then it does not need to be reported.

Reference number of original product provider Numeric

This field must contain the firm reference number of the original product provider (even where the same product provider still holds the mortgage).

This must be reported, where known.

If it is not known, for example, because the reporting firm has purchased the loan from another firm who was not the original product provider, then it does not need to be reported.

Current balance outstanding Numeric £

This is the interest bearing balance of the mortgage that is outstanding after write-offs at the end of the reporting period, represented as a sterling equivalent amount. This amount should include arrears, and fees and charges added to the loan.

For repossessions with a sale shortfall, continue to report the amount of the sale shortfall until the mortgage account is closed.

For accounts closed during the reporting period, report ‘0’.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report the total current balance outstanding across all parts.

Date of balance (must be within reporting period) DD/MM/YYYY Report date of current balance outstanding. This date should be within the reporting period of the return, even if the data is extracted and submitted after the final day of the reporting period.
Current expected monthly payment Numeric £

Report the current expected monthly mortgage payment, including any formally agreed reductions or increases in payments, e.g. due to forbearance.

Where payments are collected on a basis other than monthly, such as quarterly or annually, report the monthly equivalent (e.g. for annual payments, report one twelfth of the annual payment).

Where there is no expected payment, e.g. because the mortgage is an interest roll-up mortgage, report ‘0’.

Value of linked accounts Numeric £

Report the value of linked accounts that are offset against the mortgage, e.g. to reduce the amount of interest payable, such as savings and current accounts.

Do not report accounts that are not offset, e.g. savings account used as additional collateral for the mortgage.

Report '0' where there are no linked accounts.

Current gross rate of interest charged Numeric %

The rate of interest reported should be the gross nominal rate charged on the loan and should take into account any discount being provided.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report the interest rate applying to the largest part.

Current interest rate type

01 = fixed rate

02 = discount

04 = capped rate

05 = standard variable rate

06 = BoE base rate tracker

07 = LIBOR tracker

08 = other tracker

99 = other

Enter the relevant code that describes the current interest rate of the mortgage product.

If none of the existing codes apply enter sale as ‘99’ to denote ‘other’.

Only 1 code can be entered.

Examples of 'other' include managed variable rates which are not standard variable rates, and individually negotiated variable rates.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report the rate type applying to the largest part.

Is the current rate an incentivised rate?

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ where the product has an initial incentivised rate which later moves to a reversion rate. For example, fixed, capped, tracker or discounted rates where the customer is paying an incentivised rate for a set period.
Date incentivised rate ends DD/MM/YYYY

Report for any product where an initial incentivised rate later moves to a reversion rate. For example, fixed, capped, tracker or discounted rates where the customer is paying an incentivised rate for a set period.

Where there are several incentivised rates, e.g. a fixed rate, followed by a tracker rate, which then reverts to a standard variable rate (SVR), report the date when the rate reverts to the SVR.

Where an incentivised rate lasts for the full term of the mortgage, e.g. a lifetime tracker, or a fixed rate that lasts for the full term, report the end of term date.

Remaining term of mortgage Numeric

Report remaining terms in months.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report the term applying to the largest part of the loan.

Months past maturity Numeric

Report months past expected maturity date, for mortgages that have not been repaid after the contractual term had expired, where the term has not been extended.

Keep reporting the account until closed, or until the term is extended.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report where one part has passed maturity. Where more than one part has passed maturity, report the part that is the longest past maturity.

Report '0' for mortgages which are not past maturity.

Current method of repayment

C = capital and interest

I = interest-only

M = mix of ‘capital and interest’ and ‘interest-only’

Use code to indicate method of mortgage repayment.

Only 1 code should be entered.

For low start mortgages (i.e. mortgages where payments are made on an interest-only basis for a set period at the start of the mortgage, but payments contractually revert to a repayment basis after this set period), report as interest-only during the low start interest-only period. Report as capital and interest when the mortgage has reverted to a capital and interest basis.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report the method of repayment applying to the largest part.

Reason for closure of account

R = remortgage to same lender

M = moved to a different property, mortgage taken with same lender (includes porting)

P = repossession

A = assisted sale

V = voluntary repossession

O = other

Report only for accounts closed in reporting period.

Report ‘P’ where the account has been closed following repossession action (i.e. following the sale of the property).

Report ‘A’ where the firm has assisted the borrower with selling the property.

Report ‘V’ where the borrower has surrendered possession on a voluntary basis so that it can be sold by the firm.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, and these parts are closed at different times, report the closure of account when the final part is closed.

After the account has been closed, no further reporting is required.

Current amount of payment shortfall Numeric £

Report current amount of payment shortfall at date of reporting.

Report as a positive rather than a negative number.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report the current total payment shortfall that applies across all parts.

Where there is no payment shortfall, report '0'.

Date of start of most recent instance of arrears DD/MM/YYYY

Date when the account first met the definition of arrears, in the case of the most recent instance of arrears.

Once reported, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which this instance of arrears has been continuing (including the reporting period in which the arrears are cleared). If the account enters arrears again, the start date of the new instance of arrears should then be reported.

Arrears has the meaning set out in the Glossary.

Is there a formal arrangement with a borrower to repay a payment shortfall

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ if there has been a formal arrangement in place to repay a payment shortfall at any time during the reporting period, whether the terms have been adhered to or not.

For the purpose of this report, a formal arrangement is an agreement made with the customer to repay a payment shortfall, over and above the contractual mortgage payment, over a certain period of time.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report ‘Y’ where there has been a formal arrangement in place on any part.

Date of formal arrangement DD/MM/YYY

Report date of most recent formal arrangement to repay a payment shortfall (where relevant).

Once reported, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which the arrangement is in place (including the reporting period in which the arrangement terminates). Where a formal arrangement is extended, continue to report the date of the original arrangement.

Capitalisation of payment shortfall

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ where a payment shortfall has been capitalised during the reporting period. (Note that this differs to the basis on which capitalisation is reported in the Mortgage Lending and Administration Return, as there is no requirement to delay reporting until the loan has been fully performing for a period of six consecutive months).

Capitalisation is an arrangement agreed with the borrower to add all or part of a payment shortfall to the loan.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report ‘Y’ where there has been a capitalisation on any part.

Date of capitalisation of payment shortfall DD/MM/YYY

Report date of most recent capitalisation event where this occurred during the reporting period.

Capitalisation is an arrangement agreed with the borrower to add all or part of a payment shortfall to the loan.

Temporary switch to interest-only

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ where a temporary switch of all or part of the mortgage to interest-only has been in place at any time during the reporting period.

A 'temporary' switch refers to all non-permanent switches to interest-only. It does not cover contract variations where there has been a permanent change to interest-only.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report ‘Y’ where there has been a temporary switch to interest-only on any part.

Date of temporary switch to interest-only DD/MM/YYYY

Report date of most recent switch of all or part of the mortgage to interest-only (where relevant).

Once reported, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which the switch is in place (including the reporting period in which the switch terminates). Where a temporary switch to interest-only is extended, continue to report the date of the original switch.

A 'temporary' switch refers to all non-permanent switches to interest-only. It does not cover contract variations where there has been a permanent change to interest-only.

Payments suspended

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ where a suspension of mortgage payments has been in place at any time during the reporting period, for reasons of forbearance.

Do not report payment holidays allowed under the mortgage contract for non-forbearance reasons.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report ‘Y’ where there has been a payment suspension on any part.

Date payments suspended DD/MM/YYYY

Date when most recent payment suspension was put in place (where relevant).

Once reported, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which the suspension is in place (including the reporting period in which the suspension terminates) Where a suspension is extended, continue to report the date of the original suspension.

Do not report payment holidays allowed under the mortgage contract for non-forbearance reasons.

Reduced payments other than payment suspension and switches

Y = yes

N = no

Report where reduced payments, other than a payment suspension and/or a temporary switch to interest-only (whether in whole or in part), have been in place at any time during the reporting period, for reasons of forbearance.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report ‘Y’ where there has been a reduced payment on any part.

Date of reduced payment DD/MM/YYYY

Date when most recent reduced payments (other than a payment suspension or a temporary switch to interest-only) were put in place (where relevant).

Once reported, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which the reduction is in place (including the reporting period in which the reduction ends) Where a reduction is extended, continue to report the date of the original reduction.

Term extension

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ where there has been a term extension for reasons of forbearance during the reporting period.

Also report ‘Y’ for term extensions applied to interest-only mortgages reaching maturity during the reporting period because the borrower is unable to repay the capital at the end of the original term.

Do not report other term extensions made for non-forbearance reasons.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report ‘Y’ where there has been a term extension on any part.

Date of term extension DD/MM/YYYY Date when most recent term extension was put in place for reasons of forbearance where this occurred during the reporting period.
Other forbearance

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ where other forbearance is in place or has been in place at any point during the reporting period.

Other forbearance includes any kind of forbearance in relation to the mortgage (other than a formal arrangement, capitalisation, temporary switch to interest-only, suspended payments, reduced payments and term extension). For example, a reduced interest rate; matched payments; writing-off part of the loan; or a mortgage rescue scheme undertaken to reduce mortgage payments.

Do not report methods of assisting the borrower to exit home ownership, such as assisted voluntary sale or mortgage rescue schemes where the borrower sells the whole property.

Where the loan is split into more than one part, report ‘Y’ where there has been other forbearance on any part.

Date of other forbearance DD/MM/YYYY

Report date when most recent other forbearance was put in place (where relevant).

Once reported, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which the forbearance continues (including the reporting period in which the forbearance ends). Where the forbearance is extended, continue to report the date of the original forbearance.

Date litigation action started DD/MM/YYYY

Report start date of most recent litigation action (where relevant).

This is defined as the date solicitors were instructed by the firm to begin litigation action.

Once reported, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which the litigation is ongoing (including the reporting period in which the litigation ends).

Is a possession order in place?

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Y’ where a possession order has been in place at any time during the reporting period, whether absolute or suspended.
Date of possession or date receiver of rent appointed DD/MM/YYYY

Report where possession has occurred or where receiver of rent appointed during the reporting period (where relevant).

For possessions, once reported, this same date should be reported each reporting period.

In the case of a receiver of rent being appointed, this same date should be reported for each reporting period during which the appointment continues (including the reporting period in which the appointment terminates).

Sale value achieved (for repossessions)  

Report the sale price received for the repossessed property, where the property has been sold during the reporting period.

In practice, this may be several reporting periods after the property has been taken into possession, according to how long it has taken to sell the property.

Is the transaction a second charge mortgage?

Y = yes

N = no

Report ‘Yes’ only where the mortgage is a second charge regulated mortgage contract and ‘No’ where the mortgage is a first charge regulated mortgage contract.

If the firm does not have second charge mortgages to report, the firm does not need to report against this field.

(d) Other home finance transactions

(i) Home Reversion Plans

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable:

Data reporting field Illustrative Code (where applicable) Notes
Date reversion plan commenced DD/MM/YYYY  
Reversion Characteristics

F = Full Reversion

FI = Full reversion linked to an investment with a view to providing income

P = Partial reversion

PI = Partial reversion linked to an investment with a view to providing income

O = Other

Only 1 code can be entered
Property postcode e.g. XY45 6XX  
Reversion Sum Numeric £ Amount of reversion lump sum or sum used to provide income
Full market value of property Numeric £ The actual market value of the property or portion of property that is intended for reversion
Discounted value of reverted property Numeric £ The actual discounted value of the property or portion of property on which the reversion plan is based
Date of birth of main XXX DD/MM/YYYY Report the age of the main plan holder only
Purpose of reversion

H = Extra money for home improvements

D = Extra money for debt consolidation

M = Extra money for home improvements and debt consolidation

O = Other

Only 1 code can be entered

(ii) Home Purchase Plans

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable:

Data reporting field Illustrative Code (where applicable) Notes
Date HPP account opened DD/MM/YYYY  
Type of rental rate

V = Variable

F = Fixed

O = Other

Only 1 code can be entered
HPP Characteristics

I = Ijara

D = Diminishing Musharaka

O = Other

 
Type of home buyer

F = First time buyer

H = Home mover

R = Re-finance

C = Council/Registered social landlord exercising their right to buy

O = Other

N = Not known

Only 1 code can be entered
Term of HPP Numeric Number in whole years
Amount granted to home buyer Numeric £ The sum of money advanced to the consumer in respect of their house purchase
Value of property Numeric £

The value should be based on:

• The surveyors valuation (or from a valuation index)

• From the customers estimated value as captured on the application form

Income basis

S = Single income

J = Joint income

Use code to indicate whether the income assessment has been made on a single or joint basis.
Date of birth of main home buyer DD/MM/YYYY Report the age of the main home buyer only
Main home buyer employment status

F = Full time employed

S = Self employed

R = Retired

O = Other

Applies to main home buyer only

Only 1 code can be entered

Total gross income Numeric £ The total gross income of all home buyers whose income was used in the credit assessment (see guidance notes for further explanation)
Income verification

Y = Income evidenced

N = Income note evidenced

Applies to plans based on one or more persons' incomes (see guidance notes relating to where income is not evidenced)
County court judgements (CCJs) Value Numeric £ Applies where home buyer/s has had one or more CCJs within the last 3 years – either satisfied or unsatisfied – with a total value greater than £500
Impaired credit history of main home buyer

A = Arrears

V = IVA

B = Bankruptcy

Use codes to indicate applicable credit history

A = applies to previous home finance transactions where the home buyer/s has had arrears within the last 2 years where the cumulative amount overdue at any point reached three or more monthly payments or

V = applies where the home buyer/s have been subject to an individual voluntary arrangement at anytime within the last 3 years

B = applies where the home buyer/s have been subject to a bankruptcy order at any time within the last 3 years

(iii) Sale and rent back agreements

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable, for all regulated sale and rent back agreements.

Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes
Unique identifier   Use code that enables the sale and rent back provider to identify the individual sale and rent back agreement.
Date of sale and rent back agreement DD/MM/YYYY Date the sale and rent back agreement was entered into.
Market value of the proper Numeric £ Indicate the market value of the property according to the independent valuation carried out in accordance with MCOB 6.9.2R.
Purchase price Numeric £ Purchase price of the property.
Net amount paid to the sale and rent back seller Numeric £ Net amount paid to the sale and rent back seller, following the deduction of fees and any other expenses.
Monthly rent Numeric £ Monthly rent as agreed at the outset of the tenancy agreement.
Term of tenancy agreement Months Length of the initial fixed term as stated in the tenancy agreement.
Postcode of property XX45 6XX  
Income basis S = single, J= joint Use code to indicate whether the affordability assessment has been made on a single or joint basis.
Main sale and rent back seller employment status E = employed, S = self employed, B = benefits, R = retired, 0 = other Applies to main sale and rent back seller only.
Total net disposable income Numeric £ The total net disposable income for all parties to the sale and rent back agreement used in the affordability assessment.
Date of birth of main sale and rent back seller DD/MM/YYYY Report the age of the main sale and rent back seller only.
Product incentives

CB = cash back,

BB = buy back option,

SA = share of appreciation

Use code to indicate incentives that form part of the sale and rent back agreement, if applicable.

Where more than one code applies, report all.

‘Cash back’ is the promise of a future payment to the sale and rent back seller, for example a portion of the original discount.

‘Buy back’ is where the sale and rent back seller is offered the option to buy the property back.

‘Share of appreciation’ is where the sale and rent back seller is promised a share in the appreciation of the property value.

Funding source for sale and rent back agreement

C = commercial funding,

B = BTL mortgage, O = other

Use code to indicate the source of funding used for the sale and rent back agreement.
Fees charged to customer Numeric £ This is the fee charged by the provider to the customer. It includes administration and legal fees.

(e) High-cost short-term credit and home credit loan agreements

This requirement applies only to a non-threshold short-term loan firm. The following data reporting fields must be completed for all high-cost short-term credit and home credit loan agreements.

Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes
Loan amount Numeric £ Provide the total amount of credit (i.e. the total sum made available under the loan)
Transaction date DD/MM/YYYY Provide the date of the transaction
Loan type

HCST = High-Cost Short-Term Loan

H = Home credit loan agreement

Select one code only for each loan
APR Numeric % 2dp Provide the annual percentage rate of charge in relation to the credit agreement calculated in accordance with CONC App 1.2 in the Consumer Credit sourcebook. Where a firm calculates the APR to one decimal place, it should add a further zero in the APR reporting field.
Arrangement fee Numeric £ Provide the amount of any arrangement fee that is payable in relation to the loan in addition to interest or a fixed charge in lieu of interest
Total amount payable Numeric £ The total amount payable by the borrower being the sum of the total amount of credit and the total charge for credit payable under the agreement, as well as any advance payment
Rollover

Y = yes

N = no

Indicate if the loan is rolled over from a previous loan. For this purpose, a loan is rolled over if the period over which loan repayments are to be made has been extended, or if the due date for any loan repayment has been moved to a later date, whether by means of an agreement that replaces, varies or supplements an earlier loan or otherwise (excluding any forbearance by the lender where the firm does not receive any consideration in connection with the rollover and the effect is that no interest or other charges (other than where a charge is a reasonable estimate of the cost of the additional administration required as a result of the customer having rolled over the agreement) accrue from the date of the rollover).
Order of rollover Numeric integer Indicate how many times the same original loan has been rolled over
Length of term Numeric integer Provide the length of the agreed loan period in days
Reason for loan

S = subsistence

P = one off purchase

O = other

Select only one code to indicate the reason for the loan.
Date of birth of borrower DD/MM/YYYY  
Post code of borrower e.g. XY45 6XX Provide the post code of the main place of residence of the borrower
Monthly income of borrower Numeric £ Provide monthly income after tax of borrower
Marital status of borrower

M = married

S = single

D = divorced

W = widowed

L = living together

P = separated

O = other

Select only one code that most appropriately represents the borrower’s marital status
Residential status of borrower

O = owner occupier

L = living with parents

T = tenant

C = council tenant

J = joint owner

X = other

Select only one code that most appropriately represents the borrower’s residential status
Employment status of borrower

EF = employed full time

EP = employed part time

ET = employed temporary

SE = self-employed

S = student

HM = home maker

U = unemployed

OB = on benefits

AF = in armed forces

R = retired

Select only one code that most appropriately represents the borrower’s employment status

(f) Relevant regulated credit agreements

The following data reporting fields must be completed, where applicable, for all relevant regulated credit agreements.

A non-threshold short-term loan firm is not required to complete these data reporting fields.

Notes:

  1. (1)

    A firm must provide sales data returns in respect of both relevant regulated credit agreements executed during the reporting period and relevant regulated credit agreements for which the firm is assigned legal ownership of the lender’s rights and duties under the regulated credit agreement during the reporting period.

  2. (2)

    A firm must provide performance data returns in respect of relevant regulated credit agreements which are extant during any part of the reporting period and in respect of which the firm is exercising, or has the right to exercise, the lender’s rights and duties.

  3. (3)

    A firm must provide back-book data in respect of relevant regulated credit agreements which are extant on the first day of the firm’s first reporting period and in respect of which the firm is exercising, or has the right to exercise, the lender’s rights and duties. This requirement does not extend to agreements executed on the first day of the firm’s first reporting period within the meaning of SUP 16.11.3R(2A).

  4. (4)

    Relevant regulated credit agreements include agreements which modify or novate agreements entered into during previous reporting periods.

  5. (5)

    A firm must continue to report performance data until:

    1. (a)

      the regulated credit agreement is cancelled;

    2. (b)

      no amount remains to be paid by the borrower under the regulated credit agreement;

    3. (c)

      the firm is no longer the legal owner of the lender’s rights and duties under the regulated credit agreement; or

    4. (d)

      enforcement of the regulated credit agreement is statute barred.

  6. (6)

    The regulated credit agreement should continue to be reported in the performance data for the reporting period during which the reason to cease reporting performance data occurred. The reason for ceasing to report performance data must be included in the final submission.

Sales data

A sales data report must include data in respect of:

• all relevant regulated credit agreements executed during the reporting period; and

• all relevant regulated credit agreements in respect of which the lender’s rights and duties under the regulated credit agreement were assigned to the reporting firm during the reporting period.

A relevant regulated credit agreement executed during the reporting period includes:

• a new relevant regulated credit agreement;

• a modified agreement, being a relevant regulated credit agreement which, in respect of a relevant regulated credit agreement that was executed before the beginning of the reporting period, revoked that previous agreement and contains provisions which are modifications or variations of that previous agreement; and

• a novated agreement, being a relevant regulated credit agreement which, in respect of a relevant regulated credit agreement that was executed before the beginning of the reporting period, novated that agreement to change the identity of the lender.

The transaction reference reported for each relevant regulated credit agreement in a sales data report must be unique in all sales data reports. Any transaction reference reported for a relevant regulated credit agreement in a sales data report must not have been reported for another relevant regulated credit agreement in the back-book data report.

The same transaction reference reported for each relevant regulated credit agreement in a sales data report must be used for the same relevant regulated credit agreement in all performance data reports which include data in respect of that relevant regulated credit agreement.

Purpose of the sales data report

The sales data report will allow the FCA to understand different aspects of new relevant regulated credit agreements entered into by the reporting firm, and to provide contextualising information for the performance data reports in relation to these relevant regulated credit agreements.

Interpreting the data elements

Not all data elements must be reported for all relevant regulated credit agreements. The validations for when data elements must, or must not, be reported are detailed in the data reference guide for the sales data report. The data element reference codes can be used to cross-refer between the Handbook and the data reference guide, as well as other supporting documentation.

These validations often relate to data elements specific to certain types of relevant regulated credit agreements - most notably, the difference between relevant regulated credit agreements under which the facility is fixed-sum credit or running-account credit. Many data elements do not need to be reported for a relevant regulated credit agreement which replaces an earlier agreement by novation of the earlier agreement to change the lender, or for which the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

Reference Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes

Origination data elements

These data elements identify whether:

• the regulated credit agreement is a new agreement;

• the regulated credit agreement is a modified agreement;

• the regulated credit agreement is a novated agreement; or

• the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement had been assigned to the reporting firm.

Where relevant, the data elements provide details of the earlier agreement and previous lender.

2A Origination agreement type

A = Modified agreement

B = Novated agreement

C = Legal ownership assigned

X = None of these

Enter the relevant code:

A: Modified agreement

The regulated credit agreement is an earlier agreement as varied or supplemented by a modifying agreement, which is treated as:

(a) revoking the earlier agreement; and

(b) containing provisions reproducing the combined effect of the 2 agreements.

A variation of a regulated credit agreement which does not require the use of a modifying agreement must not be reported in the sales data report. Such a regulated credit agreement should continue to be reported in the performance data report.

If the regulated credit agreement has replaced an earlier agreement but a modifying agreement was not used, this must not be recorded as ‘A: Modified agreement’.

B: Novated agreement

The regulated credit agreement replaces an earlier agreement by novation of the earlier agreement to change the lender.

C: Legal ownership assigned

The legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement has been assigned to the reporting firm.

X: None of these

The origination of the regulated credit agreement is not one of the specific options above.

3A Earlier agreement – transaction reference status

A = Earlier agreement – transaction reference known

B = No earlier agreement transaction reference

Z = Unknown

An ‘Earlier agreement – transaction reference’ is:

(a) for a modified agreement, the transaction reference which had been reported in previous back-book, sales or performance data reports by the reporting firm in relation to the earlier agreement which the regulated credit agreement has replaced;

(b) for a novated agreement, the ‘transaction reference’ which had been reported in previous back-book, sales or performance data reports by the previous lender in relation to the earlier agreement which the regulated credit agreement has replaced; or

(c) for a regulated credit agreement for which the legal ownership has been assigned to the reporting firm, the ‘transaction reference’ which had been reported in previous back-book, sales or performance data reports by the assignor in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Earlier agreement – transaction reference known

The reporting firm is able to provide the ‘Earlier agreement – transaction reference’.

B: No earlier agreement transaction reference

There was no ‘Earlier agreement – transaction reference’.

For a modified agreement, the earlier agreement which the regulated credit agreement has replaced was not included in previous back-book, sales or performance data reports.

For a novated agreement, the earlier agreement which the regulated credit agreement has replaced was not included in previous back-book, sales or performance data reports by the previous lender.

For a regulated credit agreement for which the legal ownership has been assigned to the reporting firm, the regulated credit agreement was not included in previous back-book, sales or performance data reports by the assignor.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to provide the ‘Earlier agreement – transaction reference’ or is unable to determine whether there was an ‘Earlier agreement – transaction reference’.

4A Earlier agreement – transaction reference Alphanumeric The ‘Earlier agreement – transaction reference’ as defined in data element 3A ‘Earlier agreement – transaction reference status’.
5A Previous lender regulatory status

A1 = Regulated – FRN known

A2 = Regulated – FRN unknown

X = Not regulated

Z1 = Previous lender regulatory status unknown

Z2 = Previous lender unknown

For a novated agreement, this should reflect the regulatory status of the lender under the earlier agreement as on the date of the novation.

For a regulated credit agreement for which the legal ownership has been assigned to the reporting firm, this should reflect the regulatory status of the lender who acted as assignor as on the date of the assignment.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Regulated – FRN known

The previous lender was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the previous lender is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Regulated – FRN unknown

The previous lender was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the previous lender is not known by the reporting firm.

X: Not regulated

The previous lender was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

Z1: Previous lender regulatory status unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the previous lender.

Z2: Previous lender unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine who the previous lender was.

6A Previous lender FRN 6 or 7 digit number

For a novated agreement, the FRN of the lender under the earlier agreement, as on the date of the novation.

For a regulated credit agreement for which the legal ownership has been assigned to the reporting firm, the FRN of the lender who acted as assignor, as on the date of the assignment.

7A Previous lender name Alphanumeric

For a novated agreement, the name of the lender under the earlier agreement, as on the date of the novation.

For a regulated credit agreement for which the legal ownership has been assigned to the reporting firm, the name of the lender who acted as assignor, as on the date of the assignment.

8A Date of assignment of legal ownership DD/MM/YYYY The date on which the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.
9A Credit for business or personal use

B = Business

P = Personal

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

B: Business

For where the borrower entered into the regulated credit agreement wholly or predominantly for the purpose of business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the borrower.

This should include any regulated credit agreement under which the borrower is not a natural person.

P: Personal

All other regulated credit agreements.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine whether or not the borrower entered into the regulated credit agreement wholly or predominantly for the purpose of business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the borrower.

10A Has a default notice taken effect in relation to this agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the borrower(s) had been issued with a default notice in relation to the regulated credit agreement and:

(a) if the breach was capable of remedy, the borrower(s) had not taken the action required to remedy the breaches by the date specified in the default notice (or, if no such action was required, at least 14 days had elapsed since the date of service of the notice) (see section 88(1)(b) and (2) of the CCA); or

(b) if the breach was not capable of remedy, the borrower(s) had not paid the sum (if any) required as compensation for the breach by the date specified in the default notice (or, if no such compensation was required, at least 14 days had elapsed since the date of service of the notice) (see section 88(1)(c) and (2) of the CCA).

For a novated agreement, this should reflect the position under the earlier agreement as on the date of the novation.

For a regulated credit agreement for which the legal ownership has been assigned to the reporting firm, this should reflect the position under the regulated credit agreement as on the date of the assignment.

Sales details data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to how the regulated credit agreement was sold to the borrower(s) by the reporting firm, including details of any related financial promotions.

For the data elements relating to financial promotions, the reporting firm should consider any financial promotions which were in effect at the time the regulated credit agreement was executed and, if relevant, the date on which a person effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement. The reporting firm should not consider excluded communications. The reporting firm should not consider whether the borrower(s) were in fact invited or induced by the financial promotion(s).

11A Was a brand name used other than the reporting firm’s name?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

This should reflect the brand name that was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement when the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the reporting firm is not the original lender under the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect as relevant the brand name used by the reporting firm in relation to the regulated credit agreement on the date of the novation or the brand name used by the reporting firm in relation to the regulated credit agreement when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

A brand name other than the name of the reporting firm was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

N: No

Only the name of the reporting firm was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether a brand name other than the name of the reporting firm was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

12A Does the agreement use a brand that represents the reporting firm’s group or a third party?

A = Reporting firm’s group (internal/own brand)

B = Third party (external/co-brand)

Enter the relevant code:

A: Reporting firm’s group (internal/own brand)

The brand name used in relation to the regulated credit agreement represents the reporting firm or another person within the reporting firm’s group.

B: Third party (external/co-brand)

The brand name used in relation to the regulated credit agreement represents a third-party person outside of the reporting firm’s group, such as through an affinity/partnership scheme or white label product.

13A Brand name used for the agreement Alphanumeric This should be the brand name that was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement when the regulated credit agreement was executed. If the reporting firm is not the original lender for the regulated credit agreement, this should be the brand name that was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement by the reporting firm on the date of the novation or the brand name used in relation to the regulated credit agreement by the reporting firm when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.
14A Is the product only available to a particular class of individual?

A = Customers who hold a current account with the reporting firm’s group

B = Customers who had previously borrowed from the reporting firm’s group

C = Employees of the reporting firm’s group

X = Not restricted to the particular classes of individual specified above

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Customers who hold a current account with the reporting firm’s group

The product to which the regulated credit agreement relates is only available to customers who hold a current account with the reporting firm’s group.

For a reporting firm which is an FCA registered mutual society, if the product to which the regulated credit agreement relates is only available to a customer that is a member of the mutual society, the reporting firm should select this option.

[Note: Further information about mutual societies can be found at www.fca.org.uk/firms/mutual-societies]

B: Customers who had previously borrowed from the reporting firm’s group

The product to which the regulated credit agreement relates is only available to customers who had previously entered into a credit agreement with the reporting firm’s group.

C: Employees of the reporting firm’s group

The product to which the regulated credit agreement relates is only available to employees of the reporting firm’s group.

X: Not restricted to the particular classes of individual specified

The product to which the regulated credit agreement relates is not restricted to one of the particular classes of individual specified above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the product to which the regulated credit agreement relates is restricted to one of the particular classes of individual specified above.

15A Were there any financial promotions for the related product?

Y1 = Yes – representative APR can be reported

Y2 = Yes – representative APR cannot be reported

Y3 = Yes – representative APR not required

N = No

Z = Unknown

Whether the reporting firm communicated, or approved the content of, a financial promotion for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

 

Enter the relevant code:

Y1: Yes – representative APR can be reported

The reporting firm had communicated, or approved the content of, a financial promotion for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

The representative APR used in the financial promotions can be reported by the reporting firm.

Y2: Yes – representative APR cannot be reported

The reporting firm had communicated, or approved the content of, a financial promotion for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

The representative APR used in the financial promotions cannot be reported by the reporting firm.

Y3: Yes – representative APR not required

The reporting firm had communicated, or approved the content of, a financial promotion for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

A representative APR was not required for the financial promotions.

N: No 

The reporting firm had not communicated, or approved the content of, a financial promotion for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether it had communicated, or approved the content of, a financial promotion for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

16A Representative APR used in financial promotions for the related product Numeric %

The lowest representative APR used in financial promotions for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

17A Internal reference for related product Alphanumeric

In relation to the financial promotion(s), the reporting firm’s identifier/reference code for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

All attempts should be made to use the same ‘Internal reference for related product’ for all regulated credit agreements which relate to the same particular product and are included in the reporting firm’s sales data reports.

18A Related product name Alphanumeric The name used to represent the ‘Internal reference for related product’ to which the regulated credit agreement relates.
19A Do any financial promotions for the related product make reference to it being available to an individual with restricted access to credit?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

This relates to financial promotions for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

This is not intended to record the status of the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes 

At least one of the financial promotions states or implies that credit is available to individuals who might otherwise consider their access to credit restricted.

N: No

None of the financial promotions state or imply that credit is available to individuals who might otherwise consider their access to credit restricted.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether any of the financial promotions state or imply that credit is available to individuals who might otherwise consider their access to credit restricted.

20A Do any financial promotions for the related product make reference to improvements to an individual’s credit score?

Y = Product described as contributing to improving credit scores

N = No reference to credit score

Z = Unknown

This relates to financial promotions for the particular product to which the regulated credit agreement relates.

References to improvements to an individual’s credit score include references to any equivalent or related terms, such as credit building.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Product described as contributing to improving credit scores

At least one of the financial promotion(s) states that the product could potentially improve an individual’s credit score.

N: No reference to credit score

None of the financial promotion(s) state or imply that the product could potentially improve an individual’s credit score.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether any of the financial promotion(s) state or imply that the product could potentially improve an individual’s credit score.

21A How the sale was made

A1 = Direct face-to-face – on trade premises – postcode known

A2 = Direct face-to-face – on trade premises – postcode unknown

B = Direct face-to-face – off trade premises

C = Direct telephone

D = Direct app

E = Direct internet

F = Direct post

W = Direct other

X = Not direct

Z = Unknown

Report how the sale of the regulated credit agreement was made.

‘Direct’ refers to sales made by the reporting firm or a person within the reporting firm’s group.

Where a sale has been made through more than one method – eg, telephone and then post – report the channel where the product choice was made.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Direct face-to-face – on trade premises – postcode known

The sale was made in person on the trade premises of the reporting firm or a person within the reporting firm’s group, such as a branch of a bank or pawnbroker. The postcode of this trade premises is known.

A2: Direct face-to-face – on trade premises – postcode unknown

The sale was made in person on the trade premises of the reporting firm or a person within the reporting firm’s group, such as a branch of a bank or pawnbroker. The postcode of this trade premises is unknown.

B: Direct face-to-face – off trade premises

The sale was made in person off the trade premises of the reporting firm or a person within the reporting firm’s group.

C: Direct telephone

The sale was made during a telephone call. This includes voice calls over the internet.

D: Direct app

The sale was made via a dedicated app of the reporting firm or a person within the reporting firm’s group. This includes apps for mobiles phones, tablets or similar devices.

E: Direct internet

The sale was made via a website, email or other electronic means of communication other than voice calls or dedicated apps.

F: Direct post

The sale was made via post.

W: Direct other

The sale was made by the reporting firm or a person within the reporting firm’s group by any other channel.

X: Not direct

The sale was not made by the reporting firm or a person within the reporting firm’s group.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine how the sale of the regulated credit agreement was made.

22A Postcode of trade premises where sale was made eg, XY45 6XX

The full postcode of the trade premises where the sale of the regulated credit agreement was made.

This should take the form of, eg, XY45 6XX.

Credit broker details data elements

These data elements identify whether another person acted as a credit broker in relation to the regulated credit agreement and, if relevant, provide details of that credit broker.

23A Did another person effect an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm?

A1 = Yes – credit broker regulated – FRN known

A2 = Yes – credit broker regulated – FRN unknown

B = Yes – credit broker not regulated

C = Yes – credit broker regulatory status unknown

N = No credit broker

Z = Unknown

Whether another person (the credit broker) effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement.

The options chosen should reflect the credit broker’s regulatory status at the point the introduction was effected.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Yes – credit broker regulated – FRN known

Another person (the credit broker) effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement. The credit broker was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the credit broker is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Yes – credit broker regulated – FRN unknown

Another person (the credit broker) effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement. The credit broker was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the credit broker is not known by the reporting firm.

B: Yes – credit broker not regulated

Another person (the credit broker) effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement. The credit broker was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

C: Yes – credit broker regulatory status unknown

Another person (the credit broker) effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement. The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the credit broker.

N: No credit broker

Another person did not effect an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether another person effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement.

24A Credit broker FRN 6 or 7 digit number

The FRN of the credit broker who effected an introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement.

This should reflect the credit broker’s FRN at the point the introduction was effected.

25A Credit broker name Alphanumeric The name of the credit broker who effected the introduction of the borrower(s) to the reporting firm with a view to the borrower(s) entering into the regulated credit agreement.
26A Commission paid by reporting firm to credit broker Numeric £

Amount of commission paid to the credit broker by the reporting firm directly in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Do not include a pro-rata estimate of the commission from any amounts paid to the credit broker which are not directly in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

27A Commission received by reporting firm from credit broker Numeric £

Amount of commission paid to the reporting firm by the credit broker directly in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Do not include a pro-rata estimate of the commission from any amounts received from the credit broker which are not directly in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

P2P details data elements

These data elements identify whether the regulated credit agreement is also a P2P agreement and, if relevant, provide details of the operator of an electronic system in relation to lending who facilitated the P2P agreement.

28A Is the credit agreement also a P2P agreement?

A1 = Yes – platform regulated – FRN known

A2 = Yes – platform regulated – FRN unknown

B = Yes – platform not regulated

C = Yes – platform regulatory status unknown

N = No – not a P2P agreement

Z = Unknown

Whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Yes – platform regulated – FRN known

The regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement. The operator of the electronic system in relation to lending who facilitated the P2P agreement was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the operator of the electronic system in relation to lending is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Yes – platform regulated – FRN unknown

The regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement. The operator of the electronic system in relation to lending who facilitated the P2P agreement was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the operator of the electronic system in relation to lending is not known by the reporting firm.

B: Yes – platform not regulated

The regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement. The operator of the electronic system in relation to lending who facilitated the P2P agreement was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

C: Yes – platform regulatory status unknown

The regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement. The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the operator of the electronic system in relation to lending who facilitated the P2P agreement.

N: No – not a P2P agreement 

The regulated credit agreement does not meet the criteria of a P2P agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement.

29A P2P platform operator FRN 6 or 7 digit number The FRN of the operator of an electronic system in relation to lending who facilitated the P2P agreement as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.
30A P2P platform operator name Alphanumeric The name of the operator of an electronic system in relation to lending who facilitated the P2P agreement.

Agreement duration data elements

These data elements provide the date the regulated credit agreement was executed and, if relevant, details of when the regulated credit agreement is scheduled to end.

31A Agreement execution date DD/MM/YYYY

The date on which the regulated credit agreement was executed.

For a modified agreement or novated agreement this should be the date on which that regulated credit agreement was executed, not the date on which the earlier modified or novated agreement was executed.

32A Is the agreement an open-end agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of an open-end agreement.
33A Agreement end date DD/MM/YYYY Date on which the regulated credit agreement is scheduled to end.
34A Is there a minimum duration for the open-end agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the open-end agreement has a minimum duration.
35A Minimum duration end date DD/MM/YYYY Date on which the minimum duration of the open-end agreement ends.

Agreement characteristics data elements

These data elements provide information on a variety of characteristics of the regulated credit agreement to understand the type of product it relates to and, if relevant, the purpose, or intended purpose, of the borrowing. The validations for many of these data elements are dependent on other related data elements - most notably, the difference between regulated credit agreements under which the facility is fixed-sum credit or running-account credit.

36A Is the agreement a credit token agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a credit-token agreement.
37A Is the facility under the credit agreement fixed-sum or running-account?

FS = Fixed-sum credit

RA = Running-account credit

Enter the relevant code:

FS: Fixed-sum credit

The regulated credit agreement includes a facility whereby the borrower(s) is enabled to receive credit (whether in one amount or by instalments) but which is not running-account credit.

RA: Running-account credit

The regulated credit agreement includes a facility under which the borrower(s) or another person is enabled to receive from time to time from the reporting firm or a third party cash, goods or services to an amount or value such that, taking into account payments made by or to the credit of the borrower(s), the credit limit (if any) is not at any time exceeded.

38A How can the running-account credit be used?

A = Linked to a payment network

B = Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only

C = Retail revolving credit

D = Money transfers only

W = Other

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Linked to a payment network

A regulated credit agreement with a facility which allows drawdowns for transactions with any person in a payment network, such as MasterCard and Visa. This includes credit cards.

This should include a regulated credit agreement which also allows other types of drawdowns.

This should include a regulated credit agreement which has a brand associated with a particular supplier(s), or promotions in relation to a specific supplier(s), but the facility allows drawdowns with any person in a payment network.

B: Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of running-account credit, the main purpose of which is to allow the borrower(s) to finance periodic premiums or fees.

This should be selected even if additional drawdowns can be made as long as these drawdowns are not the main purpose of the agreement.

C: Retail revolving credit

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of retail revolving credit, other than a regulated credit agreement which is described by ‘B: Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only’.

D: Money transfers only

A regulated credit agreement which only allows drawdowns to transfer money to a bank account or an electronic money account.

W: Other 

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

39A Payment network

A = Mastercard

B = Visa

W = Other

The payment network, such as MasterCard and Visa, that the running-account credit is linked to.
40A With which suppliers can the running-account credit be used?

A = Reporting firm only

B = Single supplier other than the reporting firm

C = More than one supplier

Enter the relevant code:

A: Reporting firm only

Drawdowns can only be made for purchases from the reporting firm.

B: Single supplier other than the reporting firm

Drawdowns can only be made for purchases from a single supplier who is not the reporting firm.

C: More than one supplier

Drawdowns can be made for purchases from more than one supplier.

41A Regulatory status of the supplier in respect of whom the running-account credit applies

A1 = Regulated – FRN known

A2 = Regulated – FRN unknown

B = Supplier was the credit broker

X = Not regulated

Z1 = Supplier regulatory status unknown

Z2 = Supplier unknown

This should reflect the regulatory status of the single supplier with whom the running-account credit agreement can be used as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Regulated – FRN known

The supplier was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The supplier is not the person reported as the credit broker for the regulated credit agreement. The FRN of the supplier is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Regulated – FRN unknown

The supplier was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The supplier is not the person reported as the credit broker for the regulated credit agreement. The FRN of the supplier is not known by the reporting firm.

B: Supplier was the credit broker 

The supplier is the person reported as the credit broker for the regulated credit agreement.

X: Not regulated

The supplier was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

Z1: Supplier regulatory status unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the supplier.

Z2: Supplier unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine who the supplier is.

42A Running-account credit supplier FRN 6 or 7 digit number The FRN of the single person other than the reporting firm for whom drawdowns for purchases can be made (the running-account creditsupplier) as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.
43A Running-account credit supplier name Alphanumeric The name of the supplier in respect of the running-account credit as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.
44A Is the agreement a BNPL agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a BNPL agreement.

If the regulated credit agreement is a regulated deferred payment credit agreement, it does not meet the criteria of a BNPL agreement and must be recorded as N = No.

45A Type of periodic premiums or fees

A = Insurance premiums only

B = Any other combination of premiums and fees

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Insurance premiums only

The regulated credit agreement is intended to be used to finance premiums for general insurance contracts only.

B: Any other combination of premiums and fees

The regulated credit agreement is not limited to finance premiums for general insurance contracts only.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

46A Is the agreement a borrower-lender agreement or a borrower-lender-supplier agreement?

A = Borrower-lender

B = Borrower-lender-supplier

Enter the relevant code:

A: Borrower-lender

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a borrower-lender agreement.

B: Borrower-lender-supplier

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a borrower-lender-supplier agreement.

47A Supplier regulatory status

A1 = Regulated – FRN known

A2 = Regulated – FRN unknown

B = Supplier was the credit broker

C = Supplier was the reporting firm

X = Not regulated

Z1 = Supplier regulatory status unknown

Z2 = Supplier unknown

This should reflect the regulatory status of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement when the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the reporting firm is not the original lender for the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the regulatory status of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date of the novation or when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Regulated – FRN known

The supplier was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The supplier is not the reporting firm and is not the person reported as the credit broker for the regulated credit agreement. The FRN of the supplier is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Regulated – FRN unknown

The supplier was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The supplier is not the reporting firm and is not the person reported as the credit broker for the regulated credit agreement. The FRN of the supplier is not known by the reporting firm.

B: Supplier was the credit broker

The supplier was the person reported as the credit broker for the regulated credit agreement.

C: Supplier was the reporting firm 

The supplier was the reporting firm.

X: Not regulated

The supplier was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

Z1: Supplier regulatory status unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the supplier.

Z2: Supplier unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine who the supplier was.

48A Supplier FRN 6 or 7 digit number

The FRN of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the reporting firm is not the original lender for the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the FRN of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date of the novation or when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

49A Supplier name Alphanumeric

The name of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the reporting firm is not the original lender for the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the name of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date of the novation or when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

50A Is the agreement one of these specific contract types?

A = Hire-purchase agreement

B = Conditional sale agreement

C = Pawn agreement

D = Bill of sale loan agreement

E = Green deal plan

X = None of these contract types

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Hire-purchase agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a hire-purchase agreement.

B: Conditional sale agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a conditional sale agreement.

C: Pawn agreement

A regulated credit agreement for which the lender takes any article in pawn.

D: Bill of sale loan agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a bill of sale loan agreement.

E: Green deal plan

A regulated credit agreement which also meets the criteria of a green deal plan.

X: None of these contract types

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of any of the above contract types.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the above contract types.

51A Does the agreement meet the criteria of one of these agreement types as defined in the FCA Handbook?

A = High-cost short-term credit

B = Home credit loan agreement

C = RTO agreement

D = BNPL agreement

X = None of these FCA Handbook definitions

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: High-cost short-term credit

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of high-cost short-term credit.

B: Home credit loan agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a home credit loan agreement.

C: RTO agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of an RTO agreement as set out in CONC 5B.7.1R(7). Note that, while similar, this is not the same as the criteria for a rent-to-own agreement.

D: BNPL agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a BNPL agreement.

If the regulated credit agreement is a regulated deferred payment credit agreement, it does not meet the criteria of a BNPL agreement.

X: None of these FCA Handbook definitions

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of any of the above agreement types.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the above agreement types.

52A End date of promotional period for BNPL credit DD/MM/YYYY

The end date of the promotional period for the BNPL credit.

Credit provided under a regulated deferred payment credit agreement does not meet the criteria of BNPL credit.

53A Type of goods or services provided by the supplier financed by the agreement

A = Motor vehicles

B = Mobility aids

C = Home improvement

D = Mobile phones

E = Jewellery and watches

F = Household goods

G = Sports and leisure goods

H = Mobile homes

I = Agriculture equipment and supplies

J = Other plant machinery

K = Office equipment

L = Tools

M = Health care and medical care

N = Education and training

O = Travel

P = Legal services

Q = Insurance premiums

R = Membership and subscription fees

W1 = Other goods

W2 = Other services

Z = Unknown

If more than one type of goods or services are financed by the regulated credit agreement, the reporting firm should select the type of goods or services which accounted for the greatest portion of the total amount of credit.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Motor vehicles

A wheeled, mechanically propelled vehicle intended or adapted for use on roads.

B: Mobility aids

A device designed to assist walking or otherwise improve the mobility of people with a mobility impairment.

This should not include goods covered by ‘A: Motor vehicles’.

C: Home improvement 

Additions to, renovations of or repair of a residential property which involve professional services, including but not limited to installation.

This should not include goods covered by ‘B: Mobility aids’, even if they involved professional installation.

D: Mobile phones 

Mobile phone handsets, smart watches and associated accessories.

E: Jewellery and watches 

This should not include goods covered by ‘D: Mobile phones’.

F: Household goods 

Goods which are normally found in a residential home, including but not limited to furniture, kitchen appliances (such as cookers, washing machines and dryers, microwaves, refrigerators, and freezers), electronic and technological goods (such as vacuum cleaners, televisions and accessories, music systems and accessories, games consoles and accessories, computers, and tablets and accessories).

This should not include goods covered by ‘B: Mobility aids’, ‘D: Mobile phones’, or ‘E: Jewellery and watches’.

G: Sports and leisure goods

Goods used primarily for sports or leisure.

H: Mobile homes

Static caravans, park homes and lodges which can be transported from place to place.

I: Agriculture equipment and supplies

Goods intended to be used for agricultural purposes.

J: Other plant machinery

This should not include goods covered by ‘I: Agriculture equipment and supplies’.

K: Office equipment 

Goods which are normally found in a commercial office.

L: Tools

Handheld tools.

This should not include goods covered by ‘I: Agriculture equipment and supplies’, ‘J: Other plant machinery’, or ‘K: Office equipment’.

M: Health care and medical care 

Health care and medical care procedures, and equipment associated with health care and medical care.

This should include procedures carried out for cosmetic purposes.

N: Education and training 

Fees for education and training, and any living costs associated with education and training.

O: Travel

Services relating to travelling or the making of travel arrangements.

P: Legal services

Legal services associated with litigation.

Q: Insurance premiums

Premiums for general insurance contracts.

R: Membership and subscription fees

Fees to cover memberships and subscriptions.

This should not include services covered by ‘N: Education and training’.

W1: Other goods

Goods which are not any of the specific options above.

W2: Other services

Services which are not any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

Goods or services which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

54A Was the motor vehicle financed new or used?

A = New

B = Used

Z = Unknown

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: New 

The motor vehicle financed by the regulated credit agreement has not previously been used or owned by another consumer prior to the start of the regulated credit agreement.

B: Used 

The motor vehicle financed by the regulated credit agreement has been previously used or owned by another consumer prior to the start of the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the motor vehicle financed by the regulated credit agreement has been previously used by another consumer, prior to the start of the regulated credit agreement.

55A Type of motor vehicle financed

A = Car

B = Motorhomes and campervans

C = Motorbike including scooters

D = Light goods vehicle

W = Other type of motor vehicle

Z = Unknown

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Car 

A 4-wheeled passenger motor vehicle.

B: Motorhomes and campervans

A motor vehicle with living accommodation.

C: Motorbike including scooters

A 2-wheeled motor vehicle.

D: Light goods vehicle

A motor vehicle designed for the carriage of goods, not exceeding 3,500kg.

W: Other type of motor vehicle

Any other known motor vehicle type not covered by the specified options above.

Z: Unknown

A motor vehicle which the reporting firm is unable to determine to be one of the specific options above.

56A Is the hire-purchase agreement a personal contract purchase agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the hire-purchase agreement includes a guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle which is set out as an optional additional repayment at the end of the regulated credit agreement, with the option for the borrower(s) to return the motor vehicle instead of making that repayment.
57A Guaranteed minimum future value Numeric £ The guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle which is set out as an optional additional repayment at the end of the regulated credit agreement, with the option for the borrower(s) to return the motor vehicle instead of making that repayment.
58A Anticipated annual mileage Numeric The anticipated annual mileage used, in part, to determine the guaranteed minimum future value for a motor vehicle under the regulated credit agreement.
59A Declared purpose of borrowing

A1 = Debt consolidation loan – reporting firm’s group only

A2 = Debt consolidation loan – not reporting firm’s group only

A0 = Debt consolidation loan – unspecified

B = Motor vehicle loan

C = Home improvement loan

D = Wedding loan

E = Holiday loan

F = Student loan

W = Other declared purpose

Z = Unknown purpose

The selection should reflect the purpose of the borrowing, if any, declared by the borrower(s) in their application.

If more than one purpose was declared by the borrower(s), the reporting firm should select the purpose which accounted for the greatest portion of the total amount of credit.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Debt consolidation loan – reporting firm’s group only

To pay off existing credit commitments of the borrower with the reporting firm or person(s) in the reporting firm’s group.

A2: Debt consolidation loan – not reporting firm’s group only 

To pay off existing credit commitments of the borrower, not all of which are with the reporting firm or person(s) in the reporting firm’s group.

A0: Debt consolidation loan – unspecified 

To pay off existing credit commitments of the borrower, the makeup of which is not recorded.

B: Motor vehicle loan 

To purchase a wheeled, mechanically propelled vehicle intended or adapted for use on roads.

C: Home improvement loan

To pay for home improvements.

D: Wedding loan

To be used for costs associated with a wedding.

E: Holiday loan

To be used to pay for costs associated with holidays.

F: Student loan

To be used to pay for costs associated with education and training, either direct costs such as fees or associated living costs.

W: Other declared purpose

A purpose of borrowing is recorded which is not covered by the specified options above.

Z: Unknown purpose

No declared purpose of borrowing is recorded.

60A Was any portion of the loan for direct payment to existing creditors?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether all or part of the amount borrowed for debt consolidation included direct payment(s) by the reporting firm to the borrower(s)’ existing creditor(s).
61A Value of direct payments to existing creditors Numeric £ The value of the amount borrowed for debt consolidation which was directly paid by the reporting firm to the borrower(s)' existing creditor(s).

Borrower details data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

62A Is the borrower a natural person acting as a sole trader or a relevant recipient of credit?

A = Natural person

B = Relevant recipient of credit

Enter the relevant code:

A: Natural person

A natural person acting as a sole trader.

B: Relevant recipient of credit

A relevant recipient of credit means:

(a) a partnership consisting of 2 or 3 persons not all of whom are bodies corporate; or

(b) an unincorporated body of persons which does not consist entirely of bodies corporate and is not a partnership.

63A Reporting firm’s unique reference for relevant recipient of credit Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the relevant recipient of credit acting as the borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This unique reference must be used consistently for the same borrower in any performance data reports for the regulated credit agreement.

All attempts should be made to use the same unique reference for the same relevant recipient of credit, across all relevant regulated credit agreements included in the reporting firm’s back-book, sales and performance data reports.

64A Name of relevant recipient of credit Alphanumeric The name of the relevant recipient of credit acting as the borrower under the regulated credit agreement.
65A Number of borrowers named in the agreement Numeric

The number of natural persons who are named as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include natural persons who are not named under the regulated credit agreement but who have access to the facility, such as additional card holders.

Borrower natural person repeatable data elements

Certain data elements must be provided for each natural person who is named as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 66A, ‘Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as borrower’, will be the unique identifier for a set of borrower natural person data elements.

• Only one set of borrower natural person data elements will be allowable if data element 62A, ‘Is the borrower a natural person acting as a sole trader or a relevant recipient of credit?’, is answered ‘A = Natural person’.

• For all other relevant regulated credit agreements with borrowers who are natural persons, data element 65A, ‘Number of borrowers named in the agreement’, will validate the number of sets of borrower natural person data elements expected.

Start of borrower natural person repeatable data elements
66A Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as borrower Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the natural person acting as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include the natural person’s name or a derivation of their name.

This unique reference must be used consistently for the same borrower in any performance data reports for the regulated credit agreement.

All attempts should be made to use the same unique reference for the same natural person, across all relevant regulated credit agreements included in the reporting firm’s back-book, sales and performance data reports. This includes a unique reference for any natural person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) in relation to a relevant regulated credit agreement.

66B Borrower’s date of birth DD/MM/YYYY The date of birth of the natural person acting as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.
66C Borrower’s residential address type

A = United Kingdom

B = British Forces Post Office

C = Overseas

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the main residence for the borrower on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

Enter the relevant code:

A: United Kingdom 

The main residence for the borrower is in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

B: British Forces Post Office

The main residence for the borrower is a British Forces Post Office address.

C: Overseas

The main residence for the borrower is not in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

W: Other 

The main residence for the borrower is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The main residence for the borrower is a residential address type which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

66D Borrower’s residential postcode on the agreement execution date eg, XY45 6XX

The full postcode or equivalent of the main residence for the borrower on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

UK and British Forces Post Office postcodes should take the form of, eg, XY45 6XX.

66E Borrower’s residential status on the agreement execution date

A1 = Owner occupier – own outright

A2 = Owner occupier – mortgage

A0 = Owner occupier – unspecified

B1 = Renting – private landlord

B2 = Renting – social landlord

B0 = Renting – unspecified

C = Living with relatives or friends

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the residential status of the borrower on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Owner occupier – own outright

The borrower owns their main residence without a mortgage to pay for the residence.

A2: Owner occupier – mortgage

The borrower owns their main residence while repaying a mortgage to pay for the residence.

A0: Owner occupier – unspecified

The borrower owns their main residence and whether they have a mortgage to pay for the residence is not recorded.

B1: Renting – private landlord

The borrower is renting their main residence from a private landlord.

B2: Renting – social landlord

The borrower is renting their main residence from a social landlord.

B0: Renting – unspecified 

The borrower is renting their main residence and the type of the landlord is not recorded.

C: Living with relatives or friends

The borrower is living with relatives or friends, without a tenancy agreement.

W: Other

The borrower’s residential status is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine the borrower’s residential status to be one of the specific options above.

66F Borrower’s employment status on the agreement execution date

A1 = Employed – permanent or fixed term

A2 = Employed – temporary

A0 = Employed – unspecified

B = Self-employed

C = Not employed

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the employment status of the borrower on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Employed – permanent or fixed-term

The borrower had a permanent or fixed-term contract(s) to work for an employer(s).

A2: Employed – temporary

The borrower was working through a recruitment agency.

A0: Employed – unspecified 

The borrower was working for an employer(s) and the type of the employment is not recorded.

B: Self-employed

The borrower was working for themself as a sole trader.

C: Not employed

The borrower was not employed.

W: Other

The employment status of the borrower is not covered by the specified options.

Z: Unknown

The employment status of the borrower was not recorded by the reporting firm.

66G Detail of borrower’s employment

A = Full-time

B = Part-time

C = Casual

W = Other

Z = Unspecified

The selection should reflect the employment status of the borrower on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Full-time 

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the borrower as full-time.

B: Part-time 

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the borrower as part-time.

C: Casual 

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the borrower as casual. This includes a zero-hours contract.

W: Other

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the borrower in a way that is not covered by the specified options above.

Z: Unspecified

The reporting firm has not categorised the employment of the borrower in this way.

66H Detail of borrower’s not employed status

A = Seeking work

B = In education

C = Retired

D = Looking after the home or family

W = Other

Z = Unspecified

The selection should reflect the detail of the not employed status of the borrower on the data the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Seeking work

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the borrower’s status as looking for and available for work.

B: In education 

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the borrower’s status as being in education.

C: Retired 

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the borrower’s status as being retired.

D: Looking after the home or family 

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the borrower’s status as looking after the home or family. This includes being a carer for a close family member.

W: Other

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the borrower’s status in a way that is not covered by the specified options above.

Z: Unspecified

The reporting firm has not categorised the detail of the borrower’s status in this way.

End of borrower natural person repeatable data elements

Creditworthiness assessment for borrower(s) data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

If the borrower entered into the regulated credit agreement wholly or predominantly for the purpose of business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the borrower, the only data element required is 67A, ‘Did the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) for the agreement include any manual underwriting check?’.

For all other regulated credit agreements, data element 68A, ‘Income and expenditure information held in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s)’, will determine the validation of the other data elements relating to the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s).

The reporting firm is not required to collect any additional income and expenditure information in order to be able to provide of any of the specified data elements in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s).

67A Did the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) for the agreement include any manual underwriting check?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

The creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) for the regulated credit agreement involved a manual intervention/ assessment by a natural person.

N: No 

The creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) for the regulated credit agreement did not involve a manual intervention/ assessment by a natural person.

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) for the regulated credit agreement involved any manual intervention/ assessment by a natural person.

68A Income and expenditure information held in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s)

A = No income and expenditure

B = Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

C = Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

D = Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, with breakdown

E = Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, with breakdown

Z = Unknown

This should reflect the income and non-discretionary expenditure information held by the reporting firm for the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A: No income and expenditure

The reporting firm has not considered the borrower(s)’ income and non-discretionary expenditure in accordance with CONC 5.2A.15R(1) and CONC 5.2A.17R.

B: Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the borrower(s)’ income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment;

(2) the reporting firm does not hold values declared by the borrower(s) for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm does not hold values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs.

C: Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the borrower(s)’ income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment;

(2) the reporting firm holds values declared by the borrower(s) for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm does not hold values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs.

D: Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, with breakdown

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the borrower(s)’ income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment;

(2) the reporting firm does not hold values declared by the borrower(s) for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm holds values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs.

E: Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, with breakdown 

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the borrower(s)’ income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment;

(2) the reporting firm holds values declared by the borrower(s) for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm holds values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs.

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm does not hold, or is unable to determine whether it holds, the values used for the borrower(s)’ income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment.

69A Is a future lump sum expected to account for whole or partial repayment but not as a security?

A = Yes – inheritance

B = Yes – pension lump sum

C = Yes – claims pay out

D = Yes – settlement following litigation

W1 = Yes – other

W2 = Yes – unknown future lump sum type

X = No

Z = Unknown

Whether the regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid. in part or in full, by a future lump sum expected to be received by the borrower(s), and, if relevant, the type of the future lump sum.

This should not include a future lump sum which is provided, by assignment or otherwise, as a security by the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes – inheritance

The regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid, in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

The expected future lump sum is the proceeds expected to be received by the borrower(s) from an estate of a person who has died.

B: Yes – pension lump sum

The regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid, in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

The expected future lump sum is a pension commencement lump sum expected to be received by the borrower(s).

C: Yes – claims pay out

The regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid, in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

The expected future lump sum is an amount expected to be recovered for the borrower(s) in relation to a claim.

D: Yes – settlement following litigation

The regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid, in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

The expected future lump sum is a settlement expected to be received by the borrower(s) in relation to a legal case other than a legal case in relation to a claim.

W1: Yes – other

The regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid, in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

The expected future lump sum is not captured by any of the specific options above.

W2: Yes – unknown future lump sum type 

The regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid, in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the future lump sum is one of the specific options above.

X: No 

The regulated credit agreement is not expected to be repaid, in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the regulated credit agreement is expected to be repaid. in part or in full, by a future lump sum.

70A Is repayment through a future earnings agreement/income share agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the regulated credit agreement is to be repaid via a percentage of the borrower(s)’ future earnings rather than via a fixed repayment schedule.
71A Combined number of financial dependants for the borrower(s)

0 = No financial dependants

1 = 1 financial dependant

2 = 2 financial dependants

3 = 3 financial dependants

4 = 4 financial dependants

5 = 5 financial dependants

6 = 6 financial dependants

7 = 7 financial dependants

8 = 8 financial dependants

9 = 9 financial dependants

10 = 10 financial dependants

W = More than 10 financial dependants

Z = Unknown

The combined number of natural persons who rely on the borrower(s) financially, as recorded by the reporting firm.

If the reporting firm only records data on the borrower(s)’ financial dependants up to a certain number even where the borrower(s)’ financial dependants exceed that number, the reporting firm should report the highest number it records for such borrower(s).

For example, if a reporting firm only records data on up to 5 financial dependants, in circumstances where the borrower(s) has 5 or more financial dependants, the reporting firm should report this as ‘5: 5 financial dependants’.

Enter the relevant code:

0: No financial dependants

1: 1 financial dependant

2: 2 financial dependants

3: 3 financial dependants

4: 4 financial dependants

5: 5 financial dependants

6: 6 financial dependants

7: 7 financial dependants

8: 8 financial dependants

9: 9 financial dependants

10: 10 financial dependants

W: More than 10 financial dependants

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm does not hold, or is unable to determine whether it holds, information on the natural persons who rely on the borrower(s) financially.

72A Net or gross income values for borrower(s)

A = Net

B = Gross

This should reflect the income information held by the reporting firm for the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s) in relation to the regulated credit agreement. The income value(s) reported in the relevant data element(s) must correspond with the selection made.

If both net and gross income values are held, the reporting firm should select ‘A: Net’ and provide the net income value(s) in the relevant data element(s).

Enter the relevant code:

A: Net

The reporting firm holds the values used for the borrower(s)’ income as net of mandatory deductions such as tax, national insurance and student loans. This should not include any deductions for non-discretionary expenditure.

B: Gross

The reporting firm holds the values used for the borrower(s)’ income as gross income.

73A Combined monthly income of the borrower(s) used by the reporting firm Numeric £

The estimated combined monthly income of the borrower(s) which was used by the reporting firm in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment for the regulated credit agreement.

If the income figure used in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment for the regulated credit agreement was for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

74A Combined total monthly expenditure of the borrower(s) used by the reporting firm Numeric £

The estimated combined monthly non-discretionary expenditure of the borrower(s) which was used by the reporting firm in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment for the regulated credit agreement.

If the non-discretionary expenditure figure used in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment for the regulated credit agreement was for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

75A Combined monthly income declared by the borrower(s) Numeric £

The combined monthly income declared by the borrower(s).

If the income was declared by the borrower(s) for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

76A Combined total monthly expenditure declared by the borrower(s) Numeric £

The combined monthly non-discretionary expenditure declared by the borrower(s).

If the non-discretionary expenditure was declared by the borrower(s) for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

Borrower(s) specific non-discretionary expenditure repeatable data elements

If a reporting firm has selected an option for data element 68A, ‘Income and expenditure information held in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the borrower(s)’, which indicates that it ‘holds values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments, and/or other costs’, certain data elements must be provided for each of the specific types of non-discretionary expenditure it holds values for. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 77A, ‘Specific type of combined monthly expenditure of the borrower(s) used by the reporting firm’, will be the unique identifier for a set of borrower(s) specific non-discretionary expenditure data elements.

• No more than one set of data elements can be submitted for each of the ‘Specific type of combined monthly expenditure of the borrower(s) used by the reporting firm’.

• A reporting firm is not required to submit data elements for all 3 specific types of non-discretionary expenditure if it does not hold the values for each specific type.

Start of borrower(s) specific non-discretionary expenditure repeatable data elements
77A Specific type of combined monthly expenditure of the borrower(s) used by the reporting firm

A = Housing costs

B = Existing credit commitments

C = Other expenditure

Enter the relevant code:

A: Housing costs

Housing costs should include any rent, mortgage payments, ground rent or service charges for the dwelling(s) in which the borrower(s) live.

B: Existing credit commitments

Existing credit commitments should include repayments of outstanding credit agreements or mortgage agreements not for the purchase of the dwelling(s) in which the borrower(s) live.

C: Other expenditure

Other costs should not include non-discretionary expenditure related to housing costs or existing credit commitments. It should include, but is not limited to, living expenses.

77B Specific combined total monthly expenditure of the borrower(s) used by the reporting firm Numeric £

The estimated combined monthly expenditure of the borrower(s), covering the costs associated with the specific expenditure type, which was used by the reporting firm in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment.

If the non-discretionary expenditure figure used in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment for the regulated credit agreement was for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

End of borrower(s) specific non-discretionary expenditure repeatable data elements

Security details data elements

These data elements identify whether any security has been provided by the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement and, if relevant, provide details of the security.

In particular a number of data elements relate to a natural person other than the borrower(s) (‘the guarantor’) who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

78A Type of security provided by borrower(s) in relation to agreement

A = Guarantee or indemnity

B = Motor vehicle/logbook

C = Any other physical asset

D = Future lump sum

E = Financial product

F = Title restriction

W = Other security

X = No security

Z = Unknown

This relates to any security provided by the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include any goods which have been financed by the regulated credit agreement as a borrower-lender-supplier agreement, such as hire-purchase agreements and conditional sale agreements.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Guarantee or indemnity

A person other than the borrower(s) has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

B: Motor vehicle/logbook

The regulated credit agreement has taken a motor vehicle as security.

This includes, but is not limited to, a bill of sale loan agreement for which ownership of a motor vehicle is the good transferred, or a regulated credit agreement which has taken a motor vehicle as an article in pawn.

C: Any other physical asset

The regulated credit agreement has taken a physical asset other than a motor vehicle as security.

This includes, but is not limited to, a bill of sale loan agreement for which ownership of a physical asset other than motor vehicle is the good transferred, or a regulated credit agreement has taken a physical asset other than a motor vehicle as an article in pawn.

D: Future lump sum

The regulated credit agreement is secured, by assignment or otherwise, on a future lump sum expected to be received by the borrower(s) such as, but not limited to, an inheritance, a pension lump sum, a claims pay out or a settlement following litigation.

E: Financial product 

The regulated credit agreement is secured on another financial product such as, but not limited to, an investment portfolio or a life insurance policy.

F: Title restriction 

The regulated credit agreement is secured by a title restriction at the Land Registry.

W: Other security

Any other security which is not covered by the specified options which has been provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

X: No security

No security was provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether a security has been provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

79A Estimated value of security provided by borrower(s) in relation to agreement Numeric £

For a pawn agreement, the estimated value of the articles taken in pawn under the regulated credit agreement.

For a bill of sale loan agreement, the estimated value of the goods for which ownership has transferred to the lender.

80A What type of future lump sum is the security?

A = Inheritance

B = Pension lump sum

C = Claims pay out

D = Settlement following litigation

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The type of future lump sum expected to be received by the borrower(s) which has been provided by the borrower(s) as a security under the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Inheritance 

The proceeds expected to be received by the borrower(s) from an estate of a person who has died.

B: Pension lump sum

A pension commencement lump sum expected to be received by the borrower(s).

C: Claims pay out

An amount expected to be recovered for the borrower(s) in relation to a claim.

D: Settlement following litigation

A settlement expected to be received by the borrower(s) in relation to a legal case other than a legal case in relation to a claim.

W: Other

The future lump sum is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the future lump sum is one of the specific options above.

81A Is the person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) a natural person?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) as security in relation to the regulated credit agreement is a natural person.
82A Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as guarantor Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include the natural person’s name or a derivation of their name.

This unique reference must be used consistently for the same natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in any performance data reports for the regulated credit agreement.

All attempts should be made to use the same unique reference for the same natural person, across all relevant regulated credit agreements included in the reporting firm’s back-book, sales and performance data reports. This includes a unique reference for any natural person who is a borrower under a relevant regulated credit agreement.

83A Guarantor’s date of birth DD/MM/YYYY The date of birth of the natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.
84A Guarantor’s residential address type

A = United Kingdom

B = British Forces Post Office

C = Overseas

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the main residence for the guarantor on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

Enter the relevant code:

A: United Kingdom

The main residence for the guarantor is in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

B: British Forces Post Office

The main residence for the guarantor is a British Forces Post Office address.

C: Overseas 

The main residence for the guarantor is not in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

W: Other

The main residence for the guarantor is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The main residence for the guarantor is a residential address type which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

85A Guarantor’s residential postcode on the agreement execution date eg, XY45 6XX

The full postcode or equivalent of the main residence for the guarantor on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

UK and British Forces Post Office postcodes should take the form of, eg, XY45 6XX.

86A Guarantor’s residential status on the agreement execution date

A1 = Owner occupier – own outright

A2 = Owner occupier – mortgage

A0 = Owner occupier – unspecified

B1 = Renting – private landlord

B2 = Renting –social landlord

B0 = Renting – unspecified

C = Living with relatives or friends

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the residential status of the guarantor on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Owner occupier – own outright 

The guarantor owns their main residence without a mortgage to pay for the residence.

A2: Owner occupier – mortgage

The guarantor owns their main residence while repaying a mortgage to pay for the residence.

A0: Owner occupier – unspecified

The guarantor owns their main residence and whether they have a mortgage to pay for the residence is not recorded.

B1: Renting – private landlord

The guarantor is renting their main residence from a private landlord.

B2: Renting – social landlord

The guarantor is renting their main residence from a social landlord.

B0: Renting – unspecified

The guarantor is renting their main residence and the type of landlord is not recorded.

C: Living with relatives or friends

The guarantor is living with relatives or friends, without a tenancy agreement.

W: Other 

The guarantor’s residential status is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine the guarantor’s residential status to be one of the specific options above.

87A Guarantor’s employment status on the agreement execution date

A1 = Employed – permanent or fixed-term

A2 = Employed – temporary

A0 = Employed – unspecified

B = Self-employed

C = Not employed

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the employment status of the guarantor on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Employed permanent or fixed-term

The guarantor had a permanent or fixed-term contract(s) to work for an employer(s).

A2: Employed temporary 

The guarantor was working through a recruitment agency.

A0: Employed unspecified

The guarantor was working for an employer(s) and the type of employment is not recorded.

B: Self-employed 

The guarantor was working for themself as a sole trader.

C: Not employed

The guarantor was not employed.

W: Other 

The employment status of the guarantor is not covered by the specified options.

Z: Unknown

The employment status of the guarantor was not recorded by the reporting firm.

88A Detail of guarantor’s employment

A = Full-time

B = Part-time

C = Casual

W = Other

Z = Unspecified

The selection should reflect the employment status of the guarantor on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Full-time

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the guarantor as full-time.

B: Part-time 

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the guarantor as part-time.

C: Casual 

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the guarantor as casual. This includes a zero-hours contract.

W: Other

The reporting firm categorised the employment of the guarantor in a way that is not covered by the specified options above.

Z: Unspecified 

The reporting firm has not categorised the employment of the guarantor in this way.

89A Detail of guarantor’s not employed status

A = Seeking work

B = In education

C = Retired

D = Looking after the home or family

W = Other

Z = Unspecified

The selection should reflect the detail of the not employed status of the guarantor on the data the regulated credit agreement was executed.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Seeking work

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the guarantor’s status as looking for and available for work.

B: In education

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the guarantor’s status as being in education.

C: Retired

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the guarantor’s status as being retired.

D: Looking after the home or family

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the guarantor’s status as looking after the home or family. This includes being a carer for a close family member.

W: Other

The reporting firm categorised the detail of the guarantor’s status in a way that is not covered by the specified options above.

Z: Unspecified

The reporting firm has not categorised the detail of the guarantor’s status in this way.

Creditworthiness assessment for guarantor data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor under the regulated credit agreement.

Data element 91A, ‘Income and expenditure information held in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor’, will determine the validation of the other data elements related to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor.

The reporting firm is not required to collect any additional income and expenditure information in order to be able to provide of any of the specified data elements in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor.

90A Did the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the agreement include any manual underwriting check?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

The creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement involved a manual intervention/ assessment by a natural person.

N: No

The creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement did not involve a manual intervention/ assessment by a natural person.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement involved any manual intervention/ assessment by a natural person.

91A Income and expenditure information held in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor

A = No income and expenditure

B = Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

C = Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

D = Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, with breakdown

E = Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, with breakdown

Z = Unknown

This should reflect the income and non-discretionary expenditure information held by the reporting firm for the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A: No income and expenditure

The reporting firm has not considered the guarantor’s income and non-discretionary expenditure in accordance with CONC 5.2A.31R and CONC 5.2A.32G.

B: Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the guarantor’s income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor;

(2) the reporting firm does not hold values declared by the guarantor for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm does not hold values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs.

C: Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, no breakdown

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the guarantor’s income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor;

(2) the reporting firm holds values declared by the guarantor for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm does not hold values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs.

D: Income and expenditure, no declared income and expenditure, with breakdown

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the guarantor’s income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor;

(2) the reporting firm does not hold values declared by the guarantor for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm holds values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs.

E: Income and expenditure, with declared income and expenditure, with breakdown

(1) The reporting firm holds the values used for the guarantor’s income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor;

(2) the reporting firm holds values declared by the guarantor for their income and non-discretionary expenditure; and

(3) the reporting firm holds values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments, and/or other costs.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm does not hold, or is unable to determine whether it holds, the values used for the guarantor’s income and non-discretionary expenditure in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor.

92A Number of financial dependants for the guarantor

0 = No financial dependants

1 = 1 financial dependant

2 = 2 financial dependants

3 = 3 financial dependants

4 = 4 financial dependants

5 = 5 financial dependants

6 = 6 financial dependants

7 = 7 financial dependants

8 = 8 financial dependants

9 = 9 financial dependants

10 = 10 financial dependants

W = More than 10 financial dependants

Z = Unknown

The number of natural persons who rely on the guarantor financially, as recorded by the reporting firm.

If the reporting firm only records data on the guarantor’s financial dependants up to a certain number even where the guarantor’s financial dependants exceed that number, the reporting firm should report the highest number it records for such a guarantor.

For example, if a reporting firm only records data on up to 5 financial dependants, in circumstances where a guarantor has 5 or more financial dependants, the reporting firm should report this as ‘5: 5 financial dependants’.

Enter the relevant code:

0: No financial dependants

1: 1 financial dependant

2: 2 financial dependants

3: 3 financial dependants

4: 4 financial dependants

5: 5 financial dependants

6: 6 financial dependants

7: 7 financial dependants

8: 8 financial dependants

9: 9 financial dependants

10: 10 financial dependants

W: More than 10 financial dependants

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm does not hold, or is unable to determine whether it holds, information on the natural persons who rely on the guarantor financially.

93A Net or gross income values for guarantor

A = Net

B = Gross

This should reflect the income information held by the reporting firm for the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor in relation to the regulated credit agreement. The income value(s) reported in the relevant data element(s) must correspond with the selection made.

If both net and gross income values are held, the reporting firm should select ‘A: Net’ and provide the net income value(s) in the relevant data element(s).

Enter the relevant code:

A: Net

The reporting firm holds the values used for the guarantor’s income as net of mandatory deductions such as tax, national insurance, and student loans. This should not include any deductions for non-discretionary expenditure.

B: Gross

The reporting firm holds the values used for the guarantor’s income as gross income.

94A Monthly income of the guarantor used by the reporting firm Numeric £

The estimated monthly income of the guarantor which was used by the reporting firm in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement.

If the income figure used in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement was for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

95A Total monthly expenditure of the guarantor used by the reporting firm Numeric £

The estimated monthly non-discretionary expenditure of the guarantor which was used by the reporting firm in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement.

If the non-discretionary expenditure figure used in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement was for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

96A Monthly income declared by the guarantor Numeric £

The combined monthly income declared by the guarantor.

If the income was declared by the guarantor for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

97A Total monthly expenditure declared by the guarantor Numeric £

The combined monthly non-discretionary expenditure declared by the guarantor.

If the non-discretionary expenditure was declared by the guarantor for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

Guarantor specific non-discretionary expenditure repeatable data elements

If a reporting firm has selected an option for data element 91A, ‘Income and expenditure information held in relation to the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor’, which indicates that it ‘holds values for the non-discretionary expenditure broken down to housing, existing credit commitments and/or other costs’, certain data elements must be provided for each of the specific types of non-discretionary expenditure it holds values for. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 98A, ‘Specific type of combined monthly expenditure of the guarantor used by the reporting firm’, will be the unique identifier for a set of guarantor specific non-discretionary expenditure data elements.

• No more than one set of data elements can be submitted for each of the ‘Specific types of combined monthly expenditure of the guarantor used by the reporting firm’.

• A reporting firm is not required to submit data elements for all 3 specific types of non-discretionary expenditure if it does not hold the values for each specific type.

Start of guarantor specific non-discretionary expenditure repeatable data elements
98A Specific type of monthly expenditure of the guarantor used by the reporting firm

A = Housing costs

B = Existing credit commitments

C = Other expenditure

Enter the relevant code:

A: Housing costs

Housing costs should include any rent, mortgage payments, ground rent or service charges for the dwelling in which the guarantor lives.

B: Existing credit commitments

Existing credit commitments should include repayments of outstanding credit agreements or mortgage agreements not for the purchase of the dwelling in which the guarantor lives.

C: Other expenditure

Other costs should not include non-discretionary expenditure relating to housing costs or existing credit commitments. It should include, but is not limited to, living expenses.

98B Specific total monthly expenditure of the guarantor used by the reporting firm Numeric £

The estimated combined monthly expenditure of the guarantor, covering the costs associated with the specific expenditure type, which was used by the reporting firm in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor.

If the non-discretionary expenditure figure used in the final stage of the creditworthiness assessment of the guarantor for the regulated credit agreement was for a different time period, this should include a derivation of this figure to estimate the monthly equivalent.

End of guarantor specific non-discretionary expenditure repeatable data elements

Total amount of credit data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to the total amount of credit under the regulated credit agreement.

99A Total amount of credit Numeric £

The credit limit or the total sums made available under the regulated credit agreement, as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the facility under the regulated credit agreement is for running-account credit and the credit limit was not known when the regulated credit agreement was executed, provide the value for the total amount of credit which was used in the calculation of the APR for the regulated credit agreement.

100A The value of the total amount of credit which is not advanced to the borrower(s) at the start of the agreement Numeric £ The value of any part of the total amount of credit which is not advanced to the borrower(s) at the start of the agreement but is instead available to be drawn down at a later date.
101A Total cash price of all goods and services financed by the agreement Numeric £ The total cash price of all goods and services financed by the regulated credit agreement.
102A Advance payment Numeric £ Any advance payment made by the borrower(s).

Total charge for credit data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to the total charge for credit under the regulated credit agreement and the associated APR and annual interest rate.

This includes a breakdown of the component parts which make up the total charge for credit. These data elements are prefixed with ‘Total charge for credit’.

103A APR Numeric %

The annual percentage rate of charge for the regulated credit agreement calculated in accordance with CONC App 1.2 as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

104A Is the annual interest rate fixed or variable?

A = Fixed rate

B = Variable rate

Enter the relevant code:

A: Fixed rate

The annual interest rate for the regulated credit agreement is fixed for the duration of the regulated credit agreement.

This should include regulated credit agreements with a lower annual interest rate for an initial promotional period, which then reverts to a different fixed rate for the remaining term of the agreement.

B: Variable rate

The annual interest rate for the regulated credit agreement is not fixed for the duration of the regulated credit agreement.

105A Does the rate of interest reduce over time in response to indicators of reduced risk?

Y = Yes

N = No

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes 

The regulated credit agreement includes terms to reduce the interest rate applied to the credit balance in response to indicators of reduced risk, such as improvements to the borrower(s)credit score(s) or a sequence of successful repayments in line with the repayment schedule.

This option should be selected even if there are additional terms covering other circumstances for which the rate of interest could reduce.

N: No

The regulated credit agreement does not include terms to reduce the interest rate applied to the credit balance in response to indicators of reduced risk, such as improvements to the borrower(s)credit score(s) or a sequence of successful repayments in line with the repayment schedule.

106A Annual interest rate Numeric %

For regulated credit agreements with a lower annual interest rate for an initial promotional period, this should reflect the annual interest rate following this initial promotional period.

For all other regulated credit agreements, this should reflect the annual interest rate on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

107A Total charge for credit Numeric £ The true cost to the borrower(s) of the credit provided, or to be provided, under the regulated credit agreement calculated in accordance with CONC App 1.2.
108A Total charge for credit: Total fees or charges payable by the borrower(s) to a credit broker in connection with the agreement Numeric £ Any fee or charge payable by the borrower(s) to a credit broker in connection with the regulated credit agreement (if the fee or charge is known to the reporting firm), which is included in the total charge for credit.
109A Total charge for credit: Total one-off costs payable to the reporting firm upon entering into the agreement Numeric £ Any one-off costs payable by the borrower(s) to the reporting firm upon entering into the regulated credit agreement which are included in the total charge for credit.
110A Total charge for credit: Total periodic fees or charges payable Numeric £ Any fees or charges payable by the borrower(s) to the reporting firm as a membership fee, subscription fee or any other fee or charge payable on a periodic basis which are included in the total charge for credit.
111A Total periodic fees or charges payable in an annual period Numeric £

For an open-end agreement, the sum of any fees or charges payable by the borrower to the lender as a membership fee, subscription fee or any other fee payable on a periodic basis over the course of an annual period.

This should reflect an annual period after any initial promotional period when periodic fees are not due or are payable at a lower amount.

112A Is there an initial promotional period during which regular periodic fees are not charged?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether there is an initial promotional period during which a membership fee, subscription fee or any other fee payable on a periodic basis is not charged.
113A Total charge for credit: Total interest payable Numeric £ Any interest payable by the borrower(s) to the reporting firm which is included in the total charge for credit.
114A Total charge for credit: Total other costs included in the total charge for credit Numeric £

Any fees or charges payable by the borrower(s) to the reporting firm which are included in the total charge for credit, and have not been reported as one of:

- Total fees or charges payable by the borrower(s) to a credit broker in connection with the agreement;

- Total one-off costs payable to the reporting firm upon entering into the agreement;

- Total periodic fees or charges payable; or

- Total interest payable.

Running-account usage data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to, if relevant, the usage of running-account credit under the regulated credit agreement and, in particular, the interest and charges which will apply.

115A Can qualifying drawdowns for purchases be repaid with an instalment plan?

A = All purchases are treated as instalment plans

B = Certain purchases can be repaid as an instalment plan

C = No purchases can be repaid with an instalment plan

An instalment plan includes drawdowns for purchases which are repaid with a specified repayment schedule.

Enter the relevant code:

A: All purchases are treated as instalment plans 

All drawdowns for purchases are treated as an instalment plan.

B: Certain purchases can be repaid as an instalment plan

When certain qualifying drawdowns for purchases are made, the borrower(s) can choose to treat the drawdown as an instalment plan.

C: No purchases can be repaid with an instalment plan

No drawdowns for purchases can be treated as an instalment plan.

116A Does the product include any rewards for making qualifying drawdowns?

Y = Yes

N = No

Rewards should directly relate to drawdowns for purchases and take the form of cashback or points that can be converted into vouchers.

These rewards should relate to the usage of running-account credit outside of any initial promotional period.

Running-account usage rewards repeatable data elements

If a reporting firm has selected ‘Y = Yes’ for data element 116A, ‘Does the product include any rewards for making qualifying drawdowns?’, the reporting firm must select which types of rewards are available to the borrower(s) for making qualifying drawdowns. The submission method will allow this data element to be repeated.

Start of running-account usage rewards repeatable data elements
117A Type of rewards for borrower(s) to make drawdowns

A = Cashback for purchases

B = Cashback for purchases from specified retailers

C = Rewards other than cashback for specified retailers

W = Any other rewards

Select all options which are included for the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Cashback for purchases 

A percentage of the value of qualifying drawdowns will be paid to the borrower(s) as a money transfer or as credit on the regulated credit agreement. This option should not be limited to a specified list of retailers.

B: Cashback for purchases from specified retailers

A percentage of the value of qualifying drawdowns with specified retailers will be paid to the borrower(s) as a money transfer or as credit on the regulated credit agreement. This option should include products which have a higher percentage cashback for a specified list of retailers, even if cashback is also available more generally.

C: Rewards other than cashback for specified retailers

Points are accrued relating to the value of qualifying drawdowns with specified retailers, which can be converted to vouchers to use at the specified retailers.

W: Any other rewards

Any other rewards directly relating to drawdowns for purchases, which are not covered by the specified options above.

End of running-account usage rewards repeatable data elements
118A Regular (non-promotional) percentage fee for non-sterling drawdowns Numeric %

The percentage value for any fee charged which is calculated as a percentage of the value of a drawdown, for non-sterling drawdowns which facilitate payment for goods or services.

This should not consider any promotional percentage fee which may apply for particular qualifying drawdowns, or during a promotional period.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

119A Regular (non-promotional) minimum fee for non-sterling drawdowns Numeric £

The minimum fee value per drawdown, for any fee charged which is calculated as a percentage of the value of a drawdown, for non-sterling drawdowns which facilitate payment for goods or services.

This should not consider any minimum fee value which may apply for particular qualifying drawdowns, or during a promotional period.

Drawdown type repeatable data elements

Certain data elements must be provided for each of the specified drawdown types which the borrower(s) can make using the running-account credit under the regulated credit agreement. These data elements cover the interest and fees which will apply to drawdowns for each specified drawdown type both during any initial promotional period and following any initial promotional period. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 120A, ‘Drawdown type’, will be the unique identifier for a set of drawdown type data elements.

• No more than one set of data elements can be submitted for each specified ‘Drawdown type’.

• A reporting firm should not submit data elements for specified drawdown types which the borrower(s) cannot make using the running-account credit under the regulated credit agreement.

• Valid values for data element 120A, ‘Drawdown type’, will be determined by the value reported for data element 38A, ‘How can the running-account credit be used?’.

• These data elements should not be submitted if the value reported for data element 38A, ‘How can the running-account credit be used?’, is ‘Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only’. A specific data element 121A, ‘Annual interest rate for periodic premium or fee’, is required for such a regulated credit agreement.

Start of drawdown type repeatable data elements
120A Drawdown type

A = Purchases

B = Balance transfers

C = Money transfers

D = Other cash transactions

W = Other drawdown type

Enter the relevant code:

A: Purchases

Drawdowns which facilitate payment for goods or services.

B: Balance transfers

Drawdowns which transfer money to a different account with running-account credit, excluding a current account with an overdraft facility or in respect of which there had been an unarranged overdraft within the meaning of CONC 5C.5.1R(6).

C: Money transfers

Drawdowns which transfer money to a bank account or an electronic money account.

D: Other cash transactions

Drawdowns for cash transactions, excluding balance transfers and money transfers. This should include cash advances, direct debits, travellers’ cheques, foreign currency and any cash substitutes.

W: Other drawdown type

Drawdowns which do not meet any of the specified options above.

120B Is there an initial promotional period for drawdowns?

Y = Yes

N = No

An ‘initial promotional period’ means a set initial period of the agreement when no, or reduced, interest or charges are payable by the borrower(s) in respect of a specified drawdown type.
120C Promotional annual interest rate for drawdowns Numeric %

The annual interest rate payable, during the initial promotional period, on qualifying balances.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

120D Promotional percentage fee for drawdowns Numeric %

The percentage value for any fee charged, during the initial promotional period, which is calculated as a percentage of the value of a qualifying drawdown, for this drawdown type.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

120E Promotional minimum fee per drawdown Numeric £ The minimum fee value per qualifying drawdown during the initial promotional period, for a fee charged, which is calculated as a percentage of the value of a drawdown.
120F Promotional fixed fee per drawdown Numeric £ The value for any fixed fee charged per qualifying drawdown, during the initial promotional period, for this drawdown type.
120G Promotional end date for qualifying drawdowns DD/MM/YYYY The last date upon which a drawdown can be made to qualify for the initial promotional period.
120H Promotional end date for promotional rate for drawdowns DD/MM/YYYY The end date for the initial promotional period, for this drawdown type.
120I Regular (non-promotional) annual interest rate for drawdowns Numeric %

The annual interest rate payable on balances.

This should not consider any promotional rate which may apply for particular qualifying drawdowns, or during a promotional period.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

120J Regular (non-promotional) percentage fee for drawdowns Numeric %

The percentage value for any fee charged which is calculated as a percentage of the value of a drawdown.

This should not consider any promotional percentage fee which may apply for particular qualifying drawdowns, or during a promotional period.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

120K Regular (non-promotional) minimum fee per drawdown Numeric £

The minimum fee value per drawdown, for any fee charged which is calculated as a percentage of the value of a drawdown.

This should not consider any minimum fee value which may apply for particular qualifying drawdowns, or during a promotional period.

120L Regular (non-promotional) fixed fee per drawdown Numeric £

The value for any fixed fee charged per drawdown.

This should not consider any fixed fee value which may apply for particular qualifying drawdowns, or during a promotional period.

End of drawdown type repeatable data elements
121A Annual interest rate for periodic premium or fee Numeric %

The annual interest rate payable on balances for running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

Penalty charges data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to certain specified penalty charges which may apply under the regulated credit agreement.

122A Penalty charge for a late repayment Numeric £ The value of the charge payable by the borrower(s) if a repayment is not made to the reporting firm by a scheduled date.
123A Penalty charge for a repayment returned unpaid Numeric £ The value of the charge payable by the borrower(s) if an attempted repayment is returned. This includes, but is not limited to, when there are insufficient funds in the borrower(s)’ account, the account is closed or the account is frozen.
124A Penalty charge for agreement balance being over the agreed credit limit Numeric £ The value of the charge payable by the borrower(s) if the balance of the regulated credit agreement exceeds the assigned credit limit.

Repayments data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to how repayments will be made under the regulated credit agreement.

125A Repayment method arranged

A = Direct debit

B = Standing order

C = Continuous payment authority

D = Direct from salary via employer

W = Other repayment method

Z = Unknown

This should reflect any repayment method arranged, or in the process of being arranged, for the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Direct debit

Consent has been given for repayments under the regulated credit agreement to be made by direct debit to the reporting firm.

B: Standing order 

A standing order has been arranged to make repayments under the regulated credit agreement to the reporting firm.

C: Continuous payment authority

Consent has been given for a continuous payment authority to make repayments under the regulated credit agreement to the reporting firm.

D: Direct from salary via employer

Consent has been given for repayments under the regulated credit agreement to be deducted from the borrower(s) salary and transferred to the reporting firm by the borrower(s) employer.

W: Other repayment method

The repayment method arranged under the regulated credit agreement is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine the repayment method. This should include when there is no regular repayment method arranged under the regulated credit agreement

126A Frequency of regular repayments or statements

A = Single repayment

B = Weekly

C = Fortnightly

D = Four-weekly

E = Monthly

F = Quarterly

G = Annually

W = Other frequency

X = No regular frequency

For fixed-sum credit facilities, this should reflect the frequency of repayments set out in the regulated credit agreement.

For running-account credit facilities, this should reflect the accounting period to which statements to the borrower(s) are issued. Enter the relevant code:

A: Single repayment

A single repayment is scheduled for the total amount payable less any advance payment.

B: Weekly 

C: Fortnightly 

D: Four-weekly 

E: Monthly 

F: Quarterly 

G: Annually 

W: Other frequency

The frequency of the regular repayments or accounting periods scheduled under the regulated credit agreement is not as described by any of the specific options above.

X: No regular frequency

There are no regular repayments or accounting periods scheduled under the regulated credit agreement.

127A Number of repayments scheduled Numeric This should reflect the number of repayments set out in the regulated credit agreement.
128A Amount of regular repayment Numeric £

This should reflect the value of the regular repayments required under the regulated credit agreement.

If only the first and/or last repayment scheduled is a different value to all other repayments, these should be discounted.

If there is no regular repayment value, or the repayment values are unknown when the regulated credit agreement starts, report this as 0.00.

Performance data

The performance data report must include data in respect of all relevant regulated credit agreements which are extant during the reporting period and in respect of which the reporting firm exercises, or has the right to exercise, the lender’s rights and duties.

This must include any relevant regulated credit agreements:

• which were executed during the reporting period and the reporting firm was the lender under the regulated credit agreement when it was executed; or

• for which the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm during the reporting period.

A firm must continue to report performance data in relation to a relevant regulated credit agreement until:

• the agreement is cancelled;

• no amount remains to be paid by the borrower under the regulated credit agreement;

• the reporting firm is no longer the legal owner of the lender’s rights and duties under the agreement; or

• enforcement of the agreement becomes statute barred.

A relevant regulated credit agreement should be reported in the performance data report for the reporting period during which the reason to cease reporting performance data occurred. The reason for ceasing to report performance data must be included in this performance data report.

Purpose of the performance data report

The performance data report will allow the FCA to understand the performance and outcomes of relevant regulated credit agreements. In particular, this includes data elements in relation to the statements in respect of running-account credit and the scheduled repayments in respect of fixed-sum credit.

The same transaction reference reported for each relevant regulated credit agreement in a performance data report must match the transaction reference reported in the sales data report or back-book data report which included data in respect of that relevant regulated credit agreement.

Interpreting the data elements

Not all data elements must be reported for all relevant regulated credit agreements. The validations for when data elements must, or must not, be reported are detailed in the data reference guide for the performance data report. The data element reference codes can be used to cross-refer between the Handbook and the data reference guide, as well as other supporting documentation.

These validations often relate to data elements specific to certain types of relevant regulated credit agreements - most notably, the difference between relevant regulated credit agreements under which the facility is fixed-sum credit or running-account credit. Some data elements do not need to be reported, or must be reported in a different way, for a relevant regulated credit agreement in respect of which a default notice has taken effect.

Reference Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes
2A Related reporting period DD/MM/YYYY The date of the last day of the reporting period to which the information for the regulated credit agreement relates.
3A Is this the reporting firm’s last submission of performance data for this agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether an event occurred during the reporting period which means the regulated credit agreement will not be included in returns for subsequent reporting periods.
4A Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement

A = The agreement was cancelled

B = No amount remains to be paid by the borrower

C = Legal ownership of the agreement was assigned to another person

D = Agreement statute barred (Scotland)

E = Agreement statute barred (England, Wales, and Northern Ireland)

Enter the relevant code:

A: The agreement was cancelled

The borrower(s) exercised a right to cancel or withdraw from the regulated credit agreement, including under:

• section 66A of the CCA;

• section 69 of the CCA;

• the circumstances described in CONC 11.1; or

• longer or additional cancellation rights voluntarily provided by the reporting firm.

• cancel the regulated credit agreement as described in CONC 11.1.

B: No amount remains to be paid by the borrower

The borrower(s) have discharged their indebtedness to the reporting firm under the regulated credit agreement and the regulated credit agreement has ceased to have any ongoing effect.

This should not include a regulated credit agreement for which the reporting firm has only made the decision to cease to pursue the debt.

C: Legal ownership of the agreement was assigned to another person

The legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement has been assigned to a person (‘the legal assignee’) other than the reporting firm.

If the regulated credit agreement has been novated to substitute the lender, this should be recorded as B: ‘No amount remains to be paid by the borrower’.

D: Agreement statute barred (Scotland)

The regulated credit agreement is governed by Scottish law and has become statute barred as described in CONC 7.15.

E: Agreement statute barred (England, Wales, and Northern Ireland) 

The regulated credit agreement is governed by the law of England and Wales or Northern Ireland and has become statute barred as described in CONC 7.15.

5A Date of cancellation DD/MM/YYYY

The date on which the borrower(s) exercised a right to cancel or withdraw from the regulated credit agreement, including under:

• section 66A of the CCA;

• section 69 of the CCA;

• the circumstances described in CONC 11.1; or

• longer or additional cancellation rights voluntarily provided by the reporting firm.

Borrower details data elements

These data elements provide information in relation to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

6A Credit for business or personal use

B = Business

P = Personal

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

B: Business 

For where the borrower entered into the regulated credit agreement wholly or predominantly for the purpose of business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the borrower.

This should include any regulated credit agreement under which the borrower is not a natural person.

P: Personal 

All other regulated credit agreements.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine whether or not the borrower entered into the regulated credit agreement wholly or predominantly for the purpose of business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the borrower.

7A Is the borrower a natural person acting as a sole trader or a relevant recipient of credit?

A = Natural person

B = Relevant recipient of credit

Enter the relevant code:

A: Natural person

A natural person acting as a sole trader.

B: Relevant recipient of credit

A relevant recipient of credit means:

(a) a partnership consisting of 2 or 3 persons not all of whom are bodies corporate; or

(b) an unincorporated body of persons which does not consist entirely of bodies corporate and is not a partnership.

8A Number of borrowers named in the agreement Numeric #

The number of natural persons who are named as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include natural persons who are not named under the regulated credit agreement but who have access to the facility, such as additional card holders.

Borrower natural person repeatable data elements

Certain data elements must be provided for each natural person who is named as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 9A, ‘Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as borrower’, will be the unique identifier for a set of borrower natural person data elements.

• Only one set of borrower natural person data elements will be allowable if data element 7A, ‘Is the borrower a natural person acting as a sole trader or a relevant recipient of credit?’, is answered ‘A = Natural person’.

For all other relevant regulated credit agreements with borrowers who are natural persons, data element 8A, ‘Number of borrowers named in the agreement’, will validate the number of sets of borrower natural person data elements expected.

Start of borrower natural person repeatable data elements
9A Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as borrower Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the natural person acting as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include the natural person’s name or a derivation of their name.

This unique reference must be consistent with the unique reference used for the same borrower in the sales or back-book data report for the regulated credit agreement.

9B Borrower’s residential address type at the end of the reporting period

A = United Kingdom

B = British Forces Post Office

C = Overseas

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the main residence for the borrower as recorded by the reporting firm at the end of the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: United Kingdom

The main residence for the borrower is in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

B: British Forces Post Office 

The main residence for the borrower is a British Forces Post Office address.

C: Overseas

The main residence for the borrower is not in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

W: Other

The main residence for the borrower is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The main residence for the borrower is a residential address type which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

9C Borrower’s residential postcode at the end of the reporting period eg, XY45 6XX

The full postcode or equivalent of the main residence for the borrower as recorded by the reporting firm at the end of the reporting period.

UK and British Forces Post Office postcodes should take the form of eg, XY45 6XX.

9D Was the borrower subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period?

A = Yes – bankruptcy

B = Yes – individual voluntary arrangement

C = Yes – debt relief order

D = Yes – bankruptcy restriction order (sequestration)

E = Yes – protected trust deed

W = Yes – other statutory

X= No

Z = Unknown

Whether the reporting firm had recorded that the borrower was subject to a formal insolvency solution as at the end of the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes – bankruptcy 

The borrower was subject to a bankruptcy order within the meaning of Part 9 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 9 of The Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989.

B: Yes – individual voluntary arrangement

An individual voluntary arrangement had been approved by the borrower’s creditors within the meaning of Part 8 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 8 of The Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989.

C: Yes – debt relief order 

The borrower was subject to a debt relief order within the meaning of Part 7A of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 7A of The Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989.

D: Yes – bankruptcy restriction order (sequestration) 

The borrower has been awarded a bankruptcy restrictions order within the meaning of Part 13 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016.

E: Yes – protected trust deed

A protected trust deed has been registered for the borrower within the meaning of Part 14 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016.

W: Yes – other statutory

The reporting firm had recorded that the borrower was subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period which was not one of the specific options above.

X: No

The reporting firm had not recorded that the borrower was subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether it had recorded that the borrower was subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period.

End of borrower natural person repeatable data elements

Security details data elements

These data elements identify whether any security has been provided by the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement and, if relevant, provide details of the security. These data elements are used to validate the applicability of other data elements in the performance data report.

In particular, a number of data elements relate to the status of a natural person other than the borrower(s) (‘the guarantor’) who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

10A Type of security provided by borrower(s) in relation to agreement

A = Guarantee or indemnity

W = Other security

X = No security

Z = Unknown

This relates to any security provided by the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include any goods which have been financed by the regulated credit agreement as a borrower-lender-supplier agreement, such as hire-purchase agreements and conditional sale agreements.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Guarantee or indemnity

A person other than the borrower(s) has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

W: Other security

Any other security which is not a guarantee or indemnity has been provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

X: No security

No security was provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether asecurity has been provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

11A Is the person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) a natural person?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) as security in relation to the regulated credit agreement is a natural person.
12A Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as guarantor Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include the natural person’s name or a derivation of their name.

This unique reference must be consistent with the unique reference used for the same natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in the sales or back-book data report for the regulated credit agreement.

13A Guarantor’s residential address type at end of reporting period

A = United Kingdom

B = British Forces Post Office

C = Overseas

W = Other

Z = Unknown

The selection should reflect the main residence for the guarantor as recorded by the reporting firm at the end of the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: United Kingdom

The main residence for the guarantor is in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

B: British Forces Post Office

The main residence for the guarantor is a British Forces Post Office address.

C: Overseas 

The main residence for the guarantor is not in the United Kingdom or a Crown Dependency and is not a British Forces Post Office address.

W: Other

The main residence for the guarantor is not as described by any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The main residence for the guarantor is a residential address type which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

14A Guarantor’s residential postcode at end of reporting period eg, XY45 6XX

The full postcode or equivalent of the main residence for the guarantor as recorded by the reporting firm at the end of the reporting period.

UK and British Forces Post Office postcodes should take the form of eg, XY45 6XX.

15A Was the guarantor subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period?

A = Yes – bankruptcy

B = Yes – individual voluntary arrangement

C = Yes – debt relief order

D = Yes – bankruptcy restriction order (sequestration)

E = Yes – protected trust deed

W = Yes – other statutory

X= No

Z = Unknown

Whether the reporting firm had recorded that the guarantor was subject to a formal insolvency solution as at the end of the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes – bankruptcy 

The guarantor was subject to a bankruptcy order within the meaning of Part 9 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 9 of The Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989.

B: Yes – individual voluntary arrangement

An individual voluntary arrangement had been approved by the guarantor’s creditors within the meaning of Part 8 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 8 of The Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989.

C: Yes – debt relief order 

The guarantor was subject to a debt relief order within the meaning of Part 7A of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 7A of The Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989.

D: Yes – bankruptcy restriction order (sequestration)

The guarantor has been awarded a bankruptcy restrictions order within the meaning of Part 13 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016.

E: Yes – protected trust deed

A protected trust deed has been registered for the guarantor within the meaning of Part 14 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016.

W: Yes – other statutory

The reporting firm had recorded that the guarantor was subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period which was not one of the specific options above.

X: No

The reporting firm had not recorded that the guarantor was subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether it had recorded that the guarantor was subject to a formal insolvency solution at the end of the reporting period.

Default and enforcement data elements

These data elements identify whether a default notice has taken effect in relation to the regulated credit agreement and, if relevant, provide details of steps taken following a default notice taking effect.

16A Has a default notice taken effect in relation to this agreement?

A = Default notice took effect prior to reporting period

B = Default notice took effect during reporting period

X = No default notice has taken effect

Whether the borrower(s) had been issued with a default notice in relation to the regulated credit agreement and:

(a) if the breach was capable of remedy, the borrower(s) had not taken the action required to remedy the breaches by the date specified in the default notice (or, if no such action was required, at least 14 days had elapsed since the date of service of the notice) (see section 88(1)(b) and (2) of the CCA); or

(b) if the breach was not capable of remedy, the borrower(s) had not paid the sum (if any) required as compensation for the breach by the date specified in the default notice (or, if no such compensation was required, at least 14 days had elapsed since the date of service of the notice) (see section 88(1)(c) and (2) of the CCA).

Enter the relevant code:

A: Default notice took effect prior to reporting period

The default notice took effect on a date before the start of the reporting period.

B: Default notice took effect during reporting period

The default notice took effect on a date during the reporting period.

X: No default notice has taken effect

A default notice had not taken effect before the end of the reporting period.

17A Date default notice took effect DD/MM/YYYY

The date specified in the default notice by which:

(a) the borrower(s) had not taken the action required to remedy the breaches; or

(b) the borrower(s) had not paid the compensation for the breach.

18A Had a county court judgment been made against the borrower(s) in relation to this agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

Whether a county court judgment had been made against the borrower(s) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

This should reflect the status of the regulated credit agreement at the end of the reporting period. This includes any county court judgments which were made at any time prior to the end of the reporting period, not just those which were made during the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

A county court judgment had been made against the borrower(s) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

N: No

A county court judgment had not been made against the borrower(s) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether a county court judgment had been made against the borrower in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

19A Had an enforcement order been made against the borrower(s) in relation to this agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

Whether a court order to enforce the regulated credit agreement had been made against the borrower(s).

The code chosen should only reflect that a court order has been made and should not consider whether the reporting firm has enforced the order.

This should reflect the status of the regulated credit agreement at the end of the reporting period. This includes any court orders to enforce the regulated credit agreement which were made at any time prior to the end of the reporting period, not just those which were made during the reporting period.

Such court orders include, but are not limited to, charging orders, and writs and warrants of possession, control and delivery.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes 

A court order to enforce the regulated credit agreement had been made against the borrower(s).

N: No 

A court order to enforce the regulated credit agreement had not been made against the borrower(s).

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether a court order to enforce the regulated credit agreement had been made against the borrower(s).

20A Have steps been taken to enforce the security?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

Whether steps have been taken by the reporting firm, or a third party acting on behalf of the reporting firm, to enforce the security provided by the borrower(s) or at the implied or express request of the borrower(s) to secure the carrying out of the obligations of the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes 

Steps have been taken to enforce the security.

N: No

Steps have not been taken to enforce the security.

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether steps have been taken to enforce the security.

Agreement characteristics data elements

These data elements provide information on certain characteristics of the regulated credit agreement which are used to validate the applicability of other data elements in the performance data report.

21A Is the facility under the credit agreement fixed-sum or running-account?

FS = Fixed-sum credit

RA = Running-account credit

Enter the relevant code:

FS: Fixed-sum credit 

The regulated credit agreement includes a facility whereby the borrower(s) is enabled to receive credit (whether in one amount or by instalments) but which is not running-account credit.

RA: Running-account credit

The regulated credit agreement includes a facility under which the borrower(s) or another person is enabled to receive from time to time from the reporting firm or a third party cash, goods or services to an amount or value such that, taking into account payments made by or to the credit of the borrower(s), the credit limit (if any) is not at any time exceeded.

22A How can the running-account credit be used?

A = Linked to a payment network

B = Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only

C = Retail revolving credit

D = Money transfers only

W = Other

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Linked to a payment network

A regulated credit agreement with a facility which allows drawdowns for transactions with any person in a payment network, such as Mastercard and Visa. This includes credit cards.

This should include a regulated credit agreement which also allows other types of drawdowns.

This should include a regulated credit agreement which has a brand associated with a particular supplier(s), or promotions in relation to a specific supplier(s), but the facility allows drawdowns with any person in a payment network.

B: Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of running-account credit, the main purpose of which is to allow the borrower(s) to finance periodic premiums or fees.

This should be selected even if additional drawdowns can be made as long as these drawdowns are not the main purpose of the agreement.

C: Retail revolving credit

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of retail revolving credit, other than a regulated credit agreement which is described by ‘B: Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only’.

D: Money transfers only

A regulated credit agreement which only allows drawdowns to transfer money to a bank account or an electronic money account.

W: Other

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

23A Current brand name used for the agreement Alphanumeric The brand name used in relation to the regulated credit agreement at the end of the reporting period.
24A Is the agreement one of the following types?

A = Pawn agreement

B = Personal contract purchase agreement for a motor vehicle

C = Hire-purchase agreement (other than a personal contract purchase agreement for a motor vehicle) or conditional sale

D = Green deal plan

E = BNPL agreement

X = None of these

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Pawn agreement

A regulated credit agreement for which the lender takes any article in pawn.

B: Personal contract purchase agreement for a motor vehicle

A hire-purchase agreement used to finance the purchase of a motor vehicle and which includes a guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle which is set out as an optional additional repayment at the end of the regulated credit agreement, with the option for the borrower(s) to return the motor vehicle instead of making that repayment.

A motor vehicle is a wheeled, mechanically propelled vehicle intended or adapted for use on roads.

C: Hire-purchase agreement (other than a personal contract purchase agreement for a motor vehicle) or conditional sale

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a hire-purchase agreement or meets the criteria of a conditional sale agreement, and does not meet the criteria of a ‘Personal contract purchase agreement for a motor vehicle’.

D: Green deal plan

A regulated credit agreement which also meets the criteria of a green deal plan.

E: BNPL agreement 

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a BNPL agreement.

If the regulated credit agreement is a regulated deferred payment credit agreement, it does not meet the criteria of a BNPL agreement.

X: None of these

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of any of the above agreement types.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the above agreement types.

25A Hire-purchase or conditional sale specific status

A = Voluntary termination

B = Voluntary surrender

C = Repossession

X = None of these

Z = Unknown

This should reflect the status of the regulated credit agreement at the end of the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Voluntary termination

The borrower(s) had exercised their right under section 99 of the CCA to terminate the regulated credit agreement.

B: Voluntary surrender

The borrower(s) had voluntarily returned the good(s) financed under the regulated credit agreement.

C: Repossession

The good(s) financed under the regulated credit agreement had been repossessed.

X: None of these

None of the specific statuses above apply to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether any of the specific statuses above apply to the regulated credit agreement.

26A Is the agreement an open-end agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of an open-end agreement.
27A Has the duration of the agreement been increased?

A = Yes – contractual variation

B = Yes – forbearance

X = No

Whether the duration of the regulated credit agreement has been increased from the terms set out when the regulated credit agreement was executed.

This should reflect the status of the regulated credit agreement at the end of the reporting period. This includes any increases to the duration of the regulated credit agreement which remain in effect that were made at any time prior to the end of the reporting period, and is not restricted to those which were made during the reporting period.

This should not include regulated credit agreements which have been revoked and replaced by a modifying agreement with a longer duration, or a regulated credit agreement which has been consolidated as part of a new regulated credit agreement with a longer duration.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes – contractual variation

A contractual variation, which did not require the use of a modifying agreement, had been made to extend the duration of the regulated credit agreement.

B: Yes – forbearance

The reporting firm had extended the duration of the regulated credit agreement as an act of forbearance.

X: No

The duration of the regulated credit agreement had not been increased.

28A Revised agreement end date DD/MM/YYYY Date on which the regulated credit agreement is scheduled to end as at the end of the reporting period.

Ceasing to report performance data elements

These data elements provide additional details in relation to the selection, if applicable, for data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data’.

29A Date agreement ceased to have effect DD/MM/YYYY The date on which the borrower(s) had discharged their indebtedness to the reporting firm under the regulated credit agreement and the regulated credit agreement had ceased to have any ongoing effect.
30A Pawnbroking specific outcome

A = Article taken in pawn was redeemed

B = Agreement renewed

C = Article taken in pawn was forfeited

W = Other outcome

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Article taken in pawn was redeemed

The borrower(s) made payment of the total amount owing under the regulated credit agreement and the article(s) taken in pawn under the regulated credit agreement were redeemed.

B: Agreement renewed

The borrower(s) repaid the total charge for credit under the regulated credit agreement and entered into a new pawn agreement with the reporting firm.

C: Article taken in pawn was forfeited

The article(s) taken in pawn under the regulated credit agreement has become realisable and the prescribed period of notice of the reporting firm’s intention to sell has passed without the borrower(s) redeeming the article(s) taken in pawn.

W: Other outcome

The outcome of the regulated credit agreement is not one of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the outcome of the regulated credit agreement was one of the options above.

31A Personal contract purchase specific outcome

A = Balloon payment paid

B = Motor vehicle returned to the supplier

C = Motor vehicle part exchanged for another motor vehicle financed by the reporting firm

D = Motor vehicle part exchanged for another motor vehicle financed by a different lender

W = Other outcome

Z = Unknown outcome

Enter the relevant code:

A: Balloon payment paid

Ownership of the motor vehicle financed by the regulated credit agreement transferred to the borrower(s) following payment of the guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle.

B: Motor vehicle returned to the supplier

The borrower(s) returned the motor vehicle financed by the regulated credit agreement to the supplier and did not pay the guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle.

C: Motor vehicle part exchanged for another motor vehicle financed by the reporting firm

The borrower(s) used the motor vehicle financed by the regulated credit agreement to part exchange for a different motor vehicle financed by a new regulated credit agreement under which the reporting firm acted as lender.

D: Motor vehicle part exchanged for another motor vehicle financed by a different lender 

The borrower(s) used the motor vehicle financed by the regulated credit agreement to part exchange for a different motor vehicle financed by a new regulated credit agreement under which a person other than the reporting firm acted as lender.

W: Other outcome

The outcome of the regulated credit agreement was not one of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown outcome

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the outcome of the regulated credit agreement was one of the specific options above.

32A No amount remains to be paid by the borrower type

A = Agreement novated to change the lender

B = Agreement modified by modifying agreement

C = Agreement repaid by a new agreement

D = Open-end termination – borrower

E = Open-end termination – lender

W = Other type

Z = Unknown type

For each of these options, the borrower(s) must have discharged their indebtedness to the reporting firm under the regulated credit agreement and the regulated credit agreement has ceased to have any ongoing effect.

This includes where the reporting firm has agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay an amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement, but does not include where the reporting firm has only made the decision to cease to pursue the debt.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Agreement novated to change the lender

The regulated credit agreement has been replaced by a novation to change the lender.

B: Agreement modified by modifying agreement

The regulated credit agreement has been varied or supplemented by a modifying agreement, which is treated as:

(a) revoking the regulated credit agreement; and

(b) containing provisions which are modifications or variations of provisions in that previous agreement.

C: Agreement repaid by a new agreement

The remaining total amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement has been repaid by a new agreement with the reporting firm, other than by a modifying agreement.

D: Open-end termination – borrower

The borrower(s) has exercised their right under section 98A(1) of the CCA to terminate the open-end agreement.

E: Open-end termination – lender

The reporting firm has terminated the open-end agreement after serving notice to the borrower(s) as described under section 98A(3) of the CCA.

W: Other type

The regulated credit agreement did not meet the criteria of any of the specific options above.

This includes an agreement for which all repayments were made as scheduled.

Z: Unknown type

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the regulated credit agreement met any of the criteria of the specific options above.

33A Balance at date of novation Numeric £ The total amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement as on the date of the novation.
34A Regulatory status of the new lender under the novated agreement

A1 = Regulated – FRN known

A2 = Regulated – FRN unknown

X = Not regulated

Z1 = New lender regulatory status unknown

Z2 = New lender unknown

This should reflect the regulatory status of the new lender as on the date of the novation of the regulated credit agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Regulated – FRN known

The new lender was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the new lender is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Regulated – FRN unknown

The new lender was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the new lender is not known by the reporting firm.

X: Not regulated 

The new lender was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

Z1: New lender regulatory status unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the new lender.

Z2: New lender unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine who the new lender is.

35A FRN of the new lender under the novated agreement 6 or 7 digit number The FRN of the new lender under the new regulated credit agreement created by the novation. This should reflect the new lender’s regulatory status as on the date of the novation.
36A Name of the new lender under the novated agreement Alphanumeric The name of the new lender under the new regulated credit agreement created by the novation, as on the date of the novation.
37A Is the purpose of the new agreement to provide more sustainable terms for the borrower(s)?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

The reporting firm has recorded that the modifying agreement which modified the regulated credit agreement or the new agreement which repaid the remaining total amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement, was, in whole or in part, entered into as a result of the terms of the regulated credit agreement being unsustainable for the borrower(s).

N: No

The reporting firm has not recorded that the modifying agreement which modified the regulated credit agreement or the new agreement which repaid the remaining total amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement, was, in whole or in part, entered into as a result of the terms of the regulated credit agreement being unsustainable for the borrower(s).

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether it has recorded whether the unsustainability of the terms of the regulated credit agreement played a part in the borrower(s) entering into the new agreement.

38A Balance before modification or repayment by new agreement Numeric £ The total amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement which was repaid by the modifying agreement or other new agreement.
39A Repayment scenario

A = Repaid in line with schedule

B = Early settlement

C = Repaid fully other

D = Otherwise extinguished remaining amount outstanding

W = Other

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Repaid in line with schedule

The total amount payable under the regulated credit agreement has been repaid by the borrower(s) in accordance with the timings of repayments set out under the regulated credit agreement.

B: Early settlement 

The total amount payable under the regulated credit agreement has been repaid by the borrower(s) following an early settlement.

C: Repaid fully other

The total amount payable under the regulated credit agreement has been repaid, but not in a way that is described in the specific options ‘A: Repaid in line with schedule’ or ‘B: Early settlement’.

This includes, but is not limited to, when repayment has taken longer than the timings of repayments set out under the regulated credit agreement, or when an amount owed has been discharged by a security provided by the borrower(s) or at the implied or express request of the borrower(s) to secure the carrying out of the obligations of the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

D: Otherwise extinguished remaining amount outstanding

The total amount payable under the regulated credit agreement has not been repaid. The reporting firm has agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay a remaining amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement, but does not include where the reporting firm has only made the decision to cease to pursue the debt.

W: Other 

The borrower(s) have discharged their indebtedness to the reporting firm under the regulated credit agreement and the regulated credit agreement has ceased to have any ongoing effect, in a way that is not described by the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine which of the specific options above describes the repayment of the regulated credit agreement.

40A Date of assignment of legal ownership DD/MM/YYYY The date on which the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned by the reporting firm.
41A Balance at date of assignment of legal ownership Numeric £ The total amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement as on the date of assignment of legal ownership.
42A Regulatory status of the person to whom the legal ownership was assigned

A1 = Regulated – FRN known

A2 = Regulated – FRN unknown

X = Not regulated

Z1 = Assignee regulatory status unknown

Z2 = Assignee unknown

This should reflect the regulatory status of the person who acted as the assignee of the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement, as on the date of the assignment.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Regulated – FRN known

The assignee was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the assignee is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Regulated – FRN unknown 

The assignee was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the assignee is not known by the reporting firm.

X: Not regulated

The assignee was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

Z1: Assignee regulatory status unknown 

The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the assignee.

Z2: Assignee unknown 

The reporting firm cannot determine who the assignee is.

43A FRN of the person to whom the legal ownership was assigned 6 or 7 digit number The FRN of the person who acted as the assignee of the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement. This should reflect the assignee’s regulatory status as on the date of the assignment.
44A Name of the person to whom the legal ownership was assigned Alphanumeric The name of the person who acted as the assignee of the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement, as on the date of the assignment.
45A Date agreement recorded as statute barred DD/MM/YYYY The date on which the regulated credit agreement became a statute barred debt.
46A Balance at date the agreement was recorded as statute barred Numeric £ The total amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement as on the date the regulated credit agreement was recorded as statute barred.

Beneficial ownership data elements

These data elements identify whether the beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to a person (the ‘beneficial owner') other than the reporting firm as at the end of the reporting period and, if relevant, provide details of the beneficial owner.

47A Was the beneficial owner of the agreement different from the reporting firm?

A1 = Yes – beneficial owner regulated – FRN known

A2 = Yes – beneficial owner regulated – FRN unknown

B = Yes – beneficial owner not regulated

C = Yes – beneficial owner regulatory status unknown

X = No transfer of beneficial ownership

Z = Unknown

Whether the beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to a person other than the reporting firm as at the end of the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Yes – beneficial owner regulated – FRN known 

The beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to a person other than the reporting firm. The beneficial owner was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the beneficial owner is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Yes – beneficial owner regulated – FRN unknown

The beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to a person other than the reporting firm. The beneficial owner was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the beneficial owner is not known by the reporting firm.

B: Yes – beneficial owner not regulated

The beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to a person other than the reporting firm. The beneficial owner was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

C: Yes – beneficial owner regulatory status unknown

The beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to a person other than the reporting firm. The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the beneficial owner.

X: No transfer of beneficial ownership

The beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was not assigned to a person other than the reporting firm.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the beneficial ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to a person other than the reporting firm.

48A FRN of beneficial owner 6 or 7 digit number The FRN of the beneficial owner.
49A Name of beneficial owner Alphanumeric The name of the beneficial owner.

Third-party debt recovery data elements

These data elements identify whether a third-party debt collection agency or an enforcement agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement at any time during the reporting period and, if relevant, provide details of the agency.

50A Was a third-party debt collection agency or enforcement agency instructed in relation to the agreement?

A1 = Yes – agency regulated – FRN known

A2 = Yes – agency regulated – FRN unknown

B = Yes – agency not regulated

C = Yes – agency regulatory status unknown

X = No agency

Z = Unknown

Whether a third-party debt collection agency or an enforcement agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement at any time during the reporting period.

This should include where instructions made prior to the start of the reporting period remained in effect during the reporting period.

If more than one agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the agency which had most recently been instructed.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Yes – agency regulated – FRN known

An agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement. The agency was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the agency is known by the reporting firm.

A2: Yes – agency regulated – FRN unknown

An agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement. The agency was an authorised person or acting as an appointed representative. The FRN of the agency is not known by the reporting firm.

B: Yes – agency not regulated

An agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement. The agency was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

C: Yes – agency regulatory status unknown

An agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement. The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the agency.

X: No agency

An agency had not been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether an agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

51A Third-party debt collection agency or enforcement agency FRN 6 or 7 digit number

The FRN of the agency instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

If more than one agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the agency which had most recently been instructed.

52A Third-party debt collection agency or enforcement agency name Alphanumeric

The name of the agency instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

If more than one agency had been instructed in relation to the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the agency which had most recently been instructed.

Accounting period repeatable data elements

References to an ‘accounting period’ have the same meaning as in the Consumer Credit (Running-Account Credit Information) Regulations 1983.

For a regulated credit agreement which provides running-account credit, certain data elements must be provided for each accounting period which ended during the reporting period. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 55A, ‘RA Accounting period end date (the statement date)’, will be the unique identifier for a set of accounting period data elements.

• For a regulated credit agreement which is not in default, an ‘accounting period’ should also include any final period ending with the date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’ – that is:

o 29A, ‘Date agreement ceased to have effect’;

o 40A, ‘Date of assignment of legal ownership’; or

o 45A, ‘Date agreement recorded as statute barred’.

• A separate set of data elements are required for any period after a default notice had taken effect for the regulated credit agreement. If a default notice took effect during the reporting period, a set of accounting period data elements should be provided for any accounting periods which ended during the reporting period prior to the date the default notice took effect.

• A separate set of data elements are required if no accounting periods ended during the reporting period.

• If the reporting firm is unable to determine whether an accounting period ended during the reporting period, the reporting firm should provide a single set of accounting period data elements covering the whole reporting period, or, if relevant, the portion of the reporting period from the date the regulated credit agreement was executed and until any date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’.

• The accounting period end date determines whether the data elements for an accounting period must be provided for a reporting period:

o Data provided in respect of an accounting period which ended during the reporting period may include activity which took place before the start of the reporting period.

o Data should not be provided in respect of an accounting period which started during the reporting period and is ongoing at the end of a reporting period.

• Accounting periods should not overlap.

The data reporting field names for data elements which relate to accounting periods are prefixed by ‘RA’.

The accounting period data elements cover the status of the regulated credit agreement on the statement date and activity which took place during the accounting period. Certain subsets of these data elements, which relate to different drawdown types and penalty charges, are repeatable within each set of accounting period data elements.

53A RA Did an accounting period end during the reporting period?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

If a default notice in relation to the regulated credit agreement took effect during the reporting period, the option chosen should reflect the portion of the reporting period ending on the date associated with the data element ‘Date default notice took effect’.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

There was at least one accounting period which ended during the reporting period.

N: No

No accounting periods ended during the reporting period.

This includes:

regulated credit agreements which were executed during the reporting period and the first accounting period had not ended before the end of the reporting period;

regulated credit agreements for which the accounting periods are longer than the reporting period; and

regulated credit agreements for which there was no balance, debits, or credits during the reporting period.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether an accounting period for the regulated credit agreement ended during the reporting period.

Start of accounting period repeatable data elements
54A RA Accounting period start date DD/MM/YYYY

The start of the accounting period covered by the statement given to the borrower(s).

For any final period ending on the date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’, this should be the date of the day after the end of the preceding accounting period.

This date can be before the start of the reporting period.

55A RA Accounting period end date (the statement date) DD/MM/YYYY

The end of the accounting period covered by the statement given to the borrower(s).

For any final period, this should be the date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’ – that is:

• ‘Date agreement ceased to have effect’;

• ‘Date of assignment of legal ownership’; or

• ‘Date agreement recorded as statute barred’.

56A RA Was a moratorium or payment deferral in effect?

A = Moratorium

B = Payment deferral (contractual)

C = Payment deferral (forbearance)

D = No moratorium or payment deferral in effect

This should reflect whether a moratorium or payment deferral was in effect on the statement date.

References to a payment deferral should include any agreement between the reporting firm and the borrower(s) to pause contractual minimum repayments, even if they are not referred to as a ‘payment deferral’.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Moratorium

A Debt Respite moratorium in England and Wales, or a moratorium within the meaning of part 15 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016 in Scotland.

B: Payment deferral (contractual)

A payment deferral offered as a term in the regulated credit agreement.

C: Payment deferral (forbearance)

A payment deferral which is not offered as a term in the regulated credit agreement.

D: No moratorium or payment deferral in effect 

57A RA Was an arrangement to pay in effect?

Y = Yes

N = No

An indicator of whether an arrangement to pay was in effect on the statement date.

An arrangement to pay is a structured agreement between the reporting firm and the borrower(s), or a third party acting on behalf of the borrower(s), outlining the terms and schedule for making repayments which are different from the terms of the regulated credit agreement.

An arrangement to pay should not include a regulated credit agreement for which the changes to the terms and schedule for repayment have been made using a contractual variation.

58A RA Is the arrangement to pay part of a debt solution?

A = Debt management plan

B = Debt arrangement scheme

W = Other

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Debt management plan

The arrangement to pay was part of a debt management plan.

B: Debt arrangement scheme

The arrangement to pay was part of a debt arrangement scheme, within the meaning of the Debt Arrangement and Attachment (Scotland) Act 2002.

W: Other 

The arrangement to pay was not part of one of the specific debt solutions above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine whether the arrangement to pay was part of one of the specific debt solutions above.

59A RA Were any interest, fees or charges not applied during the accounting period?

A = Yes – amount known

B = Yes – amount unknown

C = No

Z = Unknown

This should reflect any contractual interest, fees or charges which should have been added to the total amount outstanding during the accounting period, but where the reporting firm chose not to.

This should not include any interest, fees or charges which had already been added to the total amount outstanding before or during the accounting period and then were subsequently removed during the accounting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes – amount known

During the accounting period there were contractual interest, fees or charges which were not applied, and the reporting firm can provide the value of these.

B: Yes – amount unknown

During the accounting period there were contractual interest, fees or charges which were not applied, and the reporting firm cannot provide the value of these.

C: No

During the accounting period all contractual interest, fees or charges were applied.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether during the accounting period any contractual interest, fees or charges were not applied.

60A RA Amount of interest, fees or charges not applied during the accounting period Numeric £ The value of the contractual interest, fees or charges which should have been added to the total amount outstanding during the accounting period, but where the reporting firm chose not to.
61A RA Credit limit Numeric £ The credit limit for the regulated credit agreement on the statement date.
62A RA BALANCE: Total Numeric £ The balance of the account under the regulated credit agreement for running-account credit on the statement date.
63A RA BALANCE: balance which relates to the principal Numeric £

The portion of the balance of the account under the regulated credit agreement for running-account credit on the statement date which related to the principal.

The ‘principal’ comprises only the amount of credit drawn down under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

64A RA BALANCE: balance which is in arrears Numeric £

The portion of the balance of the account under the regulated credit agreement for running-account credit on the statement date which was in arrears.

‘Arrears’ includes any shortfall in one or more repayments due from the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

65A RA Status reported to at least one credit reference agency

A = Not reported

B = Up to date

C = Arrears

D = Default

E = Other

F = Unknown

If details of the regulated credit agreement are reported to at least one credit reference agency, the payment status reported to the credit reference agency in relation to the month which most closely aligns to the accounting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Not reported

Details of the regulated credit agreement were not reported to a credit reference agency.

B: Up to date

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement was up to date with repayments.

C: Arrears

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement was in arrears.

D: Default 

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement was in default.

E: Other

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement had a status other than up to date, in arrears or in default.

F: Unknown

Details of the regulated credit agreement were reported to a credit reference agency, but the payment status reported is unknown.

66A RA Persistent debt 18-month assessment outcome

A = PD18

B = Not PD18

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: PD18

The reporting firm has assessed during the accounting period that the condition in CONC 6.7.27R(1) was met by the regulated credit agreement.

B: Not PD18

The reporting firm has assessed during the accounting period that the condition in CONC 6.7.27R(1) was not met by the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the condition in CONC 6.7.27R(1) was met by the regulated credit agreement during the accounting period.

67A RA Statement minimum repayment due Numeric £ The minimum repayment the borrower(s) is required to pay in relation to the balance on the statement date.
68A RA Scheduled arrangement to pay repayment expected Numeric £ The repayment expected as part of the arrangement to pay during the accounting period.
69A RA DEBITS: Total Numeric £ The total value of all debits (drawdowns, interest, fees, charges and any other debit adjustment) during the accounting period.
70A RA DEBITS: Periodic fees incurred Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the accounting period for any fees or charges incurred in relation to a membership fee, subscription fee or any other fee payable on a periodic basis.

This should include the value of any interest incurred during the accounting period for balances relating to periodic fees.

71A RA DEBITS: Non-sterling drawdown fees incurred Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the accounting period for any fees or charges incurred in relation to non-sterling drawdowns.

This should include the value of any interest incurred during the accounting period for balances relating to non-sterling drawdown fees.

72A RA DEBITS: Other fees and charges incurred Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the accounting period for any fees or charges incurred that have not been reported as one of:

RA DEBITS: Interest incurred for drawdown type;

RA DEBITS: Fees and charges incurred for drawdown type;

RA DEBITS: Non-sterling drawdown fees incurred;

RA DEBITS: Periodic fees incurred; or

RA DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred.

This should include the value of any interest incurred during the accounting period for balances relating to other fees and charges.

73A RA DEBITS: Any other debit adjustments Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the accounting period that have not been reported as one of:

RA DEBITS: Total value of drawdowns;

RA DEBITS: Interest incurred for drawdown type;

RA DEBITS: Fees and charges incurred for drawdown type;

RA DEBITS: Non-sterling drawdown fees incurred;

RA DEBITS: Periodic fees incurred;

RA DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred; or

RA DEBITS: Other fees and charges incurred.

74A RA CREDITS: Total Numeric £ The total value of all credits (repayments, chargebacks, otherwise extinguished balances and any other credit adjustment) during the accounting period.
75A RA CREDITS: Total repayments received - from borrower(s) Numeric £ The total value of all repayments during the accounting period from the borrower(s).
76A RA CREDITS: Total repayments received from guarantor Numeric £ The total value of all repayments during the accounting period from the guarantor.
77A RA CREDITS: Chargebacks and section 75 Numeric £ The total value of all credits during the accounting period in relation to chargebacks or in relation to claims under section 75 of the CCA.
78A RA CREDITS: Amounts relating to the principal otherwise extinguished Numeric £

The total value of any portion of the principal for which the reporting firm has, during the accounting period, agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay an amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include where the reporting firm has simply made the decision to cease to pursue the related amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

The ‘principal’ comprises only the amount of credit drawn down under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

79A RA CREDITS: Amounts relating to interest, fees or charges otherwise extinguished Numeric £

The total value of any portion of the balance other than the principal for which the reporting firm has, during the accounting period, agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay an amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include where the reporting firm has simply made the decision to cease to pursue the related amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

80A RA CREDITS: Any other credit adjustments Numeric £

The total value of all credits during the accounting period that have not been reported as one of:

RA CREDITS: Total repayment received from borrower(s);

RA CREDITS: Total repayment received from guarantor;

RA CREDITS: Chargebacks and section 75;

RA CREDITS: Amounts relating to the principal otherwise extinguished; or

RA CREDITS: Amounts relating to interest, fees, or charges otherwise extinguished.

Drawdown type repeatable data elements

For each set of accounting period data elements, certain data elements must be provided for each of the specified drawdown types which the borrower(s) can make using running-account credit under the regulated credit agreement. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 81A, ‘RA Drawdown type’, will be the unique identifier for a set of drawdown type data elements.

• No more than one set of drawdown type data elements can be submitted for each specified ‘RA Drawdown type’.

• A reporting firm should not submit data elements for specified drawdown types which the borrower(s) cannot make using running-account credit under the regulated credit agreement.

• Valid values for data element 81A, ‘RA Drawdown type’, will be determined by the value reported for data element 22A, ‘How can the running-account credit be used?’.

These data elements cover the balance outstanding on the statement date for the principal, related interest and related fees as well as the debits and credits during the accounting period associated with each of these. There are also data elements in relation to the interest and charges which applied for making new drawdowns as on the statement date.

Start of drawdown type repeatable data elements
81A RA Drawdown type

A1 = Purchases treated as BNPL

A2 = Purchases treated as instalment plans

A3 = All other purchases

B = Balance transfers

C = Money transfers

D = Other cash transactions

W = Other drawdown type

The reporting firm should not include data in relation to a regulated deferred payment credit agreement as credit provided under a regulated deferred payment credit agreement does not meet the criteria of running-account credit.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Purchases treated as BNPL

Drawdowns which facilitate payment for goods or services which meet the criteria of BNPL credit.

A2: Purchases treated as instalment plans

Drawdowns which facilitate payment for goods or services which are repaid with a specified repayment schedule.

A3: All other purchases

Drawdowns which facilitate payment for goods or services other than those treated as BNPL credit or instalment plans.

B: Balance transfers

Drawdowns which transfer money to a different account with running-account credit, excluding a current account with an overdraft facility or in respect of which there had been an unarranged overdraft within the meaning of CONC 5C.5.1R(6).

C: Money transfers

Drawdowns which transfer money to a bank account or an electronic money account.

D: Other cash transactions

Drawdowns for cash transactions, excluding balance transfers and money transfers. This should include cash advances, direct debits, travellers’ cheques, foreign currency and any cash substitutes.

W: Other drawdown type

Drawdowns which do not meet any of the specified options above.

81B RA BALANCE of drawdown type outstanding Numeric £

The balance outstanding on the statement date, for the principal associated with this drawdown type.

The ‘principal’ comprises only the amount of credit drawn down under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

81C RA BALANCE of interest incurred for drawdown type outstanding Numeric £ The balance outstanding on the statement date, for interest incurred for this drawdown type.
81D RA BALANCE of fees and charges for drawdown type outstanding Numeric £

The balance outstanding on the statement date, for fees and charges incurred for making drawdowns of this drawdown type.

This should not include non-sterling drawdown fees or penalty charges which may have been incurred as a result of making a drawdown of this drawdown type.

81E RA Number of drawdowns Numeric The number of drawdowns made during the accounting period, for this drawdown type.
81F RA DEBITS: Total value of drawdowns Numeric £ The value of drawdowns made during the accounting period, for this drawdown type.
81G RA DEBITS: Interest incurred for drawdown type Numeric £ The value of interest incurred during the accounting period, for balances relating to this drawdown type.
81H RA DEBITS: Fees and charges incurred for drawdown type Numeric £

The value of fees and charges incurred during the accounting period, for making this drawdown type.

This should not include non-sterling drawdown fees or penalty charges which may have been incurred as a result of making a drawdown of this drawdown type.

81I RA CREDITS: Repayment of drawdown type Numeric £

The value of repayments made during the accounting period assigned to balances for the principal associated with this drawdown type.

The ‘principal’ comprises only the amount of credit drawn down under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

81J RA CREDITS: Repayment of interest charged on drawdown type Numeric £ The value of repayments made during the accounting period assigned to balances for interest incurred, for this drawdown type.
81K RA CREDITS: Repayment of fees and charges incurred for making drawdown type Numeric £

The value of repayments made during the accounting period assigned to balances for fees and charges incurred for making this drawdown type.

This should not include non-sterling drawdown fees or penalty charges which may have been incurred as a result of making a drawdown of this drawdown type.

81L RA Annual interest rate for new drawdowns of drawdown type Numeric %

As at the statement date, the annual interest rate payable on balances for new drawdowns made for this drawdown type.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

81M RA Percentage fee for new drawdowns of drawdown type Numeric %

As at the statement date, the percentage value for any fee charged for new drawdowns made for this drawdown type, which is calculated as a percentage of the value of the drawdown.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

81N RA Minimum fee per new drawdown of drawdown type Numeric £ As at the statement date, the minimum fee value per drawdown for this drawdown type, for any fee charged which is calculated as a percentage of the value of the drawdown.
81O RA Fixed fee per new drawdown of drawdown type Numeric £

As at the statement date, the value for any fixed fee charged per new drawdown for this drawdown type.

This should not consider any promotional fixed fee value which may apply for qualifying drawdowns.

81P RA Promotional annual interest rate in effect for new drawdowns of drawdown type

Y = Yes

N = No

As at the statement date, whether a promotional annual interest rate was in effect for new drawdowns for this drawdown type.
End of drawdown type repeatable data elements

Penalty charge type (accounting period) repeatable data elements

For each set of accounting period data elements, certain data elements must be provided for each of the specified penalty charge types for which there was a balance outstanding on the statement date, a new penalty charge was incurred during the accounting period or part of a repayment made during the accounting period was assigned to the balance outstanding. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 83A, ‘RA Penalty charge type’, will be the unique identifier for a set of penalty charge type (accounting period) data elements.

• No more than one set of penalty charge type (accounting period) data elements can be submitted for each specified ‘RA Penalty charge type’.

• A reporting firm should not submit data elements for specified penalty charge types for which there was no relevant information.

82A RA Any penalty charges?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether there was a balance outstanding on the statement date in relation to a penalty charge, a new penalty charge was incurred during the accounting period or part of a repayment made during the accounting period was assigned to the balance outstanding of a penalty charge.
Start of penalty charge type (accounting period) repeatable data elements
83A RA Penalty charge type

A = Correspondence

B = Over credit limit

C = Late payment

D = Returned/ failed payment

E = Broken arrangement

F = Arrears

G = Default

H = Field agent visit

I = Legal fees including solicitor instruction

K = Other third-party debt recovery

W = Any other penalty charge

Z = Unassigned

Enter the relevant code:

A: Correspondence

A charge payable by the borrower(s) for correspondence sent in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

B: Over credit limit

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if the balance of the regulated credit agreement exceeds the assigned credit limit.

C: Late payment

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a repayment is not made to the reporting firm by a scheduled date.

D: Returned/failed payment

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if an attempted repayment is returned. This includes, but is not limited to, when there are insufficient funds in the borrower(s) account, the account is closed or the account is frozen.

E: Broken arrangement 

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a repayment agreed as part of an arrangement to pay is not made.

F: Arrears

A charge payable by the borrower(s) as a result of the regulated credit agreement being in arrears.

G: Default

A charge payable by the borrower(s) as a result of the regulated credit agreement being in default.

H: Field agent visit

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a field agent visit takes place to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement.

I: Legal fees including solicitor instruction

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to legal fees associated with action to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement.

K: Other third-party debt recovery

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to action to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement which is not one of the specified options above.

W: Any other penalty charge

A penalty charge payable which is not one of the specified options above.

Z: Unassigned

The reporting firm is unable to determine if the penalty charge is one of the specified options above.

83B RA BALANCE of penalty charge type outstanding Numeric £ The balance outstanding on the statement date for this penalty charge type.
83C RA DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred Numeric £

The value of new charges incurred during the accounting period for this penalty charge type.

This should include the value of any interest incurred during the accounting period for balances relating to this penalty charge type.

83D RA CREDITS: Repayments of penalty charge type Numeric £ The value of repayments made during the accounting period assigned to balances for this penalty charge type.
End of penalty charge type (accounting period) repeatable data elements
End of accounting period repeatable data elements

Scheduled repayment period data elements

For a regulated credit agreement which includes fixed-sum credit with specified scheduled repayment dates, a ‘scheduled repayment period’ means a period starting on the day after the preceding scheduled repayment date and ending on the scheduled repayment date. For the first scheduled repayment the ‘scheduled repayment period’ means the period starting on the day the regulated credit agreement was executed and ending on the first scheduled repayment date.

For a regulated credit agreement which includes fixed-sum credit with specified scheduled repayment dates, certain data elements must be provided for each scheduled repayment period which ended during the reporting period. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 86A, ‘FS Scheduled repayment date’, will be the unique identifier for a set of scheduled repayment period data elements.

• For a regulated credit agreement which is not in default, a ‘scheduled repayment period’ should also include any final period ending with the date associated with 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’ – that is:

o 29A, ‘Date agreement ceased to have effect’;

o 40A, ‘Date of assignment of legal ownership’; or

o 45A, ‘Date agreement recorded as statute barred’.

• A separate set of data elements are required for any period after a default notice had taken effect for the regulated credit agreement. If a default notice took effect during the reporting period, a set of scheduled repayment period data elements should be provided for any scheduled repayment periods which ended during the reporting period prior to the date the default notice took effect.

• A separate set of data elements are required if the regulated credit agreement has specified scheduled repayment dates but no scheduled repayment periods ended during the reporting period.

• If the regulated credit agreement provides fixed-sum credit but does not have specified scheduled repayment dates, or the reporting firm is unable to determine whether a scheduled repayment period ended during the reporting period, the reporting firm should provide a single set of scheduled repayment period data elements covering the whole reporting period, or, if relevant, the portion of the reporting period from the date the regulated credit agreement was executed and until any date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’.

• The scheduled repayment date determines whether the data elements for a scheduled repayment period must be provided for a reporting period:

o Data provided in respect of a scheduled repayment period which ended during the reporting period may include activity which took place before the start of the reporting period.

o Data should not be provided in respect of a scheduled repayment period which started during the reporting period and is ongoing at the end of a reporting period.

• Scheduled repayment periods should not overlap.

The data reporting field names for data elements which relate to scheduled repayment periods are prefixed by ‘FS’.

The scheduled repayment period data elements cover the status of the regulated credit agreement on the scheduled repayment date and activity which took place during the scheduled repayment period. Certain subsets of these data elements, which relate to penalty charges, are repeatable within each set of scheduled repayment period data elements.

84A FS Was a repayment scheduled for a date during the reporting period?

A = Yes

B = No scheduled repayments during reporting period

C = Agreement has no scheduled repayments

Z = Unknown

If a default notice in relation to the regulated credit agreement took effect during the reporting period, the option chosen should reflect the portion of the reporting period ending on the date associated with the data element ‘Date default notice took effect’.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes

There was at least one scheduled repayment during the reporting period.

B: No scheduled repayments during reporting period

The regulated credit agreement includes specified scheduled repayments but there were no scheduled repayments during the reporting period.

This includes:

regulated credit agreements which were executed during the reporting period and for which the first scheduled repayment was after the end of the reporting period; and

regulated credit agreements for which a scheduled repayment period is longer than the reporting period.

C: Agreement has no scheduled repayments

The regulated credit agreement does not include specified scheduled repayment dates.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the regulated credit agreement includes specified scheduled repayment dates.

Start of scheduled repayment period repeatable data elements
85A FS Scheduled repayment period start date DD/MM/YYYY

The date of the day after the previous scheduled repayment date.

For the first scheduled repayment period, the date of the day the regulated credit agreement was executed.

This date can be before the start of the reporting period.

86A FS Scheduled repayment date DD/MM/YYYY

The scheduled repayment date.

For any final period, this should be the date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’ – that is:

• ‘Date agreement ceased to have effect’;

• ‘Date of assignment of legal ownership’; or

• ‘Date agreement recorded as statute barred’.

87A FS Was a moratorium or payment deferral in effect?

A = Moratorium

B = Payment deferral (contractual)

C = Payment deferral (forbearance)

D = No moratorium or payment deferral in effect

This should reflect whether a moratorium or payment deferral was in effect on the scheduled repayment date.

References to a payment deferral should include any agreement between the reporting firm and the borrower(s) to pause scheduled repayments, even if they are not referred to as a ‘payment deferral’.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Moratorium

A Debt Respite moratorium in England and Wales, or a moratorium within the meaning of part 15 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016 in Scotland.

B: Payment deferral (contractual) 

A payment deferral offered as a term in the regulated credit agreement.

C: Payment deferral (forbearance) 

A payment deferral which is not offered as a term in the regulated credit agreement.

D: No moratorium or payment deferral in effect 

88A FS Was an arrangement to pay in effect?

Y = Yes

N = No

This should indicate whether an arrangement to pay was in effect on the scheduled repayment date.

An arrangement to pay is a structured agreement between the reporting firm and borrower(s), or a third party acting on behalf of the borrower(s), outlining the terms and schedule for making repayment which are different from the terms of the regulated credit agreement.

An arrangement to pay should not include a regulated credit agreement for which the changes to the terms and schedule for repayment have been made using a contractual variation.

89A FS Is the arrangement to pay part of a debt solution?

A = Debt management plan

B =

Debt arrangement scheme

W = Other

Z = Unknown

This should indicate whether an arrangement to pay was part of a debt solution.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Debt management plan

The arrangement to pay was part of a debt management plan.

B: Debt arrangement scheme

The arrangement to pay was part of a debt arrangement scheme, within the meaning of the Debt Arrangement and Attachment (Scotland) Act 2002.

W: Other

The arrangement to pay was not part of one of the specific debt solutions above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine whether the arrangement to pay was part of one of the specific debt solutions above.

90A FS Were any interest, fees or charges not applied during the scheduled repayment period?

A = Yes – amount known

B = Yes – amount unknown

C = No

Z = Unknown

This should reflect any contractual interest, fees or charges which should have been added to the total amount outstanding during the scheduled repayment period, but where the reporting firm chose not to.

This should not include any interest, fees or charges which had already been added to the total amount outstanding before or during the scheduled repayment period and then were subsequently removed during the scheduled repayment period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes – amount known

During the scheduled repayment period, there were contractual interest, fees or charges which were not applied, and the reporting firm can provide the value of these.

B: Yes – amount unknown

During the scheduled repayment period there were contractual interest, fees or charges which were not applied, and the reporting firm cannot provide the value of these.

C: No

During the scheduled repayment period, all contractual interest, fees or charges were applied.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether during the scheduled repayment period any contractual interest, fees or charges were not applied.

91A FS Amount of interest, fees or charges not applied during the scheduled repayment period Numeric £ The value of the contractual interest, fees or charges which should have been added to the total amount outstanding during the scheduled repayment period, but where the reporting firm chose not to.
92A FS BALANCE Total amount outstanding after repayments made Numeric £

The total amount outstanding at the end of the scheduled repayment date.

This should account for any repayments made up to and including the scheduled repayment date.

93A FS BALANCE Total amount of principal borrowed outstanding after repayments made Numeric £

The total amount outstanding at the end of the scheduled repayment date which related to the principal borrowed.

The ‘principal’ comprises only the total amount of credit which has been advanced to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

This should account for any repayments made up to and including the scheduled repayment date.

94A FS BALANCE Total amount outstanding in arrears after repayments made Numeric £

The total amount outstanding at the end of the scheduled repayment date which was in arrears.

This should account for any repayments made up to and including the scheduled repayment date.

‘Arrears’ includes any shortfall in one or more repayments due from the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

95A FS Status reported to at least one credit reference agency

A = Not reported

B = Up to date

C = Arrears

D = Default

E = Other

F = Unknown

If details of the regulated credit agreement are reported to at least one credit reference agency, the payment status reported to the credit reference agency in relation to the month which most closely aligns to the scheduled repayment period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Not reported

Details of the regulated credit agreement were not reported to a credit reference agency.

B: Up to date

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement was up to date with repayments.

C: Arrears

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement was in arrears.

D: Default

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement was in default.

E: Other 

The payment status reported to the credit reference agency indicated that the regulated credit agreement had a status other than up to date, in arrears, or in default.

F: Unknown 

Details of the regulated credit agreement were reported to a credit reference agency, but the payment status reported is unknown.

96A FS Scheduled contractual repayment expected Numeric £ The contractual repayment expected on the scheduled repayment date.
97A FS Scheduled arrangement to pay repayment expected Numeric £ The repayment expected as part of the arrangement to pay on the scheduled repayment date.
98A FS DEBITS: Total Numeric £ The total value of all debits (drawdowns, interest, fees charges and any other debit adjustment) during the scheduled repayment period.
99A FS Number of drawdowns Numeric The number of drawdowns made during the scheduled repayment period of any part of the total amount of credit which was not advanced to the borrower(s) when the regulated credit agreement was executed.
100A FS DEBITS: Total value of drawdowns Numeric £ The value of drawdowns made during the scheduled repayment period of any part of the total amount of credit which was not advanced to the borrower(s) when the regulated credit agreement was executed.
101A FS DEBITS: Interest incurred for the principal Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the scheduled repayment period for any interest incurred for the balance of the principal.

The ‘principal’ comprises only the total amount of credit which has been advanced to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

102A FS DEBITS: Periodic fees incurred Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the scheduled repayment period for any fees or charges incurred in relation to a membership fee, subscription fee or any other fee payable on a periodic basis.

This should include the value of any interest incurred during the scheduled repayment period for balances relating to periodic fees.

103A FS DEBITS: Early settlement compensatory amounts Numeric £ The total value of all debits during the scheduled repayment period for any compensatory amounts claimed by the reporting firm under section 95A or section 95B of the CCA following early repayment by the borrower(s) under section 94 of the CCA.
104A FS DEBITS: Other fees and charges incurred Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the scheduled repayment period for any fees or charges incurred that have not been reported as one of:

FS DEBITS: Interest incurred for the principal;

FS DEBITS: Periodic fees incurred;

FS DEBITS: Early settlement compensatory amounts; or

FS DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred.

This should include the value of any interest incurred during the scheduled repayment period for balances relating to other fees and charges.

105A FS DEBITS: Any other debit adjustments Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the scheduled repayment period that have not been reported as one of:

FS DEBITS: Total value of drawdowns;

FS DEBITS: Interest incurred for the principal;

FS DEBITS: Periodic fees incurred;

FS DEBITS: Early settlement compensatory amounts;

FS DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred; or

FS DEBITS: Other fees and charges incurred.

106A FS CREDITS: Total Numeric £ The total value of all credits (repayments, otherwise extinguished balances, and any other credit adjustment) during the scheduled repayment period
107A FS CREDITS: Total repayments received from borrower(s) Numeric £ The total value of all repayments during the scheduled repayment period from the borrower(s).
108A FS CREDITS: Total repayments received from guarantor Numeric £ The total value of all repayments during the scheduled repayment period from the guarantor.
109A FS CREDITS: Early settlement rebates Numeric £ The total value of all credits during the scheduled repayment period for any rebates on early settlement allowed under the Consumer Credit (Early Settlement) Regulations 2004, following early repayment by the borrower(s) under section 94 of the CCA.
110A FS CREDITS: Amounts relating to the principal otherwise extinguished Numeric £

The total value of any portion of the principal for which the reporting firm has, during the scheduled repayment period, agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay an amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include where the reporting firm has simply made the decision to cease to pursue the related amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

The ‘principal’ comprises only the total amount of credit which has been advanced to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

111A FS CREDITS: Amounts relating to interest, fees, or charges otherwise extinguished Numeric £

The total value of any portion of the balance other than the principal for which the reporting firm has, during the scheduled repayment period, agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay an amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include where the reporting firm has simply made the decision to cease to pursue the related amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

112A FS CREDITS: Any other credit adjustments Numeric £

The total value of all credits during the scheduled repayment period that have not been reported as one of:

FS CREDITS: Total repayments received from borrower(s);

FS CREDITS: Total repayments received from guarantor;

FS CREDITS: Early settlement rebates;

FS CREDITS: Amounts relating to the principal otherwise extinguished; or

FS CREDITS: Amounts relating to interest, fees, or charges otherwise extinguished.

113A FS Annual interest rate Numeric %

For regulated credit agreements with an initial promotional period for a lower annual interest rate which is in effect on the scheduled repayment date, this should reflect the annual interest rate which will apply following this initial promotional period.

A ‘promotional period’ means a set initial period of the agreement when no, or reduced, interest or charges are payable by the borrower(s).

For all other regulated credit agreements, this should reflect the annual interest rate on the scheduled repayment date.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

114A FS BNPL payment condition in effect

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the BNPL credit promotional period is in effect as on the scheduled repayment date.

Credit provided under a regulated deferred payment credit agreement does not meet the criteria of BNPL credit.

A ‘promotional period’ means a set initial period of the agreement when no, or reduced, interest or charges are payable by the borrower(s).

Penalty charge type (scheduled repayment period) repeatable data element

For each set of scheduled repayment period data elements, certain data elements must be provided for each of the specified penalty charge types for which there was a balance outstanding on the scheduled repayment date, a new penalty charge was incurred during the scheduled repayment period, or part of a repayment made during the scheduled repayment period was assigned to the balance outstanding. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 116A, ‘FS Penalty charge type’, will be the unique identifier for a set of penalty charge type (scheduled repayment period) data elements.

• No more than one set of penalty charge type (scheduled repayment period) data elements can be submitted for each specified ‘FS Penalty charge type’.

A reporting firm should not submit data elements for specified penalty charge types for which there was no relevant information.

115A FS Any penalty charges?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether there was a balance outstanding on the scheduled repayment date in relation to a penalty charge, a new penalty charge was incurred during the scheduled repayment period or part of a repayment made during the scheduled repayment period was assigned to the balance outstanding of a penalty charge.
Start of penalty charge type (scheduled repayment period) repeatable data elements
116A FS Penalty charge type

A = Correspondence

C = Late payment

D = Returned/ failed payment

E = Broken arrangement

F = Arrears

G = Default

H = Field agent visit

I = Legal fees including solicitor instruction

J = Repossession

K = Other third-party debt recovery

L = Excess mileage, and wear and tear

W = Other

Z = Unassigned

Enter the relevant code:

A: Correspondence

A charge payable by the borrower(s) for correspondence sent in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

C: Late payment

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a repayment is not made to the reporting firm by a scheduled date.

D: Returned/failed payment

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if an attempted repayment is returned. This includes, but is not limited to, when there are insufficient funds in the borrower(s) account, the account is closed or the account is frozen.

E: Broken arrangement

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a repayment agreed as part of an arrangement to pay is not made.

F: Arrears

A charge payable by the borrower(s) as a result of the regulated credit agreement being in arrears.

G: Default

A charge payable by the borrower(s) as a result of the regulated credit agreement being in default.

H: Field agent visit

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a field agent visit takes place to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement.

I: Legal fees including solicitor instruction

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to legal fees associated with action to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement.

J: Repossession

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to action to repossess goods financed by the regulated credit agreement or goods provided as security under the regulated credit agreement.

K: Other third-party debt recovery

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to action to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement which is not one of the specified options above.

L: Excess mileage, and wear and tear

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to:

a) the condition of goods financed by a hire-purchase agreement or conditional sale agreement which were returned to the reporting firm after the borrower(s) had exercised their right under section 99 of the CCA to terminate the regulated credit agreement;

b) the condition of a motor vehicle returned at the end of a personal contract purchase agreement; or

c) an annual mileage of a motor vehicle returned at the end of a personal contract purchase agreement which is in excess of the anticipated annual mileage which was set under the regulated credit agreement.

W: Any other penalty charge

A penalty charge payable which is not one of the specified options above.

Z: Unassigned

The reporting firm is unable to determine if the penalty charge is one of the specified options above.

116B FS BALANCE of penalty charge type outstanding after repayments made Numeric £

The balance outstanding on the scheduled repayment date, for this penalty charge type.

This should account for any repayments made up to and including the scheduled repayment date.

116C FS DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred Numeric £

The value of new charges incurred during the scheduled repayment period for this penalty charge type.

This should include the value of any interest incurred during the scheduled repayment period for balances relating to this penalty charge type.

116D FS CREDITS: Repayments of penalty charge type Numeric £ The value of repayments made during the scheduled repayment period assigned to balances for this penalty charge type.
End of penalty charge type (scheduled repayment period) repeatable data elements
End of scheduled repayment period repeatable data elements

No accounting period or scheduled repayment period data elements

If a default notice had not taken effect for the regulated credit agreement, and:

running-account credit is included under the regulated credit agreement and no accounting periods ended during the reporting period; or

fixed-sum credit is included under the regulated credit agreement with specified scheduled repayment dates but no scheduled repayment periods ended during the reporting period,

the following data elements must be provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

The data reporting field names for these data elements are prefixed by ‘NO’.

117A NO Credit limit Numeric £ The credit limit for the regulated credit agreement at the end of the reporting period.
118A NO BALANCE: Total Numeric £ The total amount outstanding at the end of the reporting period.
119A NO BALANCE: balance which relates to the principal Numeric £

The portion of the total amount outstanding at the end of the reporting period which related to the principal.

If running-account credit is included under the regulated credit agreement, the ‘principal’ comprises only the amount of credit drawn down under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

If fixed-sum credit is included under the regulated credit agreement, the ‘principal’ comprises only the total amount of credit which has been advanced to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

120A NO BALANCE: balance which is in arrears Numeric £

The portion of the total amount outstanding at the end of the reporting period which was in arrears.

‘Arrears’ includes any shortfall in one or more repayments due from the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

Defaulted agreements activity data elements

If a default notice had taken effect for the regulated credit agreement before the start of the reporting period, these data elements must be provided in relation to the entire reporting period.

Where:

• a default notice had taken effect for the regulated credit agreement during the reporting period; and

• an accounting period or a scheduled repayment period ended during the reporting period prior to the date of the default notice taking effect,

these data elements must be provided in relation to the portion of the reporting period after the latest of these accounting periods or scheduled repayment periods.

In all other cases, these data elements must be provided in relation to the entire reporting period.

For the final performance reporting period for the regulated credit agreement the defaulted agreements activity data elements should be provided in relation to the period ending with the date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’ – that is:

• 29A, ‘Date agreement ceased to have effect’;

• 40A, ‘Date of assignment of legal ownership’; or

• 45A, ‘Date agreement recorded as statute barred’.

The data reporting field names for data elements which relate to defaulted agreements activity are prefixed by ‘DF’.

The defaulted agreements activity data elements cover the status of the regulated credit agreement at the end of the reporting period, or the date associated with data element 4A, ‘Reason for ceasing to submit performance data for this agreement’, and activity which took place during the relevant portion of the reporting period.

121A DF Was a moratorium in effect?

A = Moratorium

D = No moratorium in effect

This should reflect whether a moratorium was in effect at the end of the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Moratorium

A Debt Respite moratorium in England and Wales, or a moratorium within the meaning of part 15 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016 in Scotland.

D: No moratorium in effect

122A DF Was an arrangement to pay in effect?

Y = Yes

N = No

An indicator of whether an arrangement to pay was in effect at the end of the reporting period.

An arrangement to pay is a structured agreement between the reporting firm and the borrower(s), or a third party acting on behalf of the borrower(s), outlining the terms and schedule for making repayments which are different from the terms of the regulated credit agreement.

An arrangement to pay should not include a regulated credit agreement for which the changes to the terms and schedule for repayment have been made using a contractual variation.

123A DF Is the arrangement to pay part of a debt solution?

A = Debt management plan

B = Debt arrangement scheme

W = Other

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Debt management plan

The arrangement to pay was part of a debt management plan.

B: Debt arrangement scheme

The arrangement to pay was part of a debt arrangement scheme, within the meaning of the Debt Arrangement and Attachment (Scotland) Act 2002.

W: Other

The arrangement to pay was not part of one of the specific debt solutions above.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine whether the arrangement to pay was part of one of the specific debt solutions above.

124A DF Were any interest, fees or charges not applied during the reporting period?

A = Yes – amount known

B = Yes – amount unknown

C = No

Z = Unknown

This should reflect any contractual interest, fees or charges which should have been added to the total amount outstanding during the reporting period, but where the reporting firm chose not to.

This should not include any interest, fees or charges which had already been added to the total amount outstanding before or during the reporting period and then were subsequently removed during the reporting period.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Yes – amount known

During the reporting period there were contractual interest, fees or charges which were not applied, and the reporting firm can provide the value of these.

B: Yes – amount unknown

During the reporting period there were contractual interest, fees or charges which were not applied, and the reporting firm cannot provide the value of these.

C: No

During the reporting period all contractual interest, fees or charges were applied.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether during the reporting period any contractual interest, fees or charges were not applied.

125A DF Amount of interest, fees or charges not applied during the reporting period Numeric £ The value of the contractual interest, fees or charges which should have been added to the total amount outstanding during the reporting period, but where the reporting firm chose not to.
126A DF BALANCE: Total Numeric £ The total amount outstanding at the end of the reporting period.
127A DF BALANCE: balance which relates to the principal Numeric £

The portion of the total amount outstanding at the end of the reporting period which relates to the principal.

If running-account credit is included under the regulated credit agreement, the ‘principal’ comprises only the amount of credit drawn down under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

If fixed-sum credit is included under the regulated credit agreement, the ‘principal’ comprises only the total amount of credit which has been advanced to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

128A DF Scheduled arrangement to pay repayment expected Numeric £ The repayment expected as part of the arrangement to pay during the reporting period.
129A DF DEBITS: Total Numeric £ The total value of all debits (interest, charges and any other debit adjustment) during the reporting period.
130A DF DEBITS: Interest incurred Numeric £ The total value of all debits during the reporting period for any interest incurred.
131A DF DEBITS: Any other debit adjustments Numeric £

The total value of all debits during the reporting period that have not been reported as one of:

DF DEBITS: Interest incurred; or

DF DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred.

132A DF CREDITS: Total Numeric £ The total value of all credits (repayments, otherwise extinguished balances, and any other credit adjustment) during the reporting period.
133A DF CREDITS: Total repayments received from borrower(s) Numeric £ The total value of all repayments during the reporting period from the borrower(s).
134A DF CREDITS: Total repayments received from guarantor Numeric £ The total value of all repayments during the reporting period from the guarantor.
135A DF CREDITS: Amounts relating to the principal otherwise extinguished Numeric £

The total value of any portion of the principal for which the reporting firm has, during the reporting period, agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay an amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include where the reporting firm has simply made the decision to cease to pursue the related amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

If running-account credit is included under the regulated credit agreement, the ‘principal’ comprises only the amount of credit drawn down under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

If fixed-sum credit is included under the regulated credit agreement, the ‘principal’ comprises only the total amount of credit which has been advanced to the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement, and does not include any interest, fees or charges added to the account.

136A DF CREDITS: Amounts relating to interest, fees, or charges otherwise extinguished Numeric £

The total value of any portion of the balance other than the principal for which the reporting firm has, during the reporting period, agreed to release the borrower(s) from an obligation to repay an amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include where the reporting firm has simply made the decision to cease to pursue the related amount outstanding under the regulated credit agreement.

137A DF CREDITS: Any other credit adjustments Numeric £

The total value of all credits during the reporting period that have not been reported as one of:

DF CREDITS: Total repayments received from borrower(s);

DF CREDITS: Total repayments received from guarantor;

DF CREDITS: Amounts relating to the principal otherwise extinguished; or

DF CREDITS Amounts relating to interest, fees, or charges otherwise extinguished.

Penalty charge type (default) repeatable data elements

Certain data elements must be provided for each of the specified penalty charge types for which there was a balance outstanding at the end of the reporting period, a new penalty charge was incurred during the reporting period or part of a repayment made during the reporting period was assigned to the balance outstanding. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 139A, ‘DF Penalty charge type’, will be the unique identifier for a set of penalty charge type (default) data elements.

• No more than one set of penalty charge type (default) data elements can be submitted for each specified ‘DF Penalty charge type’.

A reporting firm should not submit data elements for specified penalty charge types for which there was no relevant information.

138A DF Any penalty charges?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether a new penalty charge was incurred during the reporting period.
Start of penalty charge type (default) repeatable data elements
139A DF Penalty charge type

A = Correspondence

B = Over credit limit

C = Late payment

D = Returned /failed payment

E = Broken arrangement

F = Arrears

G = Default

H = Field agent visit

I = Legal fees including solicitor instruction

J = Repossession

K = Other third-party debt recovery

L = Excess mileage, and wear and tear

W = Any other penalty charge

Z = Unassigned

Enter the relevant code:

A: Correspondence

A charge payable by the borrower(s) for correspondence sent in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

B: Over credit limit

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if the balance of the regulated credit agreement exceeds the assigned credit limit.

C: Late payment

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a repayment is not made to the reporting firm by a scheduled date.

D: Returned/failed payment 

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if an attempted repayment is returned. This includes, but is not limited to, when there are insufficient funds in the borrower(s) account, the account is closed or the account is frozen.

E: Broken arrangement

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a repayment agreed as part of an arrangement to pay is not made.

F: Arrears

A charge payable by the borrower(s) as a result of the regulated credit agreement being in arrears.

G: Default

A charge payable by the borrower(s) as a result of the regulated credit agreement being in default.

H: Field agent visit 

A charge payable by the borrower(s) if a field agent visit takes place to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement.

I: Legal fees including solicitor instruction

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to legal fees associated with action to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement.

J: Repossession

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to action to repossess goods financed by the regulated credit agreement or goods provided as security under the regulated credit agreement.

K: Other third-party debt recovery

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to action to enforce repayment of the regulated credit agreement which is not one of the specified options above.

L: Excess mileage, and wear and tear

A charge payable by the borrower(s) in relation to:

• the condition of goods financed by a hire-purchase agreement or conditional sale agreement which were returned to the reporting firm after the borrower(s) had exercised their right under section 99 of the CCA to terminate the regulated credit agreement;

• the condition of a motor vehicle returned at the end of a personal contract purchase agreement; or

• an annual mileage of a motor vehicle returned at the end of a personal contract purchase agreement which is in excess of the anticipated annual mileage which was set under the regulated credit agreement.

W: Any other penalty charge

A penalty charge payable which is not one of the specified options above.

Z: Unassigned

The reporting firm is unable to determine if the penalty charge is one of the specified options above.

139B DF DEBITS: Value of penalty charge type incurred Numeric £ The value of new charges incurred during the reporting period for this penalty charge type.
End of penalty charge type (default) repeatable data elements
Back-book data

A single set of consumer credit product sales data is required to be submitted in a back-book data report. The same deadline applies to providing both the back-book data report and the performance data report at the end of the firm’s first reporting period.

The back-book data report must include data in respect of all relevant regulated credit agreements which:

• will be included in the performance data report for the reporting firm’s first reporting period; and

• will not be included in the sales data report for the reporting firm’s first reporting period.

Data in respect of a relevant regulated credit agreement executed before the start of a reporting firm’s first reporting period must not be included in a back-book data report if:

• the agreement was cancelled;

• no amount remains to be paid by the borrower under the regulated credit agreement;

• the firm is no longer the legal owner of the lender’s rights and duties under the agreement; or

• enforcement of the agreement became statute barred;

Purpose of the back-book data report

The back-book data report is intended to provide contextualising information for the performance data report in relation to relevant regulated credit agreements which have not been included in a sales data report.

The transaction reference reported for each relevant regulated credit agreement in a back-book data report must be unique in that report. Any transaction reference reported for a relevant regulated credit agreement in a back-book data report must not be reported for another relevant regulated credit agreement in any sales data reports.

The same transaction reference reported for each relevant regulated credit agreement in a back-book data report must be used for the same relevant regulated credit agreement in all performance data reports which include data in respect of that relevant regulated credit agreement.

Interpreting the data elements

Most of the data elements included in the back-book data report are a subset of the data elements included in the sales data report.

Some data elements have additional ‘Unknown’ options to account for information a reporting firm may not hold for relevant regulated credit agreements executed prior to the firm’s first reporting period.

Not all data elements must be reported for all relevant regulated credit agreements. The validations for when data elements must, or must not, be reported are detailed in the data reference guide for the back-book data report. The data element reference codes can be used to cross-refer between the Handbook and the data reference guide, as well as other supporting documentation.

These validations often relate to data elements specific to certain types of relevant regulated credit agreements. Most notably, the difference between relevant regulated credit agreements under which the facility is fixed-sum credit or running-account credit. Many data elements do not need to be reported for relevant regulated credit agreements in respect of which a default notice has taken effect.

Some data elements relate to information which may have changed after a relevant regulated credit agreement was executed. The notes will indicate whether the information should be reported to reflect the status on:

• the day that the relevant regulated credit agreement was executed;

• the day that the reporting firm was assigned the legal ownership of the relevant regulated credit agreement; or

• the day before the start of the reporting firm’s first reporting period for the performance data report (‘the back-book reporting date’).

Reference Data reporting field Code (where applicable) Notes
2A Is the reporting firm the original lender?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the reporting firm was the lender who entered into the regulated credit agreement.
3A Credit for business or personal use

B = Business

P = Personal

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

B: Business

For where the borrower entered into the regulated credit agreement wholly or predominantly for the purpose of business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the borrower.

This should include any regulated credit agreement under which the borrower is not a natural person.

P: Personal

All other regulated credit agreements.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine whether or not the borrower entered into the regulated credit agreement wholly or predominantly for the purpose of business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the borrower.

4A Has a default notice taken effect in relation to this agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the borrower(s) had been issued with a default notice in relation to the regulated credit agreement and:

(a) if the breach was capable of remedy, the borrower(s) had not taken the action required to remedy the breaches by the date specified in the default notice (or, if no such action was required, at least 14 days had elapsed since the date of service of the notice) (see section 88(1)(b) and (2) of the CCA); or

(b) if the breach was not capable of remedy, the borrower(s) had not paid the sum (if any) required as compensation for the breach by the date specified in the default notice (or, if no such compensation was required, at least 14 days had elapsed since the date of service of the notice) (see section 88(1)(c) and (2) of the CCA).

This should reflect the status of the regulated credit agreement on the back-book reporting date.

5A Agreement execution date DD/MM/YYYY The date on which the regulated credit agreement was executed.
6A Is the agreement an open-end agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of an open-end agreement.
7A Agreement end date DD/MM/YYYY

Date on which the regulated credit agreement is scheduled to end.

This should reflect the end date set out in the regulated credit agreement as on the back-book reporting date.

8A Is the facility under the credit agreement fixed-sum or running-account?

FS = Fixed-sum credit

RA = Running-account credit

Enter the relevant code:

FS: Fixed-sum credit

The regulated credit agreement includes a facility whereby the borrower(s) is enabled to receive credit (whether in one amount or by instalments) but which is not running-account credit.

RA: Running-account credit 

The regulated credit agreement includes a facility under which the borrower(s) or another person is enabled to receive from time to time from the reporting firm or a third party cash, goods or services to an amount or value such that, taking into account payments made by or to the credit of the borrower(s), the credit limit (if any) is not at any time exceeded.

9A How can the running-account credit be used?

A = Linked to a payment network

B = Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only

C = Retail revolving credit

D = Money transfers only

W = Other

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Linked to a payment network 

A regulated credit agreement with a facility which allows drawdowns for transactions with any person in a payment network, such as Mastercard and Visa.

This includes credit cards. This should include a regulated credit agreement which also allows other types of drawdowns.

This should include a regulated credit agreement which has a brand associated with a particular supplier(s), or promotions in relation to a specific supplier(s), but the facility allows drawdowns with any person in a payment network.

B: Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of running-account credit, the main purpose of which is to allow the borrower(s) to finance periodic premiums or fees.

This should be selected even if additional drawdowns can be made as long as these drawdowns are not the main purpose of the agreement.

C: Retail revolving credit

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of retail revolving credit, other than a regulated credit agreement which is described by ‘B: Running-account credit to pay for periodic premiums or fees only’.

D: Money transfers only

A regulated credit agreement which only allows drawdowns to transfer money to a bank account or an electronic money account.

W: Other

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

10A Type of periodic premiums or fees

A = Insurance premiums only

B = Any other combination of premiums and fees

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Insurance premiums only

The regulated credit agreement is intended to be used to finance premiums for general insurance contracts only.

B: Any other combination of premiums and fees

The regulated credit agreement is not limited to finance premiums for general insurance contracts only.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

11A Is the agreement a borrower-lender agreement or a borrower-lender-supplier agreement?

A = Borrower-lender

B = Borrower-lender-supplier

Enter the relevant code:

A: Borrower-lender

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a borrower-lender agreement.

B: Borrower-lender-supplier

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a borrower-lender-supplier agreement.

12A Supplier regulatory status

A1 = Regulated – FRN known

A2 = Regulated – FRN unknown

C = Supplier was the reporting firm

X = Not regulated

Z1 = Supplier regulatory status unknown

Z2 = Supplier unknown

This should reflect the regulatory status of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement when the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the reporting firm is not the original lender for the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the regulatory status of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date of the novation or when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

Enter the relevant code:

A1: Regulated – FRN known

The supplier was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The supplier is not the reporting firm. The FRN of the supplier is known.

A2: Regulated – FRN unknown

The supplier was an authorised person and/or acting as an appointed representative. The supplier is not the reporting firm. The FRN of the supplier is unknown.

C: Supplier was the reporting firm

The supplier was the reporting firm.

X: Not regulated

The supplier was not an authorised person and was not acting as an appointed representative.

Z1: Supplier regulatory status unknown

The reporting firm cannot determine the regulatory status of the supplier.

Z2: Supplier unknown 

The reporting firm cannot determine who the supplier was.

13A Supplier FRN 6 or 7 digit number

The FRN of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the reporting firm is not the original lender for the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect the FRN of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement as on the date of novation or when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

14A Supplier name Alphanumeric

The name of the person who acted as ‘the supplier’ under the borrower-lender-supplier agreement.

This should reflect the name recorded by the reporting firm as on the back-book reporting date.

15A Is the agreement one of these specific contract types?

A = Hire-purchase agreement

B = Conditional sale agreement

C = Pawn agreement

D = Bill of sale loan agreement

E = Green deal plan

X = None of these contract types

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: Hire-purchase agreement 

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a hire-purchase agreement.

B: Conditional sale agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a conditional sale agreement.

C: Pawn agreement

A regulated credit agreement for which the lender takes any article in pawn.

D: Bill of sale loan agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a bill of sale loan agreement.

E: Green deal plan

A regulated credit agreement which also meets the criteria of a green deal plan.

X: None of these contract types

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of any of the above contract types.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the above contract types.

16A Does the agreement meet the criteria of one of these agreement types as defined in the FCA Handbook?

A = High-cost short-term credit

B = Home credit loan agreement

C = RTO agreement

D = BNPL agreement

X = None of these FCA Handbook definitions

Z = Unknown

Enter the relevant code:

A: High-cost short-term credit

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of high-cost short-term credit.

B: Home credit loan agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a home credit loan agreement.

C: RTO agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of an RTO agreement as set out in CONC 5B.7.1R(7). Note that, while similar, this is not the same as the criteria for a rent-to-own agreement.

D: BNPL agreement

A regulated credit agreement which meets the criteria of a BNPL agreement.

If the regulated credit agreement is a regulated deferred payment credit agreement, it does not meet the criteria of a BNPL agreement.

X: None of these FCA Handbook definitions

A regulated credit agreement which is not one of the above agreement types.

Z: Unknown

A regulated credit agreement which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the above agreement types.

17A Type of goods or services provided by the supplier financed by the agreement

A = Motor vehicles

B = Mobility aids

C = Home improvement

D = Mobile phones

E = Jewellery and watches

F = Household goods

G = Sports and leisure goods

H = Mobile homes

I = Agriculture equipment and supplies

J = Other plant machinery

K = Office equipment

L = Tools

M = Health care and medical care

N = Education and training

O = Travel

P = Legal services

Q = Insurance premiums

R = Membership and subscription fees

W1 = Other goods

W2 = Other services

Z = Unknown

If more than one type of goods or services are financed by the regulated credit agreement, the reporting firm should select the type of goods or services which accounted for the greatest portion of the total amount of credit.

The reporting firm should select the option which best aligns to the information, if any, it holds. The reporting firm is not required to collect additional information in order to be able to better determine the application of any of the specified options.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Motor vehicles

A wheeled, mechanically propelled vehicle intended or adapted for use on roads.

B: Mobility aids

A device designed to assist walking or otherwise improve the mobility of people with a mobility impairment.

This should not include goods covered by ‘A: Motor vehicles’.

C: Home improvement

Additions to, renovations of or repair of a residential property which involves professional services, including but not limited to installation.

This should not include goods covered by ‘B: Mobility aids’, even if they involved professional installation.

D: Mobile phones

Mobile phone handsets, smart watches and associated accessories.

E: Jewellery and watches

This should not include goods covered by ‘D: Mobile phones’.

F: Household goods

Goods which are normally found in a residential home, including but not limited to furniture, kitchen appliances (such as cookers, washing machines and dryers, microwaves, refrigerators, and freezers), electronic and technological goods (such as vacuum cleaners, televisions and accessories, music systems and accessories, games consoles and accessories, computers, and tablets and accessories).

This should not include goods covered by ‘B: Mobility aids’, ‘D: Mobile phones’, or ‘E: Jewellery and watches’.

G: Sports and leisure goods

Goods used primarily for sports or leisure.

H: Mobile homes 

Static caravans, park homes and lodges which can be transported from place to place.

I: Agriculture equipment and supplies 

Goods intended to be used for agricultural purposes.

J: Other plant machinery

This should not include goods covered by ‘I: Agriculture equipment and supplies’.

K: Office equipment

Goods which are normally found in a commercial office.

L: Tools

Handheld tools.

This should not include goods covered by ‘I: Agriculture equipment and supplies’, ‘J: Other plant machinery’, or ‘K: Office equipment’.

M: Health care and medical care 

Health care and medical care procedures, and equipment associated with health care and medical care.

This should include procedures carried out for cosmetic purposes.

N: Education and training 

Fees for education and training, and any living costs associated with education and training

O: Travel 

Services relating to travelling or the making of travel arrangements.

P: Legal services 

Legal services associated with litigation.

Q: Insurance premiums

Premiums for general insurance contracts.

R: Membership and subscription fees

Fees to cover memberships and subscriptions.

This should not include services covered by ‘N: Education and training’.

W1: Other goods

Goods which are not any of the specific options above.

W2: Other services

Services which are not any of the specific options above.

Z: Unknown

Goods or services which the reporting firm cannot determine to be one of the specific options above.

18A Is the hire-purchase agreement a personal contract purchase agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the hire-purchase agreement includes a guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle which is set out as an optional additional repayment at the end of the regulated credit agreement, with the option for the borrower(s) to return the motor vehicle instead of making that repayment.
19A Guaranteed minimum future value Numeric £ The guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle which is set out as an optional additional repayment at the end of the regulated credit agreement, with the option for the borrower(s) to return the motor vehicle instead of making that repayment.
20A Was a brand name used other than the reporting firm’s name?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

This should reflect the brand name that was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement when the regulated credit agreement was executed.

If the reporting firm is not the original lender under the regulated credit agreement, this should reflect as relevant the brand name used by the reporting firm in relation to the regulated credit agreement when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

A brand name other than the name of the reporting firm was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

N: No

Only the name of the reporting firm was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether a brand name other than the name of the reporting firm was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

21A Brand name used for the agreement Alphanumeric This should be the brand name that was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement when the regulated credit agreement was executed. If the reporting firm is not the original lender for the regulated credit agreement, this should be the brand name that was used in relation to the regulated credit agreement by the reporting firm when the legal ownership of the regulated credit agreement was assigned to the reporting firm.
22A Is the credit agreement also a P2P agreement?

Y = Yes

N = No

Z = Unknown

Whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement.

Enter the relevant code:

Y: Yes

The regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement.

N: No 

The regulated credit agreement does not meet the criteria of a P2P agreement.

Z: Unknown 

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether the regulated credit agreement meets the criteria of a P2P agreement.

23A Is the borrower a natural person acting as a sole trader or a relevant recipient of credit?

A = Natural person

B = Relevant recipient of credit

Enter the relevant code:

A: Natural person

A natural person acting as a sole trader.

B: Relevant recipient of credit

A relevant recipient of credit means:

(a) a partnership consisting of 2 or 3 persons not all of whom are bodies corporate; or

(b) an unincorporated body of persons which does not consist entirely of bodies corporate and is not a partnership.

24A Reporting firm’s unique reference for relevant recipient of credit Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the relevant recipient of credit acting as the borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This unique reference must be used consistently for the same borrower in any performance data reports for the regulated credit agreement.

All attempts should be made to use the same unique reference for the same relevant recipient of credit, across all relevant regulated credit agreements included in the reporting firm’s back-book, sales and performance data reports.

25A Name of relevant recipient of credit Alphanumeric The name of the relevant recipient of credit acting as the borrower under the regulated credit agreement.
26A Number of borrowers named in the agreement Numeric

The number of natural persons who are named as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include natural persons who are not named in the regulated credit agreement but who have access to the facility, such as additional card holders.

Certain data elements must be provided for each natural person who is named as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement. The submission method will allow these data elements to be repeated.

Data element 27A, ‘Lender’s unique reference for natural person acting as borrower’, will be the unique identifier for a set of borrower natural person data elements.

• Only one set of borrower natural person data elements will be allowable if data element 23A, ‘Is the borrower a natural person acting as a sole trader or a relevant recipient of credit?’ is answered ‘A = Natural person’.

• For all other relevant regulated credit agreements with borrowers who are natural persons, data element 26A, ‘Number of borrowers named in the agreement’, will validate the number of sets of borrower natural person data elements expected.

Start of borrower natural person repeatable data elements
27A Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as borrower Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the natural person acting as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include the natural person’s name or a derivation of their name.

This unique reference must be used consistently for the same borrower in any performance data reports for the regulated credit agreement.

All attempts should be made to use the same unique reference for the same natural person, across all relevant regulated credit agreements included in the reporting firm’s back-book, sales and performance data reports. This includes a unique reference for any natural person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) in relation to a relevant regulated credit agreement.

27B Borrower’s date of birth DD/MM/YYYY The date of birth of the natural person acting as a borrower under the regulated credit agreement.
End of borrower natural person repeatable data elements
28A Type of security provided by borrower(s) in relation to agreement

A = Guarantee or indemnity

B = Motor vehicle/logbook

C = Any other physical asset

D = Future lump sum

E = Financial product

F = Title restriction

W = Other security

X = No security

Z = Unknown

This relates to any security provided by the borrower(s) under the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include any goods which have been financed by the regulated credit agreement as a borrower-lender-supplier agreement, such ashire-purchase agreements and conditional sale agreements.

Enter the relevant code:

A: Guarantee or indemnity

A person other than the borrower(s) has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

B: Motor vehicle/logbook

The regulated credit agreement has taken a motor vehicle as security.

This includes, but is not limited to, a bill of sale loan agreement for which ownership of a motor vehicle is the good transferred, or a regulated credit agreement which has taken a motor vehicle as an article in pawn.

C: Any other physical asset

The regulated credit agreement has taken a physical asset other than a motor vehicle as security.

This includes, but is not limited to, a bill of sale loan agreement for which ownership of a physical asset other than motor vehicle is the good transferred, or a regulated credit agreement has taken a physical asset other than a motor vehicle as an article in pawn.

D: Future lump sum

The regulated credit agreement is secured, by assignment or otherwise, on a future lump sum expected to be received by the borrower(s) such as, but not limited to, an inheritance, a pension lump sum, a claims pay-out or a settlement following litigation.

E: Financial product 

The regulated credit agreement is secured on another financial product such as, but not limited to, an investment portfolio or a life insurance policy.

F: Title restriction 

The regulated credit agreement is secured by a title restriction at the Land Registry.

W: Other security

Any other security which is not covered by the specified options which has been provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

X: No security

No security was provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

Z: Unknown

The reporting firm is unable to determine whether a security has been provided in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

29A Is the person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) a natural person?

Y = Yes

N = No

Whether the person who has provided the guarantee or the indemnity (or both) as security in relation to the regulated credit agreement is a natural person.
30A Reporting firm’s unique reference for natural person acting as guarantor Alphanumeric

The unique reference used by the reporting firm in its records to identify the natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.

This should not include the natural person’s name or a derivation of their name.

This unique reference must be used consistently for the same natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in any performance data reports for the regulated credit agreement.

All attempts should be made to use the same unique reference for the same natural person, across all relevant regulated credit agreements included in the reporting firm’s back-book, sales and performance data reports. This includes a unique reference for any natural person who is a borrower under a relevant regulated credit agreement.

31A Guarantor’s date of birth DD/MM/YYYY The date of birth of the natural person who has provided a guarantee or an indemnity (or both) in relation to the regulated credit agreement.
32A Total amount of credit Numeric £ The total sums made available under the regulated credit agreement, on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.
33A Total charge for credit Numeric £ The true cost to the borrower(s) of the credit provided, or to be provided, under the regulated credit agreement calculated in accordance with CONC App 1.2, as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.
34A APR Numeric %

The annual percentage rate of charge for the regulated credit agreement calculated in accordance with CONC App 1.2 as on the date the regulated credit agreement was executed.

This number should be reported as a percentage to 2 decimal places (eg, 3.49 represents 3.49%, not 349%).

SUP 16 Annex 22 [deleted]

01/07/2009R

SUP 16 Annex 23 [deleted]

01/07/2009G

SUP 16 Annex 24 Data items for SUP 16.12

27/06/2025R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP Chapter 16 Annex 24R

SUP 16 Annex 25 Guidance notes for data items in SUP 16 Annex 24R

06/04/2026G

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

Guidance notes for data items in SUP 16 Annex 24R - SUP Chapter 16 Annex 25G

SUP 16 Annex 25A Guidance notes for data items in SUP 16 Annex 24R

13/04/2018G

[deleted – please see SUP 16 Annex 25]

SUP 16 Annex 27C Authorised Payment Institution Capital Adequacy Return

07/05/2026D

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Firms are required to submit the returns using the electronic means made available by the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 27C D

SUP 16 Annex 27D Notes on completing FSA056 (Authorised Payment Institution Capital Adequacy Return – SUP 16 Annex 27CD)

07/05/2026G

FSA056 Authorised Payment Institution Capital Adequacy Return

Valuation

Firms should follow their normal accounting practice wherever possible.

Currency

Some questions require you to answer in GBP, whilst some require you to answer in EUR. The exchange rate entered at Element 53 should be used throughout the return to convert GBP to EUR where required.

  1. • Elements 67-69, 90-107, and 52, must be completed in GBP.

    • Element 77 must be answered in GBP and EUR.

    • All other monetary answers must be in EUR

Type of payment service: special instructions

• Registered account information service providers Registered account information service providers (as defined in the Payment Services Regulations 2017, “PSRs 2017”) should only answer Elements 67-69 (income), and 79 - 83 (AIS).

• Authorised payment institutions that only provide payment initiation services Authorised payment institutions (APIs) that ONLY provide payment initiation services (PIS) should only answer Elements 67-69 (income), Element 3 (initial capital), Part Two (capital resources), Element 66 (Agents), 70-75 (payment systems) and 84-89 (PIS).

• APIs that provide PIS / AIS and/or other payments services should answer all Elements, including the relevant sections of Part 4 (depending on whether they provide AIS / PIS or both).

Data elements

These are referred to by row first, then by column, so data Element 2B will be the element numbered 2 in column B.

Figures should be entered in single units in the currency specified. For example, €1,234,567.50 should be entered as 1234567

07/05/2026G

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

Element 1B: You must only answer ‘Yes’ to this question if both parts of the question apply to the API required to submit this report (i.e. if the API falls within paragraph 2(b) of regulation 22: (a) the API is included in the consolidated supervision of a parent credit institution pursuant to the Capital Requirements Directive 2013/36/EU and (b) that all of the conditions in Article 7(1) of the Capital Requirements Regulations (EU) 575/2013 are met in respect of the API and its parent. If either part of this question does not apply, you should enter “no”.

Element 2B: If you have answered “yes” to ‘Element 1B’ then please enter the Firm Reference Number of your firm’s parent credit institution. If you have answered “yes” to ‘Element 2B’then you do not need to answer Elements 4 to 33 (own funds requirement).

Element 67B: State, in GBP, the total income of the whole legal entity, across all activity, for the reporting period. Follow your firm’s normal accounting practice when answering this question (i.e. this should be the same figure as the total income figure in your annual accounts).

Element 68B: State, in GBP, the total income for the reporting period derived from payment services. Follow your normal accounting practice when answering this question.

Element 69B: State, in GBP, the total operating profit or loss of the whole legal entity for the reporting period. Operating profit or loss is calculated after ordinary operating expenses are deducted from the gross profit, but before interest, tax, dividend payments and any extraordinary items are deducted.

07/05/2026G

Part One: CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

Initial capital requirement

Element 3B: State, in EUR the firm’s initial capital requirement at authorisation (Part 1, Schedule 3 of the PSRs 2017).

Own Funds Requirement

Elements 4B – 6B: Firms should indicate which of the three methods they use to calculate their own funds requirement, as described in Part 2 of Schedule 3 of the PSRs 2017

Firms only need to complete those parts of the form that apply to their chosen method of calculating own funds.

If your firm has not completed a full financial year of business, then, in lieu of the figure for the “preceding year” or the “previous financial year”, you must use the projected figure(s) that your firm submitted to the FCA when applying for authorisation (subject to any adjustments that the FCA required or may require).

Please refer to Chapter 9 (Capital resources and requirements) of our Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document for further detail on how to calculate the own funds requirement.

Method A Calculation

Element 7B: State, in EUR, the total fixed overheads for the preceding year. Please refer to Chapter 9 of our Approach Document for further guidance on fixed overheads.

Element 8B: State, in EUR, the figure equal to 10% of the figure you have reported in ‘Element 7B’.

Element 9B: State, the larger of the two figures you have reported in ‘Element 3B’ and ‘Element 8B’.

Method B Calculation

Element 10B: “Payment volume” means the total amount (i.e. value) of payment transactions executed by the API in the preceding financial year divided by the number of months in that year (paragraph 9(3), Part 2, Schedule 3 of the PSRs 2017). This figure should include transactions executed by agents of the API.

Element 11B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 4% of the first €5m of payment volume.

Element 12B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 2.5% of payment volume between €5m and €10m. If your firm has undertaken less than €5m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 13B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 1% of payment volume between €10m and €100m. If your firm has undertaken less than €10m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 14B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 0.5% of payment volume between €100m and €250m. If your firm has undertaken less than €100m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 15B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 0.25% of all payment volume over €250m. If your firm has undertaken less than €250m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 16B: State, in EUR, the sum of the values from ‘Elements 11B to 15B’ above.

Element 17B: The “scaling factor” is:

  1. • 0.50 for a payment institution that is authorised to provide only the payment service specified in paragraph 1(f) of Schedule 1 PSRs 2017 (money remittance); and

    • 1.00 for a payment institution that is authorised to provide any other payment service specified in paragraph 1(a) to (e) of Schedule 1 PSRs 2017.

The scaling factor should be entered to 2 decimal places.

Element 18B: This figure is calculated using the following equation: ‘Element 16B x Element 17B’.

Element 19B: Insert the larger of the two figures you have reported in ‘Element 3B’ and ‘Element 18B’.

Method C calculation

Relevant Indicator

Element 20B – Element 23B: these figures should be entered in EUR and should cover the expenses or income generated over the reporting period. Please refer to Chapter 9 (Capital resources and requirements) of our Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document for further detail on the Elements that make up the relevant indicator.

Firms should have regard to paragraphs 10(4)(a)-(d), Part 2, Schedule 3 of the PSRs 2017 for the purposes of calculating the relevant indicator:

  1. • each element must be included in the sum with its positive or negative sign;

    • income from extraordinary or irregular items must not be used;

    • expenditure on the outsourcing of services rendered by third parties may reduce the relevant indicator if the expenditure is incurred from a payment service provider;

    • the relevant indicator is calculated on the basis of the twelve-monthly observation at the end of the previous financial year;

    • the relevant indicator must be calculated over the previous financial year; and

    • audited figures must be used unless they are not available in which case business estimates may be used.

Element 24B: This should be the sum of the amounts stated in ‘Elements 20B to 23B’ above.

Multiplication Factor

Element 25B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 10% of the first €2.5m of the “total relevant indicator of income” in ‘Element 24B’.

Element 26B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 8% of the “total relevant indicator of income” in ‘Element 24B’ between €2.5m and €5m. If your firm's total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €2.5m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 27B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 6% of the “total relevant indicator of income” in ‘Element 24B’ between €5m and €25m. If your firm's total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €5m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 28B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 3% of the “total relevant indicator of income” in ‘Element 24B’ between €25m and €50m. If your firm's total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €25m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 29B: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 1.5% of the “total relevant indicator of income” in ‘Element 24B’ over €50m. If your firm's total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €50m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 30B: State, in EUR, the sum of the values of ‘Elements 25B to 29B’ above.

Element 31B: The “scaling factor” is:

  1. • 0.50 for a payment institution that is authorised to provide only the payment service specified in paragraph 1(f) of Schedule 1 PSRs 2017 (money remittance); and

    • 1.00 for a payment institution that is authorised to provide any other payment service specified in paragraph 1(a) to (e) of Schedule 1 PSRs 2017.

The scaling factor should be entered to 2 decimal places.

Element 32B: This figure is calculated by multiplying ‘Element 30B’ and ‘Element 31B’.

Element 33B: Insert the larger of the two figures you have reported in ‘Element 3B’ and ‘Element 32B’.

07/05/2026G

Part Two: TOTAL CAPITAL RESOURCES

For the purposes of Part Two – Elements of Own Funds, please provide a value for Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital items. You will also need to provide values for adjustments, deductions, exemptions, and temporary waivers (entering zero where not relevant). You should enter these items in GBP.

To understand the items that may be used to form ‘own funds’, APIs should consult the PSRs 2017, the Capital Requirements Regulation (EU) 575/2013 (CRR), and the Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document.

Regulation 2 of the PSRs 2017 sets out that own funds has the definition given in the CRR Article 4(1)(118). Own funds consist of Tier 1 and Tier 2 items. Tier 1 is formed of Common Equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1. At least 75% of Tier 1 capital must be held as Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital must be equal to or less than one third of Tier 1 capital. The return will take into account these limits when automatically calculating figures for eligible amounts in elements 104B-107B – these do not need to be manually entered.

Element 52B: This should be the sum of the capital items listed at 106B-107B.

Element 53B: Please provide the EUR equivalent value for 1 GBP to 4 decimal places. This should be the market rate as quoted by the European Central Bank in place at the end of the reporting period. The InforEuro website provides historical exchange rates on a month-by-month basis:

http://ec.europa.eu/budget/contracts_grants/info_contracts/inforeuro/index_en.cfm

Element 54B: State the EUR equivalent of ‘Element 52B’ above.

Element 55B: State, in EUR, the same figure as you have reported in ‘Element 9B’, ‘Element 19B’ or ‘Element 33B’ (depending on the method your firm uses to calculate its capital requirement). If you answered “yes” to question 1, you must enter the figure reported in ‘Element 3B’ (initial capital requirement).

Element 56B: State, in EUR, the total capital surplus / deficit for your firm. This is calculated by subtracting the total capital requirement in ‘Element 55B’ above, from the total net capital resources in ‘Element 54B’ above (i.e. Element 54B – Element 55B = total capital surplus / deficit).

07/05/2026G

Part three: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

NUMBER OF AGENTS

Element 66B: State the number of agents that you have registered to undertake payment services.

PAYMENT SYSTEMS

Element 70B: If your firm is a member of any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where you have a direct relationship with the operators of the payment system.

Element 72B: If your firm accesses, on an indirect basis, any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where the PSP indirectly accesses payment systems through the services of another PSP that is a direct participant or member of that payment system.

Element 74B: If your firm accesses any sterling interbank payment systems on an indirect basis select the institution that is the primary provider of that indirect access.

TRANSACTION AND USER INFORMATION

Element 75B: Enter the full number of months during the reporting period that your firm was FCA authorised or registered. For example, if you are completing this return for the period ending 31 December and you were authorised or registered by the FCA on 15 October then you should enter “2”.

Element 76B: State the number of payment transactions executed by your firm during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by agents of your firm.

Element 77B: State, the total amount (i.e. value) of all payment transactions executed during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by agents of your firm. Note that you should enter the total gross value of the payment transactions, not the income generated by them. This figure should be provided in EUR and GBP.

Element 78B: State the number of new users / customers who have used your firm’s payment services during the reporting period. This means those users that have entered into framework contracts or (where known) single payment service contracts during the reporting period and includes all customer types, including individual consumers and any corporate customers.

07/05/2026G

Part Four: PROVIDERS OF ACCOUNT INFORMATION AND/OR PAYMENT INITIATION SERVICES

Account information services (AIS)

Elements 79 – 83 should only be answered by firms providing account information services

Element 79B: State the number of payment accounts that the AIS provider has accessed for the purposes of providing AIS during the reporting period. You should count each individual payment account once, even where it has been accessed multiple times.

Element 80B: State the number of customers that have used the provider’s AIS in the reporting period. Each customer should be counted once (including where the customer has used the AIS multiple times).

Element 81B: State the minimum monetary (in EUR) amount of the professional indemnity insurance (or comparable guarantee) (“PII”) calculated in accordance with the European Banking Authority Guidelines on Professional Indemnity Insurance under PSD2.

Element 82B: Please enter the amount of coverage of the PII that is held by the AIS provider. This should be entered in EUR. Please use the same conversion rate entered at ‘Element 53B’.

Element 83B: If the terms of the AIS provider’s PII have changed in any respect since its authorisation or registration (if this is the first return), or since the last time this report was submitted, please explain here. This includes the insurance cover (i.e. the monetary amount), what the insurance covers (i.e. the losses or circumstances in which the insurance is payable), the terms and conditions, any limits or exclusions or any other change to the policy.

Payment initiation services (PIS)

Elements 84 – 89 should only be answered by firms providing account information services

Element 84B: Please enter number of payment accounts that the PIS provider

Element 85B: This should be the total number of payment transactions initiated using the provider’s PIS in the reporting period.

Element 86B: This should be the total value (in EUR) of the payment transactions initiated using the provider’s PIS in the reporting period.

Element 87B: State the minimum monetary amount (in EUR) of the professional indemnity insurance (or comparable guarantee) (“PII”) calculated in accordance with the European Banking Authority Guidelines on Professional Indemnity Insurance under PSD2

Element 88B: Please enter the amount of coverage of the PII that is held by the PIS provider. This should be entered in EUR. Please use the same conversion rate entered at ‘Element 53B’.

Element 89B: If the terms of the PIS provider’s PII have changed in any respect since its authorisation or registration (if this is the first return), or since the last time this report was submitted, please explain here. This includes the insurance cover (i.e. the monetary amount), what the insurance covers (i.e. the losses or circumstances in which the insurance is payable), the terms and conditions, any limits or exclusions or any other change to the policy.

SUP 16 Annex 27E REP017 Payments Fraud Report

14/09/2019D

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Firms are required to submit the returns using the electronic means made available by the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 27ED

SUP 16 Annex 27F Notes on completing REP017 Payments Fraud Report

01/01/2021G

These notes contain guidance for payment service providers that are required to complete the Payments Fraud Report in accordance with Regulation 109(4) of the Payment Services Regulations 2017 and SUP 16.13.7D. The notes also build on the EBA Guidelines on fraud reporting under the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) (EBA/GL/2018/05) (“the EBA Guidelines”).

The following completion notes should be read in conjunction with the EBA Guidelines.

Question A1 – reporting period

As per SUP16.13.8, small payment institutions, registered account information service providers and small electronic money institutions must report once per year. All other PSPs must report every six months.

Those PSPs required to report annually are required to provide separate Payment Fraud Reports in respect of the two halves of the reporting year. These PSPs should use question 1 in the Payments Fraud Report to select the period the data in their return covers, e.g. “H1” for the period covering 1 January to 30 June, and “H2” for the period covering 1 July to 31 December.

Table 1 - Payment transactions and fraudulent payment transactions for payment services

The form provides the means for PSPs to provide the FCA with statistical data on fraud related to different means of payment.

As outlined in Guideline 1 of the EBA Guidelines, PSPs will be required to collect and submit data on the volume and value of all payment transactions, as well as the volume and value of fraudulent transactions.

Data on volume and value need to be broken down further by payment type, fraud type, method of authentication and geographical location. The detailed breakdown of data to be reported generally pertains only to the volume and value of fraudulent transactions (as opposed to all payment transactions). The EBA Guidelines explain these in detail. The following completion notes should be read as complementary to the Guidelines.

Table 2 - Fraud relating to account information services

PSPs that provide account information services (AISPs) should have regard to Table 2 in the fraud report (and the guidance in table 2 below). Registered account information service providers (i.e. PSPs that do not provide any other type of payment service) do not need to answer the questions in Table 1 of the fraud report.

Adjustments

The date to be considered by PSPs for recording payment transactions and fraudulent payment transactions for the purpose of this statistical reporting is the day the transaction has been executed in accordance with PSD2.

However, payment service users are entitled to redress for unauthorised transactions as long as they have notified their PSP no later than 13 months after the debit date, on becoming aware of any unauthorised payment transactions. This means PSPs may need to adjust reports which they have already submitted, on becoming aware of fraudulent transactions executed in previous reporting periods.

Furthermore, the payment service provider should report all fraudulent payment transactions from the time fraud has been detected (i.e. because it has been reported to the PSP such as through a customer complaint or otherwise discovered independently by the PSP), regardless of whether or not the case related to the fraudulent payment transaction has been closed by the time the data are reported. This means PSPs may need to adjust reports which they have already submitted, should investigation of open fraud cases conclude that a transaction was not fraudulent.

PSPs should report adjustments during the next reporting window after the information necessitating the adjustment is discovered.

PSPs should make use of the resubmission facility made available via the electronic means for submitting REP017.

Table 1 - What is a fraudulent transaction?

For the purposes of table 1 a fraudulent transaction is any payment transaction that the PSP has:

  1. • executed;
  2. • acquired; or
  3. • in the case of a payment initiation service provider (PISP), initiated;

and that the PSP deems to fall into either of the following categories:

  1. • unauthorised payment transactions made, including as a result of the loss, theft or misappropriation of sensitive payment data or a payment instrument, whether detectable or not to the payer prior to a payment and whether or not caused by gross negligence of the payer or executed in the absence of consent by the payer (‘unauthorised payment transactions’); and
  2. • payment transactions made as a result of the payer being manipulated by the fraudster to issue a payment order, or to give the instruction to do so to the payment service provider, in good faith, to a payment account it believes belongs to a legitimate payee (‘manipulation of the payer’).

If a payment transaction meets the conditions above it should be recorded as a fraudulent transaction for the purposes of this report irrespective of whether:

  1. • the PSP had primary liability to the user; or
  2. • the fraudulent transaction would be reported as such by another PSP in the same payment chain.

As a general rule, for all types of payment services, the payer’s PSP has to report, except for direct debit transactions, which are reported by the payee’s PSP. In addition, card payments are reported both by the payer’s PSP (the issuer) and the payee’s PSP (the acquirer).

Fraud committed by the payment service user (known as first party fraud) should not be reported.

The payment service provider should not report data on payment transactions that, however linked to any of the circumstances referred to in the definition of fraudulent transaction (EBA Guideline 1.1), have not been executed and have not resulted in a transfer of funds in accordance with the provisions in the Payment Services Regulations.

The category of ‘payment transactions made as a result of the payer being manipulated by the fraudster to issue a payment order’ covers a broader range of payment types than what is known in the UK as ‘authorised push payment fraud’. The latter is restricted to credit transfers authorised by the payer to a fraudster.

Table 1 - structure of the return

In summary, REP017 requires the PSP to report the following fraud types, divided into sections for different payment and e-money services:

for credit transfers (including those initiated by PISP):

  1. • issuance of a payment order by the fraudster;
  2. • modification of a payment order by the fraudster;
  3. • manipulation of the payer by the fraudster to issue a payment order;

for direct debits where consent is given via an electronic mandate or separately where consent is given in another form:

  1. • unauthorised payment transactions;
  2. • manipulation of the payer by the fraudster to consent to a direct debit;

debit card transactions and separately for credit card transactions:

  1. • issuance of a payment order by a fraudster, broken down into:
    1. o lost or stolen card;
    2. o card not received;
    3. o counterfeit card;
    4. o card details theft;
    5. o other;
  2. • modification of a payment order by the fraudster;
  3. • manipulation of the payer to make a card payment;

cash withdrawals:

  1. • issuance of a payment order by the fraudster refers to the following types of unauthorised card payment transactions, broken down into:
    1. o lost or stolen card;
    2. o card not received;
    3. o counterfeit card;
    4. o other; and
  2. • manipulation of the payer to make a cash withdrawal.

for e-money transactions – to be reported by e-money issuers:

  1. • issuance of a payment order by the fraudster;
  2. • modification of a payment order by the fraudster;
  3. • manipulation of the payer by the fraudster to issue a payment order;

for money remittance:

  1. • fraudulent payment transactions.

Table 1 - fraud types

Below we provide guidance on the fraud types referred to in REP017. We give examples of these fraud types in relation to each payment or e-money service. PSPs should use their discretion when determining the appropriate fraud type for each fraudulent transaction and should choose the fraud type that most closely matches the circumstances of the fraud.

Credit transfers

Issuance of a payment order by the fraudster

This covers unauthorised payment transactions in which the fraudster uses stolen personalised security credentials in order to issue a payment order, either through contacting the victim’s bank or accessing the victim’s online banking service. For example, where a victim’s online banking has been accessed using stolen personal identity details and credit transfers have been made from the victim’s account to beneficiaries chosen by the fraudster.

Modification of a payment order by the fraudster

This covers unauthorised payment transactions where the fraudster has gained unauthorised access to the victim’s account in order to change the details of existing payment orders or payment instructions. For example, where a victim’s account has been accessed using stolen personalised security credentials in order to modify the beneficiary of the victim’s existing standing orders. A victim’s account could be accessed by a fraudster in order to modify a batch of payment details so that when payments are executed by the victim’s PSP, the funds are unintentionally transferred to a beneficiary or beneficiaries chosen by the fraudster rather than the intended beneficiary. (See CIFAS paper, Table 2 Unlawful obtaining or disclosure of personal data: https://www2.cipd.co.uk/NR/rdonlyres/710B0AB0-ED44-4BD7-A527-B9AC29B28343/0/empfraud.pdf)

Manipulation of the payer by the fraudster to issue a payment order

This covers fraud where the payer authorises a push payment to an account the payer believes belongs to a legitimate payee, however, the payer was deceived into inputting the sort code and account number (or other unique identifier) of a fraudster, or an account controlled by a fraudster. This is also referred to as ‘malicious misdirection’. For example, a scammer may contact a victim purporting to be from the victim’s bank. The scammer may then convince the victim to transfer money (using a credit transfer) to a different account, purportedly in order to safeguard it. However, that account is in fact controlled by the scammer. (See Payment Systems Regulator response to Which? Super-complaint: https://www.psr.org.uk/psr-publications/news-announcements/which-super-complaint-our-response-Dec-2016).

Direct debits

Unauthorised payment transactions

This covers fraud where a victim’s account details (e.g. sort code and account number) have been used by the fraudster to set up direct debit payments to an organisation, without the victim’s knowledge or consent, resulting in unauthorised direct debit payments being taken from the account of the victim.

Manipulation of the payer by the fraudster to consent to a direct debit

This covers fraud where a payer is convinced by a fraudster to set up a direct debit and consent to payments being made to an intended payee (the legitimate payee), but the fraudster uses the victim’s details and consent to set up direct debit payments to a different (unintended) payee.

Debit and credit cards:

Issuance of a payment order by a fraudster

Refers to the following types of unauthorised card payment transactions:

Lost or stolen card fraud

This covers any payment fraud committed as a result of a lost or stolen card (except where ‘card not received fraud’ has occurred). (See FFAUK Fraud Facts 2016 https://www.financialfraudaction.org.uk/fraudfacts16/assets/fraud_the_facts.pdf)

Card not received fraud

This covers fraud where a payment card is stolen (with or without the details of the PIN also being intercepted) whilst in transit – after the card company sends it out and before the genuine cardholder receives it. The payment card is then used by the fraudster to make transactions. (See FFAUK Fraud Facts 2016 https://www.financialfraudaction.org.uk/fraudfacts16/assets/fraud_the_facts.pdf)

Counterfeit card fraud

This covers fraud where the fraudster uses a card which has been printed, embossed or encoded so as to purport to be a legitimate card but which is not genuine because the issuer did not authorise the printing, embossing or encoding. (See https://www.financialfraudaction.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Fraud-the-Facts-A5-final.pdf)

Card details theft

This covers fraud where card details have been fraudulently obtained through methods such as unsolicited emails or telephone calls, digital attacks such as malware and data hacks, or card details being taken down from the physical card by a fraudster. The card details are then used to undertake fraudulent purchases over the internet, by phone or by mail order. It is also known as ‘card-not-present’ (CNP) fraud. (See https://www.financialfraudaction.org.uk/fraudfacts16/)

Other

Unauthorised transactions relating to other types of fraud should be recorded under ‘other’.

Modification of a payment order by the fraudster (debit and credit card payments)

This is a type of unauthorised transaction and refers to a situation where the fraudster intercepts and modifies a legitimate payment order at some point during the electronic communication between the payer’s device (e.g. payment card) and the payment service provider (for instance through malware or attacks allowing attackers to eavesdrop on the communication between two legitimately communicating hosts (man in the middle attacks)) or modifies the payment instruction in the payment service provider’s system before the payment order is cleared and settled.

Manipulation of the payer to make a card payment

This would cover card payments that have been authorised by the payer, i.e. using chip and pin, or authenticated online card payments. The customer believes they are paying a legitimate payee, i.e. a merchant, but the payee that receives the funds is not a merchant, but instead a fraudster.

Cash withdrawals

Issuance of a payment order by the fraudster

This refers to the following types of unauthorised cash withdrawals at ATMs, bank counters and through retailers (‘cash back’) using a card (or using a mobile app in place of a card):

  1. • those resulting from a lost or stolen payment card;
  2. • those resulting from a payment card being stolen (with or without the details of the PIN also being intercepted) whilst in transit – after the card company sends it out and before the genuine cardholder receives it; and
  3. • those where the fraudster uses a card to withdraw money which has been printed, embossed or encoded so as to purport to be a legitimate card but which is not genuine because the issuer did not authorise the printing, embossing or encoding.

Manipulation of the payer to make a cash withdrawal

This refers to reported frauds where a payment service user has withdrawn under duress or through manipulation (using a card, or using a mobile app in place of a card).

E-money transactions

The same fraud types as above for debit and credit cards apply to payment transactions involving e-money.

Money remittance and payment initiation services

Fraudulent transactions

Money remitters and PISPs are required under the EBA Guidelines to report ‘fraudulent transactions’. Money remitters and PISPs should use their discretion when determining what to count as a ‘fraudulent transaction’. Where money remitters or PISPs detect the frauds described above, these should be counted as ‘fraudulent transactions’.

Authentication method

For all credit transfers, card transactions and e-money transactions reported, including those initiated by PISP, the PSP should report whether strong customer authentication has been used or not. Strong customer authentication means authentication based on the use of two or more elements that are independent, in that the breach of one element does not compromise the reliability of any other element, and designed in such a way as to protect the confidentiality of the authentication data, with the elements falling into two or more of the following categories—

  1. • something known only by the payment service user (“knowledge”);
  2. • something held only by the payment service user (“possession”); or
  3. • something inherent to the payment service user (“inherence”).

Where strong customer authentication is not used, the PSP should report under which of the following exemptions the transactions have taken place. These exemptions and their application are determined in the regulatory technical standards for strong customer authentication and common and secure open standards of communication (SCA-RTS). As noted in the FCA Approach Document, “The exemptions are separate and independent from one another. Where a payment transaction may qualify for an exemption under several different categories (e.g. a low-value transaction at an unattended card park terminal) the PSP may choose which, if any, relevant exemption to apply. PSPs should note that for the purpose of reporting fraud under regulation 109 of the PSRs 2017 and the EBA Guidelines on fraud reporting, fraudulent transactions should be assigned to a specific exemption and reported under one exemption only.” (paragraph 20.39).

For the purposes of reporting, the applicable exclusions are:

  1. • unattended terminal for transport or parking fares (article 12 SCA-RTS);
  2. • trusted beneficiary (article 13 SCA-RTS);
  3. • recurring transaction (article 14 SCA-RTS);
  4. • low value (article 16 SCA-RTS);
  5. • use of secure corporate payment processes or protocols (article 17 SCA-RTS);
  6. • transaction Rik Analysis (article 18 SCA-RTS);

Data elements

Table 1 – Payment transactions and fraudulent payment transactions for payment services

Value should be reported in pounds sterling throughout (£)

Totals: Transaction and fraudulent transaction volume and value for all payment types
Guide to the relevant area of the formPSPs should report the following information in respect of the payment type – e.g. credit transfers, direct debits etc:

2A-2L

38A–38L

48A–48L

103A–103L

155A–155L

167A–167L

199A–199L

200A–200L

• total domestic transaction volume (i.e. the number of transactions) for payment type – Column A;

• total domestic transaction value for payment type Column B;

• total transaction volume for payments made cross-border within the EEA – Column C;

• total transaction value for payments made cross-border within the EEA – Column D;

• total transaction volume for payments made cross-border outside the EEA – Column E;

• total transaction value for payments made cross-border outside the EEA – Column F;

• total domestic fraudulent transaction volume (i.e. the number of transactions) for payment type – Column G;

• total domestic fraudulent transaction value for payment type Column H;

• total fraudulent transaction volume for payments made cross-border within the EEA – Column I;

• total fraudulent transaction value for payments made cross-border within the EEA – Column J;

• total fraudulent transaction volume for payments made cross-border outside the EEA – Column K; and

• total fraudulent transaction value for payments made cross-border outside the EEA – Column L.

PSPs should continue to report fraud data broken down into domestic, cross border within the EEA, and cross border outside the EEA as set out in Columns A-F, notwithstanding the UK’s withdrawal from the EU.

The above reporting pattern for columns A-L is repeated for all subsequent rows, except the following rows where only columns G to L are to be reported for the fraudulent transaction volume and value relating to the fraud type:

Credit transfers

8-10

12-14

23-25

27-29

Direct debits

40-41

43-44

Card payment (except cards with an e-money function only)

55-62

64-71

81-87

89-95

Card payment acquired (except cards with an e-money function only)

110-117

119-126

134-140

142-148

Cash withdrawals

158-163

E-money payment transactions

170-172

174-176

185-187

189-191

Initiated by payment initiation service providers
3A-3LOf the total transaction and total fraudulent transaction volumes and values for credit transfers, PSPs should report the volume and value of those initiated by payment initiation service providers.
Payment initiation channel – initiated non-electronically

4A–4L (credit transfers)

49A–49L (card payments)

104A-104L (card payments acquired)

Of the total transaction and total fraudulent transaction volumes and values for credit transfers and card payments only, PSPs should report the volume and value of those initiated non-electronically.

Transactions initiated non-electronically include payment transactions initiated and executed with modalities other than the use of electronic platforms or devices. This includes paper-based payment transactions, mail orders or telephone orders.

Payment initiation channel – initiated electronically

5A–5L (credit transfers)

50A–50L (card payments)

105A–105L (card payment acquired)

Of the total transaction and total fraudulent transaction volumes and values for credit transfers and card payments only, PSPs should report the volume and value of those initiated electronically.
Remote transactions

6A-6L (credit transfers)

51A–51L (card payments)

106A–106L (card payments acquired)

168A–168L (e-money payment transactions)

Of the total transaction and total fraudulent transaction volumes and values for credit transfers, card payments and E-money payment transactions only PSPs should report the volume and value of those that are remote transactions.

A ‘remote transaction’ means a payment transaction initiated via the internet or through a device that can be used for distance communication (Regulation 2 of the Payment Services Regulations).

Non-remote transactions

21A–21L (credit transfers)

77A–77L (card payments)

130A–130L (card payments acquired)

183A–183L (e-money payment transactions)

Of the total transaction and total fraudulent transaction volumes and values for credit transfers, card payments and E-money payment transactions only PSPs should report the volume and value of those that are non-remote transactions.

Non-remote means any payment transactions that are not initiated via the internet or through a device that can be used for distance communication.

Credit and debit card transactions

Card payments

52A–52L (remote > debit)

53A–53L (remote > credit)

78A–78L (non-remote > debit)

79A-79L (non-remote > credit)

Card payments acquired

107A–107L (remote > debit)

108A–108L (remote > credit)

131A–131L (non-remote > debit)

132A–132L (non-remote > credit)

For the total remote and total non-remote card transactions, PSPs should report the volumes and values that were credit card (including charge card) transactions and the volumes and values that were debit card transactions.
Strong customer authentication

Credit transfers

7A–7L (remote > SCA)

11A–11L (remote > non-SCA)

22A–22L (non-remote > SCA)

26A–26L (non-remote > non-SCA)

Card payments

54A–54L (remote > SCA)

63A–63L (remote > non-SCA)

80A–80L (non-remote > SCA)

88A–88L (non-remote > non-SCA)

Card payments acquired

109A–109L (remote > SCA)

118A–118L (remote > non-SCA

133A–133L (non-remote > SCA)

141A–141L (non-remote > non-SCA)

E-money payment transactions

169A–169L (remote > SCA)

173A–173L (remote > non-SCA)

184A–184L (non-remote > SCA)

188A–188L (non-remote > non-SCA)

Payment transactions initiated by payment initiation service providers

202A–202L (remote > SCA)

203A–203L (remote > non-SCA)

205A–205L (non-remote > SCA)

206A–206L (non-remote > non-SCA)

For total remote and total non-remote credit transfers, card transactions, e-money payment transactions and payment transactions initiated by payment initiation service providers, PSPs should report the volumes and values of sent and fraudulent transactions authenticated via strong customer authentication and via non-strong customer authentication
Payment transactions initiated by payment initiation service providers
207A–208LPayment initiation providers reporting total transactions and total fraudulent transactions initiated, should report the value and volume of transactions that were credit transfers and the volume and value of other types of transactions that were using other payment instruments.
Fraud types

Credit transfers

8–10

12–14

23–25

27–29

Direct debits

40–41

43–44

Card payment (except cards with an e-money function only)

55–62

64–71

81–87

89–95

Card payment acquired (except cards with an e-money function only)

110–117

119–126

134–140

142–148

Cash withdrawals

158–163

E-money payment transactions

170–172

174–176

185–187

189–191

For remote transactions that were authenticated via strong customer authentication and non-strong customer authentication, PSPs should record the fraudulent transactions under the relevant fraud type (see guidance above).

The same should be done for non-remote transactions.

Fraudulent transactions broken down by exemption from SCA

Credit transfers

15A–20L

30A–34L

Card payments

72A–76L

96A–99L

Card payments acquired

127A–129L

149A–151L

E-money payment transactions

177A–182L

192A–195L

Of the transactions authenticated without strong customer authentication, PSPs should provide the fraudulent transaction volumes and values, broken down by which exemption was used as per guidance above.
Losses due to fraud per liability bearer
35A, 36A, 37A, 45A, 46A, 47A, 100A, 101A,102A, 152A, 153A, 154A

PSPs are required to report the general value of losses borne by them and by the relevant payment service user, not net fraud figures. The figure that should be reported as ‘losses borne’ is understood as the residual loss that is finally registered in the PSP’s books after any recovery of funds has taken place. The final fraud losses should be reported in the period when they are recorded in the payment service provider’s books. We expect one single figure for any given period, unrelated to the payment transactions reported during that period.

Since refunds by insurance agencies are not related to fraud prevention for the purposes of the Payment Services Regulations, the final fraud loss figures should not take into account such refunds.

Table 2 - Fraud relating to account information services
Number of incidents of fraud
209APlease indicate the number of incidents of fraudThis should be the total number of incidents of fraud that the AISP has recorded. If there are no incidents of fraud, please enter ‘0’ (there is no need to complete the rest of Table 2).
Total value of fraud across all incidents (or an estimation of the loss to the persons defrauded (£))
209BTotal value of fraud

Where known, the AISP should report the value of any fraudulent transactions that were executed or initiated (by a third party PSP) as a result of the fraud committed against the AIS user or the AISP.

In all other circumstances, the AISP should provide an estimation of the loss to the persons defrauded. In this Context, ‘persons’ includes the user of the AIS service, any other PSP (such as a credit institution that operated the payment account that the AISP accessed) or the AISP itself. ‘Loss’ includes loss of funds incurred as a result of fraudulent transactions and/or loss incurred as an indirect result of the fraud; for example, by having to reissue new payment instruments or fix breached security systems.

If the fraudulent incident(s) did not result in any financial loss, the AISP should still report the incident, enter ‘0’ at 214B and explain the type of fraud at 214C.

AISPs should convert values for non-sterling transactions into sterling using the average ECB reference exchange rate for the applicable reporting period, where available.

In other instances, AISPs should use the average of the applicable daily spot rate on the Bank of England’s Statistical Interactive Database for the applicable reporting period.

Description of fraud
209CDescription of fraudAISPs should describe the type of fraud that has resulted in the highest total value of fraud in this section (unless the AISP is reporting fraudulent incidents that did not result in any financial losses, as above). AISPs should also explain how the losses were incurred (on the basis that the AISP did not come into possession of the payment transaction funds and was not responsible for the execution of payment transactions).

SUP 16 Annex 27G REP018 Operational and Security Risk reporting form

27/09/2019D

This form can be found at the following address: https://handbook.fca.org.uk/form/sup/SUP_16_ann_27G_REP018_20190927.pdf

SUP 16 Annex 27H Notes on completing REP018 Operational and Security Risk form

14/09/2019

Operational and security risk form

These notes contain guidance for payment service providers that are required to complete the operational and security risk form in accordance with regulation 98(2) of the Payment Services Regulations and SUP 16.13.13D. The guidance relates to the assessments that must be attached to the form in accordance with SUP 16.13.13D(2).

The payment service provider must attach to the form the latest:

• assessment of the operational and security risks related to the payment services the firm provides; and

• assessment of the adequacy of the mitigation measures and control mechanisms implemented in response to those risks.

The operational and security risk assessment should include all the requirements contained in the EBA Guidelines for operational and security risks of payment services as issued at 12 December 2017. These include:

• a list of business functions, processes and information assets supporting payment services provided and classified by their criticality;

• a risk assessment of functions, processes and assets against all known threats and vulnerabilities;

• a description of security measures to mitigate security and operational risks identified as a result of the above assessment; and

• conclusions of the results of the risk assessment and summary of actions required as a result of this assessment.

Payment service providers intending to make use of the exemption in article 17 of the SCA RTS must include:

• a description of the payment services that the payment service provider intends to provide in reliance on this exemption; and

• an explanation of how the payment service provider’s processes and protocols achieve at least equivalent levels of security to those provided for by the Payment Services Directive.

The assessment of the adequacy of mitigation measures and control mechanisms should include all the requirements contained in the EBA Guidelines for operational and security risks of payment services as issued at 12 December 2017. These include:

• a summary description of methodology used to assess effectiveness and adequacy of mitigation measures and control mechanisms;

• an assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of mitigation measures and control mechanisms; and

• conclusions on any deficiencies identified as a result of the assessment and proposed corrective actions.

[Note: see https://www.eba.europa.eu/regulation-and-policy/payment-services-and-electronic-money/guidelines-on-security-measures-for-operational-and-security-risks-under-the-psd2]

SUP 16 Annex 28C Small Payment Institution Return

07/05/2026D

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Firms are required to submit the returns using the electronic means made available by the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 28C D

SUP 16 Annex 28D Notes on completing FSA057 (Small Payment Institution Return)

07/05/2026G

FSA057 Payment Services Directive Transactions

Valuation

Firms should follow their normal accounting practice wherever possible.

Currency

Some questions require you to answer in GBP, whilst some require you to answer in EUR.

  1. • Elements 11 to 13 should be completed in GBP.

    • Element 15 should be completed in EUR.

    • Element 2 should be answered in EUR and GBP.

The exchange rate entered at element 14 should be used throughout the return to convert GBP to EUR where required.

Data elements

These are referred to by row first, then by column, so data element 2A will be the element numbered 2 in column A.

07/05/2026G

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

Element 11A: State, in GBP, the total income of the whole legal entity, across all activity, for the reporting period. Follow your firm’s normal accounting practice when answering this question (i.e. this should be the same figure as the total income figure in your annual accounts).

Element 12A: State, in GBP, the total income for the reporting period which derived from payment services. Follow your normal accounting practice when answering this question.

Element 13A: State, in GBP, the total operating profit or loss of the whole legal entity for the reporting period. Operating profit or loss is calculated after ordinary operating expenses are deducted from the gross profit, but before interest, tax, dividend payments and any extraordinary items are deducted.

07/05/2026G

TRANSACTION AND USER INFORMATION

Element 1A: State the number of payment transactions executed by your firm during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by UK agents of your firm. If your firm was not FCA authorised or registered for the entire year to which this return relates, you should only include transactions made since your firm was FCA authorised or registered.

Element 14A: Please provide the EUR equivalent value for 1 GBP to four decimal places. This should be the market rate as quoted by the European Central Bank in place at the end of the reporting period. The InforEuro website provides historical exchange rates on a month-by-month basis: http://ec.europa.eu/budget/contracts_grants/info_contracts/inforeuro/index_en.cfm

Element 2: State the total amount (i.e. value) of all payment transactions executed during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by agents of your firm. Note that you should enter the total gross value of the payment transactions, not the income generated by them. This figure should be provided in EUR and GBP.

Element 3A: Enter the full number of months during the reporting period that your firm was FCA registered. For example, if you are completing this return for the period ending 31 December and you were authorised or registered by the FCA on 15 October then you should enter ‘2’.

Element 15A: Enter the monthly average value of the total payment transactions executed over the reporting period. This should be the EUR figure entered at element 2 divided by the number of full months during the reporting period that your firm was registered (i.e. the number entered at element 3A). If the monthly average is inflated as a result of rounding to full months, you may calculate the monthly average by taking into account the partial month of registration in this figure only.

Element 16A: State the number of new users / customers who have used your firm’s payment services during the reporting period. This means those users that have entered into framework contracts or single payment service contracts during the reporting period and includes all customer types, including individual consumers and any corporate customers.

07/05/2026G

SAFEGUARDING OF CLIENT ASSETS

Element 4A: State whether you voluntarily safeguard relevant funds. Under the PSRs 2017, small PIs can choose to comply with safeguarding requirements in order to offer the same protections over customer funds as authorised PIs must provide. If an SPI does choose to safeguard they will need to apply the same levels of protection as are expected of an authorised PI. We will expect an SPI to tell us if it is choosing to safeguard funds. 

If you answer ‘Yes’, to this question, you will be scheduled to receive the safeguarding return that you will need to complete monthly.

07/05/2026G

NUMBER OF AGENTS

Element 10A: State the number of agents in the UK that you have registered to undertake payment services.

07/05/2026G

PAYMENT SYSTEMS

Element 17A: If your firm is a member of any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where you have a direct relationship with the operators of the payment system.

Element 19A: If your firm accesses, on an indirect basis, any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where the PSP indirectly accesses payment systems through the services of another PSP that is a direct participant or member of that payment system.

Element 21A: If your firm accesses any sterling interbank payment systems on an indirect basis select the institution that is the primary provider of that indirect access.

SUP 16 Annex 29 Client Money and Asset Return (CMAR)

01/06/2015R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

result matched startClient Money and Asset Return (CMAR)result matched end - SUP 16 Annex 29R

SUP 16 Annex 29A Guidance notes for the data item in SUP 16 Annex 29R

01/10/2018G

This annex consists only of Guidance notes for the data item in SUP 16 Annex 29R.

result matched startGuidance notes for the data item in SUP 16 Annex 29Rresult matched end - SUP 16 Annex 29A

SUP 16 Annex 29BR Safeguarding return

07/05/2026R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Safeguarding institutions are required to submit the returns using the electronic means made available by the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 29BR Safeguarding return

SUP 16 Annex 30 Electronic money: returns

30/04/2011D

The returns for electronic money institutions are set out in SUP 16 Annex 30A to SUP 16 Annex 30G D.

SUP 16 Annex 30G Small electronic money institutions - total outstanding electronic money return

30/04/2011D

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

result matched startFSA065 Small electronic money institutions - total electronic money outstanding @ 31st Decemberresult matched end - SUP 16 Annex 30G D

SUP 16 Annex 30H Authorised electronic money institution questionnaire

07/05/2026D

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Firms are required to submit the returns using the electronic means made available by the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 30H D

SUP 16 Annex 30I Notes on completing authorised electronic money institution questionnaire

07/05/2026G

FIN060a Authorised Electronic Money Institution Questionnaire

Valuation Firms should follow their normal accounting practice wherever possible.

Currency

Some questions require you to answer in GBP, whilst some require you to answer in EUR. The exchange rate entered at element 31 should be used throughout the return to convert GBP to EUR where required.

  1. • Elements 1 to 4 and 12 to 30 must be completed in GBP.

    • All other monetary answers must be in EUR.

Figures should be entered in single units in the currency specified. For example, €1,234,567.50 should be entered as 1234567.

07/05/2026G

Section 1: Income Statement

Element 1: State, in GBP, the total income of the legal entity, across all activity, for the reporting period. Follow your firm’s normal accounting practice when answering this question (i.e. this should be the same figure as the total income figure in your annual accounts).

Element 2: State, in GBP, the total income for the reporting period, derived from the issuance of e-money and related payment services. Follow your normal accounting practice when answering this question. ‘Related payment services’ means those payment services that are related to the issuance of e-money.

Element 3: State, in GBP, the total income for the reporting period, derived from the provision of unrelated payment services. Follow your normal accounting practice when answering this question. ‘Unrelated payment services’ means those payment services (as defined in the Payment Services Regulations 2017) that are not related to the issuance of e-money. If you do not provide unrelated payment services, please enter ‘0’.

Element 4: State, in GBP, the total operating profit or loss of the legal entity for the reporting period. Operating profit or loss is calculated after ordinary operating expenses are deducted from the gross profit, but before interest, tax, dividend payments and any extraordinary items are deducted.

07/05/2026G

Section 2: EMRs and PSRs 2017 activity

Section 2(a): EMRs activity

Element 5: Enter the full number of months during the reporting period that your firm was FCA authorised or registered. For example, if you are completing this return for the period ending 31 December and you were authorised or registered by the FCA on 15 October then you should enter ‘2’.

Element 6: State (in EUR) the amount of e-money that was outstanding at the end of the period to which this return relates.

Elements 7 and 8: State the number of e-money accounts open at the start and end of the reporting period. This includes all customer types (consumers and corporates). If a customer has multiple accounts, you should include each account in the total. Section 2(b): PSRs 2017 activity

Element 9: ‘Unrelated payment services’ means payment services as defined in the PSRs 2017 that are not related to the issuance of e-money. If the answer to this question is ‘No’ you do not need to answer questions 10 and 11 or Section 4: Capital requirements for unrelated payment services.

Element 10: State the number of unrelated payment transactions executed by your firm during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by agents of your firm.

Element 11: State, in EUR, the total value of all the unrelated payment transactions executed during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by agents of your firm. Note that you should enter the total gross value of the payment transactions, not the income generated by them.

07/05/2026G

Section 3: Net capital resources

Section 3 (a-d)

For Elements 17, 21 and 25: Enter values using the appropriate sign for a positive or negative number.

For the purposes of Section 3, please provide, in GBP, a value for Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital items. You will also need to provide values for adjustments, deductions, exemptions, and temporary waivers (entering zero where not relevant).

To understand the items that may be used to form ‘own funds’, firms should consult the PSRs 2017, the Capital Requirements Regulation (EU) 575/2013 (CRR), and the Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document.

Regulation 2 of the PSRs 2017 sets out that own funds has the definition given in the CRR Article 4(1)(118). Own funds consist of Tier 1 and Tier 2 items. Tier 1 is formed of Common Equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1. At least 75% of Tier 1 capital must be held as Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital must be equal to or less than one third of Tier 1 capital. The return will take into account these limits when automatically calculating figures for eligible amounts in elements 26B to 29B – these do not need to be manually entered.

Section 3 (e)

Element 30: This should be the sum of the capital items listed at 28B to 29B.

Element 31: Please provide the EUR equivalent value for 1 GBP to four decimal places. This should be the market rate as quoted by the European Central Bank in place at the end of the reporting period. Refer to the following website which provides historical exchange rates on a month-by-month basis: http://ec.europa.eu/budget/contracts_grants/info_contracts/inforeuro/index_en.cfm

Element 32: State the EUR equivalent of element 30 above.

07/05/2026G

Section 4: Capital requirements for unrelated payment services

These questions are only applicable to an authorised EMI that has answered ‘Yes’ to Q9.

Section 4(a): Method used to calculate ongoing requirements

Element 33: Firms should indicate which of the three methods (Methods A/B/C) they use to calculate their own funds requirement for unrelated payment services (Part 2 of Schedule 2 of the Electronic Money Regulations 2011).

Firms only need to complete those parts of the form that apply to their chosen method of calculating own funds.

If your firm has not completed a full financial year of business, then, in lieu of the figure for the ‘preceding year’ or the ‘previous financial year’, you must use the projected figure(s) that your firm submitted to the FCA when applying for authorisation (subject to any adjustments that the FCA required or may require).

Please refer to Chapter 9 (Capital resources and requirements) of our Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document for further detail on how to calculate the own funds requirement.

Section 4(b): Method A calculation

Element 34: State, in EUR, the total fixed overheads for the preceding year. Please refer to Chapter 9 of our Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document for further guidance on fixed overheads.

Element 35: State, in EUR, the figure equal to 10% of the figure you have reported in element 34.

Section 4(c): Method B calculation

Element 36: ‘Payment volume’ means the total value, in EUR, of unrelated payment transactions executed by the firm in the preceding financial year divided by the number of months in that year (paragraph 9(3), Part 2, Schedule 3 of the PSRs 2017). This figure should include unrelated payment transactions executed by agents.

Element 37: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 4% of the first €5m of payment volume.

Element 38: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 2.5% of payment volume between €5m and €10m. If your firm has undertaken less than €5m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 39: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 1% of payment volume between €10m and €100m. If your firm has undertaken less than €10m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 40: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 0.5% of payment volume between €100m and €250m. If your firm has undertaken less than €100m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 41: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 0.25% of all payment volume over €250m. If your firm has undertaken less than €250m in payment volume, insert a zero in this box.

Element 42: State, in EUR, the sum of the values from elements 37 to 41 above.

Element 43: The ‘scaling factor’ is:

  1. • 0.50 for an authorised EMI that is providing a payment service specified in paragraph 1(f) of Schedule 1 of the PSRs 2017 (money remittance); and

    • 1.00 for an authorised EMI that is providing any other payment service specified in paragraph 1(a) to (e) of Schedule 1 of the PSRs 2017.

The scaling factor should be entered to two decimal places.

Element 44: This figure is calculated using the following equation – element 42 x element 43.

Section 4(d): Method C calculation

Relevant Indicator

Element 45 – Element 48: these figures should be entered in EUR and should cover the expenses or income generated over the reporting period. Please refer to Chapter 9 (Capital resources and requirements) of our Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document for further detail on the elements that make up the relevant indicator.

Firms should have regard to paragraphs 10(4)(a)-(d), Part 2, Schedule 3 of the PSRs 2017 for the purposes of calculating the relevant indicator:

  1. • each element must be included in the sum with its positive or negative sign;

    • income from extraordinary or irregular items must not be used;

    • expenditure on the outsourcing of services rendered by third parties may reduce the relevant indicator if the expenditure is incurred from a payment service provider;

    • the relevant indicator is calculated on the basis of the twelve-monthly observation at the end of the previous financial year;

    • the relevant indicator must be calculated over the previous financial year; and

    • audited figures must be used unless they are not available in which case business estimates may be used.

Element 49: The ‘total relevant indicator of income’ is the sum of the amounts stated in elements 45 to 48 above.

Multiplication Factor

Element 50: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 10% of the first €2.5m of the ‘total relevant indicator of income’ (i.e. the figure in element 49).

Element 51: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 8% of the ‘total relevant indicator of income’ between €2.5m and €5m. If your firm’s total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €2.5m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 52: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 6% of the ‘total relevant indicator of income’ between €5m and €25m. If your firm’s total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €5m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 53: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 3% of the ‘total relevant indicator of income’ between €25m and €50m. If your firm’s total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €25m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 54: State, in EUR, the figure that equals 1.5% of the ‘total relevant indicator of income’ over €50m. If your firm’s total relevant indicator of income is less than or equal to €50m, you should enter zero in this box.

Element 55: State, in EUR, the sum of the values of elements 50 to 54 above (the Multiplication Factor).

Element 56: The ‘scaling factor’ is:

  1. • 0.50 for an authorised EMI that is providing a payment service specified in paragraph 1(f) of Schedule 1 PSRs 2017 (money remittance); and

    • 1.00 for an authorised EMI that is providing any other payment service specified in paragraph 1(a) to (e) of Schedule 1 PSRs 2017.

The scaling factor should be entered to two decimal places.

Element 57: The own funds requirement is calculated by multiplying the total relevant indicator of income (element 49) by the multiplication factor (element 55) and the scaling factor (element 56).

07/05/2026G

Section 5: Overall capital requirements

Element 58: You should enter, in EUR, the average outstanding e-money for the last month of the reporting period. ‘Average outstanding e-money’ means the average total amount of financial liabilities related to e-money in issue at the end of each calendar day over the preceding six calendar months, calculated on the first calendar day of each calendar month and applied for that calendar month.

Element 59: This figure is 2% of the average outstanding e-money (method D). This figure should be provided in EUR.

Element 60: Total own funds: for firms that do not provide unrelated payment services, this is the same figure as Element 59. For firms that do provide unrelated payment services, this is the sum of the own funds requirement for unrelated payment services (method A/B/C) as calculated above and the method D own funds requirement at element 59 above. This figure should be provided in EUR.

Element 61: Total capital requirement: enter the higher of €350,000 or the total own funds figure at element 60 (in EUR).

Element 62: This is calculated by subtracting the total capital requirement (element 61) from the total net capital resources (element 32). You must enter the figure with a minus symbol if it is of negative value.

Element 63: Firms are reminded that method D own funds is based on average outstanding e-money, which involves monthly calculations and the figure entered above at element 59 provides a snapshot for that month. Firms must confirm whether own funds have been equal to or greater than the own funds requirement in all months of the reporting period. If the answer to this question is ‘No’ you should notify us separately with an explanation.

07/05/2026G

Section 6: [deleted]

07/05/2026G

Section 7: Agents

Element 69: State the number of agents that you have registered to undertake payment services (whether unrelated or related).

07/05/2026G

Section 8: Payment systems

Element 70: If your firm is a member of any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where you have a direct relationship with the operators of the payment system.

Element 72: If your firm accesses, on an indirect basis, any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where the EMI indirectly accesses payment systems through the services of another PSP that is a direct participant or member of that payment system.

Element 74: If your firm accesses any sterling interbank payment systems on an indirect basis select the institution that is the primary provider of that indirect access.

07/05/2026G

Section 9: Providers of account information services or payment initiation services

Account information services (AIS)

(i) Elements 75 to 79 should only be answered by firms providing AIS.

Element 75: State the number of payment accounts that your firm has accessed for the purposes of providing AIS during the reporting period. You should count each individual payment account once, even where it has been accessed multiple times.

Element 76: State the number of customers that have used your firm’s AIS in the reporting period. Each customer should be counted once (including where the customer has used the AIS multiple times).

Element 77: State the minimum monetary amount (in EUR) of the professional indemnity insurance (or comparable guarantee) (‘PII’) calculated in accordance with the European Banking Authority Guidelines on Professional Indemnity Insurance under PSD2.

Element 78: Please enter the amount of coverage of the PII that is held. This should be entered in EUR. Please use the same conversion rate entered at element 31A.

Element 79: If the terms of your firm’s PII have changed in any respect since its authorisation or registration (if this is the first return), or since the last time this report was submitted, please explain here. This includes the insurance cover (i.e. the monetary amount), what the insurance covers (i.e. the losses or circumstances in which the insurance is payable), the terms and conditions, any limits or exclusions or any other change to the policy.

Payment initiation services (PIS)

(ii) Elements 80 to 85 should only be answered by firms providing PIS.

Element 80: State the number of payment accounts that your firm has accessed for the purposes of providing PIS during the reporting period. You should count each individual payment account once, even where it has been accessed multiple times.

Element 81: This should be the total number of payment transactions initiated using your firm’s PIS in the reporting period.

Element 82: This should be the total value of the payment transactions initiated using your firm’s PIS in the reporting period.

Element 83: State the minimum monetary amount (in EUR) of the professional indemnity insurance (or comparable guarantee) (‘PII’) calculated in accordance with the European Banking Authority Guidelines on Professional Indemnity Insurance under PSD2.

Element 84: Please enter the amount of coverage of the PII that is held. This should be entered in EUR.

Element 85: If the terms of your firm’s PII has changed in any respect since its authorisation or registration (if this is the first return), or since the last time this report was submitted, please explain here. This includes the insurance cover (i.e. the monetary amount), what the insurance covers (i.e. the losses or circumstances in which the insurance is payable), the terms and conditions, any limits or exclusions or any other change to the policy.

SUP 16 Annex 30J Small electronic money institution questionnaire

07/05/2026D

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Firms are required to submit the returns using the electronic means made available by the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 30J D

SUP 16 Annex 30K Notes on completing small e-money institution questionnaire

07/05/2026G

FIN060b Small E-Money Institution Questionnaire

Valuation

Firms should follow their normal accounting practice wherever possible.

Currency

Some questions require you to answer in GBP, whilst some require you to answer in EUR. The exchange rate entered at element 34 should be used throughout the return to convert GBP to EUR where required.

  1. • Elements 1 to 4 and 15 to 33 must be completed in GBP.

    • All other monetary answers must be in EUR.

Figures should be entered in single units in the currency specified. For example, €1,234,567.50 should be entered as 1234567.

07/05/2026G

Section 1: Income Statement

Element 1: State, in GBP, the total income of the legal entity, across all activity, for the reporting period. Follow your firm’s normal accounting practice when answering this question (i.e. this should be the same figure as the total income figure in your annual accounts).

Element 2: State, in GBP, the total income for the reporting period, derived from the issuance of e-money and related payment services. Follow your normal accounting practice when answering this question. ‘Related payment services’ means those payment services that are related to the issuance of e-money.

Element 3: State, in GBP, the total income for the reporting period, derived from the provision of unrelated payment services. Follow your normal accounting practice when answering this question. ‘Unrelated payment services’ means those payment services (as defined in the Payment Services Regulations 2017) that are not related to the issuance of e-money. If you do not provide unrelated payment services, please enter ‘0’.

Element 4: State, in GBP, the total operating profit or loss of the legal entity for the reporting period. Operating profit or loss is calculated after ordinary operating expenses are deducted from the gross profit, but before interest, tax, dividend payments and any extraordinary items are deducted.

07/05/2026G

Section 2: EMRs and PSRs 2017 activity

Section 2(a): EMRs activity

Element 5: Enter the full number of months during the reporting period that your firm was FCA authorised or registered. For example, if you are completing this return for the period ending 31 December and you were authorised or registered by the FCA on 15 October then you should enter ‘2’.

Element 6: State, in EUR, the amount of e-money that was outstanding at the end of the period to which this return relates.

Elements 7: You should enter, in EUR, the average outstanding e-money for the last month of the reporting period. ‘Average outstanding e-money’ means the average total amount of financial liabilities related to e-money in issue at the end of each calendar day over the preceding six calendar months, calculated on the first calendar day of each calendar month and applied for that calendar month.

Element 8 and 9: State the number of e-money accounts open at the start and end of the reporting period. This includes all customer types (consumers and corporates). If a customer has multiple accounts, you should include each account in the total.

Section 2(b): PSRs 2017 activity

‘Unrelated payment services’ means payment services as defined in the PSRs 2017 that are not related to the issuance of e-money. If you do not provide unrelated payment services please enter ‘0’ for each of these questions.

Element 10: State the number of unrelated payment transactions executed by your firm during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by agents of your firm.

Element 11: State, in EUR, the total value of all the unrelated payment transactions executed during the reporting period. This includes payment transactions executed by UK agents of your firm. Note that you should enter the total gross value of the payment transactions, not the income generated by them.

Element 12: Enter, in EUR, the monthly average value of the total unrelated payment transactions executed over the reporting period. This should be the figure entered at element 11 divided by the number of full months during the reporting period that your firm was registered (i.e. the number entered at element 10). If the monthly average is inflated as a result of rounding to full months, you may calculate the monthly average by taking into account the partial month of registration in this figure only.

07/05/2026G

Section 3: Capital requirements for e-money

Element 13: ‘Average outstanding e-money’ means the average total amount of financial liabilities related to e-money in issue at the end of each calendar day over the preceding six calendar months, calculated on the first calendar day of each calendar month and applied for that calendar month. If you firm has generated average outstanding e-money of €500,000 or more for any month of the reporting period you should enter ‘Yes’. This triggers the requirement to hold own funds (regulation 19(2) of the Electronic Money Regulations 2011). If the answer to Element 13 is ‘Yes’ you must answer elements 30 to 37.

Element 14: This figure is 2% of the average outstanding e-money (element 7). This figure should be provided in EUR.

07/05/2026G

Section 4: Net capital resources

Sections 4(a-d)

For Elements 20, 24 and 28: Enter values using the appropriate sign for a positive or negative number.

For the purposes of Section 4, please provide a value for Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital items. You will also need to provide values for adjustments, deductions, exemptions, and temporary waivers (entering zero where not relevant).

To understand the items that may be used to form ‘own funds’, firms should consult the PSRs 2017, the Capital Requirements Regulation (EU) 575/2013 (CRR), and the Payment Services and Electronic Money Approach Document.

Regulation 2 of the PSRs 2017 sets out that own funds has the definition given in the CRR Article 4(1)(118). Own funds consist of Tier 1 and Tier 2 items. Tier 1 is formed of Common Equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1. At least 75% of Tier 1 capital must be held as Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital must be equal to or less than one third of Tier 1 capital. The return will take into account these limits when calculating a figure for total capital resources.

Section 4(e): Total capital resources

Element 30: This should be the sum of the capital items listed at 31B to 32B.

Element 34: Please provide the EUR equivalent value for 1 GBP to four decimal places. This should be the market rate as quoted by the European Central Bank in place at the end of the reporting period. Refer to the following website which provides historical exchange rates on a month-by-month basis: http://ec.europa.eu/budget/contracts_grants/info_contracts/inforeuro/index_en.cfm

Element 32: State the EUR equivalent of element 30 above.

Section 4(f): Total capital surplus / deficit

Element 36: This is calculated by subtracting the capital requirement (element 14) from the total net capital resources (element 32). You must enter the figure with a minus symbol if it is of negative value.

Element 37: Firms are reminded that the capital requirement (or own funds) is based on average outstanding e-money, which involves monthly calculations. The figures entered above at elements 14 and 36 provide a snapshot as at the end of the reporting period. Firms must confirm whether own funds have been equal to or greater than the own funds requirement in all months of the reporting period. If the answer to this question is ‘No’ you should notify us separately with an explanation.

07/05/2026G

Section 6: [deleted]

07/05/2026G

Section 7: Agents

Element 43: State the number of agents that you have registered to undertake payment services in the UK (whether unrelated or related).

Section 8: Payment systems

Element 44: If your firm is a member of any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where you have a direct relationship with the operators of the payment system.

Element 46: If your firm accesses, on an indirect basis, any sterling interbank payment systems, select the appropriate system(s) from the drop-down list. This means where your firm indirectly accesses payment systems through the services of another PSP that is a direct participant or member of that payment system.

Element 48: If your firm accesses any sterling interbank payment systems on an indirect basis select the institution that is the primary provider of that indirect access.

SUP 16 Annex 32 Bidding in emissions auctions return

30/04/2021R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

result matched startBidding in emissions auctions return - SUP 16 Annex 32Rresult matched end

SUP16 Ann 32

SUP 16 Annex 35A Close Links Monthly Report

01/03/2014R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 35AR

SUP 16 Annex 35B Guidance notes for completion of the close links monthly report in SUP 16 Annex 35AR

01/03/2014G

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 35BG

SUP 16 Annex 36A Close Links Annual Report

31/12/2013R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 36AR

SUP 16 Annex 36B Guidance notes for completion of close links annual report in SUP 16 Annex 36AR

31/12/2013G

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 36BG

SUP 16 Annex 37A Controllers Report

31/12/2013R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 37AR

SUP 16 Annex 37B Guidance notes for completion of controllers report in SUP 16 Annex 37AR

31/12/2013G

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 37BG

SUP 16 Annex 38A Data Items relating to Consumer Credit activities

07/05/2025R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 38A

SUP 16 Annex 38B Notes for completion of Data Items relating to Consumer Credit activities

01/01/2026

Introduction

1. These notes relate to the consumer credit returns in SUP 16 Annex 38AR (Data items relating to consumer credit activities). They aim to assist firms in completing and submitting the data items relevant to credit-related regulated activities.

2. The purpose of these data items is to provide a framework for the collection of information by the FCA as a basis for its supervisory and other activities. They also have the purposes set out in SUP 16.12.2G, including to help the FCA to monitor firms’ financial soundness.

3. The data should not give a misleading impression of the firm. A data item is likely to give a misleading impression if a firm omits a material item, includes an immaterial item or presents items in a manner which is misleading.

Scope

4. Subject to SUP 16.12.29BR, firms undertaking credit-related regulated activities are required to complete the data items applicable to the activities they undertake as set out in SUP 16.12.29CR.

Defined terms

5. Where terms are italicised, they have the meaning shown in the Glossary of definitions in the FCA Handbook. Where we use an alternative word or phrase we expect firms to apply an ordinary meaning to that word or phrase.

6. The credit-related regulated activities are:

  1. (a) entering into a regulated credit agreement as lender;
  2. (b) exercising, or having the right to exercise, the lender’s rights and duties under a regulated credit agreement;
  3. (c) entering into a regulated consumer hire agreement as owner;
  4. (d) exercising, or having the right to exercise, the owner’s rights and duties under a regulated consumer hire agreement;
  5. (e) credit broking;
  6. (f) debt adjusting;
  7. (g) debt counselling;
  8. (h) debt collecting;
  9. (i) debt administration;
  10. (j) providing credit information services;
  11. (k) providing credit references;
  12. (l) operating an electronic system in relation to lending; and
  13. (m) advising on regulated credit agreements for the acquisition of land.

7. A firm does not need to complete these returns if the only credit-related regulated activity it carries on is advising on regulated credit agreements for the acquisition of land. Data should be excluded from the returns to the extent that they relate to credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land.

Currency

8. Unless otherwise stated, firms should report in the currency of their annual audited accounts, where this is sterling, euro, US dollars, Canadian dollars, Swedish kroner, Swiss francs or yen. Where annual audited accounts are reported in a currency outside those specified above, the values should be converted into an equivalent within the list using an appropriate rate of exchange at the reporting date or, where appropriate, the rate of exchange fixed under the terms of any relevant currency hedging transaction.

Data elements

9. These are referred to by row first, then by column, so data element 2B will be the element numbered 2 in column B.

General reporting guidelines

10. The data items in SUP 16 Annex 38AR (Data Items relating to Consumer Credit activities) should reflect the standard accounting practices followed in the preparation of a firm’s  annual report and accounts, unless otherwise stated.

11. The information reported in the returns should cover the reporting period specified, unless otherwise stated.

12. Unless otherwise stated, figures should be reported in single units.

CCR001 – Consumer credit data: Financial data 

13. This data item provides the FCA with a snapshot of the assets and liabilities of a firm and data on the firm’s income and profit. It gives us an idea of the firm’s ongoing financial viability and whether this poses any potential risks to consumers.

14. Firms that report CCR001 on a six-monthly basis should report their income and profit data on a cumulative basis. The return for the first reporting period should include income and profit for the first six months from the firm’s accounting reference date. The return for the second six-month period should include income and profit for the entire 12 months.

Guide for the completion of individual fields

Balance sheet items
1ATotal shareholder funds/Partnership capital/Sole trader capital

Incorporated firms: add the value of all types of shares, reserves, retained earnings and verified current year profit.

Partnerships and sole traders: add the value of all capital accounts, retained earnings and verified current year profit.

Limited liability partnerships (LLPs): add the value of all cash and capital accounts.

2AIntangible assets/Investments in subsidiaries/Investment in own sharesAdd the value of intangible assets/goodwill, investments in own shares, investments in subsidiaries, material current year losses and, if applicable, excess LLP member’s drawings.
3ASubordinated debt and subordinated loansAdd the value of any subordinated loans and other subordinated debt.
Current assets
4ACashThis is money physically held by the firm and money deposited with banks or building societies.
5ADebtors/OtherAdd the value of all types of debtors, stocks, investments (other than those included in 2A) and loans.
Current liabilities
6ACreditorsAdd the value of all types of creditors.
7ALargest exposures (including inter-company): amountIdentify the amount of each of the two largest exposures (including those between the firm and a related entity). These exposures can either be amounts owed to the firm by debtors, or amounts owed by the firm to creditors.
Largest exposures (including inter-company): counterparty nameIdentify in each case the name of the counterparty from or to whom the amount is owed.
Largest exposures (including inter-company): type of exposureIdentify whether the amount is owed to the firm (debtor) or owed by the firm (creditor).
Income statement (including regulated business revenue)
8ATotal incomeFirms should report income from all activities, both regulated and non-regulated, on a cumulative basis.
9ARetained profit

This figure does not relate to the accumulated retained profit figure that appears on the firm’s balance sheet, but to the retained profit or loss figure for the period shown on the firm’s income statement or profit and loss (P&L) account.

This should be reported on a cumulative basis.

CCR002 – Consumer credit data: Volumes 

15. This data item provides the FCA with an overall picture of the size of the consumer credit market and how revenue is generated. On an individual firm level, it allows us to look at the relationship between customer numbers, transaction numbers and revenue.

16. In this data item, firms should complete each row applicable to an activity they have permission to undertake. In the case of lending, they should complete each row applicable to their consumer credit lending business.

17. Data should be provided only in respect of credit-related regulated activities.

Column A: Fee mechanism

18. In this column, firms should identify the predominant source of revenue for each relevant activity by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down list.

19. For the purposes of answering this question, an “upfront fee” is a single fee incurred once at the time of the transaction occurring. There are no further fees associated with the transaction. For example, a one-off credit broking fee.

20. An “ongoing fee” is where the fee is split into multiple payments across the lifetime of the product or service. For example, a percentage charge taken from monthly payments under a debt management plan.

21. Where a firm only uses upfront fees or only uses ongoing fees, the firm should select “upfront only” or “ongoing only”. “Mainly upfront” and “mainly ongoing” should be used when more than two-thirds of the relevant revenue from that activity is achieved using that method.

22. With respect to lending activities, “interest only” should be selected if revenue is generated solely from charging interest. “Mainly interest” should be selected if interest accounts for more than two-thirds of the revenue generated. For example, a lender may charge an upfront fee plus interest.

23. “Combination” should be used when no single revenue source (upfront fees, ongoing fees or interest) accounts for more than two-thirds of the relevant revenue from that activity.

Column B: Revenue

24. In this column, firms should enter the amount of revenue generated during the reporting period by each activity undertaken.

25. A firm should include all revenue generated as a result of the activity, and which would not have otherwise have been generated, even if it does not directly relate to the firm’s credit-related regulated activity (provided that it does not relate to another regulated activity, for example payment protection insurance).

26. Revenue should be reported gross, before any deductions. In the case of lending, it does not include repayment of capital under a credit agreement.

Column C: Total customers

27. In this column, firms should enter the total number of individual customers who have taken up a credit-related product during the reporting period or have engaged the firm’s services during the period.

28. If the same customer has taken out three products of the same type, this counts as one towards the “total customers” figure.

29. In the case of jointly-owned products, each individual should be recorded as a customer for the purposes of this column. For example, a credit agreement entered into jointly by two individuals should be recorded as two customers.

Column D: Total transactions

30. In this column, firms should enter the total number of transactions during the reporting period. A transaction is where a customer has taken up a credit-related product or engaged the firm’s services during the period.

31. If the same customer has taken out three products of the same type, this counts as three towards the “total transactions” figure. For example, if a customer has entered into three separate credit agreements for high-cost short-term credit during the reporting period, this counts as one customer but three transactions.

32. Jointly-owned products should be recorded as a single transaction. For example, an agreement entered into jointly by two individuals should be recorded as one transaction.

33. In the case of debt purchasing, a transaction is acquisition of a debt during the reporting period.

34. In the case of pawnbroking, each separate item held as security should be counted for these purposes as a single transaction.

35. In the case of credit broking, a transaction is irrespective of whether a credit agreement or consumer hire agreement is entered into.

36. In the case of debt management activity, a transaction is not limited to entry into a debt management plan (see paragraph 42 below).

37. A credit repair firm does not need to complete this field (unless it is engaged in another credit-related regulated activity).

Rows 1 to 8 and 13 to 14: Lending

38. The rows under the heading “Lending” relate to the different types of lending that are covered by consumer credit lending. For each type of lending that a firm undertakes, the row relating to that activity should be completed in full. If a product could fall into more than one row, or has elements falling into more than one row, it should be included in the first applicable row reading down the list.

30. Firms undertaking logbook lending should report data relating to this activity in the row labelled “Bill of sale loan agreements.”

Row 9: Credit broking

40. This row should be completed in full by all firms carrying on the activity of credit broking as defined in article 36A of the Regulated Activities Order.

Row 10: Debt management activity

41. This row should be completed in full by a debt management firm.

42. A debt management firm is a firm which carries on the activity of debt counselling or debt adjusting with a view to an individual entering into a particular debt solution. This is not limited to firms which enter into debt management plans.

Row 11: All other credit-related regulated activity

43. Firms should include in this row data relating to all other credit-related regulated activities (see paragraph 6) not covered in rows 1 to 10 and 13 to 14. This includes consumer hiring (including the purchasing of debts under regulated consumer hire agreements, which should appear here; rather than against “debt purchasing” under Lending, which is limited to debts under regulated credit agreements). It also includes debt counselling or debt adjusting which is not with a view to an individual entering into a particular debt solution (see paragraph 42).

44. The row should be completed in full and include the total of all other credit-related regulated activities that a firm undertakes.

Row 12: Total annual income as defined in FEES 4 Annex 11BR for the purpose of FCA fees reporting

45. This figure should be calculated with reference to FEES 4 Annex 11BR and the guidance in FEES 4 Annex 11BR. It should be reported as an annual figure and in single units rather than in thousands (see paragraph 13).

46. If you report CCR002 on an annual basis, and this is your first return and you are reporting for a period of less than 12 months, you should annualise this figure (i.e. make it representative for a full year’s activity). See FEES 4.2.7BR (5) (c) and (d).

47. If you report CCR002 on a six-monthly basis, you should report your credit-related annual income as zero in the CCR002 return that aligns with the first six-month period after your accounting reference date. You should then report the full figure for your credit-related annual income in the CCR002 return that aligns to the second six-month period after your accounting reference date.

48. For example, a firm that reports CCR002 on a six-monthly frequency with an accounting reference date of 31 March has an annual consumer credit income (for the purposes of FCA fees reporting) of £1,000. For the reporting period from 1 April to 30 September it should report £0 in question 12. For the reporting period from 1 October to 31 March it should report £1,000 in question 12.

CCR003 – Consumer credit data: Lenders 

49. The purpose of this data item is to give the FCA an understanding of the number and value of credit agreements entered into during the reporting period or outstanding at the end of the period, the APRs charged on those agreements and the extent of arrears on the agreements.

50. In this data item, firms should complete each row applicable to the consumer credit lending that the firm undertakes. All applicable rows should be completed in full unless otherwise specified. Data should be provided only in respect of regulated credit agreements.

51. Firms undertaking logbook lending should report data relating to this activity in the row labelled “Bill of sale loan agreements.”

52. Where we ask for figures reported in thousands, the response should be rounded to the nearest thousand. For example, if the value of agreements outstanding for a certain activity was £1,400, this should be reported as ‘1’. If the value was £1,500, this should be reported as ‘2’ (rounding up rather than down). If the value was less than £500 for the period, this should be rounded down to zero (i.e. reported as ‘0’).

Column A: Total value (000s)

53. In this column, firms should enter the total value (in thousands) outstanding on credit agreements at the end of the reporting period.

54. This comprises amounts that have fallen due but remain unpaid (including any default sum or other fee or charge) and also amounts payable under the agreement that have not yet fallen due, such as future repayments of capital.

Column B: Total number of loans

55. In this column, firms should enter the total number of credit agreements on which sums are outstanding at the end of the reporting period.

56. In the case of pawnbroking, a single credit agreement under which the firm has taken two or more articles in pawn should be counted as one loan.

Column C: Total number of loans in arrears

57. In this column, firms should enter the number of credit agreements that had overdue repayments at the end of the reporting period.

58. An overdue repayment is an amount that has fallen due but remains unpaid.

59. In the case of pawnbroking, an agreement is in arrears if an article taken in pawn under the agreement has become realisable by the firm during the reporting period or the property in any such article has passed to the firm during the reporting period.

Column D: Total value of arrears (000s)

60. In this column, firms should enter the total value (in thousands) of overdue repayments at the end of the reporting period.

Column E: Value of new advances in period (000s)

61. In this column, firms should enter the total value (in thousands) of new advances during the reporting period.

62. In the case of debt purchasing, a firm should report the value of credit agreements acquired during the period.

Column F: Average annual percentage rate of charge (total loan book)

63. In this column, firms should calculate the average (mean) APR of all the credit agreements outstanding at the end of the reporting period.

64. The APR should be calculated in accordance with CONC App 1.2 and reported as a percentage with no decimal places.

65. Worked example:

  1. A firm has the following loans:

    • 4 loans of £1,000 with 300% APR

    • 3 loans of £500 with 400% APR

    • 2 loans of £200 with 500% APR

    • 1 loan of £100 with 750% APR

The average APR is calculated as follows:

  1. ( (4 x 300) + (3 x 400) + (2 x 500) + (1 x 750) ) / 10

66. This column can be left blank in the case of Overdrafts.

Column G: Highest annual percentage rate of charge (in period)

67. In this column, firms should enter the highest APR of credit agreements entered into during the reporting period.

68. The APR should be calculated in accordance with CONC App 1.2 and reported as a percentage with no decimal places.

69. This column can be left blank in the case of Overdrafts.

CCR004 – Consumer credit data: Debt management firms [deleted]

70. [deleted]

71. [deleted]

72. [deleted]

CCR005 – Consumer credit data: Client money and assets [deleted]

73. [deleted]

74. [deleted]

CCR006 – Consumer credit data: Debt collection 

75. The purpose of this data item is to give the FCA an understanding of the activities of firms undertaking debt collection (on behalf of lenders or owners), and the size of the market, and to identify potential areas where there is risk of consumer detriment.

76. Firms should complete this data item if they have permission for debt collecting (article 39F of the Regulated Activities Order).

77. In addition, firms that have permission under article 36H of the Regulated Activities Order to operate an electronic system in relation to lending (peer-to-peer platforms) are required to submit CCR006 because the scope of that permitted activity allows firms to take steps to procure the payment of a debt due under an article 36H agreement.

1A Have you undertaken any debt collection business during the reporting period?

78. This question only applies to peer-to-peer platforms, and should be answered with respect to steps taken to procure the payment of a debt due under an article 36H agreement. If a peer-to-peer platform answers “no” and the firm does not have permission for debt collecting then the firm does not have to complete the remainder of this data item.

Stage of debt placement

79. The firm should complete each column in respect of which it has debts under collection. All debts at sixth stage or higher should be aggregated and reported in column F.

80. Debt placement is the placement of an overdue account, passed out for debt collection either through an internal collection strategy (also known as in-house) or outsourced to a specialist third party debt collection agency. Each time the debt is passed to an agency for collection, the stage of debt placement increases.

81. If the debt ceases to be overdue, but subsequently becomes overdue again and is passed out for collection, it starts again as stage one.

Guide for the completion of individual fields

2Total value of debts being pursued for collectionThe firm should report the total value of all the debts that are being actively pursued for collection at the end of the reporting period.
3Total value of debts under collectionThe firm should report the total value of all the debts that it has on its books to collect at the end of the reporting period.
4Total number of debts being pursued for collectionThe firm should report the number of individual debts that are being actively pursued for collection at the end of the reporting period.
5Total number of debts under collectionThe firm should report the number of individual debts that it has on its books to collect at the end of the reporting period.
6Number of debts under collection with missed repaymentsThe firm should identify the number of debts under collection on its books that have missed repayments.
7Total income per placement (000s)The firm should indicate the amount of income (in thousands) that has been attributed to debts collected under each stage of placement.

CCR007 – Consumer credit data: Key data for credit firms with limited permission 

82. The purpose of this data item is so that the FCA can collect a small, proportionate amount of data from the large population of firms with limited permission undertaking credit-related regulated activities, to enable monitoring of the market with a risk-based approach.

Guide for the completion of individual fields

1ARevenue from credit-related regulated activities

A firm should report the total amount of income (before expenses) received by the firm for its credit-related business activities during the reporting period.

Example 1:

A firm sells a product for £1,000 after referring the customer for financing. The firm receives £50 commission for the credit broking referral, as well as the £1,000 for the product sale.

For data field 1A, the firm would report its credit-related income as £50. The income from activities unrelated to credit should not be included here.

Example 2:

A firm sells a product for £1,000. The customer pays £500 cash and the firm refers the customer for financing for the remaining balance. The firm receives £50 commission for the referral.

For data field 1A, the firm would report its credit-related income as £50. The amount of finance referred should not be reported here.

2ATotal revenue (including from activities other than credit-related regulated activities)

A firm should report all income (before expenses) received for all its business, both regulated and unregulated.

For example, if a firm has sold a product for £1,000 and received £50 commission for referring the customer for credit, for data field 2A, the firm should report the total amount of money received, £1,050.

This data element should be completed in respect of business within the annual period ending on the firm’saccounting reference date which occurred during the reporting period. If the firm had more than one accounting reference date during the reporting period, then this should be the most recent of these accounting reference dates which occurred before the end of the reporting period.

3ANumber of transactions involving credit-related regulated activities in reporting period

A firm should report the total number of credit-related transactions which occurred during the reporting period.

A transaction is where a customer took out a credit-related product during the reporting period or engaged the firm’s services during the period.

In the case of credit broking, a transaction is irrespective of whether a credit agreement or consumer hire agreement is entered into.

4ANumber of complaints relating to credit-related activities received in periodA firm should report the total number of complaints received during the reporting period in relation to credit-related regulated activities. Any complaints about the firm’s non-credit-related business should not be included here.
5ACredit-related regulated activity which generated the highest amount of turnover in reporting period

Selecting from the following options, a firm should identify which credit-related regulated activity generated the highest amount of turnover during the reporting period:

• lending;

• consumer hire;

• not-for-profit debt counselling;

• secondary credit broking; or

• other.

6ATotal annual income as defined in FEES 4 Annex 11BR for the purposes of FCA fees reporting

Firms should refer to FEES 4 Annex 11BR to calculate this figure.

Firms which receive grants or funding for their activities should only include this information here when it relates specifically to credit-related regulated activity.

If this is your first return and you are reporting for a period of less than 12 months, you should annualise this figure (i.e. make it representative for a full year’s activity). See FEES 4.2.7B(5)(c) and FEES 4.2.7B(5)(d).

SUP 16 Annex 38C Data item relating to relevant ancillary credit firms

29/05/2026R

The following data elements must be provided, where applicable, in relation to all relevant credit related regulated activity. When providing the data elements, firms with appointed representatives must provide consolidated data that includes the activities of both the firm itself as principal and the activities of its appointed representatives, unless otherwise stated below.

Unless stated below, your response should apply to the relevant reporting period as indicated in Note 12 under SUP 16.12.29CR.

In respect of the first reporting period for a firm which is a relevant ancillary credit firm as at 28 March 2025 only, if a firm does not have sufficient data to report for the entire period it must calculate an annualised figure based on actual data where possible. If the data element is a cumulative measure such as revenue/income, introductions made or commission received it must apply the formula

A x (12÷B)

where:

A = the value or figure available; and

B = the number of months to which the value or figure relates.

CCR009 Consumer credit data: relevant ancillary credit firm

Section 1: Reporting fields for a firm with permission to carry on the regulated activity of credit broking

Section 1.1: Credit broking – permissions

Tell us about your permissions. Some questions will only apply if you have not undertaken or do not intend to undertake any relevant credit-related regulated activity.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
101AOur systems show that you have the credit broking permission. Which of the following activities have been undertaken using that permission?

A - Introducing an individual to a prospective lender with a view to them entering into a credit agreement

B - Introducing an individual to another person, with a view to that person entering into a consumer hire agreement as owner

C - Introducing an individual who wishes to enter into a credit agreement or consumer hire agreement to another person that carries on a credit broking activity under options (A) or (B)

D - Charging a fee in relation to one of the credit broking activities described in article 36A(1)(d-f) of the Regulated Activities Order only and not options (A), (B) or (C) above

E – Haven’t undertaken any activities in the past 12 months but expect to undertake activities in the next 12 months

X - None of the above

102AWhy do you hold your credit broking permission?

A - Applied to cancel authorisation or to vary permission to remove credit broking

B - Required to hold the permission as a provider of ‘home credit’ or ‘payday’ lending to comply with the Competition and Markets Authority Review of Home Credit Market Investigation Order 2007 (as amended) and Payday Lending Market Investigation Order 2015 (as amended) requirements to publish information on a price comparison website

C - Hold permission at the request of a lender or owner in order to be on their panel

D - Hold permission in relation to credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land only and not any other credit agreement or consumer hire agreement eg, mortgage intermediaries

W - Other reason

103AIf you have selected ‘W - Other reason’, please specify why you have not used your credit broking permission.[Free text]
104ADo you engage in credit broking activity in respect of individuals who wish to enter into credit agreements or consumer hire agreements which are wholly or predominantly for the purposes of a business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the individual?

A - Credit broking activity is solely in respect of agreements which are wholly or predominantly for business purposes

B - Credit broking activity is mostly in respect of agreements which are wholly or predominantly for business purposes

C - Credit broking activity is sometimes in respect of agreements which are wholly or predominantly for business purposes

D - Credit broking activity is never in respect of agreements which are wholly or predominantly for business purposes

105ADo you engage in credit broking activity in respect of any of the following types of financial product?

A - Finance for specific goods or services other than insurance premiums

B - Finance for insurance premiums

C - Credit agreements secured on land

D - Cash loans

E - Credit cards

F - Overdrafts

W - Any other credit agreements

For the remainder of Section 1: Credit broking, do not include any activities undertaken, or intended to be undertaken, using the credit broking permission which relate to credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land.

Section 1.2: Credit broking – credit agreements (apart from finance for specific goods and services other than insurance premiums)

Tell us about the credit agreements in respect of which you act as a credit broker.

Please provide us with the following information:

• 106B-W – Total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)

• 107B-W – Total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm

This information is to be provided for each type of credit agreement (apart from finance for specific goods and services other than insurance premiums) reported in 105A.

Section 1.3: Credit broking – goods and services

Tell us about the goods and services you broker finance for. This section only applies if you broker finance for goods and/or services.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
108AWhich of the following goods and services relate to your firm’s engagement in credit broking activity?

A - Goods - Motor vehicles

B - Goods - Mobility aids

C - Goods - Home improvement

D - Goods - Mobile phones

E - Goods - Jewellery and watches F - Goods - Household goods

G - Goods - Sports and leisure goods

H - Goods - Mobile homes

I - Goods - Tools

J - Goods - Agriculture equipment and supplies

K - Goods - Other plant machinery

L - Goods - Office equipment

M - Goods - Health care and medical care equipment

N - Goods - Other

O - Services - Health care and medical care

P - Services - Education and training

Q - Services - Travel

R - Services - Membership and subscription fees

S - Services - Other

109ADoes your firm supply any of the following goods to individuals, with a view to the purchase being made on credit?

A - Motor vehicles

B - Mobility aids

C - Home improvement

D - Mobile phones

E - Jewellery and watches

F - Household goods

G - Sports and leisure goods

H - Mobile homes

I - Tools

J - Agriculture equipment and supplies

K - Other plant machinery

L - Office equipment

M - Health care and medical care equipment

W - Other

X - Our firm does not supply goods to individuals

110ADoes your firm supply any of the following services to individuals, with a view to the purchase being made on credit?

A - Health care and medical care

B - Education and training

C - Travel

D - Membership and subscription fees

W - Other

X - Our firm does not supply services to individuals

Section 1.3.1: Credit broking – motor vehicles

This section only applies if your credit broking activity is related to motor vehicles.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
111AWhich of the following types of vehicles do you arrange finance for?

A - Cars

B - Mopeds, motorbikes or quad bikes

C - Vans or light goods vehicles (up to 3.5t)

D - Goods vehicles (3.5t to 7.5t)

E - Heavy goods vehicles (over 7.5t)

F - Motorhomes and campervans

G - Buses

H - Agricultural

I - Construction

W - Other

112AWhat is the condition of vehicles you arrange finance for?

A - New

B - Used

Z - Unknown

113AWhich types of finance are available on the vehicles you arrange finance for?

A - Personal contract purchase (PCP)

B - Hire-purchase (HP)

C - Conditional sale

D - Any other type of credit

E - Consumer hire

Section 1.3.2: Credit broking – motor vehicles on credit agreements

Tell us about the vehicles you arrange finance for. This section only appears for credit agreements relating to motor vehicles.

Please provide us with the following information:

• 114A-W – For motor vehicles on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)

• 115A-W – For motor vehicles on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm

This information is to be provided for the vehicle types reported in 111A.

Section 1.3.3: Credit broking – motor vehicles on consumer hire agreements

Tell us about the vehicles on which you arrange consumer hire agreements. This section only applies for hire agreements relating to motor vehicles.

Please provide us with the following information:

• 116A-W – For motor vehicles on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)

• 117A-W – For motor vehicles on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm

This information is to be provided for the vehicle types reported in 111A.

Section 1.4: Credit broking – general goods and services

This section only appears if your credit broking activity is related to goods and services (apart from motor vehicles).

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
118AWhat types of finance are available on the goods and services you sell?

A - Hire purchase

B - Conditional sale

C - Any other fixed-sum credit

D - Running-account credit

E - Consumer hire

Section 1.4.1: Credit broking – general goods and services on credit agreements

Tell us about the goods or services you supply on credit agreements. This section only appears for credit agreements relating to goods and services (apart from motor vehicles).

Please provide us with the following information:

• 119B-S – For general goods and services on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)

• 120B-S – For general goods and services on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm

This information is to be provided for the goods and services reported in 108A.

Section 1.4.2: Credit broking – general goods and services on consumer hire agreements

Tell us about the goods or services you supply on consumer hire agreements. This section only applies for hire agreements relating to goods and services (apart from motor vehicles).

Please provide us with the following information:

• 121B-S – For general goods and services on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)

• 122B-S – For general goods and services on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm

This information is to be provided for the goods and services reported in 108A.

Section 1.5: Credit broking – supplementary

Tell us about any extras or add-ons which your firm sells in support of the main goods or service.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
123AWhat extras or add-ons does your firm sell in support of the main goods or service, not included as part of the credit agreement or consumer hire agreement?

A - Regulated insurance product to cover goods or parts

B - Non-regulated warranty or service product provided by the firm

C - Non-regulated warranty or service product provided by a third party

X - None of above

124AWhat extras or add-ons does your firm sell in support of the main goods or service, included as part of the credit agreement and consumer hire agreements?

A - Regulated insurance product to cover goods or parts

B - Non-regulated warranty or service product provided by the firm

C - Non-regulated warranty or service product provided by a third party

X - None of above

Section 1.6: Credit broking – relationships with lenders, brokers and owners

Tell us about the lenders, brokers and owners your firm introduces to.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
125AWho does your firm engage with in relation to your credit broking activities to individuals for the purposes of obtaining credit?

A - Lenders unrelated to your firm

B - Lenders within the same group

C - Brokers unrelated to your firm

D - Brokers within the same group

E - Owners (consumer hire) unrelated to your firm

F - Owners (consumer hire) within the same group

Section 1.6.1: Credit broking – total introductions

Tell us about the details of the introductions made by your firm (excluding activity by appointed representatives, if you have any).

Please provide us with the following information:

• 126AA-FA – Total credit broking revenue

• 126AB-FB – Total commission earned

• 126AC-FC – Total fees from individuals

• 126AD-FD – Other revenue received

• 126AE-FE – Total commission / merchant fees paid

• 126AF-FF – Total introductions

This information is to be provided in relation to the lenders, brokers and owners you engage with under 125A.

Section 1.6.2: Credit broking – total introductions via appointed representatives

Tell us about the lenders, credit brokers and owners to which appointed representatives of your firm introduce individuals on your behalf.

Please provide us with the following information:

• 127AA-FA – Total credit broking revenue

• 127AB-FB – Total commission earned

• 127AC-FC – Total fees from individuals

• 127AD-FD – Other revenue received

• 127AE-FE – Total commission / merchant fees paid

• 127AF-FF – Total introductions

This information is to be provided in relation to the lenders, brokers and owners your appointed representatives engage with under 125A.

Section 1.6.3: Credit broking – top 5 lenders

Tell us about the top 5 relationships with lenders by revenue. This section only applies if your firm has a relationship with one or more lenders for credit broking activities.

Where there is no revenue made, please enter the top 5 lenders by commission or merchant fee paid to them.

Please provide us with the following information (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any):

• 128A-132A – Name of lender

• 128B-132B – Firm reference number (if applicable)

• 128C-132C – Total introductions

• 128D-132D – Revenue

• 128E-132E – Commission / merchant fees paid

This information is to be provided in relation to the lenders you engage with under 125A.

Section 1.6.4: Credit broking – top 5 lenders via appointed representatives

Tell us about the top 5 relationships with lenders by revenue. This section only applies if appointed representatives of your firm have a relationship with one or more lenders for credit broking activities.

Where there is no revenue made, please enter the top 5 lenders by commission or merchant fee paid to them.

Please provide us with the following information (generated by activity of your appointed representatives):

• 133A-137A – Name of lender

• 133B-137B – Firm reference number (if applicable)

• 133C-137C – Total introductions

• 133D-137D – Revenue

• 133E-137E – Commission / merchant fees paid

This information is to be provided in relation to the lenders your appointed representatives engage with under 125A.

Section 1.6.5: Credit broking – top 5 brokers

Tell us about the top 5 relationships with credit brokers by revenue. This section only applies if your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) has a relationship with one or more credit brokers for credit broking activities.

Where there is no revenue made, please enter the top 5 credit brokers by commission or merchant fee paid to them.

Please provide us with the following information (excluding the activity of appointed representatives, if you have any):

• 138A-142A – Name of broker

• 138B-142B – Firm reference number (if applicable)

• 138C-142C – Total introductions

• 138D-142D – Revenue

• 138E-142E – Commission / merchant fees paid

This information is to be provided in relation to the brokers you engage with under 125A.

Section 1.6.6: Credit broking – top 5 brokers via appointed representatives

Tell us about the top 5 relationships with credit brokers by revenue. This section only applies if appointed representatives of your firm have a relationship with one or more credit brokers for credit broking activities carried out on your behalf.

Where there is no revenue made, please enter the top 5 credit brokers by commission or merchant fee paid to them.

Please provide us with the following information (generated by activity of your appointed representatives):

• 143A-147A – Name of broker

• 143B-147B – Firm reference number (if applicable)

• 143C-147C – Total introductions

• 143D-147D – Revenue

• 143E-147E – Commission / merchant fees paid

This information is to be provided in relation to the credit brokers you engage with under 125A.

Section 1.6.7: Credit broking – top 5 owners

Tell us about the top 5 relationships with owners by revenue. This section only applies if your firm (excluding the activity of appointed representatives, if you have any) has a relationship with one or more owners for credit broking activities.

Where there is no revenue made, please enter the top 5 owners by commission or merchant fee paid to them.

Please provide us with the following information (excluding the activity of appointed representatives, if you have any):

• 148A-152A – Name of owner

• 148B-152B – Firm reference number (if applicable)

• 148C-152C – Total introductions

• 148D-152D – Revenue

• 148E-152E – Commission / merchant fees paid

This information is to be provided in relation to the owners you engage with under 125A.

Section 1.6.8: Credit broking – top 5 owners via appointed representatives

Tell us about the top 5 relationships with owners by revenue. This section only applies if appointed representatives of your firm have a relationship with one or more owners for credit broking activities.

Where there is no revenue made, please enter the top 5 owners by commission or merchant fee paid to them.

Please provide us with the following information (in respect of activity generated by your appointed representatives):

• 153A-157A – Name of owner

• 153B-157B – Firm reference number (if applicable)

• 153C-157C – Total introductions • 153D-157D – Revenue

• 153E-157E – Commission / merchant fees paid

This information is to be provided in relation to the owners you engage with under 125A.

Section 1.7: Credit broking – declines

Tell us about declines following an introduction.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
158ADoes your firm introduce individuals that a lender or owner has declined for credit to another credit broker, lender or hirer outside of your standard panel?Yes/No

Section 1.8: Credit broking – firm remuneration

Tell us about how your firm is remunerated.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
159AHow is your firm remunerated for its credit broking activities?

A - Flat fee for click through

B - Flat fee for introduction

C - Flat fee for successful credit agreement entered

D - Percentage of transaction value

E - Fee received from the individual

W - Other

X - No remuneration

Z - Not applicable

Section 1.8.1: Credit broking – revenue per channel

Tell us about the breakdown of revenue per channel. This section only applies if your firm charges a fee for its credit broking activities.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
160A-WPlease provide your firm’s revenue (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) for each channel.

A - Flat fee for click through [Enter value]

B - Flat fee for introduction [Enter value]

C - Flat fee for successful credit agreement entered [Enter value]

D - Percentage of transaction value [Enter value]

E - Fee received from the individual [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

161A-WPlease provide your firm’s revenue (generated through activity of your appointed representatives) for each channel.

A - Flat fee for click through [Enter value]

B - Flat fee for introduction [Enter value]

C - Flat fee for successful credit agreement entered [Enter value]

D - Percentage of transaction value [Enter value]

E - Fee received from the individual [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

162ADoes your firm proactively notify individuals that you receive commission from the lender or owner?

A - Always

B - Sometimes

C - No

D - Not applicable

163ADoes your firm proactively tell individuals the value (or percentage) of the commission you receive?

A - Always

B - Sometimes

C - No

D - Not applicable

164AWhen does your firm charge the individual fees for credit broking finance?

A - On initial contact with the individual

B - Following introduction to a lender

C - Following introduction to another credit broker

D - Once the customer has been presented with the credit broker’s terms and conditions

E - Following provision of advice/recommendation to the customer

F - Following entry into a credit agreement

W - Other

Section 1.9: Credit broking – sales channels

Tell us about your sales channels.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
165AWhich of the following channels have individuals used to purchase your products or services on credit?

A - Online, including website and/or app

B - Email

C - Telephone

D - At your own physical premises, such as a store or dealership

E - In an individual’s home or dwelling

F - Other non-trade premises

G - Lead generation activities

W - Other

Section 1.9.1: Credit broking – comparison tool

Tell us about your comparison tool

166ADoes your firm offer personalised digital credit comparison tools to individuals?Yes/No
Section 1.9.2: Credit broking – inside the individual’s home
167ADo you demonstrate the goods or service inside the individual’s home?Yes/No
168ADo you provide a quote for goods/services while inside the individual’s home?Yes/No
169ADo sales take place inside the individual’s home?Yes/No

Section 1.10: Credit broking – staff remuneration

Tell us about your staff remuneration. Certain questions will only apply if staff earn commission.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
170AAre any of your staff involved with the selling of regulated financial products?Yes/No
171AHow are your sales staff remunerated in relation to your regulated activities?

A - Regular salary

B - Salary plus commission

C - Commission only

172A-BWhat is the average percentage split between your sales staff salaries versus commission?

Salary [%]

Commission [%]

173AHow many FTE sales staff do you employ that can receive commission/direct remuneration in relation to your regulated activities?[Enter value]
174AWhat is your firm’s sales staff commission model?

A - Variable commission based on value of product

B - Variable commission based on number of sales

C - Fixed commission based on value of product

D - Fixed commission based on number of sales

E - Flat fee

W - Other

175ADo your sales staff earn commission on the sale of goods or services?Yes/No
176ADo your sales staff earn commission on finance agreements?Yes/No
Section 2: Reporting fields for a firm with permission to carry on the regulated activities of debt adjusting and/or debt counselling

Section 2.1: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – permissions

Tell us about your permissions. Certain questions will only apply if you have not undertaken or do not intend to undertake any relevant credit-related regulated activities.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
201AOur systems show that you have the debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permission(s). Which of the following activities have you undertaken in relation to debts due under a credit agreement or a consumer hire agreement?

A - Negotiating with the lender or owner, on behalf of the borrower or hirer, terms for the discharge of a debt

B - Taking over, in return for payments by the borrower or hirer, the borrower or hirer’s obligation to discharge a debt

C - Any similar activity to (a) or (b) above concerned with the liquidation of debt

D - Giving advice to a borrower or hirer about the liquidation of a debt due

E - For activities (a) to (d) – hold the permissions solely for the purpose of full or partial settlement of credit agreements in respect of motor vehicles or other goods – eg, part exchange of vehicle

F - For activities (a) to (d) – hold the permissions solely for the purpose of providing debt counselling in connection with investment advice, mortgage advice, or the whole or partial settlement of credit agreements to finance insurance premiums

G – Haven’t undertaken any activities in the past 12 months but expect to undertake activities in the next 12 months

X - None of the above

202AWhy do you hold debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permission?

A - Applied to cancel authorisation or to vary permission to remove debt adjusting and/or debt counselling

W - Other reason

203AIf you have selected ‘W - Other reason’, please specify why you have not used your debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permission[Free text]
For the remainder of Section 2: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling, do not include any activities undertaken, or intended to be undertaken, using the debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permission which are in connection with investment advice, mortgage advice, or the whole or partial settlement of credit agreements to finance insurance premiums.

Section 2.2: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – business model

Tell us about your business model.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
204AAre you a firm that offers money/debt advice and/or provides debt solutions?

A - Money/debt advice only

B - Money/debt advice and debt solutions, in which the debt solution is provided by your firm

C - Money/debt advice and debt solutions, in which the debt solution is provided by another firm

D - Debt advice and debt solutions, in which the debt solution is provided by your firm or by another firm (ie, a combination of (b) and (c)

X - None of the above

Section 2.3: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – fees and revenues

Tell us about your fees and revenues. Certain questions will only apply if there is a fee charged to individuals.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
205AWhat are the different types of money/debt advice that your firm offers?

A - Advice on expenditure (eg, money management/budgeting)

B - Advice on income (eg, welfare benefits)

C - Unregulated debts (eg, council tax, utilities)

D - Regulated debts (eg, personal loans, mortgages)

E - Advice on debt solution

W - Other

206AAre individuals charged a fee for money/debt advice that your firm offers?Yes/No
207ADo you charge a standalone fee for money/debt advice?Yes/No
208ADo you charge a subscription fee for money/debt advice?Yes/No
209A-WTotal revenue of fees and commission per money/debt advice type for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)

A - Advice on expenditure (eg, money management/budgeting) [Enter value]

B - Advice on income (eg, welfare benefits) [Enter value]

C - Unregulated debts (eg, council tax, utilities) [Enter value]

D - Regulated debts (eg, personal loans, mortgages) [Enter value]

E - Advice on debt solution [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

210A-WTotal revenue of fees and commission per money/debt advice type generated by appointed representatives of your firm

A - Advice on expenditure (eg, money management/budgeting) [Enter value]

B - Advice on income (eg, welfare benefits) [Enter value]

C - Unregulated debts (eg, council tax, utilities) [Enter value]

D - Regulated debts (eg, personal loans, mortgages) [Enter value]

E - Advice on debt solution [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

Section 2.4: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – debt advice/solutions

Tell us about the debt solutions you provide.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
211ATotal number of your firm’s customers (including new and existing) (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)[Enter value]
212ATotal number of customers (including new and existing) generated by activity of your appointed representatives[Enter value]
213ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) who received money/debt advice and did not take up a debt solution[Enter value]
214ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) who received money/debt advice and did not take up a debt solution[Enter value]
215ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) who received money/debt advice and took up a debt solution[Enter value]
216ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) who received money/debt advice and took up a debt solution[Enter value]
217ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) who received money/debt advice and were not offered a debt solution[Enter value]
218ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) who received money/debt advice and were not offered a debt solution[Enter value]
219ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) who received money/debt advice and were referred to a debt solution that was offered by another firm[Enter value]
220ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) who received money/debt advice and were referred to a debt solution that was offered by another firm[Enter value]
Section 2.4.1: Debt solutions offered and administered by your firm
ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
221AWhat are the different types of debt solutions that your firm offers, in which the debt solution is administered by your firm?

A - Debt management plans

B - Individual voluntary arrangements (IVAs)

C - Debt consolidation loan

D - Token payment plans

E - Equity release

F - Budgeting arrangements

G - Debt relief order

H - Other

I - Scotland only – Debt arrangement scheme

J - Scotland only – Minimal assets process (MAP)

K - Scotland only – Protected trust deed

L - Scotland only – Sequestration

M - Scotland only – Other

Please provide us with the following information:

• 222A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total revenue for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) derived from commission per debt solution type

• 223A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total up-front fees for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) per debt solution type

• 224A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total ongoing fees for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) per debt solution type

• 225A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total number of debt solutions (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) per debt solution type

This information is to be provided for the debt solutions reported in 221A.

Section 2.4.2: Debt solutions offered and administered by your firm via appointed representatives

Please provide us with the following information:

• 226A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total revenue for your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) derived from commission per debt solution type

• 227A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total up-front fees for your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) per debt solution type

• 228A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total ongoing fees for your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) per debt solution type

• 229A-M – For debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total number of debt solutions (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) per debt solution type

This information is to be provided for the debt solutions reported in 221A.

Section 2.4.3: Debt solutions offered by your firm but administered by another firm
ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
230AWhat are the different types of debt solutions that your firm offers, in which the debt solution is administered by another firm?

A - Debt management plans

B - Individual voluntary arrangements (IVAs)

C – Debt consolidation loan

D - Token payment plans

E - Equity release

F - Budgeting arrangements

G - Debt relief order

H - Other

I - Scotland only – Debt arrangement scheme

J - Scotland only – Minimal assets process (MAP)

K - Scotland only – Protected trust deed

L - Scotland only – Sequestration

M - Scotland only – Other

Please provide us with the following information:

• 231A-M – For debt solutions offered by your firm but administered by another firm, total revenue for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) derived from fees or commission per debt solution type

• 232A-M – For debt solutions offered by your firm but administered by another firm, total number of debt solutions (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) per debt solution type

This information is to be provided for the debt solutions reported in 230A.

Section 2.4.4: Debt solutions offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm

Please provide us with the following information:

• 233A-M – For debt solutions offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm, total revenue (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) derived from fees or commission per debt solution type

• 234A-M – For debt solutions offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm, total number of debt solutions (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) per debt solution type

This information is to be provided for the debt solutions reported in 230A.

Section 2.4.5: Debt management plans

Tell us about your debt management plans

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
235ATotal number of debt management plans (excluding plans entered into through activity of your firm’s appointed representatives, if you have any) broken within 6 months of being entered into[Enter value]
236ATotal number of debt management plans (excluding plans entered into through activity of your firm’s appointed representatives, if you have any) broken between 6 and 12 months of being entered into[Enter value]
237ATotal number of debt management plans (excluding plans entered into through activity of your firm’s appointed representatives, if you have any) being administered at the end of the reporting period[Enter value]

Section 2.4.6: Debt management plans via appointed representatives

Tell us about your debt management plans

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
238ATotal number of debt management plans (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) broken within 6 months of being entered into[Enter value]
239ATotal number of debt management plans (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) broken between 6 to 12 months of being entered into[Enter value]
240ATotal number of debt management plans (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) being administered at the end of the reporting period[Enter value]

Section 2.5: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – charity and not-for-profit body

Tell us if you are a charity or not-for-profit body.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
241AAre you a charity or not-for-profit body?Yes/No
 
ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
242AWhere do you receive funding from?

A - Government department

B - Money and Pensions Service (directly or as part of a supply chain)

C - Government sponsored body other than Money and Pensions Service

D - Private companies (including donations)

E - Fair-share contributions

F - General public donations

G - Other charities and/or not-for-profit bodies

H - Internal revenue generation – eg, merchandise sales, referral fee

I - Network – funding received as part of a debt advice network

W - Other

243A-WWhat is the amount of funding received per source?

A - Government department [Enter value]

B - Money and Pensions Service (directly or as part of a supply chain) [Enter value]

C - Government sponsored body other than Money and Pensions Service [Enter value]

D - Private companies (including donations) [Enter value]

E - Fair share contributions [Enter value]

F - General public donations [Enter value]

G - Other charities and/or not-for-profit bodies [Enter value]

H - Internal revenue generation, eg, merchandise sales, referral fee [Enter value]

I - Network – funding received as part of a debt advice network [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

Section 2.6: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – network

Tell us about your network.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
244AAre you part of a network?

A - Citizens Advice

B - Community Money Advice

C - Advice UK

D - Law centre

W - Other

X - Not part of any network

Section 2.7: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – engagement with individuals

Tell us about how you engage with individuals.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
245AHow do you engage with individuals?

A - Website

B - Live/web chat

C - Chatbot

D - Email

E - Online / digital advice tool

F - Instant messaging (eg, WhatsApp)

G - Video conferencing or chat

H - Telephone

I - SMS

J - Your own physical premises

K - Individual’s home or dwelling

L - Other non-trade premises

Section 2.7.1 Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – contact centre

Tell us about your contact centre. Certain questions will only apply if your firm has a contact centre.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
246ADo you have a contact centre?

A - Yes, and we collect data / Management Information (“MI”)

B - Yes, but we do not collect data / MI

C - No

247AHow many inbound calls are received?[Enter value]
248AHow many inbound calls are dropped?[Enter value]
249AHow many inbound calls are answered?[Enter value]
250AWhat is the total wait time for inbound calls (seconds)?[Enter value]
251AWhat is the average call waiting time (seconds)?[Enter value]

Section 2.7.2: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – web chat

Tell us about your web chat demand. Certain questions will only apply if your firm has web chat as a method of engagement.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
252ANumber of web chat enquiries[Enter value]
253ANumber of web chat enquiries that have been resolved[Enter value]
254ANumber of webchat enquiries that have been abandoned[Enter value]

Section 2.7.3: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – chatbot

Tell us about your chatbot demand. Certain questions will only apply if your firm has a chat bot as a method of engagement.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
255ANumber of chatbot enquiries that went on to involve a human agent[Enter value]
256ANumber of chatbot enquiries that led to a resolution without speaking to a human agent[Enter value]
257ANumber of chatbot enquiries that were abandoned[Enter value]

Section 2.8: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – referrals

Tell us about your referrals.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
258AHow are individuals referred to your firm?

A - Government body

B - Local council

C - Credit card provider

D - Utility provider

E - Referral from an appointed representative of the reporting firm

F - Internal referral from another firm in same group structure

G - Other regulated firms

H - Self-referral, eg, in which individuals refer themselves to your firm

W - Other

Z - Unknown

259A-ZTotal referrals to your firm per referral source type

A - Government body [Enter value]

B - Local council [Enter value]

C - Credit card provider [Enter value]

D - Utility provider [Enter value]

E - Referral from an appointed representative of the reporting firm [Enter value]

F - Internal referral from another firm in same group structure [Enter value]

G - Other regulated firms [Enter value]

H - Self-referral, eg, in which individuals refer themselves to your firm [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

Z - Unknown [Enter value]

260AHow are individuals referred to appointed representatives of your firm?

A - Government body

B - Local council

C - Credit card provider

D - Utility provider

F - Internal referral from another firm in same group structure

G - Other regulated firms

H - Self-referral, eg, in which individuals refer themselves to your firm

W - Other

Z - Unknown

261A-ZTotal referrals to appointed representatives of your firm per referral source type

A - Government body [Enter value]

B - Local council [Enter value]

C - Credit card provider [Enter value]

D - Utility provider [Enter value]

F - Internal referral from another firm in same group structure [Enter value]

G - Other regulated firms [Enter value]

H - Self-referral, eg, in which individuals refer themselves to your firm [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

Z - Unknown [Enter value]

Section 2.9: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – staff

Tell us about your staff. Certain questions will only apply if your staff earn a commission.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
262ADo you have customer-facing advisors?Yes/No
263AWhat is the employment status of the customer-facing advisors in your firm?

A - Full time employed

B - Part time employed

C - Volunteer

W - Other

264AHow many full-time equivalent (FTE) customer-facing advisors do you employ?[Enter value]
265AHow are your customer-facing advisors remunerated?

A - Regular salary

B - Salary plus commission

C - Commission only

266A-BWhat is the average percentage split between your customer-facing advisors’ salaries and commission?

Salary [%]

Commission [%]

267ADo your customer-facing advisors earn commission when an individual enters a debt solution?Yes/No
268AHow many customer-facing advisors volunteer with your firm?[Enter value]

Section 2.10: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – settlements

Tell us about your settlements.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
269ATotal number of settlements made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance[Enter value]
270ATotal value of all settlements made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance[Enter value]
Section 2.10.1: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – settlements via appointed representatives
ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
271ATotal number of settlements made by appointed representatives of your firm involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance[Enter value]
272ATotal value of all settlements made by appointed representatives of your firm involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance[Enter value]

Section 2.11: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – prudential

Tell us about your prudential information.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
273ATotal value of relevant debts under management that are outstanding[Enter value]
274ATotal prudential resources requirement[Enter value]
275ATotal prudential resources[Enter value]

Section 2.12: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – client money

Tell us about your firm’s regulated activity in relation to client money.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
276ASelect the option which describes your firm’s regulated activity in relation to client money

A - The reporting firm’s activity in relation to client money is for debt management activity only

B - The reporting firm’s activity in relation to client money includes, but is not limited to, debt management activity

C - The reporting firm’s activity in relation to client money does not include debt management activity

D - The reporting firm does not carry out any regulated activity in relation to client money

E - The reporting firm is unable to determine whether it carries out any regulated activity in relation to client money

277AWhat was the balance of client money held as at the reporting period end?[Enter value]
278AWhat was the highest total amount of client money held during the reporting period?[Enter value]
279AIf the firm did not hold client money during the reporting period, please project what the firm will hold for the next calendar year[Enter value]
280AWhat is your ‘CASS debt management firm type’ classification?

A - CASS large debt management firm

B - CASS small debt management firm

281AWhat was the highest number of clients for whom client money was held at any one time during the reporting period?[Enter value]
282A-DWhat was the balance of unallocated client money held as at the reporting period end which has remained unallocated for a period of 6 business days or more?

A - 6-29 days [Enter value]

B - 30-59 days [Enter value]

C - 60-90 days [Enter value]

D - 90+ days [Enter value]

Section 3: Reporting fields for a firm with permission to carry on the regulated activity of providing credit information services
Section 3.1: Providing credit information services – permissions
Tell us about your permissions.
ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
301AOur systems show that you have permission for providing credit information services. Which of the following activities have you undertaken?

A - Checking whether a credit information agency holds information on behalf of an individual

B - Considering the content of the information about an individual from a credit information agency

C - Taking steps leading to the modification of information about an individual that a credit information agency holds

D - Taking steps to stop a credit information agency holding information about an individual or passing such information onto others

E - Giving advice to an individual about any of the above

X - None of the above

302AWhy do you hold providing credit information services permission?

A - Applied to cancel authorisation or to vary permission to remove providing credit information services

B - Hold the permission solely for the purpose of providing credit information that my own firm holds on the individual

C - Hold the permission to operate an electronic system in relation to lending under Article 36H of the Regulated Activities Order (RAO)

D - Haven’t undertaken any activities in the past 12 months but expect to undertake activities in the next 12 months

W - Other reason

303AIf you have selected ‘W – Other reason’, please specify why you have not used your providing credit information services permission[Free text]
304AIn the past 12 months, where have you got credit information from?

A - Equifax

B - Experian

C - TransUnion

D - Other credit reference agency (CRA) not listed above

E - Lenders

F - Other credit information agency

G - Open Banking data

Section 3.2: Providing credit information services – fee model
ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
305ADo you charge a fee for getting credit information on behalf of an individual?

A - Yes, there is a standalone fee for getting the information

B - Yes, there is a subscription fee that includes this service

C - No, the service is offered free of charge

Section 3.2.1: Providing credit information services – standalone fees

Tell us about the standalone fees you charge for providing credit information services to an individual.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
306AFee charged per individual (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)[Enter value]
307ATotal number of individuals charged a fee (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)[Enter value]
308ATotal revenue from fees (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)[Enter value]
309AFee charged per individual (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)[Enter value]
310ATotal number of individuals charged a fee (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)[Enter value]
311ATotal revenue from fees (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)[Enter value]

Section 3.2.2: Providing credit information services – subscription fees

Tell us about the subscription fees you charge for providing credit information services to an individual.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
312AWhat subscription terms do you (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any) offer?

A - Weekly

B - Monthly

C - Annually

W - Other

313A-WWhat are the subscription fees for each of the subscription terms (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?

A - Weekly [Enter value]

B - Monthly [Enter value]

C - Annually [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

314AWhat subscription terms do you (generated by activity of your appointed representatives) offer?

A - Weekly

B - Monthly

C - Annually

W - Other

315A-WWhat are the subscription fees for each of the subscription terms (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?

A - Weekly [Enter value]

B - Monthly [Enter value]

C - Annually [Enter value]

W - Other [Enter value]

Section 3.3: Providing credit information services – subscriptions

Tell us about your customers and their interaction with your subscription models.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
316AHow many individuals signed up to a subscription (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?[Enter value]
317AHow many individuals have cancelled a subscription (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?[Enter value]
318AWhat is the total revenue made from subscriptions (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?[Enter value]
319AWhat is the average duration of a subscription before it is cancelled (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?[Enter value]
320AHow many individuals signed up to a subscription (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?[Enter value]
321AHow many individuals have cancelled a subscription (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?[Enter value]
322AWhat is the total revenue made from subscriptions (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?[Enter value]
323AWhat is the average duration of a subscription before it is cancelled (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?[Enter value]

Section 3.3.1: Providing credit information services – subscription cancellations

Tell us about your subscription cancellations.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
324AAre individuals able to cancel their subscription term early?Yes/No
325ADo you charge a cancellation fee?Yes/No
326AHow much is the cancellation fee?[Enter value]

Section 3.4: Providing credit information services – business model

Tell us about your business model.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
327ADo you collect the information in order to give wider financial advice (eg, as part of your role as a mortgage or financial adviser)?Yes/No
328ADo you collect the information in order to undertake regulated debt advice (eg, as part of offering debt counselling and/or debt adjusting services)?Yes/No

Section 3.5: Providing credit information services – credit score

Please provide us with information in relation to your services and credit scores.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
329ADo you collect the information to give general advice on how an individual should improve their credit score (eg, sign up to the electoral roll)?Yes/No
330ADo you collect the information to tailor the advice on how an individual should improve their credit score?Yes/No
331AIn your marketing, do you advertise that you can improve an individual’s credit score?Yes/No
332AWhat is the total number of individuals you track credit scores for (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?[Enter value]
333AWhat is the total number of individuals you track credit scores for (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?[Enter value]
334AOf the individuals you track credit scores for, how many individuals have had an improved score after using your services (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?[Enter value]
335AOf the individuals you track credit scores for, how many have had an improved score after using your services (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?[Enter value]

Section 3.6: Providing credit information services – tailoring advice

Tell us about how you tailor your advice.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
336ADo you tailor the advice per individual?Yes/No
337ADo you tailor the advice based on an individual’s credit score?Yes/No
338ADo you utilise the credit information to provide tailored introductions to lenders (eg, to offer price comparison services or other credit broking activities)?Yes/No
339ADo you tailor the list of lenders/credit brokers based on credit score?Yes/No
340ADo you rank credit facilities in order of lenders that provide the highest value commissions?Yes/No
341AWhat is the total number of individuals who have gone on to take out credit based on a referral via your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)?[Enter value]
342AWhat is the total number of individuals who have gone on to take out credit based on a referral via your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)?[Enter value]
Section 4: Reporting fields for a relevant ancillary credit firm

Section 4.1: Relevant ancillary credit firm – marketing

Tell us about your firm’s marketing.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
401AWhich of the following channels does your firm use for marketing?

A - Online

B - Email

C - Telephone

D - Social media

E - Door-to-door

F - Traditional media (TV, radio, print)

G - Outdoor advertising

X - None of the above

Section 4.2: Relevant ancillary credit firm – revenues

Tell us about your firm’s revenues.

402A-CTotal revenue from your firm’s credit-related regulated activities (excluding activity of your appointed representatives, if you have any)

A - Credit broking [Enter value]

B - Debt adjusting and debt counselling [Enter value]

C - Providing credit information services [Enter value]

403A-CTotal revenue from your firm’s credit-related regulated activities (generated by activity of your appointed representatives)

A - Credit broking [Enter value]

B - Debt adjusting and debt counselling [Enter value]

C - Providing credit information services [Enter value]

Section 4.3: Relevant ancillary credit firm – miscellaneous

Tell us about the following.

ReferenceData elementCode (where applicable)
404AAre you a member of a trade body or association that has a code of conduct that you are signed up to?Yes/No

SUP 16 Annex 38D Notes for completion of data item relating to relevant ancillary credit firms

29/05/2026G

Introduction 

1. These notes relate to the CCR009 return in SUP 16 Annex 38CR (Data item relating to relevant ancillary credit firms).

2. They aim to assist relevant ancillary credit firms in completing and submitting the data item relevant to credit broking , debt adjusting , debt counselling and providing credit information services .

3. The purpose of the data item is to provide a framework for the collection of information by the FCA as a basis for its supervisory and other activities. It also has the purposes set out in SUP 16.12.2G .

4. The data should be accurate and not give a misleading impression of the firm . A data item is likely to give a misleading impression if a firm omits a material item, includes an immaterial item or presents items in a manner which is misleading.

Scope 

5. Subject to SUP 16.12.29BR , relevant ancillary credit firms are required to complete the data item applicable to the activities they undertake as set out in SUP 16.12.29CR .

Defined terms 

6. Where terms are italicised, they have the meaning shown in the Glossary of definitions in the FCA Handbook . Where we use an alternative word or phrase, we expect firms to apply an ordinary meaning to that word or phrase.

Currency 

7. Unless otherwise stated, firms should report in sterling.

8. Where annual audited accounts are reported in a currency other than sterling, the values should be converted to sterling using an appropriate rate of exchange at the reporting date or, where appropriate, the rate of exchange fixed under the terms of any relevant currency hedging transaction.

9. Where you are reporting any monetary values, calculations or percentages, unless otherwise stated, figures should be reported to 2 decimal places.

10. Where you report any non-monetary values, unless otherwise stated, figures should be reported as a whole number.

General reporting guidelines 

11. The data elements in SUP 16 Annex 38CR (Data item relating to relevant ancillary credit firms) should reflect the standard accounting practices followed in the preparation of a firm’s annual report and accounts , unless otherwise stated.

12. Unless otherwise stated, your response should apply to the relevant reporting period as indicated in Note 12 under SUP 16.12.29CR .

13. All figures should be reported in single units.

CCR009 – Data item relating to relevant ancillary credit firms 

14. This data item enables the FCA to better capture and understand how firms operate in the consumer credit markets.

15. Not all of the following questions will appear when a firm completes this return. Certain questions will only appear where applicable and based on a firm’s responses.

16. Unless otherwise stated, the responses made by a principal firm must include a consolidated view of the activity carried on by the principal firm and their appointed representatives , including introducer appointed representatives . This applies to data elements which ask for qualitative information as well as figures.

17. In relation to an appointed representative with more than one principal , a principal firm must only report information about the appointed representative’s activity for which the principal firm is responsible.

Guide for the completion of individual fields 

Section 1: Reporting fields for a firm with permission to carry on the regulated activity of credit broking 
Section 1.1: Credit broking – permissions 
101AOur systems show that you have the credit broking permission . Which of the following activities have been undertaken using that permission ?

Select all that apply.

See PERG 2.7.7EG for details of the activities that fall within credit broking .

Examples of credit broking activities generally include, but are not limited to, the following (whether or not the credit broking firm earns a fee):

A - A price comparison website that introduces customers to third-party lenders to take out a loan.

A - A supplier of goods or services, such as a high street retailer or a dentist that introduces the customer to a third-party lender to pay for the goods or service.

B - A motor dealer that introduces customers to a finance provider to facilitate the hire of a vehicle under a consumer hire agreement .

B - A supplier of machinery that introduces the customer to a hire/lease company so they can hire/lease the equipment from that company under a consumer hire agreement .

C - A motor dealer (or other type of supplier of goods or services) that introduces customers to a third-party company who then introduces that customer to a lender or a hire/leasing provider.

C - An insurance intermediary who introduces a customer to an insurer who then introduces that customer to another third party company to pay their insurance premiums via a credit agreement .

If the activities undertaken using the credit broking permission relate only to credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land and not any other credit agreement or consumer hire agreement , select ‘X - None of the above’. You will then only need to complete 102A; and not the remainder of Section 1: Credit broking of this return.

102AWhy do you hold your credit broking permission ?Select one option only.
103AIf you have selected ‘W - Other reason’, please specify why you have not used your credit broking permission N/A
104ADo you engage in credit broking activity in respect of individuals who wish to enter into credit agreements or consumer hire agreements which are wholly or predominantly for the purposes of a business carried on, or intended to be carried on, by the individual ?

Select one option only.

Please answer in respect of credit broking activity undertaken in the past 12 months (if applicable). If not applicable, then please answer in respect of credit broking activity your firm intends to undertake within the next 12 months .

105ADo you engage in credit broking activity in respect of any of the following types of financial product?

The selections made should relate to agreement types for which the reporting firm’s credit broking activities constitute regulated activity .

Please answer in respect of credit broking activity undertaken in the past 12 months (if applicable). If not applicable, then please answer in respect of credit broking activity your firm intends to undertake within the next 12 months.

Select all that apply.

A - Finance for specific goods or services other than insurance premiums

This includes fixed-sum credit and running-account credit , the use of which is restricted to the financing of goods or services other than insurance premiums. It also includes consumer hire agreements . It does not include credit agreements which are secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land .

B - Finance for insurance premiums

This includes fixed-sum credit and running-account credit , the use of which is restricted to the financing of insurance premiums.

C - Credit agreements secured on land 

This includes any credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land .

D - Cash loans

This includes any fixed-sum credit agreements which are not restricted to the financing of goods or services, and are not secured on land .

E - Credit cards

F - Overdrafts

W - Any other credit agreements 

This includes credit agreements which are not one of any of the above agreement types.

For the remainder of Section 1: Credit broking, do not include any activities undertaken, or intended to be undertaken, using the credit broking permission which relate to credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land .
Section 1.2: Credit broking – credit agreements (apart from finance for goods and services other than insurance premiums) 
106B-WTotal number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)

Total number of introductions of individuals made to prospective lenders , regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed onto a lender or credit broker .

107B-WTotal number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm
Section 1.3: Credit broking – goods and services 
108AWhich of the following goods and services relate to your firm’s engagement in credit broking activity?

Select all that apply

Please answer in respect of credit broking activity undertaken in the past 12 months (if applicable). If not applicable, then please answer in respect of credit broking activity your firm intends to undertake within the next 12 months.

109ADoes your firm supply any of the following goods to individuals , with a view to the purchase being made on credit ?

Select all that apply.

Select the good(s) that your firm provides, in respect of which you may broker credit for.

If your firm does not supply goods , and acts purely as a broker in this regard, select ‘X - Our firm does not supply goods to individuals ’.

110ADoes your firm supply any of the following services to individuals , with a view to the purchase being made on credit ?

Select all that apply.

Select the service(s) that your firm provides, in which you may broker credit for.

If your firm does not supply services, and acts purely as a broker in this regard, select ‘X - Our firm does not supply services to individuals ’.

Section 1.3.1: Credit broking – motor vehicles 
111AWhich of the following types of vehicles do you arrange finance for?Select all that apply.
112AWhat is the condition of vehicles you arrange finance for?Select all that apply.
113AWhich types of finance are available on the vehicles you arrange finance for?

Select all that apply.

A - Personal contract purchase (PCP)

A hire-purchase agreement which includes a guaranteed minimum future value of the motor vehicle which is set out as an optional additional repayment at the end of the agreement, with the option for the borrower(s) to return the motor vehicle instead of making that repayment.

B - Hire-purchase (HP)

A hire-purchase agreement that is not a personal contract purchase.

C - Conditional sale

A conditional sale agreement .

D - Any other credit 

A credit agreement which is not one of any of the above credit agreement types.

E - Consumer hire

A consumer hire agreement .

Section 1.3.2: Credit broking – motor vehicles on credit agreements 
114A-WFor motor vehicles on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)

Total number of introductions of individuals made to prospective lenders , regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed on to a lender or credit broker .

115A-WFor motor vehicles on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm
Section 1.3.3: Credit broking – motor vehicles on consumer hire agreements 
116A-WFor motor vehicles on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)

Total number of introductions of individuals made to prospective owners , regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed on to an owner or credit broker .

117A-WFor motor vehicles on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm
Section 1.4: Credit broking – general goods and services 
118AWhat types of finance are available on the goods and services you sell?

Select all that apply.

A - Hire-purchase (HP)

A hire-purchase agreement .

B - Conditional sale

A conditional sale agreement .

C - Any other fixed-sum credit 

A fixed-sum credit agreement which is not one of any of the above agreement types.

D - Running-account credit 

A Running-account credit agreement

E - Consumer hire

A consumer hire agreement .

Section 1.4.1: Credit broking – general goods and services on credit agreements 
119B-SFor general goods and services on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)

Total number of introductions of individuals made to prospective lenders , regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed on to a lender or credit broker .

120B-SFor general goods and services on credit agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm
Section 1.4.2: Credit broking – general goods and services on consumer hire agreements 
121B-SFor general goods and services on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)

Total number of introductions of individuals made to prospective owners , regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed on to an owner or credit broker .

122B-SFor general goods and services on consumer hire agreements, total number of introductions made by appointed representatives of your firm
Section 1.5: Credit broking – supplementary 
123AWhat extras or add-ons does your firm sell in support of the main goods or service, not included as part of the credit agreement or consumer hire agreement ?Select all that apply.
124AWhat extras or add-ons does your firm sell in support of the main goods or service, included as part of the credit agreement and consumer hire agreements ?Select all that apply.
Section 1.6: Credit broking – relationships with lenders, brokers and owners 
125AWho does your firm engage with in relation to your credit broking activities to individuals for the purposes of obtaining credit ?

Select all that apply.

‘Within the same group’ refers to a company within the same group structure or another branch.

‘Unrelated’ means not part of the same corporate group structure.

‘Brokers’ in this instance means those firms that your firm introduces to.

Section 1.6.1: Credit broking – total introductions 
126AA-FATotal credit broking revenue

Total income received from individuals , credit brokers , lenders , owners or vendors for your credit broking activities.

This includes commissions, fees from individuals and any other income received.

126AB-FBTotal commission earnedThis is a subtotal of total credit broking revenue.
126AC-FCTotal fees from individuals This is a subtotal of total credit broking revenue.
126AD-FDOther revenue receivedThis is a subtotal of total credit broking revenue.
126AE-FETotal commission / merchant fees paidTotal amount paid to credit brokers , lenders , owners or vendors for your credit broking activities.
126AF-FFTotal introductions

Total number of individuals introduced regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed onto a lender or credit broker .

Section 1.6.2: Credit broking – total introductions via appointed representatives 
127AA-FATotal credit broking revenue (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )

Total income received from individuals , credit brokers , lenders , owners or vendors for your credit broking activities.

This includes commissions, fees from individuals and any other income received.

127AB-FBTotal commission earned (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )This is a subtotal of total credit broking revenue.
127AC-FCTotal fees from individuals (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )This is a subtotal of total credit broking revenue.
127AD-FDOther revenue received (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )This is a subtotal of total credit broking revenue.
127AE-FETotal commission / merchant fees paid (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )Total amount paid to credit brokers , lenders , owners or vendors for your credit broking activities.
127AF-FFTotal introductions (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )

Total number of individuals introduced regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed onto a lender or credit broker .

Section 1.6.3: Credit broking – top 5 lenders 
128A-132AName of lender This can include lenders who are unrelated to your firm or within the same group.
128B-132BFirm reference number (if applicable)N/A
128C-132CTotal introductionsTotal number of individuals in respect of whom your firm engaged in a credit broking activity.
128D-132DRevenue (£)Amount of commission earned by the firm from the lender in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
128E-132ECommission / merchant fees paid (£)N/A
Section 1.6.4: Credit broking – top 5 lenders via appointed representatives 
133A-137AName of lender This can include lenders who are unrelated to your firm or within the same group.
133B-137BFirm reference number (if applicable)N/A
133C-137CTotal introductionsTotal number of individuals in respect of whom your firm engaged in a credit broking activity.
133D-137DRevenue (£)Amount of commission earned by the firm from the lender in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
133E-137ECommission / merchant fees paid (£)N/A
Section 1.6.5: Credit broking – top 5 brokers 
138A-142AName of brokerThis can include credit brokers who are unrelated to your firm or within the same group. ‘Brokers’ in this instance are defined as those firms that your firm introduces to.
138B-142BFirm reference number (if applicable)N/A
138C-142CTotal introductions

Total number of individuals in respect of whom your firm engaged in a credit broking activity, regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed onto a lender or credit broker .

138D-142DRevenue (£)Amount of commission earned by the firm from the credit broker in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
138E-142ECommission / merchant fees paidN/A
Section 1.6.6: Credit broking – top 5 brokers via appointed representatives 
143A-147AName of brokerThis can include credit brokers who are unrelated to your firm or within the same group. ‘Brokers’ in this instance are defined as those firms that your firm introduces to.
143B-147BFirm reference number (if applicable)N/A
143C-147CTotal introductions

Total number of individuals in respect of whom your firm engaged in a credit broking activity, regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity, this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed onto a lender or credit broker .

143D-147DRevenueAmount of commission earned by the firm from the credit broker in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
143E-147ECommission / merchant fees paidN/A
Section 1.6.7: Credit broking – top 5 owners 
148A-152AName of owner This can include owners who are unrelated to your firm or within the same group.
148B-152BFirm reference number (if applicable)N/A
148C-152CTotal introductions

Total number of individuals in respect of whom your firm engaged in a credit broking activity, regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed onto a lender or credit broker .

148D-152DRevenueAmount of commission earned by the firm from the owner in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
148E-152ECommission / merchant fees paidN/A
Section 1.6.8: Credit broking – top 5 owners via appointed representatives 
153A-157AName of owner This can include owners who are unrelated to your firm or within the same group.
153B-157BFirm reference number (if applicable)N/A
153C-157CTotal introductions

Total number of individuals in respect of whom your firm engaged in a credit broking activity, regardless of outcome.

For firms that undertake lead generator activity this includes the number of customers whose contact details were passed onto a lender or credit broker .

153D-157DRevenueAmount of commission earned by the firm from the owner in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
153E-157ECommission / merchant fees paidN/A
Section 1.7: Credit broking – declines 
158ADoes your firm introduce individuals that a lender or owner has declined for credit to another credit broker , lender or hirer outside of your standard panel?For example, to a specialist credit broker who deals with low credit score individuals .
Section 1.8: Credit broking – firm remuneration 
159AHow is your firm remunerated for its credit broking activities?Select all that apply.
Section 1.8.1: Credit broking – revenue per channel 
160A-WPlease provide your firm’s revenue (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) for each channel.Set out the amount of revenue earned by the firm under each channel in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
161A-WPlease provide your firm’s revenue (generated through activity of your appointed representatives ) for each channel.Set out the amount of revenue earned by the firm under each channel in respect of the firm’s engagement in credit broking activities.
162ADoes your firm proactively notify individuals that you receive commission from the lender or owner ?Select one option only.
163ADoes your firm proactively tell individuals the value (or percentage) of the commission you receive?Select one option only.
164AWhen does your firm charge the individual fees for credit brokering finance ?Select all that apply.
Section 1.9: Credit broking – sales channels 
165AWhich of the following channels have individuals used to purchase your products or services on credit ?

Select all that apply.

Where an individual has agreed and accepted the terms and conditions and has made a payment to your firm such as an initial deposit or direct debit set up.

For cross-channel sales journeys, this is where the bulk of the transaction takes place.

Where a sale has been made through more than one method – eg, telephone and then post – report the channel where the product choice was made.

Section 1.9.1: Credit broking – comparison tool 
166ADoes your firm offer personalised digital credit comparison tools to individuals ?For example, showing an individual a list of broking options between different lenders , or different types of credit products such as regulated hire-purchase agreements and personal loans.
Section 1.9.2: Credit broking – inside the individual’s home 
167ADo you demonstrate the goods or service inside the individual’s home?N/A
168ADo you provide a quote for goods /services while inside the individual’s home?N/A
169ADo sales take place inside the individual’s home?A sale has taken place where an individual has agreed and accepted terms and conditions and there has been a payment made to your firm such as an initial deposit or direct debit set up.
Section 1.10: Credit broking – staff remuneration 
170AAre any of your staff involved with the selling of regulated financial products?N/A
171AHow are your sales staff remunerated in relation to your regulated activities ?

‘Sales staff’ in this instance is any staff member of the firm that interacts with individuals and sells credit agreements . The staff member may not be directly employed to do so, but this forms part of their role.

Select all that apply.

172A-BWhat is the average percentage split between your sales staff salaries versus commission?Provide percentage figures for both staff salary and commission.
173AHow many FTE sales staff do you employ that can receive commission / direct remuneration in relation to your regulated activities ?

‘Sales staff’ in this instance is any staff member of the firm that interacts with individuals and sells credit agreements . The staff member may not be directly employed to do so, but this forms part of their role.

‘Full-time equivalent (FTE)’ is a unit of measurement used to compare the number of hours worked by staff in a business. FTE is calculated by comparing a member of staff’s average hours worked to the average hours of a full-time member of staff. For example, if a full-time member of staff works 40 hours per week, and a part-time staff member works 20 hours per week, the part-time staff is counted as 0.5 FTE.

If you are a sole proprietor with no additional staff, enter ‘0.00’.

174AWhat is your firm’s sales staff commission model?

Select all that apply.

‘Fixed commission’ is commission based per unit or for meeting sales targets.

‘Variable commission’ is commission based on a percentage of a product value.

175ADo your sales staff earn commission on the sale of goods or services?N/A
176ADo your sales staff earn commission on finance agreements?N/A
Section 2: Reporting fields for a firm with permission to carry on the regulated activities of debt adjusting or debt counselling 
Section 2.1: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – permissions 
201AOur systems show that you have the debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permission (s). Which of the following activities have you undertaken in relation to debts due under a credit agreement or a consumer hire agreement ?See PERG 2.7.8BG and PERG 2.7.8CG for details of the activities that fall within debt adjusting and debt counselling , respectively. Select all that apply.
202AWhy do you hold debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permission ?Select one option only.
203AIf you have selected ‘W - Other reason’, please specify why you have not used your debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permissionN/A
For the remainder of Section 2: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling, do not include any activities undertaken, or intended to be undertaken, using the debt adjusting and/or debt counselling permission which are in connection with investment advice , mortgage advice, or the whole or partial settlement of credit agreements to finance insurance premiums.
Section 2.2: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – business model 
204AAre you a firm that offers money/debt advice and/or provides debt solutions ?

Select one option only.

Please answer in respect of relevant activity undertaken in the past 12 months (if applicable). If not applicable, then please answer in respect of activity your firm intends to undertake within the next 12 months.

‘Money advice’ means general advice on money-related issues such as budgeting, utility bills or council tax.

‘Debt advice’ means giving an opinion as a guide to action to be taken, in this case the liquidation of debts. It either explicitly or implicitly steers the individual to a particular course of action as set out in PERG 17.5G .

Should you refer individuals for a debt solution to another firm in the same umbrella group of companies as your own firm , select ‘C - Money/debt advice and debt solutions , in which the debt solution is provided by another firm ’.

Section 2.3: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – fees and revenues 
205AWhat are the different types of money/debt advice that your firm offers?Select all that apply.
206AAre individuals charged a fee for money/debt advice that your firm offers?This includes any administration fee for using your firm’s service for debt advice.
207ADo you charge a standalone fee for money/debt advice?A one-off fee that your firm charges for providing debt advice.
208ADo you charge a subscription fee for money/debt advice?A regular payment made to receive a money/debt advice product or service from your firm .
209A-WTotal revenue of fees and commission per money/debt advice type for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)Provide values in respect of fees or commission received.
210A-WTotal revenue of fees and commission per money/debt advice type generated by appointed representatives of your firm
Section 2.4: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – debt advice/solutions 
211ATotal number of your firm’s customers (including new and existing) (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)

Include all individuals who approached your firm for money/debt advice and/or a debt solution .

‘Approach’ means engagement with a firm through any one or more of the following channels:

• webform;

• live/web chat;

• chatbot;

• email;

• online/digital advice tool

• instant messaging (eg, WhatsApp);

• video conferencing or chat;

• telephone;

• SMS;

• your own physical premises;

individual’s home or dwelling; or

• other non-trade premises.

212ATotal number of customers (including new and existing) generated by activity of your appointed representatives 

Include all individuals who approached your appointed representatives for money/debt advice and/or a debt solution .

‘Approach’ means engagement with a firm through any one or more of the following channels:

• webform;

• live/web chat;

• chatbot;

• email;

• online/digital advice tool

• instant messaging (eg, WhatsApp);

• video conferencing or chat;

• telephone;

• SMS;

• your own physical premises;

individuals’s home or dwelling; or

• other non-trade premises.

213ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) who received money/debt advice and did not take up a debt solution When a debt solution (provided by your firm ) was presented but the individual did not proceed with the arrangement, scheme or procedure. This should be a subset of the total number of customers .
214ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) who received money/debt advice and did not take up a debt solution When a debt solution (provided by your appointed representatives ) was presented but the individual did not proceed with the arrangement, scheme or procedure. This should be a subset of the total number of customers .
215ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) who received money/debt advice and took up a debt solution When a debt solution (provided by your firm ) was presented and the individual proceeded with the arrangement, scheme or procedure. This should be a subset of the total number of customers .
216ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) who received money/debt advice and took up a debt solution When a debt solution (provided by your appointed representative ) was presented and the individual proceeded with the arrangement, scheme or procedure. This should be a subset of the total number of customers .
217ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) who received money/debt advice and were not offered a debt solution When, after engagement, no suitable debt solution was found or needed. This should be a subset of the total number of customers .
218ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) who received money/debt advice and were not offered a debt solution 
219ATotal number of your firm’s customers (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) who received money/debt advice and were referred to a debt solution that was offered by another firm This could be referrals within the same group or to an unrelated firm . This should be a subset of the total number of customers .
220ATotal number of your firm’s customers (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) who received money/debt advice and were referred to a debt solution that was offered by another firm 
Section 2.4.1: Debt solutions offered and administered by your firm 
221AWhat are the different types of debt solutions that your firm offers, in which the debt solution is administered by your firm?Select all that apply.
222A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total revenue for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) derived from commission per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of commission received, in which the debt solution is administered by your firm. Include any revenue received via Fair Share.
223A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total up-front fees for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of fees that are received up front – ie, received when the debt solution is entered into.
224A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total ongoing fees for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) per debt solution type

Provide values in respect of ongoing fees received in the reporting period – eg, a monthly fee received for a debt solution .

Include all fees received in the reporting period, including those for debt solutions that have been entered into prior to said period.

225A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total number of debt solutions (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of debt solutions that are administered by your firm.
Section 2.4.2: Debt solutions offered and administered by your firm via appointed representatives 
226A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total revenue for your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) derived from commission per debt solution type

Provide values in respect of commission received, in which the debt solution is administered by your appointed representatives .

Include any revenue received via Fair Share.

227A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total up-front fees for your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of fees that are received up front – ie, received when the debt solution administered by your appointed representatives is entered into.
228A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total ongoing fees for your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) per debt solution type

Provide values in respect of ongoing fees received in the reporting period – eg, a monthly fee received for a debt solution administered by your appointed representatives.

Include all fees received in the reporting period, including those for debt solutions that have been entered into prior to said period.

229A-MFor debt solutions offered and administered by your firm, total number of debt solutions (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of debt solutions that are administered by your appointed representatives .
Section 2.4.3: Debt solutions offered by your firm but administered by another firm 
230AWhat are the different types of debt solutions that your firm offers, in which the debt solution is administered by another firm ?Select all that apply.
231A-MFor debt solutions offered by your firm but administered by another firm, total revenue for your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) derived from fees or commission per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of fees or commission received, in which the debt solution is administered by another firm.
232A-MFor debt solutions offered by your firm but administered by another firm, total number of debt solutions (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of debt solutions that are administered by another firm.
Section 2.4.4: Debt solutions offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm 
233A-MFor debt solutions offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm, total revenue (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) derived from fees or commission per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of fees or commission received, in which the debt solution is offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm.
234A-MFor debt solutions offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm, total number of debt solutions (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) per debt solution typeProvide values in respect of debt solutions offered by your firm via appointed representatives but administered by another firm.
Section 2.4.5: Debt management plans 
235ATotal number of debt management plans (excluding plans entered into through activity of your firm’s appointed representatives , if you have any) broken within 6 months of being entered intoA debt management plan is broken if 3 consecutive payments are missed, excluding partial payments.
236ATotal number of debt management plans (excluding plans entered into through activity of your firm’s appointed representatives , if you have any) broken between 6 and 12 months of being entered into
237ATotal number of debt management plans (excluding plans entered into through activity of your firm’s appointed representatives , if you have any) being administered at the end of the reporting periodN/A
Section 2.4.6: Debt management plans via appointed representatives 
238ATotal number of debt management plans (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) broken within 6 months of entering into a solutionA debt management plan is broken if 3 consecutive payments are missed, excluding partial payments.
239ATotal number of debt management plans (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) broken between 6 to 12 months after entering into a solution
240ATotal number of debt management plans (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) being administered at the end of the reporting periodN/A
Section 2.5: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – charity and not-for-profit-body 
241AAre you a charity or not-for-profit body ?N/A
 
242AWhere do you receive funding from?Select all that apply.
243A-WWhat is the amount of funding received per source?N/A
Section 2.6: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – network 
244AAre you part of a network?Select all that apply.
Section 2.7: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – engagement with individuals 
245AHow do you engage with individuals ?Select all that apply. This relates to engagement before, during or after providing either debt advice or a debt solution .
Section 2.7.1: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – contact centre 
246ADo you have a contact centre?

Select one option only.

A ‘contact centre’ is a dedicated team/operation for answering phone calls/queries for debt or money advice over the phone.

247AHow many inbound calls are received?‘Inbound’ means individual to firm .
248AHow many inbound calls are dropped?‘Dropped’ means that the individual left the call queue before their call could be answered.
249AHow many inbound calls are answered?‘Answered’ means that the call was taken by a member of staff.
250AWhat is the total wait time for inbound calls (seconds)?The ‘total wait time’ is the length of time that the individual waits to speak with a member of staff after that initial route. Set out the length of time in seconds by adding all of the wait times for all individuals .
251AWhat is the average call waiting time (seconds)?This is calculated by dividing the individual’s total wait time by the number of calls answered. Set out the length of time in seconds.
Section 2.7.2: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – web chat 
252ANumber of web chat enquiries‘Enquiries’ mean that a user started an initial interaction through the communication tool.
253ANumber of web chat enquiries that have been resolvedThis relates to an interaction which the firm classed as resolved by the human agent.
254ANumber of web chat enquiries that have been abandonedThis relates to an interaction which was left unresolved, due to the disconnection of the chat.

Section 2.7.3: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – chatbot 

A real-time online communication tool that allows users to interact with a chatbot (a computer program that simulates and processes human conversation)

255ANumber of chatbot enquiries that went on to involve a human agentThis relates to an interaction which needed further assistance provided by a member of staff.
256ANumber of chatbot enquiries that led to a resolution without speaking to a human agentThis relates to an interaction which the firm deemed to be successfully resolved by the chatbot.
257ANumber of chatbot enquiries that were abandonedThis relates to an interaction which was left unresolved, due to the disconnection of the chat.
Section 2.8: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – referrals 
258AHow are individuals referred to your firm

Referred as introduced to your firm by another firm for the purpose of obtaining money/debt advice and/or debt solutions .

Select all that apply.

259A-ZTotal referrals per referral source typeEnter total referral numbers for each source type.
260AHow are individuals referred to appointed representatives of your firm?

Referred as introduced to your firm by another firm for the purpose of obtaining money/debt advice and/or debt solutions .

Select all that apply.

261A-ZTotal referrals to appointed representatives of per referral source typeEnter total referral numbers for each source type.
Section 2.9: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – staff 
262ADo you have customer -facing advisors?A ‘ customer -facing advisor’ is anyone in the firm who interacts with individuals for the purpose of providing debt advice and/or debt solution services.
263AWhat is the employment status of the customer -facing advisors in your firm?

Select all that apply.

‘Employed’ includes contractors or those directly employed by your firm.

264AHow many FTE customer -facing advisors do you employ?Where you have part-time customer facing advisors, calculate this by adding the total hours worked by part-time and full-time customer facing advisors and dividing that total by the number of available full-time hours in year. For example, if the firm has 20 part-time customer facing advisors that work 50% of normal hours, the figure would be 10. Report to 2 decimal places where the result is not a whole number. For example, if the firm has 15 part time customer facing advisors that work 50% of normal hours, the figure would be 7.50.
265AHow are your customer -facing advisors remunerated?Select all that apply.
266A-BWhat is the average percentage split between your customer -facing advisors’ salaries and commission?Provide percentage figures for both customer facing advisors’ salary and commission.
267ADo your consumer -facing advisors earn commission when a customer enters a debt solution ?Answer ‘Yes’ if advisors get a commission linked to individuals entering into a debt solution even where the commission is paid after a period of time, or other similar incentives where the commission is based on a number or percentage of individuals entering into a debt solution .
268AHow many customer -facing advisors volunteer with your firm?N/A
Section 2.10: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – Settlements 
269ATotal number of settlements made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance A settlement is each occasion where money is paid to cleared off the outstanding amount under the loan until it is repaid in full (including any applicable fees and interest).
270ATotal value of all settlements made by your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance 
Section 2.10.1: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – settlements via appointed representatives 
271ATotal number of settlements made by appointed representatives of your firm involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance A settlement is each occasion where money is paid to cleared off the outstanding amount under the loan until it is repaid in full (including any applicable fees and interest).
272ATotal value of all settlements made by appointed representatives of your firm involving a part-exchange of a vehicle or goods on finance 
Section 2.11: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – prudential 
273ATotal value of relevant debts under management that are outstanding

Enter the total value of all the relevant debts under management that are used to calculate the firm’s current prudential resources requirement.

This should be the figure calculated at the latest accounting reference date , or, if there has been a change in the value of all the relevant debts under management of more than 15%, the recalculated figure.

See CONC 10.2.5R to CONC 10.2.10G and CONC 10.2.13R to CONC 10.2.14R for further information.

274ATotal prudential resources requirement

Enter whichever figure is higher out of:

• £5000; and

• the variable prudential resources requirement calculated based on the value of relevant debts under management outstanding entered in element 273A (Total value of relevant debts under management that are outstanding).

See CONC 10.2.5R , CONC 10.2.8R and CONC 10.2.11G to CONC 10.2.12G .

It is not permissible to answer ‘0’ for this question, even if ‘0’ was entered against 273A (Total value of relevant debts under management that are outstanding), as the minimum prudential resources requirement in CONC 10 is £5,000.

275ATotal prudential resourcesEnter the firm’s total prudential resources, calculated in accordance with CONC 10 .
Section 2.12: Debt adjusting and/or debt counselling – client money 
276ASelect the option which describes your firm’s regulated activity in relation to client money.

Select one option only.

Your firm is not subject to a requirement imposed under section 55L of the Act stating that it must not hold client money, or such a requirement to the same effect.

This section of the data item relates to money which your firm receives or holds on behalf of a client in the course of or in connection with debt management activity only.

277AWhat was the balance of client money held as at the reporting period end?N/A
278AWhat was the highest total amount of client money held during the reporting period?

Report the highest total amount of client money held during the preceding reporting period.

Monetary values must be a sterling equivalent GBP (£) reported to 2 decimal places.

Record zero amounts as 0.00.

279AIf the firm did not hold client money during the reporting period, please project what the firm will hold for the next calendar year.N/A
280AWhat is your ‘ CASS debt management firm type’ classification?

Select one option only.

As described in CASS 11.2.3R .

281AWhat was the highest number of clients for whom client money was held at any one time during the reporting period?A CASS debt management firm should enter the highest number of clients for whom client money was held in respect of debt management activity at a single point in time during the reporting period.
282A-DWhat was the balance of unallocated client money held as at the reporting period end which has remained unallocated for a period of 6 business days or more?

When entering this data, firms should report the data according to 1 of 4 specified time bands according to the length of time for which the client money has remained unallocated:

• 6-29 days ;

• 30-59 days ;

• 60-90 days ; and

• 90+ days.

This would align with a similar question on unresolved client money items in the client money and asset return (CMAR) for investment firms (see Q24 in the CMAR) set out in SUP 16 Annex 29R (Client Money and Asset Return).

Section 3: Reporting fields for a firm with permission to carry on the regulated activity of providing credit information services 
Section 3.1: Providing credit information services – permissions 
301AOur systems show that you have permission for providing credit information services . Which of the following activities have you undertaken?

Select all that apply.

See PERG 2.7.20KG for details of the activities that fall within providing credit information services .

302AWhy do you hold providing credit information services permission ?Select 1 option only.
303AIf you have selected ‘W - Other reason’, please specify why you have not used your providing credit information services permission N/A
304AIn the past 12 months , where have you got credit information from?Select all that apply.
Section 3.2: Providing credit information services – fee model 
305ADo you charge a fee for getting credit information on behalf of an individual ?A ‘standalone fee’ is a one-off fee. A ‘subscription fee’ is a regular payment made to receive a product or service. Select all that apply.
Section 3.2.1: Providing credit information services – standalone fees 
306AFee charged per individual (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)The standalone fee that is charged per individual for obtaining credit information on their behalf. Where the fee is not fixed, enter the average amount of all of the fees charged within the reporting period.
307ATotal number of individuals charged a fee (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)The total number of individuals charged a fee for obtaining credit information .
308ATotal revenue from fees (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)The total amount of income received for getting credit information on behalf of an individual .
309AFee charged per individual (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )The standalone fee that is charged per individual for obtaining credit information on their behalf. Where the fee is not fixed, enter the average amount of all of the fees charged within the reporting period.
310ATotal number of individuals charged a fee (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )The total number of individuals charged a fee for obtaining credit information .
311ATotal revenue from fees (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )The total amount of income received for getting credit information on behalf of an individual .
Section 3.2.2: Providing credit information services – subscription fees 
312AWhat subscription terms do you (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any) offer?

Select all that apply.

A ‘subscription term’ is the inherent commitment length for subscriptions linked to the service you provide.

313A-WWhat are the subscription fees for each of the subscription terms (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)?A ‘subscription fee’ is the fee that is charged per individual for obtaining credit information on their behalf. Where the fee is not fixed, enter the average amount of all of the fees charged within the reporting period.
314AWhat subscription terms do you (generated by activity of your appointed representatives ) offer?

Select all that apply.

A ‘subscription term’ is the inherent commitment length for subscriptions linked to the service you provide.

315A-WWhat are the subscription fees for each of the subscription terms (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?A ‘subscription fee’ is the fee that is charged per individual for obtaining credit information on their behalf. Where the fee is not fixed, enter the average amount of all of the fees charged within the reporting period.
Section 3.3: Providing credit information services – subscriptions 
316AHow many individuals signed up to a subscription (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)?N/A
317AHow many individuals have cancelled a subscription?N/A
318AWhat is the total revenue made from subscriptions?The total amount of income received from individual subscriptions.
319AWhat is the average duration of a subscription before it is cancelled (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)?

The average length of time from when an individual signs up to the subscription service to when they cancel, in respect of agreements cancelled. Set out your response in days .

Do not count those individuals that cancelled within a cooling-off period.

320AHow many individuals signed up to a subscription (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?N/A
321AHow many individuals have cancelled a subscription (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?N/A
322AWhat is the total revenue made from subscriptions (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?The total amount of income received from individual subscriptions.
323AWhat is the average duration of a subscription before it is cancelled (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?

The average length of time from when an individual signs up to the subscription service to when they cancel, in respect of agreements cancelled. Set out your response in days .

Do not count those individuals that cancelled within a cooling-off period.

Section 3.3.1: Providing credit information services – subscription cancellations 
324AAre individuals able to cancel their subscription term early?N/A
325ADo you charge a cancellation fee?N/A
326AHow much is the cancellation fee?Where the fee is not fixed, enter the average amount of all of the fees charged within the reporting period.
Section 3.4: Providing credit information services – business model 
327ADo you collect the information in order to give wider financial advice (eg, as part of your role as a mortgage or financial adviser)?For the purposes of this data element , ‘advice’ is giving an opinion to the individual . It either explicitly or implicitly steers the individual to a particular course of action.
328ADo you collect the information in order to undertake regulated debt advice (eg, as part of offering debt counselling and/or debt adjusting services)?N/A
Section 3.5: Providing credit information services – credit score 
329ADo you collect the information to give general advice on how an individual should improve their credit score (eg, sign up to the electoral roll)?For the purposes of this data element , ‘advice’ is giving an opinion to the individual – in this case, general advice on how an individual should improve their credit score. It either explicitly or implicitly steers the individual to a particular course of action.
330ADo you collect the information to tailor the advice on how an individual should improve their credit score?For the purposes of this data element , ‘advice’ is giving an opinion to the individual – in this case, general advice on how an individual should improve their credit score. It either explicitly or implicitly steers the individual to a particular course of action.
331AIn your marketing, do you advertise that you can improve an individual's credit score?N/A
332AWhat is the total number of individuals you track credit scores for (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)?‘Tracking credit scores’ means monitoring an individual's credit score to measure positive or negative change.
333AWhat is the total number of individuals you track credit scores for (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?
334AOf the individuals you track credit scores for, how many have had an improved score after using your services (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)?‘Improvement’ means a positive change in an individual’s credit score.
335AOf the individuals you track credit scores for, how many have had an improved score after using your services (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?
Section 3.6: Providing credit information services – tailoring advice 
336ADo you tailor the advice per individual ?For the purposes of this data element , ‘advice’ is giving an opinion as a guide to action to be taken, in this case tailored advice (as in advice that is unique to that specific individual ) on how an individual should improve their credit score. It either explicitly or implicitly steers the individual to a particular course of action.
337ADo you tailor the advice based an individual’s credit score?For the purposes of this data element , ‘advice’ is giving an opinion as a guide to action to be taken, in this case tailored advice (as in advice that is unique to that specific individual ) on how an individual should improve their credit score. It either explicitly or implicitly steers the individual to a particular course of action.
338ADo you utilise the credit information to provide tailored introductions to lenders (eg, to offer price comparison services or other credit broking activities)?N/A
339ADo you tailor the list of lenders / credit brokers based on credit score?‘Tailoring a list of lenders / credit brokers ’ means presenting a set of lenders / credit brokers to individuals that are deemed to be appropriate to that individual based on their credit score.
340ADo you rank credit facilities in order of lenders that provide the highest value commissions?N/A
341AWhat is the total number of individuals who have gone on to take out credit based on a referral via your firm (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)? 
342AWhat is the total number of individuals who have gone on to take out credit based on a referral via your firm (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )?
Section 4: Reporting fields for a relevant ancillary credit firm 
Section 4.1: Relevant ancillary credit firm – marketing 
401AWhich of the following channels does your firm use for marketing?

Select all that apply.

For credit broking , channels used for the marketing of financial services, goods , or services in which the use of credit is promoted.

For debt adjusting and debt counselling , channels used for the marketing of debt and money advice and/or debt solution services.

For providing credit information services , channels used for the marketing of services in which credit information is provided.

If your firm does not specifically do any marketing in relation to the above regulated activities , select ‘X - None of the above’.

Section 4.2: Relevant ancillary credit firm – revenues 
402A-CTotal revenue from your firm’s credit-related regulated activities (excluding activity of your appointed representatives , if you have any)

Total amount of revenue received from the following credit-related regulated activities :

credit broking ;

debt adjusting ;

debt counselling ; and

providing credit information services .

For example, a firm sells a product for £1,000 after referring the individual for financing. The firm receives £50 commission for the credit broking referral, as well as the £1,000 for the product sale. The firm would report its credit broking -related revenue as £50.

£0 can be reported if no income is derived from the permissions that the firm holds. For example, if a not-for-profit body provides debt and money advice services free of charge and receives no other revenue, it can report £0. Equally, if a retail firm holds the permission of ‘ credit broking ’ only and receives no commission or financial incentives from the finance companies it refers to, nor does it charge for the referral, it can report £0. In this scenario, the retail firm will get paid for the item in full, but for the specific activity of credit broking , no income was received. Selling of goods in itself is not a regulated activity .

403A-CTotal revenue from your firm’s credit-related regulated activities (generated by activity of your appointed representatives )
Section 4.3: Relevant ancillary credit firm – miscellaneous 
404AAre you a member of a trade body or association that has a code of conduct that you are signed up to?N/A

SUP 16 Annex 39A Consumer buy-to-let return

01/08/2025D

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP 16 Annex 39AD

SUP 16 Annex 39B Guidance notes for completion of consumer buy-to-let return in SUP 16 Annex 39AD

01/08/2025G

Outline guidance for firms completing the aggregated ‘consumer buy-to-let’ (CBTL) mortgage return

We expect firms registered by us to carry out CBTL lending to report aggregated data to us annually, with each reporting period beginning on 1 January. We expect firms to report loans, and aspects relating to those loans, that meet the definition of a “consumer buy-to-let mortgage contract”, as defined in article 4 of the Mortgage Credit Directive Order (CBTL credit agreement in the Handbook). We expect firms to submit a nil return if they have no data to report.

Further guidance is provided, below, on what should be reported under each category.

1 Lending

The number of CBTL loans reported should be at account level, rather than property level.

(a) New CBTL advances in the reporting period

This should include new loans for house purchase and remortgage, where the mortgage completes in the reporting period.

(b) Outstanding CBTL loans

This is the amount of total debt at the reporting date, and should comprise the total amount outstanding (after deducting any write-offs but without deduction for any provisions) in respect of:

  1. (i) the principal of the advance (including any further advances made);
  2. (ii) interest accrued on the advance (but only up to the reporting date), including any interest suspended; and
  3. (iii) any other sum which the borrower is obliged to pay the firm and which is due from the borrower, e.g. fees, fines, administration charges, default interest and insurance premiums;

2 Arrears, repossessions and receivers

(a) CBTL loans in arrears of >1.5% of outstanding balance

At the reporting date, the amount of arrears is the difference between:

  1. (i) the accumulated total amounts of (monthly or other periodic) payments due to be received from the borrower; and
  2. (ii) the accumulated total amount of payments actually made by the borrower.

Only amounts which are contractually due at the reporting date should be included in 2(a)(i) above. That is:

  1. (i) include accrued interest only up to the reporting date but not beyond;
  2. (ii) and only include a proportion of any annual insurance premium if the firm permits such amounts to be paid in periodic instalments. However, if the terms of the loan or the lender’s practice are such as to permit insurance premiums to be added to the loan principal then do not treat such amounts as contractually due;
  3. (iii) similarly, where 'any other sum' has been added to the loan, only include such proportions as are contractually due (e.g. if it is the practice in particular circumstances to add the sum/charge to the loan and require repayment over the residual term of the loan);
  4. (iv) in assessing 'payments due' when a borrower has a flexible loan, it is important to apply the contractual terms of the loan: for example, payment holidays which satisfy the terms of the loan should not be treated as giving rise to an arrears position.

Where a firm makes a temporary 'concession' to a borrower (i.e. an agreement with the borrower whereby monthly payments are either suspended or less than they would be on a fully commercial basis) for a period, the amounts included in 2(a)(i) are those contractually due (and at commercial rates of interest). Hence the borrower will continue to be in arrears and the level of arrears will in fact continue to increase until such time as he is able fully to service the debt outstanding.

Where the terms of the loan do not require payment of interest (or capital) until a stated date or until redemption or until certain conditions are triggered, as for example in the case of certain building finance loans, then the loan is not in arrears until such time as contractual repayments fall due.

Accounts under a Receiver’s control should be reported as in arrears where this is the case.

(b) CBTL repossessions

This should include each property secured by a CBTL mortgage taken into possession (through any method e.g. voluntary surrender, court order etc.) in the reporting period. It should not include all possession stock remaining unsold in the period. This should not include where a property is under the control of a receiver, but should include where a receiver has exercised power of sale.

(c) Number of Receiver appointments on CBTL

This should include where, within the reporting period, a Receiver has been appointed on a property secured by a CBTL mortgage, including those where the property is no longer under control of a Receiver.

(d) Number of CBTL properties under the control of a Receiver

This should include where, at the end of the reporting period, the Receiver is managing/overseeing a property secured by a CBTL mortgage.

3 Complaints

A complaint should be reported where the complaint concerns CBTL activity. Firms already required to complete the complaints return set out in DISP 1 Annex 1 should continue to do so alongside the CBTL aggregated return.

SUP 16 Annex 41 Compliance Reporting Return

31/10/2016R

This annex consists of a form. The form is to be found at the following address:

result matched startList of Overseas Regulators and Organogram –result matched end

result matched startSUP 16 Annex 41result matched end

SUP 16 Annex 41A Payment accounts report

18/09/2016D

SUP 16 Annex 41B Notes for completion of payment accounts report in SUP Annex 41AD

31/12/2016G

General

The purpose of these notes is to assist payment service providers (PSPs) in the completion of the payment accounts report (‘the report’). There is no consolidated group reporting for this form and therefore a separate form is required for each legal entity to which SUP 16.22 applies.

The report is to be completed by all PSPs located in the UK that offer payment accounts within the meaning of the Payment Account Regulations (including credit institutions, but excluding credit unions, National Savings and Investments and the Bank of England).‘Payment account’ is defined in regulation 2 of the Payment Accounts Regulations. The FCA has provided guidance on this definition available at http://www.fca.org.uk/news/fg16-6-payment-accounts-regulations-2015. The effect of SUP 16.22.3D is that PSPs that do not offer this type of account are not required to submit the report.

Row 1:

PSPs should answer ‘yes’ if they provide payment accounts as defined in regulation 2 of the Payment Accounts Regulations.

Switching

For the purpose of this report ‘switching’ means a switching service between payment accounts that a firm is required to offer under Part 3 of the Payment Accounts Regulations, whether such a service meets the requirements in Schedule 3 to those regulations or is a switching service designated as an alternative arrangement. ‘Switching’ and ‘switching service’ are defined in regulation 2(1) of the Payment Accounts Regulations.

Row 2:

  1. (1)

    PSPs should enter the total number of payment accounts (including payment accounts with basic features) they have switched during the relevant period.

  2. (2)

    To prevent double-counting, PSPs should report only the accounts switched where they are the receiving PSP (see paragraph 1 of Schedule 3 to the Payment Accounts Regulations), i.e. they are required to report incoming switches only.

  3. (3)

    PSPs should include switches where the consumer’s account with the transferring provider (see paragraph 1 of Schedule 3 to the Payment Accounts Regulations) remains open (partial switch) as well as those where the account has been closed (full switch).

  4. (4)

    PSPs should not include switches between accounts:

    1. (a)

      with the same provider;

    2. (b)

      denominated in different currencies;

    3. (c)

      that are not payment accounts (e.g. not held by a consumer); or

    4. (d)

      where one or both PSPs are located outside the UK.

Row 3:

  1. (1)

    PSPs should only report the total number of switching applications that have been refused where they are the receiving PSP.

  2. (2)

    PSPs should report the total number of switching applications that have been refused during the relevant period. This should include only those applications that have been finally determined. It should not include applications that are still under consideration, still being processed or which are the subject of further enquiries or investigation.

  3. (3)

    PSPs should not record a refusal to open a payment account (or a particular type of payment account) as a refusal of a switching application, unless the reason for refusal relates directly to switching.

  4. (4)

    PSPs should include all other refusals, including those where the reason for refusal relates to the transferring provider, for example where the transferring provider has:

    1. (a)

      failed to carry out the tasks necessary for the switch to be effected; or

    2. (b)

      failed to provide the information that is necessary to the receiving provider for the switch to be effected; or

    3. (c)

      turned down the request from the receiving PSP, for example, because the funds held in the account with the transferring provider cannot be moved.

Payment accounts with basic features

For the purpose of this report, ‘payment account with basic features’ means an account:

  1. (1)

    having the features set out in regulation 19 of the Payment Accounts Regulations;

  2. (2)

    where no fees are payable other than those permitted by regulation 20 of the Payment Accounts Regulations; and

  3. (3)

    that is at least available to consumers meeting the eligibility criteria in regulation 23 of the Payment Accounts Regulations.

Row 4:

  1. (1)

    The question in this row should be answered by all PSPs required to complete the report.

  2. (2)

    A credit institution should respond ‘yes’ to this question if it offers payment accounts with basic features, whether or not it has been designated under regulation 21 of the Payment Accounts Regulations. A PSP that responds ‘no’ to this question is not required to complete rows 5 or 6.

Row 5:

Credit institutions should include the total number of payment accounts with basic features that have been opened during the relevant period. This should include accounts that have subsequently been closed, switched, upgraded or migrated to another account.

Row 6:

  1. (1)

    Credit institutions should report the total number of applications for payment accounts with basic features they have refused. This should include only those applications that have been finally determined. Credit institutions should not include applications that are still under consideration.

  2. (2)

    A refusal is a decision to reject a complete application. These include situations in which the consumer has not met identification and verification checks (where these take place after a complete application has been submitted) and/or has not met fraud checks.

SUP 16 Annex 42A Annual Financial Crime Report

28/01/2022R

SUP 16 Annex 42B Guidance notes for completion of the Annual Financial Crime Report

30/03/2022G

The form in SUP 16 Annex 42AR should only be completed by firms and electronic money institutions and payment institutions subject to the reporting requirements in SUP 16.23.4R and SUP 16.15.5AD of the FCA Handbook.

General Notes

This data item is reported on a single unit basis and in integers, except where a full-time equivalent (FTE) figure is requested. Where an FTE figure is requested, this should be reported to two decimal places where available. If the figure to be reported is a whole number, this should be reported as [n].00.

For the purposes of this data item and guidance notes, any references to firm or firms should be read as also applying to electronic money institutions and payment institutions.

This return allows firms to report for a specified group of firms in a single Annual Financial Crime Report. Where a report is filed for a group of firms, the reported information should be the aggregate data for those firms. Firms should note that this is only available where all the firms included are subject to the requirement (i.e. firms that would not be subject to the requirement on a solo entity basis, based on the application provision in SUP 16.23.1R should not be included).

Firms subject to the requirement and which have a different accounting reference date from the firm submitting the Annual Financial Crime Report on behalf of a group should have their firm reference numbers (FRNs) included in the group report list. They will then need to submit a nil return for the entity via the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA website.

For the purposes of completing this return, references to ‘customer’ or ‘client’ refer to customer or client relationships as defined in the FCA Handbook.

We will use the data we collect through this data item to assess the nature of financial crime risks within the financial services sector. Section 5 of this return is designed to allow the FCA to track the industry’s perception of the most prevalent fraud risks. A firm may not be specifically affected by the fraud typologies it considers most prevalent across the industry.

Data Elements

Group reporting
1ADoes the data in this report cover more than one authorised firm?If the report is being submitted on behalf of a number of firms, firms should answer ‘yes’ to this question.
2AIf yes, list the FRNs of all additional firms included in this report.

Where a report is submitted on behalf of a number of firms, the submitting firm should report all of the FRNs of the firms included.

A firm listed in response to this question by another firm within its group will see the requirement marked as ‘satisfied for group’ in the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA website. Firms to whom this applies do not need to report a separate nil return.

Section 1: Operating jurisdictions
Please list:
3AThe jurisdictions within which the firm operates as at the end of the reporting period.

Input the country codes (in ISO 3166 format) of the jurisdictions within which the firm is operating as at the end of the reporting period.

Only those jurisdictions active as at the end of the reporting period should be reported; if a firm terminated operations within a jurisdiction during the reporting period, this jurisdiction does not need to be reported.

‘Operates’ for the purposes of this form is defined as where the firm carries on its business or has a physical presence through a legal entity.

For avoidance of doubt, this definition includes those jurisdictions in which the firm has representative offices.

Where a firm is operating in the UK as a branch or subsidiary of a foreign institution, it should report the operations of the UK branch or subsidiary rather than all jurisdictions where the firm operates.

This question does not concern the geographical location of the firm’s customers or clients.

This question is mandatory and must contain at least one entry, i.e. ‘GBR’.

3BThose jurisdictions assessed and considered high-risk by the firm.

Input the country codes (in ISO 3166 format) of the jurisdictions assessed and considered by the firm to be high-risk. As a minimum, firms should report any jurisdictions considered high-risk in which they operate. In addition, where a firm has conducted a Country Risk Assessment (i.e. it maintains a ‘high-risk jurisdiction list’) the jurisdictions that were the subject of such an assessment should be recorded in 3B.

 

This question should be answered with regard to the firm’s own assessment of risk, which may or may not include the use of available public indices.

A firm should therefore leave this section blank if it does not operate in any high-risk jurisdictions nor carry out a country risk assessment.

Firms who provide a positive response to question 17 (customers linked to high-risk jurisdictions) should also provide a response to question 3B.

Section 2: Customer information

Figures in this section should be for the number of customer or client relationships as at the end of the reporting period. It should include all accounts that are open, including dormant and inactive accounts. This would also include all current accounts, CTF bank accounts, client bank accounts and client transaction accounts. It excludes former customers or clients. Each party to a joint account should be recorded as a separate customer or client.

Where the figure requested is ‘new in the reporting period’, a firm should report new (not pre-existing) customer or client relationships initiated within the reporting period. This should not include existing customers taking on new products. A firm should only provide figures in this section for those areas of its business subject to the Money Laundering Regulations.

For non-financial institutions which may carry out some regulated business (e.g. consumer credit), the firm should not include customers which are outside the scope of the Money Laundering Regulations.

Firms should refer to sector specific industry guidance (i.e. JMLSG Guidance Part II) for additional information on who is their customer or client for the purposes of this section.

Firms should ensure they record an entry in each field. Where a firm has no data to report it should record ‘0’.

If any part of the firm’s business is subject to the Money Laundering Regulations, please provide the total number of the firm’s relationships with:

4A&BPolitically Exposed Persons (PEPs)

A definition of ‘Politically Exposed Person’ can be found in Regulation 35(12)(a). The figure should include family members and known close associates of PEPs, as defined in Regulation 35(12)(b) and (c) of the Money Laundering Regulations. These definitions should be read in conjunction with the guidance published by the FCA in FG17/6.

Firms should report the number of customer or client relationships, either individual or corporate, which they have classified in accordance with FG17/6 as being a “higher risk” PEP, family member, known close associate or PEP-connected relationship. They should not report the total number of PEPs associated with a particular corporate customer or client.

UK PEPs do not need to be reported as PEP customers. However, if there are other factors which might indicate higher risks, then this should be reported in Question 6A&B.

Firms should not reclassify customers or clients for the purposes of completing this return. If firms do not classify or identify PEP-connected corporate entities as PEP customers or clients within their current policies, there is similarly no requirement to report.

 

The figure provided should include existing customer or client relationships that became PEPs in the reporting period.

Where a PEP has multiple relationships with the firm, that PEP should only be reported once in each of questions 4A and 4B.

5A&BNon-EEA correspondent banksThis refers to situations where a credit institution has a correspondent banking relationship with a respondent institution from a non-EEA state. These terms are intended as set out in Regulation 34(4)(a)(i) of the Money Laundering Regulations. Non-credit institutions who do not hold these types of relationships should simply record zero in their response. In addition, for the purposes of reporting, a firm is not required to include any relationship that falls within Regulation 34(4)(a)(ii).
6A&BAll other high-risk customers

This refers to a customer or client categorised as being high-risk for the purposes of compliance with Regulation 33(1)(a) of the Money Laundering Regulations, and therefore subject to Enhanced Customer Due Diligence measures, but not otherwise captured in response to question 4 or 5.

 

Existing customers who become high-risk during the relevant period should be included in the response to 6B.

For the firm’s business subject to the Money Laundering Regulations:
7-16Please provide the number of the firm’s customer relationships located in the following geographical areas:

The location for customer or client relationships should be determined by the location in which the customer or client is based. Where a customer or client has multiple addresses, the location reported should be the primary correspondence address as determined by the firm.

Where the relationship is with a trust, the firm should report the location as the location of the trust.

Note that question 7 is an aggregate figure, therefore responses recorded in questions 8 to 10 should be less than or equal to the figure recorded in response to question 7.

Except for the United Kingdom and EEA, for the purposes of this question geographical areas should be determined with reference to SUP 16 Annex 42CG.

17Please provide the number of the firm’s customers linked to those jurisdictions considered by the firm to be high-risk:

The firm should provide the number of customers judged by the firm to have links to jurisdictions identified by it as high-risk in question 3B. Therefore firms who provide customer numbers in response to question 17 should also provide a response to question 3B.

Links to a high-risk jurisdiction, for the purposes of this question, means customers or clients that are resident/domiciled/incorporated in a jurisdiction identified as high-risk by the firm.

18A&BPlease provide the number of customer relationships refused or exited for financial crime reasons during the reporting period:

The number of ‘refused’ relationships refers to the number of customers or clients that the firm did not take on, where financial crime was the principal driver behind the decision. This could be at any stage of customer or client take-on.

It would not include customers or clients whose application did not proceed because, for example, they lacked appropriate documentary evidence of identity or who failed Immigration Act 2014 checks. It would include customers or clients whose application was escalated to management (due to financial crime concerns) for a decision on whether to proceed, and was rejected.

‘Relationships exited’ covers any customers or clients with whom the firm ceased to do business where financial crime was the principal driver behind the decision. This would only include customers or clients exited from all lines of business.

‘Relationships exited’ also covers criminal behaviour by the customer or client where such behaviour has a financial element, e.g. benefits fraud.

Section 3: Compliance information

Firms should ensure they record an entry in each field. Where a firm has no data to report it should record ‘0’.

Please provide the number of suspicious activity reports (SARs) under Part 7 of the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (POCA):
19ASubmitted internally to the nominated officer/MLRO, within the firm, as at the end of the reporting period.

This includes reports filed internally from staff to the MLRO that relate to the staff member’s concerns, suspicions or knowledge of money laundering. The reported figure should include SARs generated by the AML/compliance function and system-generated SARs. These reports will be considered by the MLRO in order to decide whether a formal submission to the authorities is justified.

The figure should not include (either for staff-generated or system-generated SARs) any reports filtered out at an earlier stage.

19BDisclosed to the National Crime Agency as at the end of the reporting period.The number of SARs disclosed to the National Crime Agency within the reporting period, as at the end of the reporting period.
19CThe number of those SARs which were consent requests under s. 335 POCA.The number of disclosed SARs which sought consent from the National Crime Agency within the reporting period, as at the end of the reporting period.
20Please provide the number of SARs disclosed to the National Crime Agency under the Terrorism Act 2000 during the reporting period:The number of SARs disclosed to the National Crime Agency under the Terrorism Act 2000 (including consent SARs) within the reporting period, as at the end of the reporting period.
21Please provide the number of investigative court orders received as at the end of the reporting period:

This refers to production orders, disclosure orders, account monitoring orders and customer information orders as defined by the POCA, and/or the Terrorism Act 2000, received by the firm from law enforcement agencies or accredited financial investigators from other bodies as set out in an Order under section 453 of the POCA.

This would include, for example, investigative court orders relating to suspected benefits fraud.

The figure reported for this field should be the number of court orders received, regardless of the number of relationships to which these relate.

22A&BPlease provide the number of restraint orders being serviced/in effect as at the end of the reporting period and the number of new restraint orders received during the reporting period:

A ‘restraint order’ here refers to either a restraint order under section 42 of the POCA or a property freezing order under section 245A of the POCA.

The number of restraint orders being serviced should include all restraint orders which are still in effect as at the end of the reporting period.

The number of new restraint orders received should include all new restraint orders received by the firm during the reporting period, as at the end of the reporting period.

The figure reported for this field should be the number of restraint orders received, regardless of the number of relationships to which these relate.

23A&BPlease provide the number of relationships maintained with natural or corporate persons (excluding group members) which introduce business to the firm. Please also provide the number of these relationships which have been exited for financial crime reasons during the reporting period.

This question refers to individuals who, or corporate entities which, directly introduce customers or clients to the firm under a formal agency/broker agreement in return for a direct or indirect fee, commission or other monetary benefit.

If the firm makes no payment to the introducer (e.g. commission) it is not necessary to report these relationships.

Legacy commission payments do not need to be included where these arrangements were made prior to the relevant reporting period.

This question does not concern reliance as defined under Regulation 39 of the Money Laundering Regulations.

If the firm has appointed representatives (ARs):
24Please provide the number of appointed representative (AR) relationships exited due to financial crime reasons:

Firms should report the number of existing AR relationships terminated for financial crime reasons during the reporting period.

If the firm has no appointed representatives it should record ‘0’.

For all firms:
25As at the end of the reporting period, please provide the total full time equivalent (FTE) of UK staff with financial crime roles:

Firms should provide an FTE figure on a reasonable endeavours basis.

For example, if the firm has 20 part time staff that work 50% of normal hours in a financial crime role, the figure would be 10 FTE.

This figure should cover staff in roles relating to anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, anti-bribery and corruption, and fraud.

This field facilitates the entry of numbers to two decimal places. Integers should therefore be provided in the format [n].00.

If this report is being completed on a group basis this figure should be the FTE for the specified group.

Where this report is being completed on a single regulated entity basis and services are shared across multiple firms, firms may provide an estimate of the FTE spent on each reported entity on a best endeavours basis.

In firms where financial crime responsibilities are divided up among staff with other roles rather than managed by a dedicated function, the figure should reflect the aggregated FTE spent on financial crime activity.

The phrase ‘financial crime roles’ for the purposes of this question is intended to cover staff employed in a dedicated financial crime function (for example AML or compliance teams) who deal with, or take decisions on financial crime issues. Therefore it would not cover teams or individuals responsible for collecting customer due diligence or those who submit internal suspicious activity reports.

Outsourced financial crime activities should not be included in this figure.

Of which:
26Please provide the percentage of the FTE stated above dedicated to fraud responsibilities

Firms should provide a percentage figure on a reasonable endeavours basis. This field facilitates the entry of numbers to two decimal places. Integers should therefore be provided in the format [n].00.

Firms should note that this question requires them to provide the percentage of financial crime staff dedicated to fraud (i.e. of the total number provided in response to Q25, what proportion of staff deal with fraud only). This field should contain a value between 0 and 100 (to two decimal places).

If this report is being completed on a group basis this figure should be the percentage for the specified group.

Where this report is being completed on a single regulated entity basis and services are shared across multiple firms, firms may provide an estimate of the percentage spent on each reported entity on a best endeavours basis.

Section 4: Sanctions-specific information
27Does the firm use an automated system (or systems) to conduct screening against relevant sanctions lists?

Firms should answer ‘Yes’ or ‘No’. Note there is no explicit regulatory or legal requirement for the use of automated screening tools. This question relates to automated systems for screening customers and clients only.

Relevant sanctions lists are the lists against which the firm screens its customers and clients.

28A&BHow many TRUE sanctions matches were detected during the reporting period?

The number of confirmed true sanctions alerts which matched against the firm’s customer, client or payment.

The number to be reported relates to any matches against any relevant sanctions lists and is defined as any matches reported to the relevant authorities, regardless of whether these are confirmed as true by the authority.

Relevant sanctions lists are the lists against which the firm screens its customers or clients.

Where no true sanctions matches were detected, firms should record ‘0’.

29Does the firm conduct repeat customer sanctions screening?

Firms should answer ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.

This question relates to repeat customer or client sanctions screening only.

Section 5: Fraud
30-35A-DPlease indicate the firm’s view of the top three most prevalent frauds which the FCA should be aware of and whether they are increasing, decreasing or unchanged.

NB. This question is not mandatory.

This question is designed to obtain the firm’s view on the most prevalent frauds relevant to the firm’s business and will be used by the FCA to understand whether the organisation is aware of the fraud risks identified by the broader industry.

The fraud typologies available in the dropdown list are a subset taken from the Action Fraud A-Z of fraud types and are specified below. Please refer to the Action Fraud definitions in answering this question.

The identified fraud typologies may or may not be those by which the firm has been specifically impacted, but should be those that the firm considers most prevalent as at the end of the reporting period.

Fraud typologies

419 emails and letters

Abuse of position of trust

Account takeover

Advance fee fraud

Application fraud

Asset misappropriation fraud

Bond fraud

Carbon credits fraud

Cashpoint fraud

Cheque fraud

Companies – fraudulent

Computer hacking

Credit card fraud

Debit card fraud

Expenses fraud

Exploiting assets and information

Fraud recovery fraud

Hedge fund fraud

Identity fraud and identity theft

Insurance fraud

Landbanking fraud

Loan repayment fraud

Short and long firm fraud

Malware-enabled fraud

Mandate fraud

Mortgage fraud

Other (to be used where the specified typologies are not applicable). Please provide the fraud type in the free text box.

Other investment fraud

Pension liberation fraud

Phishing

Ponzi schemes

Procurement fraud

Pyramid schemes

Share sale fraud

Smishing

Vishing

Suspected perpetrators

Customer

Internal employee

Organised crime group

Other (to be used where the suspected perpetrator typologies are not applicable). Please provide the perpetrator type in the free text box.

Third party contractor

Third party professional

Third party supplier

Unknown third party

Primary Victim

Customer

Other (to be used where the suspected perpetrator is neither a customer nor a regulated firm/electronic money institution/payment institution). Please provide the primary victim type in the free text box.

Regulated firm/electronic money institution/payment institution (all jurisdictions).

Incidence

Decreasing

Emerging risk

Increasing

Stable

SUP 16 Annex 42C Guidance Notes: Geographical breakdown for section 2 of SUP 16 Annex 42AR

31/12/2016G

General Notes

Questions 7 – 16 of the form in SUP 16 Annex 42AR require a breakdown of a firm’s customers by geographical area. This annex specifies, for the avoidance of doubt, how countries are categorised in this breakdown.

References to the European Economic Area (EEA) and the United Kingdom (UK) are defined in the FCA Handbook, and firms should use these definitions when completing relevant questions in the form in SUP 16 Annex 42AR.

Note: Question 3 requires jurisdictions to be reported under ISO 3166-1 3-digit codes. These may be more granular than the classification below but this does not affect the categories in questions 7 – 16. For example, Jersey and Guernsey should be reported under their respective 3-digit codes in question 7, but for brevity have been included under ‘Channel Islands’ below.

This classification will be reviewed every two years. If a firm does business in a jurisdiction not listed, the firm should include that business under the region it considers most appropriate.

Classification of jurisdictions by geographical area for the purposes of SUP 16 Annex 42AR

Europe
Åland IslandsLithuania
AlbaniaLuxembourg
AndorraMalta
AustriaMoldova
BelarusMonaco
BelgiumMontenegro
Bosnia and HerzegovinaNetherlands
BulgariaNorway
Channel IslandsPoland
CroatiaPortugal
CyprusRomania
Czech RepublicRussia
DenmarkSan Marino
EstoniaSerbia
Faroe IslandsSlovakia
FinlandSlovenia
FranceSpain
FYR MacedoniaSvalbard and Jan Mayen islands
GermanySweden
GibraltarSwitzerland
GreeceTurkey
GreenlandUkraine
HungaryUnited Kingdom
IcelandHoly See (Vatican)
Ireland 
Isle of Man 
Italy 
Latvia 
Liechtenstein 
Middle East & Africa
AlgeriaMorocco
AngolaMozambique
BahrainNamibia
BeninNiger
BotswanaNigeria
Burkina FasoOman
BurundiPalestine
CameroonQatar
Cape VerdeReunion
Central African RepublicRwanda
ChadSaint Helena, Ascension and Tristan da Cunha
ComorosSao Tome and Principe
CongoKingdom of Saudi Arabia
Democratic Republic of CongoSenegal
Cote d’IvoireSeychelles
DjiboutiSierra Leone
EgyptSomalia
Equatorial GuineaSouth Africa
EritreaSouth Sudan
EthiopiaSudan
GabonSwaziland
The GambiaSyria
GhanaTanzania
GuineaTogo
Guinea-BissauTunisia
IranUganda
IraqUnited Arab Emirates
IsraelWestern Sahara
JordanYemen
KenyaZambia
KuwaitZimbabwe
Lebanon 
Lesotho 
Liberia 
Libya 
Madagascar 
Malawi 
Mali 
Mauritania 
Mauritius 
Mayotte 
North America
BermudaSaint Pierre and Miquelon
CanadaUnited States
Mexico 
Central America & Caribbean
AnguillaHonduras
Antigua and BarbudaJamaica
ArubaMartinique
BahamasMontserrat
BarbadosNicaragua
Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and SabaPanama
BelizePuerto Rico
British Virgin IslandsSaint Barthelemy
Cayman IslandsSaint Kitts and Nevis
Costa RicaSaint Lucia
CubaSaint Martin (French)
CuracaoSaint Vincent and the Grenadines
DominicaSint Maarten (Dutch)
Dominican RepublicTrinidad and Tobago
El SalvadorTurks and Caicos Islands
GrenadaUS Virgin Islands
Guadeloupe 
Guatemala 
Haiti 
South America
ArgentinaGuyana
BoliviaParaguay
BrazilPeru
ChileSuriname
ColombiaUruguay
EcuadorVenezuela
Falkland Islands 
French Guiana 
Asia
AfghanistanPhilippines
ArmeniaSingapore
AzerbaijanSri Lanka
BangladeshTaiwan
BhutanTajikistan
Brunei DarussalamThailand
CambodiaTimor-Leste
PR ChinaTurkmenistan
Democratic People’s Republic of KoreaUzbekistan
GeorgiaVietnam
Hong Kong 
India 
Indonesia 
Japan 
Kazakhstan 
Republic of Korea 
Kyrgyzstan 
Laos 
Macao 
Malaysia 
Maldives 
Mongolia 
Myanmar 
Nepal 
Pakistan 
Oceania
American SamoaNorthern Mariana Islands
AustraliaPalau
Cook IslandsPapua New Guinea
FijiPitcairn
French PolynesiaSamoa
GuamSolomon Islands
KiribatiTokelau
Marshall IslandsTonga
Federated States of MicronesiaTuvalu
NauruVanuatu
New CaledoniaWallis and Futuna Islands
New Zealand 
Niue 
Norfolk Island 

SUP 16 Annex 43A Forms REP015 and REP016

SUP 16 Annex 43B Guidance notes for completion of the Retirement income flow data return (‘REP015’) and the Retirement income stock and withdrawals flow data return (‘REP016’)

06/04/2026G

This annex consists only of guidance notes for form REP015 and form REP016.

Introduction

1. These notes aim to assist firms in completing and submitting the Retirement income flow data return (‘REP015’) and the Retirement income stock and withdrawals flow data return (‘REP016’).

Defined terms

2. Handbook Glossary terms are italicised in these notes.

Key abbreviations

3. The following table summarises the key abbreviations used in these notes::

AUAassets under administration
DBdefined benefit
DCdefined contribution
EBCemployee benefit consultant
HMRCHM Revenue & Customs
LTAlifetime allowance
PCLSpension commencement lump sum
PIPspension investment plans
REP015Retirement income flow data return
REP016Retirement income stock and withdrawals flow data return
SIPPself-invested personal pension
TIPstrustee investment plans
UFPLSuncrystallised funds pension lump sum

Data requested

4. We are asking for data on all UK defined contribution (DC) pension plans held in a personal pension scheme or stakeholder pension scheme, or in a defined contribution occupational pension scheme (including small self-administered schemes (SSASs) and Executive Pension Plans (EPPs)), where the firm is the scheme’s pension provider and/or the retirement income provider. We are also asking for data on pension annuities.

5. This includes DC and money purchase plans that provide a guaranteed income benefit – whether this is in the form of a deferred annuity or guaranteed annuity rate. Plans with guaranteed income benefits that are covered by this return include (but are not limited to):

  1. (a) plans that are a result of an individual or bulk transfer from a defined benefit (DB) scheme; and
  2. (b) plans with guaranteed benefits as a result of contracting out (i.e. plans with guaranteed minimum pension or equivalent pension benefits). Examples of such contracts include ‘section 32 buyout plans’, retirement annuity contracts (often known as a ‘section 226 pension’ or ‘section 620 pension’), executive pension plans and bulk purchase annuities.

6. DB pensions and pension assets that are managed on behalf of third parties (such as trustee investment plans (TIPs) that are managed on behalf of DB or DC schemes, and pension investment plans (PIPs) that are managed on behalf of SIPPs) should not be included.

Group level data

7. Where firms are part of a group, requests should be completed at group level, giving information for all FCA regulated firms who have provided pension annuities within the relevant reporting period and/or pension scheme operators. This will involve aggregating various sources of management information in to a single group-level figure; however, we believe this is the best method to provide a basis for trend analysis across the market.

Identifying the ‘retirement income provider’

8. Data on retirement income plans should be submitted by the retirement income product provider. In the case of drawdown plans opened by existing plan holders, the originating pension provider is the retirement income provider, and therefore should submit the data. This includes the scenario where the transition to drawdown happened within the same pension scheme. In the case of annuities, it is only the annuity provider who should submit data on plans being used to purchase annuities.

9. Where white labelling or other third party arrangements exist between a firm such as a pension provider (or other third party) that does not itself provide retirement products and another firm, it is the firm providing retirement income products on its behalf that is considered to be the retirement income provider, and who should therefore report data in respect of all plan holder actions including entering drawdown, taking an uncrystallised funds pension lump sum (UFPLS) and purchasing an annuity.

10. Where outsourcing arrangements exist between a retirement income provider and a third party administrator, the retirement income provider should report the requested data.

11. Where a third party arrangement (see examples below) exists between a retirement income provider and a pension provider, the retirement income provider should report all of the plan holder actions, i.e. entrants to drawdown and annuity purchases.

Example 1 – single tie arrangements

12. A mutual society (pension provider) has pension plan holders but does not provide annuities itself. Instead, it has a single firm arrangement with a life company which provides annuities. Under this arrangement, plan holders of the pension provider who want to purchase an annuity are referred to the life company. In this scenario, the life company providing annuities is considered to be the retirement income provider, and should report this data.

Example 2 – panel arrangements

13. A trust-based pension scheme uses an employee benefit consultant (EBC) to advise on their scheme retirement options. The trust-based scheme does not provide drawdown or annuities to its members, and the EBC offers a panel of life companies or other annuity providers which provide drawdown and annuities. The relevant life company or annuity provider should report the data as the retirement income provider.

Example 3 – white labelling

14. A pension provider offers annuities to its plan holders which it does not provide itself: the annuities are in fact provided by a third party life company through a white labelling arrangement. Plan holders wishing to purchase an annuity are referred to the life company, as part of a single-firm third party arrangement. In this scenario, the third party life company is considered to be the retirement income provider, and should report the data in respect of these annuities.

Example 4 – white labelling

15. A SIPP operator white labels their SIPP plan, which includes drawdown facilities, to a third party. The SIPP operator, rather than the third party, is the retirement income provider, and so should report all sales under such white labelling as ‘single-provider third party arrangement’.

Format of responses

16. All figures in REP015 and REP016 should be entered in single units; these returns do not ask for any data to be reported in units of thousands or millions. Figures required in pounds sterling should be reported to two decimal places.

17. REP015 and REP016 both have one optional question at the end where the firm can enter a text-based response. Firms should use this question to provide any additional information that might help explain any of the answers provided in the return.

18. While for ease of explanation this guidance sometimes refers to plan holders, firms should respond on the basis of each individual policy or plan. We do not want firms to submit data at a plan holder level where a plan holder holds more than one plan. However, where a number of arrangements have been set up for one individual within a scheme, these arrangements should be reported as one plan. Plans should be reported regardless of whether they are held by the original plan holder or by a beneficiary.

NOTES FOR COMPLETION OF THE RETIREMENT INCOME FLOW DATA RETURN (‘REP015’) AND THE RETIREMENT INCOME STOCK AND WITHDRAWALS FLOW DATA RETURN (‘REP016’)

Section A Notes for completion of REP015

The following notes do not cover all questions in REP015, but only those questions where we considered guidance would assist firms in completing the return.

Part 1 – activity during the reporting period (questions 4 to 11)

Firms should answer all questions in this part.

Q4: How many plans were transferred away to another provider by plan holders aged 55 and over who had not yet accessed their benefits?

Include all plans that were transferred away to another provider during the reporting period (i.e. exits) by plan holders aged 55 and over, who had not yet accessed any benefits (i.e. not taken any UFPLS payments or crystallised any of their plan). Include plans where the Open Market Option is being exercised (i.e. a PCLS is being paid and an annuity is being purchased from another provider). Deaths of plan holders meeting these criteria should be excluded.

We understand that where a plan has in the past been transferred in from a previous provider, the current provider may not always be aware if a UFPLS had been taken prior to that transfer. Such plans should be reported here unless the current provider is aware that the plan was previously accessed.

Q5: How many plans were transferred away to another provider by plan holders aged 55 and over who had already accessed their benefits (by crystallising some or all of their assets or taking an uncrystallised funds pension lump sum (UFPLS))?

Include all plans that were transferred to other providers during the reporting period by plan holders aged 55 and over who had already accessed their benefits by crystallising some or all of the assets (entering drawdown), by using some assets to purchase an annuity, or by taking one or more UFPLS from their plan at any time (i.e. whether or not such access took place during the reporting period or prior to it). Deaths of plan holders meeting these criteria should be excluded.

We understand that where a plan has in the past been transferred in from a previous provider, the current provider may not always be aware if a UFPLS had been taken prior to that transfer. Plans should not be reported here unless the current provider has been made aware that the plan was previously accessed.

Q6: How many defined benefit (DB) to defined contribution (DC) transfers have you completed?

Report the number of DB to DC transfers in that have taken place during the reporting period. This should be DB to DC transfers only, and pension transfers with other safeguarded benefits should not be included. Section 32 buyout policies should also be excluded.

The data required here is different to the data required under the Product Sales Data Return on pension transfers.

Q7: What was the total value withdrawn via Pension Commencement Lump Sum (PCLS) for all plans? (£)

Report the total value of all PCLS (tax free cash) taken by plan holders who have, during the reporting period, taken a PCLS. Report all plans that have taken any PCLS, including those that have also taken an income via drawdown, purchased an annuity, or transferred away. Only include the value of the PCLS, and not any of the taxable income withdrawn.

This should be reported in pounds sterling and single units.

Q8: What was the total number of plans that were fully encashed via small pot lump sums, UFPLS or drawdown?

Report the number of plans that have had all funds withdrawn during the reporting period (i.e. where plans close with nil value), regardless of when the plan was first set up or when the plan holder first accessed their plan.

Include all plans that have been fully withdrawn (extinguished) by a small pot lump sum, UFPLS or drawdown, and plans that were fully withdrawn in one payment or in multiple payments during the period.

Note: we do not expect any plans with an amount remaining at the end of the reporting period to be captured here, unless it is a de minimis amount (e.g. £1) that has been left in order to avoid paying an account closure fee.

Q9: What was the total amount withdrawn this period from the fully encashed plans reported in question 8? (£)Report the total amount withdrawn during this reporting period from those fully encashed plans reported in question 8; by either small pot lump sums, UFPLS or drawdown. Include all withdrawals made from these plans in the reporting period. This figure should be reported in pounds sterling and single units.

Part 2 – Breakdown of activity by plan holders accessing their pension plans during the reporting period

Value of assets under administration in plans accessed during the reporting period (questions 10 to 13)

Questions 10 to 13 should be completed by all firms.

Please note that the reporting requirements vary between questions:

• For questions 10 and 11, firms should include data relating to all plan holders who enter drawdown or purchase an annuity for the first time, regardless of whether the plan has previously been accessed in other ways.

• For questions 12 and 13, firms should only include data relating to plan holders who have not accessed their plans prior to this reporting period.

The figures should be reported in pounds sterling and single units.

Q10: What was the total value for assets under administration (AUA) of plans that entered drawdown? Value should be after any PCLS but before any income withdrawn (£).

Drawdown assets should only be reported by the provider of the drawdown plan.

Report the total value of assets in plans of all plan holders who enter drawdown for the first time in the reporting period and who do not withdraw all their assets. Include instances where the transition to drawdown happened within the same pension scheme. Include both the value of the crystallised assets and any remaining uncrystallised assets in the plans. The value should be after any PCLS but before any income withdrawn.

It should INCLUDE plans held by plan holders who:

• enter drawdown for the first time, crystallise 100% of their plan, and withdraw part (but not all) of their crystallised assets; or

• enter drawdown for the first time and crystallise only a part of their pension plan, leaving at least some crystallised and/or uncrystallised funds invested; or

• enter drawdown for the first time, crystallise 100% of their plan, taking their PCLS but taking no income; and/or

• enter drawdown for the first time, but have previously accessed their plan by using part of it to take a UFPLS or purchase an annuity.

It should EXCLUDE plan holders who:

• at the start of the relevant reporting period already have part uncrystallised and part crystallised plans which are in drawdown, but crystallise a new portion of their assets in the relevant reporting period, as they are not new entrants to drawdown;

• at the start of the relevant reporting period are already in drawdown and, although not drawing an income, partially crystallise additional assets and therefore may get a new ‘slice’ of tax free cash, as they are not new entrants to drawdown; and/or

• access their plan for the first time and take all of their benefits during the period. (These plan holders should be reported in question 15.)

If the answer to this question is £0, then questions 14 – 29 can be left blank.

Q11: For annuity providers only, what was the total value of AUA for plans that were used to purchase annuities? Value should be after any PCLS but before annuity purchase (£).

This question should be completed by the annuity provider only.

Report the total value of the assets in plans where the plan holder purchased an annuity during the reporting period. The value should be after any PCLS but before annuity purchase.

Firms should not include the value of any plans used to purchase products that are reported to HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) under drawdown rules (e.g. products that are marketed as annuities but which are actually crystallised assets in drawdown). The value of plans used to purchase these products should be reported in question 10.

Do not include values where a plan holder starts receiving annuity payments in place of a DB pension that was already in payment (e.g. DB pensions transferred to an annuity as a result of a scheme buyout).

However, firms should include values where DB scheme benefits that were not in payment were transferred to your firm and a plan holder then chose to take up an annuity (e.g. a section 32 plan holder who bought a lifetime annuity).

If the answer to this question is £0, then questions 30 – 53 can be left blank.

Q12: What was the total value of AUA for plans that were accessed for the first time by taking a partial UFPLS? Value should be before any partial UFPLS withdrawals (£).

Report the total value of assets in plans held by plan holders who accessed their plan for the first time by taking a partial UFPLS payment during the reporting period.

The total value should include the value of all uncrystallised assets before the first UFPLS withdrawal.

Do not include plans that have already been accessed by the plan holder prior to the start of the reporting period (e.g. by partially crystallising the plan or by taking an earlier UFPLS payment).

We understand that where a plan has in the past been transferred in from a previous provider, the current provider may not be aware if a UFPLS had been taken prior to that transfer. Only exclude such plans if you have been made aware that the plan was previously accessed.

If the answer to this question is £0, then questions 54 – 60 can be left blank.

Q13: What was the total value withdrawn from plans that were accessed for the first time and fully encashed via small pot lump sums, UFPLS or drawdown? Value should be gross, i.e. include both tax free and taxable portions (£).

Report the gross amount of all the withdrawals made during this reporting period by plan holders who accessed their plan for the first time and fully encashed it by the end of the period.

It should include both tax free and taxable portions. It should include plan holders who fully withdraw their plan in one payment, or in multiple payments, as long as all payments were made in the same reporting period.

Do not include plans that have already been accessed by the plan holder prior to the start of the reporting period (e.g. by partially crystallising the plan or by taking an earlier UFPLS payment).

We understand that where a plan has in the past been transferred in from a previous provider, the current provider may not be aware if a UFPLS had been taken prior to that transfer. Only exclude such plans if you have been made aware that the plan was previously accessed.

[Note: we do not expect any plans with an amount remaining at the end of the period to be captured here, unless it is a minimal amount (e.g. £1) that has been left in order to avoid paying an account closure fee.]

If the answer to this question is £0, then questions 61 – 68 can be left blank.

The remainder of Part 2 of REP015 is separated into four sections: on entering drawdown, purchasing annuities, taking UFPLS, and taking full encashments. Only those firms that responded in questions 10 to 13 confirming these activities took place during the reporting period should complete the subsequent relevant questions.

Plan holders that entered drawdown during the reporting period but did not fully exhaust their plan (questions 14-29)

This captures all new entrants to drawdown in the reporting period who did not withdraw all their assets. If firms report any value of drawdown sales greater than zero under question 10 they should complete questions 14 to 29; other firms may leave these questions blank.

When completing the return, firms should report plans in the appropriate column for the pot size band that reflects the amount of AUA in the plan after any PCLS but before any income withdrawal.

Q14: What was the total number of plans that entered drawdown during the reporting period by crystallised pot size?

The notes to question 10 provide more information about which plans should be included for this question.

Plans should be reported under the pot size band that reflects the amount of AUA in the plan after any PCLS but before any income withdrawal (i.e. the pot size when the plan holder entered drawdown).

Q15 – Q19: Number of plans by plan holder age band and crystallised pot size

Questions 15 to 19 ask for the figures reported in question 14 to be broken down into age bands.

Firms may report plans according to either the age of the plan holder at the end of the reporting period, or the age of the plan holder at the point the plan entered drawdown.

Q20 – Q23: Number of plans by distribution channel and crystallised pot size

Distribution should be reported under the following categories:

• ‘Existing plan holders’, i.e. existing accumulation pension/internal vesting plan holders.

• ‘New plan holders via single firm third party arrangement’, i.e. plan holders whose accumulation pension is with a third party pension provider for whom the reporting firm is a sole provider for a retirement income product.

• ‘New plan holders via multi-firm third party arrangements’, i.e. panel arrangements where the reporting firm receives business from a third party pension provider as a result of a restricted retirement income product panel.

• ‘New plan holders’, i.e. transfers in not from third party arrangements and which do not relate to any third party arrangement. Benefits may be purchased by an Open Market Option or transfer (including immediate vesting).

Distribution figures should be reported by the retirement income product provider. In the case of arrangements for drawdown to existing plan holders this means the originating pension provider should report the sales as the ‘retirement income provider’. This includes a situation where the transition to drawdown happened within the same pension scheme.

Where third party arrangements exist between a retirement income provider and a pension provider, the retirement income provider should report all of the plan holder actions, i.e. entrants to drawdown and annuity purchases.

All new plan holders received through panels and bureaux should be reported as through multi-firm third party arrangements. This includes panels that are part of intermediary firms.

Where third party arrangements exist between a retirement income provider and a pension provider, the retirement income provider should report all of the plan holder actions, i.e. entrants to drawdown and annuity purchases.

The examples in the Introduction to these guidance notes help clarify which firms should be reporting third party sales.

Q24: Number of plans by use of advice and crystallised pot size: number that were advised

Of the plans reported as entering drawdown in question 14, report how many of the plan holders were advised at the point of entering drawdown.

COBS 19.7.19 requires firms to record whether the retail client has received regulated advice and risk warnings when they contact the firm about accessing their pension. Report the number of plan holders who informed your firm they received advice at this point.

References to ‘advised’, ‘advice’ or ‘regulated advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Q25: Number of plans by use of advice and crystallised pot size: number that were not advised but took up pensions guidance (e.g. Pension Wise)

Of the plans reported as entering drawdown in question 14, report how many of the plan holders who were not advised at the point of entering drawdown stated that they used Pension Wise.

COBS 19.7.19R requires firms to record whether the retail client has received pensions guidance when they contact the firm about accessing their pension. Firms should report plan holders who informed the firm they received guidance (but not advice) at this point.

References to ‘advised’ or ‘advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Q26 – Q28: Number of plans by packaged product options and crystallised pot size

Of the plans reported as entering drawdown in question 14, report how many have the relevant packaged product attributes stated in questions 26 to 28.

Fixed term annuities, variable annuities and ‘retirement account’ products (e.g. where guarantees on investments or funds structured through TIPs pay income back into the drawdown account) should be reported in these questions.

Question 26 ‘Capital guarantee for part or all of assets’ captures all fixed term annuity products. These products may pay out an income that is set at the outset, but this income will not rise over the term.

Fixed term annuities should not be reported under question 27 ‘Income guarantee for all or part of assets”. Question 27 is intended to capture unit-linked income guarantees in drawdown that have the potential to increase over the term, e.g. variable annuities and some of the new retirement account TIPs.

Q29: What was the total number of plans where only a PCLS was taken by crystallised pot size?Of the plans reported as entering drawdown in question 14, report the number of ‘zero income’ plans where funds were crystallised and PCLS taken, but no taxable drawdown income has been taken.

Pension annuities purchased during the reporting period (questions 30 to 53)

Please do not report new products marketed as annuities but which are actually crystallised assets in drawdown and therefore reported to HMRC under drawdown rules.

Please do not include cases where a plan holder starts receiving annuity payments in place of a DB pension that was already in payment (e.g. DB pension benefits transferred to an annuity as a result of a scheme buyout).

However, please do include cases where DB pension benefits that were not in payment were transferred to your firm and a plan holder then chose to take up an annuity (e.g. a section 32 plan holder who bought a lifetime annuity).

When completing the return, firms should report annuity sales under the pot size band that reflects the amount of AUA in the plan after any PCLS but before annuity purchase.

Q30: What was the total number of pension annuities purchased during the reporting period by pot size?

The guidance to question 11 provides more information about which plan holders should be included for this question.

Annuity purchases should be reported under the pot size band that reflects the amount of AUA in the plan after any PCLS but before annuity purchase.

Q31 – Q35: Number of pension annuities by plan holder age band and pot size

Questions 31 to 35 ask for all the annuity purchases reported in question 30 to be broken down into age bands of the plan holder.

Firms may report plans according to either the age of the plan holder at the end of the reporting period, or the age of the plan holder at the point the annuity was purchased.

Q36 – Q39: Number of pension annuities purchased by distribution channel and pot size

Questions 36 to 39 ask for all the annuity purchases reported in question 30 to be broken down into the distribution channel, (such as via a single firm third party arrangement or multi-firm third party arrangements) used to sell the product.

The guidance to questions 20 to 23 provides more information about how this data should be reported.

Q40: Number of pension annuities by use of advice and pot size: number that were advised

Of the annuity purchases reported in question 30, report how many plan holders were advised at the point of purchasing the annuity.

COBS 19.7.19 requires firms to record whether the retail client has received regulated advice and risk warnings when they contact the firm about accessing their pension. Firms should report plan holders who informed your firm they received advice at this point.

References to ‘advised’, ‘advice’ or ‘regulated advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Q41: Number of pension annuities by use of advice and pot size: number that were not advised but took up pensions guidance (e.g. Pension Wise)

Of the annuity purchases reported in question 30, report how many of the plan holders who did not receive advice stated that they used Pension Wise.

COBS 19.7.19R requires firms to record whether the retail client has received pensions guidance when they contact the firm about accessing their pension. Firms should report plan holders who informed the firm they received guidance (but not advice) at this point.

References to ‘advised’ or ‘advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Q42 – Q53: Number of pension annuities by product types/options and pot size

Questions 42 to 53 ask for data on the product features of the annuity purchases reported in question 30.

The annuity features and options in these questions are not mutually exclusive and one annuity sale could therefore be reported under more than one of these questions (e.g. a single-life escalating annuity would be reported under both questions 49 and 52).

In this return, we mean ‘enhanced annuities’ (question 42) to be only those underwritten on impaired life or lifestyle factors, e.g. smoking. This should not include annuities solely underwritten on other factors, e.g. occupation or postcode details.

We mean ‘flexible annuities’ (question 53) to be those that change shape (e.g. ‘U’, ‘J’ or ‘L’ shaped annuities) and which have only become available since 6 April 2015. These flexible annuities may include features such as:

• provision to take a lump sum in future;

• a taxed lump sum at outset;

• reduced income after a specified period, or at a particular age, such as at State Pension Age, or provision for this; and/or

• increased income after a specified period, or at a particular age or event, such as on identification of a care need, or provision for this.

Only report investment-linked annuities as flexible annuities (in question 53) if they follow a structure that only became allowable since the April 2015 changes.

Plan holders who accessed their plan for the first time by taking a partial UFPLS payment (questions 54 to 60)

Plans which are accessed for the first time by taking a first UFPLS payment in the reporting period should be reported, but only where they have assets remaining at the end of the period, i.e. they have taken partial UFPLS with the first payment during the reporting period.

Do not include plans that have already been accessed by the plan holder prior to the start of the reporting period (e.g. by partially crystallising the plan or by taking an earlier UFPLS payment).

These questions capture the numbers of those plan holders that have taken an UFPLS withdrawal and not the numbers with access to UFPLS.

Plans should be reported under the pot size band that reflects the amount of uncrystallised AUA in that plan prior to the first UFPLS withdrawal.

Q54: What was the total number of plans where plan holders accessed their plan for the first time by taking partial UFPLS payments during the reporting period by uncrystallised pot size?

The guidance to question 12 provides more information about which plans should be reported for this question.

Plans should be reported under the pot size band that reflects the amount of uncrystallised AUA in the plan prior to the first UFPLS withdrawal.

Q55 – Q58: Number of plans by plan holder age band and uncrystallised pot size

Questions 55 to 58 ask for the plans reported in question 54 to be broken down by the age band of the plan holder.

Firms may report plans according to either the age of the plan holder at the end of the reporting period, or the age of the plan holder at the point the UFPLS was paid from the plan.

Q59: Number of plans by use of advice and uncrystallised pot size: number that were advised

Of the plans reported in question 54, report how many plan holders were advised at the point of accessing their benefits.

COBS 19.7.19 requires firms to record whether the retail client has received regulated advice and risk warnings when they contact the firm about accessing their pension. Firms should report plan holders who informed the firm they received advice at this point.

References to ‘advised’, ‘advice’ or ‘regulated advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Q60: Number of plans by use of advice and uncrystallised pot size: number that were not advised but took up pensions guidance (e.g. Pension Wise)

Of the plans reported in question 54, report how many of the plan holders who did not receive advice stated that they used Pension Wise.

COBS 19.7.19R requires firms to record whether the retail client has received pensions guidance when they contact the firm about accessing their pension. Firms should report plan holders who informed the firm they received guidance (but not advice) at this point.

References to ‘advised’ or ‘advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Full encashments made by plan holders who accessed their plans for the first time (questions 61 to 68)

Firms should report plans where the plan holder withdrew all their funds in the reporting period, but had not previously accessed their plan. This includes plan holders who fully withdrew their funds in one or more payments (as long as all payments were made in the same reporting period).

Do not include plans that have already been accessed by the plan holder prior to the start of the reporting period (e.g. by partially crystallising the funds or by taking an earlier UFPLS payment).

Do not report any plans with an amount remaining at the end of the reporting period here, unless it is a minimal amount (e.g. £1) that has been left in order to avoid paying an account closure fee.

Plans should be reported under the pot size band that reflects the amount of uncrystallised AUA in the plan prior to the first withdrawal in the reporting period.

Q61: What was the total number of full encashments by plan holders who accessed their plan for first time (via small pot lump sums, UFPLS or drawdown) by pot size?

The notes to question 13 provide more information about which plan holders should be included for this question.

Plans should be reported under the pot size band that reflects the amount of uncrystallised AUA in the plan prior to the first withdrawal in the reporting period.

Q62 – Q66: Number of full encashments by plan holder age band and uncrystallised pot size

Questions 62 to 66 ask for the full encashments reported in question 61 to be broken down into age bands.

Firms may report plans according to either the age of the plan holder at the end of the reporting period, or the age of the plan holder at the point the plan was fully encashed.

Q67: Number of full encashments by use of advice and pot size: number that were advised

Of the full encashments reported in question 61, report how many were made by plan holders who were advised at the point of accessing their benefits.

COBS 19.7.19 requires firms to record whether the retail client has received regulated advice and risk warnings when they contact the firm about accessing their pension and receive the risk warnings. Firms should report plan holders who informed the firm they received advice at this point.

References to ‘advised’, ‘advice’ or ‘regulated advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Q68: Number of full encashments by use of advice and pot size: number that were not advised but took up pensions guidance (e.g. Pension Wise)

Of the full encashments reported in question 61, report how many of the plan holders who did not receive advice stated that they used Pension Wise.

COBS 19.7.19R requires firms to record whether the retail client has received pensions guidance when they contact the firm about accessing their pension. Firms should report plan holders who informed the firm they received guidance (but not advice) at this point.

References to ‘advised’ or ‘advice’ do not include targeted support services.

Section B Notes for completion of REP016

The following notes do not cover all questions in REP016, only those questions where we considered guidance would assist firms in completing the return.

Part 1 – Retirement income stock data (questions 4 to 16)

This section captures the group’s pension and retirement income books in aggregate as at the end of the period being reported. Where questions ask for plans or assets to be reported by the age of the plan holder, it is the age at the end of the reporting period that is relevant.

Questions 4 to 12 are split so that firms provide separate figures depending on whether the figure reported relates to a trust-based scheme or a contract-based scheme:

Firms should report all personal and stakeholder pensions as contract-based schemes, including SIPPs written under trust.

• Only DC occupational money purchase schemes should be reported as trust-based schemes. For unitised with-profits business, firms should report the policy fund value.

For traditional or conventional with-profits business, firms should report the asset share or other appropriate available value.

Providers should report asset values for all single arrangement SIPPs where individual investments are not allocated between uncrystallised or crystallised investments. All such assets should be split across the uncrystallised and crystallised questions (4 to12) using either unitised holdings split between plan members or percentage lifetime allowance (LTA) calculations that exist for the single arrangement SIPP.

Uncrystallised stock data (questions 4 to 8)

This section captures plans with uncrystallised assets only. Firms should not include crystallised plans in schemes with retirement ages below 55.

Do not include plans that are partially crystallised in this section (they are captured in the next section). Plans that are in phased drawdown should not be included in this section.

Q4: How many defined contribution (DC) pension plans do you have in accumulation where the plan holder is aged 55 or over and has not accessed their pension?This captures plans where the plan holder is aged 55 and over and has never accessed their benefits (i.e. taken no PCLS, UFPLS or drawdown income) and which remain completely uncrystallised.
Q5: How many DC pension plans do you have with only uncrystallised assets where the plan holder is aged 55 or over and has at any time taken a lump sum payment via uncrystallised funds pension lump sum (UFPLS)?

Report the number of plans where the plan holder is aged 55 or over and has only uncrystallised assets (but has at any time accessed their pensions via UFPLS and so has assets remaining).

Firms should not include plans where the plan holder takes an UFPLS payment from uncrystallised funds, but part of the plan is already crystallised and in drawdown.

Q6: How many DC pension plans do you have in accumulation where the plan holder is aged under 55 years old?Report the number of plans where the plan holder is aged under 55 years old and has never accessed their plan and so has only uncrystallised assets.
Q7: How many DC pension plans do you have which are still solely in accumulation (uncrystallised) and have a guaranteed income benefit such as a guaranteed annuity rate (GAR), deferred annuity option, or guaranteed minimum pension (GMP)?

Report any DC and money purchase plans that include guaranteed income benefit (whether this is in the form of a deferred annuity or guaranteed annuity rate). This would include, but is not limited to, plans that are created as a result of an individual or bulk transfer from a defined benefit occupational pension scheme and contracts with guaranteed benefits as a result of contracting out (i.e. plans with guaranteed minimum pension or equivalent pension benefits). Examples of such contracts include section 32 buyout plans, retirement annuity contracts (often known as a ‘section 226 pension’ or ‘section 620 pension’), executive pension plans and bulk purchase annuities.

[Note: see ‘Identifying the retirement income provider’ at paragraphs 8–11 of these notes.]

Do not report any plans which have been accessed in any way (e.g. where PCLS or UFPLS have been taken).

Q8: What is your total value of uncrystallised assets under administration (AUA) in DC pension plans? (£)

Report all uncrystallised pension assets here, regardless of the age of the plan holders or whether they also have crystallised assets. Include the uncrystallised assets of any partially crystallised plans.

For unitised with-profits business, firms should report the policy fund value. For traditional or conventional with-profits business, firms should report the asset share or other appropriate available value.

Where SIPP providers are unable to provide a valuation for the date required (31 March) they should use the most recent valuation.

The figure should be reported in pounds sterling and single units.

Partially crystallised stock data (question 9)

All plans where the plan holder has both uncrystallised and crystallised funds should be reported in this question. This includes all plans in ‘phased’ or ‘drip feed’ drawdown. Plan holders who have part of their funds crystallised in drawdown and are also taking UFPLS from uncrystallised funds should be included.

Crystallised stock data (questions 10 to 12)

This section is intended to capture the firm’s crystallised book of pension business, i.e. assets in drawdown. All products marketed as annuities but written within drawdown tax rules (e.g. fixed term and variable annuities) should be included here even if funds are domiciled outside the UK.

Q10: How many drawdown (capped and flexi) plans do you have where 100% of the funds are crystallised?Report all plans where all the assets are crystallised.
Q11: How many drawdown plans do you have where a PCLS has been paid but no income has ever been taken?Report all plans where a PCLS has been taken but no income has been paid. Include plans which are 100% crystallised and those which are partially crystallised.
Q12: What is the total value of crystallised assets under administration (AUA) in DC pension plans? (£)

Report all crystallised (in drawdown) pension assets here, regardless of the age of the plan holders or whether they also have uncrystallised assets. Include the crystallised assets of any partially crystallised plans.

For unitised with-profits business, firms should report the policy fund value. For traditional or conventional with-profits business, firms should report the asset share or other appropriate available value.

Where SIPP providers are unable to provide a valuation for the relevant date (31 March), they should use the most recent valuation.

The figure should be reported in pounds sterling and single units.

Report all plans where all the assets are crystallised.

Q13: In total how many annuities do you currently have in payment?

Report how many annuities were in payment at the end of the reporting period. Firms should report all annuities in payment regardless of whether the annuitant has an individual contract (i.e. bulk annuities in payment should be reported for each individual recipient not as one single contract in payment).

Annuities in payment to dependents, spouses and civil partners of the original annuitant should be included.

Q14: What was the total income paid on all your annuities in payment during the reporting period? (£)

Report the total amount of all annuity payments made during the period.

The figure should be reported in pounds sterling and single units.

Q15: What is the total number of plans where the plan holder made regular withdrawals by drawdown or UFPLS?

Report the total number of plans where the plan holder gave instructions for regular withdrawals at any point previously (by drawdown or by UFPLS) and where the plan remains invested at the end of the reporting period.

Include plans with regular withdrawals of any frequency (e.g. annual, quarterly, monthly or other frequency) so long as at least one withdrawal was made during the reporting period.

Include plans where the plan holder has chosen to take additional ad hoc payments in addition to their regular income or has chosen to vary the level of their regular payments during the period.

Include all plans with regular withdrawals regardless of whether the plan holder accessed their plan prior to this reporting period or not.

Plans with both capped and flexi-access drawdown should be captured.

Plans where the plan holder remained invested but did not take an income in the period can be excluded.

If this figure is lower than 750, questions 17 – 31 can be left blank.

Q16: What is the total number of plans where the plan holder made ad hoc partial withdrawals by drawdown or UFPLS?Report the total number of plans where the plan holder has received ad hoc payments (by drawdown or by UFPLS) and where the plan remains invested at the end of the reporting period. Do not include any plans where the plan holder has given instructions for regular withdrawals as these should be reported separately at question 15. Plans with both capped and flexi-access drawdown should be captured. Plans where the plan holder remained invested but did not take an income in the period can be excluded. If this is figure is 0, questions 32 and 33 can be left blank

Part 2 - Withdrawals flow data (questions 17 to 34)

This section captures more information about the plans reported in questions 15 and 16 where plan holders made one or more withdrawals in the relevant period and remain invested at the period end, and includes plan holders regardless of when they began accessing their plan. The guidance for questions 15 and 16 provides more information on which plans should be included.

Plans where the plan holder remained invested but did not take an income in the period can be excluded.

Plans where the plan holder gave instructions for regular withdrawals should be reported under questions 17 to 31.

Note that firms should only complete questions 17 to 31 where 750 or more plans with regular withdrawals are reported in question 15. If this is not the case, these questions can be left blank.

Include plans with regular withdrawals of any frequency (e.g. annual, quarterly, monthly or other frequency) providing that at least one withdrawal was made during the reporting period. Plans where the plan holder has given no instructions for regular withdrawals and instead has made withdrawals by one or more ad hoc requests should be reported under questions 32 and 33.

Where plan holders have set up a regular payment and also taken one or more ad hoc withdrawals during the reporting period, firms should include their plans in the answers on regular withdrawals (questions 17 to 31) and not ad hoc withdrawals (questions 32 and 33).

In questions 17–24 plans should be reported in the age band column that reflects the age of the plan holder at the end of the reporting period.

In questions 25–33 plans should be reported in the pot size band column that reflects the pot size at the start of the reporting period, or when the plan entered drawdown (if later).

Note that questions 32 and 33 should only be completed where one or more plans with ad hoc partial withdrawals are reported in question 16. If this is not the case, these questions can be left blank.

To answer questions 17 to 31, firms should calculate annual withdrawal rates for all the plans with regular withdrawals set up and which were reported in question 15.

In questions 23, 24, 30 and 31, references to ‘advised sales’ do not include targeted support services.

Firms should not calculate withdrawal rates for each withdrawal; it is a rate of withdrawal for each plan holder over the year that should be calculated.

Firms are should use one of two methods set out below for calculating annual withdrawal rates.

Method 1 – Electronic valuations (where possible)

Where firms can extract an up to date valuation electronically, firms should use the following method:

• Step 1: the member’s plan value (in pounds sterling) at the beginning of the period being reported is extracted (including both crystallised and uncrystallised funds);

• Step 2: any contributions and transfers in to the plan over the period are added to the value at step 1;

• Step 3: any transfers out of the plan and/or PCLS over the period are deducted from the value at step 2; and

• Step 4: all income payment withdrawals over the period (regular and ad hoc drawdown and UFPLS) should then be totalled and divided by the value after step 3 to calculate the annual withdrawal rate.

Method 2 – Latest annual valuations (where method 1 is not possible)

Where electronic valuations at specific dates cannot be extracted, firms should use the following alternative method:

• Step 1: extract the member’s plan value (in pounds sterling) at the last annual valuation date prior to the start of the period being reported;

• Step 2: any contributions and transfers in over the 12-month period starting with the annual valuation identified in step 1 and ending with the following annual valuation (which will have taken place during this reporting period) are added to the value at step 1;

• Step 3: any transfers out of the plan and/or PCLS over the 12-month period between valuations are deducted from the value at step 2; and

• Step 4: all income payment withdrawals over the period between valuations (regular and ad hoc drawdown and UFPLS) should then be totalled and divided by the plan value after step 3 to calculate the annual withdrawal rate.

Both methods ignore investment growth as it will be carried over to the starting valuation of the next year’s calculation and be reflected in the withdrawal rate reported then.

Where a plan holder enters a drawdown arrangement for the first time within the year being reported and starts regular withdrawals, firms should use the starting value when the plan entered drawdown.

Plans where plan holders make both regular and ad hoc withdrawals should be reported as one plan only and both the regular and ad hoc withdrawals should be included together in the rate of withdrawal calculation.

Example 1 – using method 1

A SIPP plan has an opening valuation of £200,000 at the start of the reporting period (i.e. 1 April). The plan holder has regular withdrawals set up and withdraws £100,000 from the SIPP during the reporting period. A firm able to extract the value of the plan at the beginning of the period (method 1) should calculate this as a 50% annual withdrawal rate, i.e. £100,000/£200,000.

Example 2 – using method 2

A SIPP provider does not have electronic valuation information available and instead undertakes manual annual valuations (method 2) on 1 October each year. Under method 2 the SIPP provider calculates the withdrawal rate for the 12 months between the last two annual valuations (i.e. October to September). To do this it should total all the withdrawals made in the 12 months between valuations and divides this against the starting valuation for the period.

The SIPP’s value at the start of the period was £250,000, and the plan holder made regular and ad hoc withdrawals totalling £100,000 during the following 12 months. The firm should therefore calculate the withdrawal rate for this reporting period as 40%, i.e. £100,000/£250,000.

Example 3 – making contributions during the year

A plan holder starts the reporting period (year 1) with a £50,000 pot of crystallised assets and during the period makes use of their money purchase annual allowance and pays in £10,000 as uncrystallised assets. They have regular withdrawals set up and during the reporting period withdraw £12,000.

To calculate the withdrawal rate the provider divides the withdrawals of £12,000 by the total of the starting pot plus contributions (£50,000 + £10,000 = £60,000), which results in a rate of 20%.

At the start of the next reporting period (year 2) the starting valuation should include both the crystallised assets and the new uncrystallised assets resulting from the £10,000 contribution last period, even if the uncrystallised assets are in a separate arrangement and remain untouched throughout year 2.

Example 4 – entering drawdown within the reporting period

A plan holder transfers into the pension scheme in January, entering drawdown with a starting value (after PCLS) of £100,000. They set up regular withdrawals and receive £5,000 in February and £5,000 in March. The withdrawal rate should be 10%, i.e. £10,000/£100,000.

SUP 16 Annex 45A Annual Claims Management Report form

28/04/2023R

CMC001: Key data for Claims Management

Currency: Sterling only

Units: integers

  A
Group reporting 
1Does the data reported in this return relate to more than one firm? (NB: You should always answer “No” if your firm is not part of a group) 
2If “Yes” then list the firm reference numbers (FRNs) of all of the additional firms included in this return. 
Nil return 
3

Do you wish to report a nil return?

Firms answering ‘yes’ are not required to complete the remaining questions.

 
4Over the reporting period, how many employees did the firm have on average? 
5How many employees left the firm (for any reason) during the reporting period? 
6What was the firm’s annual employee turnover rate during the reporting period? 
7What was the total remuneration paid to the firm’s employees over the reporting period? 
8What was the total amount of variable remuneration paid to the firm’s employees over the reporting period? 
9How does the firm charge fees to its customers? 
10What was the total annual income for all regulated claims management activities, as defined in FEES 4 Annex 11AR for the purposes of FCA fees reporting (see guidance in FEES 4 Annex 13G)? 
Profit and loss account (over reporting period) 
11What was the firm’s income from seeking out, referrals and identification of claims or potential claims? 
12What was the firm’s income from all regulated claims management activities? 
13What was the firm’s income from all regulated activities? 
14What was the firm’s income from activities which are not regulated activities? 
15What was the firm’s total income, including from activities which are not regulated activities? 
16What was the firm’s expenditure in respect of all regulated claims management activities? 
17What was the firm’s expenditure in respect of all regulated claims management activities (excluding expenditure of the sort listed in CMCOB 7.2.8R(2)(b))? 
18What was the firm’s operating profit from regulated claims management activities? 
Balance sheet (as at end of reporting period) 
19What was the value of the firm’s total assets (fixed and current)? 
20How much cash did the firm hold? 
21What was the value of the firm’s other current assets? 
22How much did the firm owe in overdrafts and bank loans due within one year? 
23What was the value of the firm’s current liabilities (other than overdrafts and bank loans)? 
24What was the value of the firm’s total (current and non-current) liabilities? 
25What was the value of the firm’s current assets less the value of its current liabilities? 
26What was the value of the firm’s total assets less the value of its current liabilities? 
Prudential resources 
27What level of prudential resources did the firm hold at the end of the reporting period (as calculated in CMCOB 7.3)? 
28Was the firm a Class 1 firm or a Class 2 firm (as defined in CMCOB 7.2.5R) at the end of the reporting period? 
29What was the firm’s overheads requirement (as calculated in CMCOB 7.2.8R) as at the end of the reporting period? 
30As at the end of the reporting period, was the firm’s overheads requirement (as calculated in CMCOB 7.2.8R) greater than the amount set out in whichever of CMCOB 7.2.6R(1)(a) or 7.2.7R(1)(a) was applicable to the firm? 
31Did the firm hold client money at any point during the reporting period? 
32What was the firm’s prudential resources requirement (as calculated in CMCOB 7.2.6R and 7.2.7R) as at the end of the reporting period? 
33Did the firm have a prudential surplus or deficit at the end of the reporting period? 
34What was the amount of the prudential surplus or deficit at the end of the reporting period? 
  
   
   
   
   
   
Relevant Connections 
 These questions are for firms carrying on or which have permission to carry on: seeking out, referrals and identification of claims or potential claims; and/or advice, investigation or representation in relation to a financial services or financial product claim. 
35Is the firm providing notification of individuals, as per CMCOB 2.1.21R?Yes / No
 If the answer to question 35 is yes, please complete the following information: 
36Where CMCOB 2.1.21R(3) applies to the individual:
 the name of the individualthe individual’s role in the firm providing the notificationthe name of the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried on by the individualthe individual’s role at the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried onthe date that role startedthe date that role ended
37Where CMCOB 2.1.21R(5) applies to the individual:
 the name of individual Athe individual A’s role in relation to the firm providing the notificationthe name of individual Bthe relationship between individual A and individual Bthe name of the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried on by individual Bthe individual B’s role at the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried on

the date that role started and

date that role ended

 The remaining questions are only for firms that have permission for one or more of:
 advice, investigation or representation in relation to a personal injury claim;
 advice, investigation or representation in relation to a financial services or financial product claim;
 advice, investigation or representation in relation to a housing disrepair claim;
 advice, investigation or representation in relation to a claim for a specified benefit;
 advice, investigation or representation in relation to a criminal injury claim; and
 advice, investigation or representation in relation to an employment-related claim.
Professional Indemnity Insurance 
38Does the firm have permission for advice, investigation or representation in relation to a personal injury claim? 
39

Did the firm have a professional indemnity insurance policy in place for advice, investigation or representation in relation to a personal injury claim as at the end of the reporting period?

If yes, please complete questions 40 to 46:

 
40Who is the underwriter of the insurance? 
41What is the policy renewal date? 
42Have the minimum terms of the policy been reviewed in the last five years? 
43What is the amount of the limit of indemnity (liability) for any single claim? 
44What is the amount of the limit of indemnity (liability) for claims in the aggregate over the policy period? 
45What is the amount of the excess (or deductible) that would be applicable for any one claim? 
46Has the identity of the insurance provider or the terms and conditions of the insurance policy changed from the content of the last Annual Claims Management Report form submitted to the FCA? 
Client Money 
47What was the highest balance of client money held by the firm at any point during the reporting period? 
48In relation to the balance reported for question 47, for how many different customers did the firm hold client money? 
49For how many different customers did the firm hold client money for a period longer than two business days? 
50For how many different customers did the firm hold client money for a period longer than five business days? 
51What was the longest period of time for which the firm held client money for a customer? 
  
   
Third-party Lead Generators 
52How many leads did the firm purchase from lead generators during the reporting period? 
 If you have provided a figure in response to question 52, provide the following details in respect of the three lead generators from which the firm purchased the most leads during this reporting period in response to 53 to 55: 
 NamePostal addressEmail addressDoes supplier use overseas facilities (e.g. a call centre)?Number of leads purchased from supplier over reporting periodAverage cost per lead purchased from supplier over reporting period
53      
54      
55      
56How many leads did the firm supply to a third party? (include all the occasions on which the firm passed a customer, or details of a customer or claim, to a third party)
Product Data
57What was the average fee charged by the firm, during the reporting period in respect of a claim?
 How was the firm’s regulated claims management activity divided among the following areas of work? Please complete 58 to 77 below:
 RevenueNumber of claims where lead obtained from lead generatorNumber of claims pursuedNumber of successful claimsNumber of claims halted or not taken forward because: no good arguable base (left hand column), suspected fraud (middle column), or being frivolous or vexatious (right hand column)
 financial services or financial product claims
        
58Payment protection insurance
         
59Packaged bank accounts
         
60Investments
         
61Payment card or bank charges
         
62Mortgages
         
63Consumer credit
         
64Pensions, including SERPS
         
65Interest rate swaps and hedging products
         
66Other (please specify)
   
         
 personal injury claims
        
67Holiday sickness
         
68Road traffic accidents (excluding whiplash)
         
69Slips, trips and falls (excluding accidents at work)
         
70Accidents at work
         
71Clinical negligence
         
72Whiplash
         
73Other (please specify)
   
         
74housing disrepair claims
         
75claims for a specified benefit
         
76criminal injury claims
         
77employment-related claims
         
 Of the above types of claim, which three saw the largest percentage change in number of successful claims? Please complete 78 to 80 below:
  Type of claimPercentage change
78   
79   
80   
 
  
      
  
  
        
  
        

SUP 16 Annex 45B Guidance notes for completion of the Annual Claims Management Report form

28/04/2023G

Guidance for CMC001

General notes

This data item collects key information annually from firms with permission to undertake regulated claims management activity.

Except for rows 13 to 15, 19 to 27 and 30 to 34, the data provided in this form should relate only to regulated claims management activity, even if the firm undertakes regulated or unregulated activities in other areas. Except where a single Annual Claims Management Report is submitted in respect of a group in accordance with SUP 16.25.8R, the data should not include the assets, liabilities, income or costs of any consolidated subsidiaries of the firm.

If you have undertaken no regulated claims management activity during the reporting period, answer “yes” to question 3 “do you wish to report a nil return?” to attest that there is no activity to report to us.

All questions requiring a monetary answer must be answered in sterling only. Figures should be reported in integers (that is, single units, to the nearest whole number), except where otherwise specified in the form: for example, income figures should be given to the nearest pound, not to the nearest thousand pounds.

Question 1 to 34 must be answered by all firms (including those that only have permission for seeking out, referrals and identification of claims or potential claims, or agreeing to carry on a regulated activity in respect of one of these activities).

Questions 35 to 37 apply to firms carrying on, or with permission to carry on, seeking out, referrals and identification of claims or potential claims and/or advice, investigation or representation in relation to a financial services or financial product claim.

Question 38 onwards should be completed by firms that have permission for one or more of the following activities:

  1. advice, investigation or representation in relation to a personal injury claim;
  2. advice, investigation or representation in relation to a financial services or financial product claim;
  3. advice, investigation or representation in relation to a housing disrepair claim;
  4. advice, investigation or representation in relation to a claim for a specified benefit;
  5. advice, investigation or representation in relation to a criminal injury claim; and
  6. advice, investigation or representation in relation to an employment-related claim,

collectively referred to in these guidance notes as ‘advising on a claim, investigating a claim, or representing a claimant’.

Data elements

QuestionNotesB
3Do you wish to report a nil return?If the firm has undertaken no regulated claims management activity during this reporting period then answer “yes” and submit the form. 
4Over of the reporting period, how many employees did the firm have on average?

State how many employees the firm had on average during the reporting period.

Include part time workers in this figure as 0.5.

 
5How many employees left the firm (for any reason) during the reporting period?

State the figure for the number of employees who left the firm.

Include part time workers in this figure as 0.5.

 
6What was the firm’s annual employee turnover rate during the reporting period?This should be the number of employees who left the firm during the reporting period (item 5) divided by the average number of employees the firm had during the reporting period (item 4), multiplied by 100. 
7What was the total remuneration paid to the firm’s employees over the reporting period?Include all remuneration received by employees, including any variable remuneration such as bonuses, commissions or performance-based pay. Include share-based remuneration, options and the monetary value of benefits in kind. 
8What was the total amount of variable remuneration paid to the firm’s employees over the reporting period?Include only variable remuneration such as bonuses, commissions or performance-based pay. Include share-based remuneration, options and the monetary value of benefits in kind to the extent that these are variable. 
9How does the firm charge fees to its customers?Please describe all the ways in which the firm charges fees: for example, whether calculated by reference to the amount recovered for the customer or on an hourly rate, and whether fees are charged up front or on account, or are invoiced periodically or at the end of the claim. 
10What was the total annual income for all regulated claims management activities, as defined in FEES 4 Annex 11AR for the purposes of FCA fees reporting (see guidance in FEES 4 Annex 13G)?Refer to the guidance contained in FEES 4 Annex 13G before completing this question. If you undertake other activities this will be a subset of your total income. 
11What was the firm’s income from seeking out, referrals and identification of claims or potential claims?State the revenue from generating leads for, or selling leads to, third parties. If you do not have this permission enter “0”. 
12What was the firm’s income from all regulated claims management activities?  
13What was the firm’s income from all regulated activities?  
14What was the firm’s income from activities which are not regulated activities?  
15What was the firm’s total income, including from activities which are not regulated activities?This should be the sum of items 13 and 14. 
16What was the firm’s expenditure in respect of all regulated claims management activities?Include any share of overheads which is allocated to income from regulated claims management activities. 
17What was the firm’s expenditure in respect of all regulated claims management activities (excluding expenditure of the sort listed in CMCOB 7.2.8R(2)(b))?  
18What was the firm’s operating profit from regulated claims management activities?Operating profit is equal to income (item 12) less expenditure (item 16). 
 Balance sheetQuestions 19 to 27 are to be answered as at the end of the relevant reporting period 
19What was the value of the firm’s total assets?Include all fixed and current assets. 
20How much cash did the firm hold?This should relate to the whole firm but should not include the cash of any consolidated subsidiaries. This should include cash held in a bank account available for instant withdrawal. 
21What was the value of the firm’s other current assets?A current asset is an asset that is expected to be converted to cash within a year of the date of measurement (but does not include cash). This should relate to the whole firm (including investments in or receivables from other group entities) but should not include the assets of any consolidated subsidiaries. 
22How much did the firm owe in overdrafts and bank loans due within one year?Include only the drawn amount of overdrafts. 
23What was the value of the firm’s current liabilities (other than overdrafts and bank loans)?A current liability is a debt or obligation that falls due within one year of the date of the liability arising. This should relate to the whole firm (including any amounts owed to other group entities) but should not include any consolidated subsidiaries. 
24What was the value of the firm’s total (current and non-current) liabilities?Non-current liabilities are those falling due more than one year after the date of measurement. 
25What was value of the firm’s current assets less the value of its current liabilities?This should equal the sum of items 20 and 21 less the sum of items 22 and 23. 
26What was the value of the firm’s total assets less the value of its current liabilities?This should equal the sum of item 19, less the sum of items 22 and 23. 
27What level of prudential resources did the firm hold at the end of the reporting period (as calculated in CMCOB 7.3)?CMCOB 7.3 sets out how prudential resources are to be calculated and which forms of capital are eligible for inclusion. 
28Was the firm a Class 1 firm or a Class 2 firm (as defined in CMCOB 7.2.5R) at the end of the reporting period?  
29What was the firm’s overheads requirement (as calculated in CMCOB 7.2.8R) as at the end of the reporting period?CMCOB 7.2.8R sets out how the overheads requirement is to be calculated. 
30As at the end of the reporting period, was the firm’s overheads requirement (as calculated in CMCOB 7.2.8R) greater than the amount set out in whichever of CMCOB 7.2.6R(1)(a) or 7.2.7R(1)(a) was applicable to the firm?The sums applicable under CMCOB 7.2.6R and 7.2.7R are £10,000 for a Class 1 firm and £5,000 for a Class 2 firm. 
31Did the firm hold client money at any point during the reporting period?Answer “yes” or “no”. For the purposes of this question, include client money which has been sent out by cheque and is uncleared and/or unbanked. 
32What was the firm’s prudential resources requirement (as calculated in CMCOB 7.2.6R and 7.2.7R) as at the end of the reporting period?CMCOB 7.2.6R sets out how the prudential resources requirement is to be calculated for Class 1 firms. CMCOB 7.2.7R sets out how the prudential resources requirement is to be calculated for Class 2 firms. 
33Did the firm have a prudential surplus or deficit at the end of the reporting period?A firm with prudential resources in excess of its prudential resources requirement has a prudential surplus. A firm with prudential resources less than its prudential resources requirement has a prudential deficit. 
34What was the amount of the prudential surplus or deficit at the end of the reporting period?Enter positive figures only (irrespective of whether the amount was a surplus or deficit.) 
    
Relevant Connections 
These questions are for firms carrying on, or which have permission to carry on: seeking out, referrals and identification of claims or potential claims; and/or advice, investigation or representation in relation to a financial services or financial product claim. 
35Is the firm providing a notification of individuals, as per CMCOB 2.1.21R?

Answer “yes” or “no”.

Firms should answer “yes” if there are any individuals at their firm (including employees, controllers or members of the firm’s governing body) who are/were directly involved in, or responsible for, the carrying on of an FSCS-eligible activity at another firm; or if any controller or member of the firm’s governing body is related to someone who is/was directly involved in, or responsible for, the carrying on of an FSCS-eligible activity at another firm.

In summary, an FSCS-eligible activity is an activity in connection with which a claim could be made to the FSCS now or in the future; it is defined in CMCOB 2.1.17R(6) and CMCOB 2.1.18G.

 
 If the answer to question 35 is yes, please complete the following information: 
36Where CMCOB 2.1.21R(3) applies to the individual, complete the information required in the following table. 
 Name of the individualThe individual is an employee or controller of your firm, or any member of its governing body, who is or was directly involved in or responsible for the carrying on of an FSCS-eligible activity at another firm. 
 Individual’s role in the firm providing the notificationPlease state the individual’s role at your firm. 
 Name of the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried on by the individualPlease provide the name of the other firm where the individual is or was directly involved in or responsible for carrying on an FSCS-eligible activity. 
 Individual’s role at the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried onPlease provide the individual’s role at the other firm where that individual is or was directly involved in or responsible for carrying on an FSCS-eligible activity. 
 Date that role startedPlease provide the date the individual’s role at the other firm started. 
 Date that role endedPlease provide the date the individual’s role at the other firm ended (if it has ended). 
37Where CMCOB 2.1.21R(5) applies to the individual, complete the information required in the following table. 
 Name of individual A

Individual A is any controller or member of your firm’s governing body who is related to a person (individual B) who is or was directly involved in or responsible for the carrying on of an FSCS-eligible activity at another firm.

Under CMCOB 2.1.17R(5), A is related to B for these purposes if:

(a) A is B’s spouse or civil partner;

(b) A’s relationship to B has the characteristics of the relationship between spouses or civil partners; or

(c) A is B’s parent, brother, sister, child, grandparent or grandchild (including step-relations in these categories).

 
 Individual A’s role in relation to the firm providing the notificationPlease provide individual A’s role at your firm. 
 Name of individual BIndividual B is the person who is or was directly involved in or is or was responsible for the carrying on of an FSCS-eligible activity at another firm, who is related to individual A. 
 Relationship between individual A and individual BDescribe how individual A is related to individual B (see CMCOB 2.1.17R(5)). 
 Name of the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried on by individual BPlease provide the name of the firm at which individual B is or was directly involved in or responsible for carrying on an FSCS-eligible activity. 
 Individual B’s role at the firm at which the FSCS-eligible activity was carried onPlease provide individual B’s role at the other firm where they are or were directly involved in or responsible for carrying on an FSCS-eligible activity. 
 Date that role started and date that role endedPlease provide the date individual B’s role at the other firm started and the date it ended. 
 The remaining questions are only for firms that have permission for advising on a claim, investigating a claim, or representing a claimant.All the questions below relate to advising on a claim, investigating a claim, or representing a claimant and should not include data for any other regulated claims management activity. 
Professional Indemnity Insurance 
38Does the firm have permission for advice, investigation or representation in relation to a personal injury claim?Answer “yes” or “no”. Having these permissions in respect of personal injury claims triggers a requirement to hold professional indemnity insurance. 
39Did the firm have a professional indemnity insurance policy in place for advice, investigation or representation in relation to a personal injury claim at the end of the reporting period?

Answer “yes” or “no”.

If yes, please complete questions 40 to 46. If no, go to question 47.

 
   
40 Who is the underwriter of the insurance?State the underwriter’s name. 
41 What is the policy renewal date?Provide the end date of the policy in the format dd/mm/yyyy. 
42 Have the minimum terms of the policy been reviewed in the last five years?  
43 What is the amount of the limit of indemnity (liability) for any single claim?If the policy applies different indemnity limits to different insured events, enter the lowest applicable limit. 
44 What is the amount of the limit of indemnity (liability) for claims in the aggregate over the policy period?  
45 What is the amount of the excess (or deductible) that would be applicable for any one claim?  
46 Has the identity of the insurance provider or the terms and conditions of the insurance policy changed from the content of the last Annual Claims Management Report form submitted to the FCA?Answer “yes” or “no”. 
 Client Money 
47What was the highest balance of client money held by the firm at any point during the reporting period?Report rounded to the nearest pound. 
48In relation to the balance reported for question 47, for how many different customers did the firm hold client money?Report the number of customers to whom the balance reported for question 47 relates. 
49For how many different customers did the firm hold client money for a period longer than two business days?Report the total number of customers for whom the firm held client money for longer than two business days. 
50For how many different customers did the firm hold client money for a period longer than five business days?Report the total number of customers for whom the firm held client money for longer than five business days. Exclude (for question 50 reporting purposes only) any customers to which the firm has sent a cheque or other payable order which is uncleared and/or unbanked. For the avoidance of doubt, a firm must continue to treat this money as client money until the cheque or order is presented and paid by the bank. 
51What was the longest period of time for which the firm held client money for a customer?Report in days. 
    
 Third-party Lead Generators 
52How many leads did the firm purchase from lead generators during the reporting period?

State “0” or provide a positive figure.

If your answer to question 52 is “0”, go to question 56.

 
53-55If you have provided a figure in response to the previous question, provide the following details in respect of the three lead generators from which the firm purchased the most leads during this reporting period:Provide all the information requested in each column for 53 to 55. 
56How many leads did the firm supply to a third party? (include all the occasions on which the firm passed a customer, or details of a customer or claim, to a third party)  
 Product Data 
57What was the average fee charged by the firm, during the reporting period in respect of a claim?Include in the average only claims where a fee was charged. 
58-77How was the firm’s regulated claims management activity divided among the following areas of work?

For 58 to 77, provide the following figures for each area of work.

For financial services and products claims and personal injury claims show how this work is split between different subcategories.

When reporting “other”, complete the free text box to indicate what the figures relate to.

 
 RevenueEnter the total income earned from this type of work during the reporting period. 
 Number of claims where lead obtained from lead generatorEnter the number of claims where the customer was obtained from a lead purchased from a lead generator. 
 Number of claims pursuedEnter the number of claims in respect of which an agreement was reached with the customer for the firm to investigate, advise or represent. 
 Number of successful claimsEnter the number of claims which resulted in a payment or other remedy for the customer. Include claims settled on such terms. 
 Number of claims halted or not taken forward because: no good arguable base, suspected fraud, or being frivolous or vexatiousEnter the number of claims which the firm declined, or declined to continue to pursue because there was no arguable case in the left hand column; the number of those where there was suspected fraud in the middle column; and the number of those which were frivolous or vexatious in the right hand column. 
78-80Of the above types of claim, which three saw the largest percentage change in number of successful claims?Percentage change is the increase or decrease in the number of successful claims concluded during the reporting period compared to the number in the equivalent period ending 12 months earlier. Enter the name of the type of claim and the percentage change at 78 to 80. For financial services or financial product claims and personal injury claims, enter the more detailed claim category (e.g. Whiplash). 

SUP 16 Annex 46AD REP020 Statistics on the availability and performance of a dedicated interface

14/09/2019D

REP020 Statistics on the availability and performance of a dedicated interface form:

SUP 16 Annex 46AD

SUP 16 Annex 46BG Notes on completing REP020 Statistics on the availability and performance of a dedicated interface

01/01/2021G

These notes contain guidance for quarterly reporting by Account Servicing Payment Service Providers (ASPSPs) with payment accounts accessible online that are required to publish on their website quarterly statistics on the availability and performance of the dedicated interface and of the interface used by its payment service users under article 32(4) SCA RTS.

The following completion notes should be read in conjunction with EBA Guidelines on the conditions to benefit from an exemption from the contingency mechanism under article 33(6) of Regulation (EU) 2018/389 (RTS on SCA & CSC) (“the EBA Guidelines”).

The form provides the means for ASPSPs to provide the FCA with quarterly statistics on the availability and performance of the dedicated interface and of the interface used by its payment service users.

‘Account Servicing Payment Services Providers’ has the same definition as at Regulation 2(1) Payment Services Regulations 2017.

All ASPSPs with payment accounts accessible online and providing access to account information service providers (AISPs), payment initiation service providers (PISPs), or card based payment instrument issuers (CBPIIs), via a ‘dedicated interface’ are required to provide data.

ASPSPs with payment accounts accessible online and providing access to AISPs, PISPs, or CBPIIs via means other than the dedicated interface are not required to report daily statistics on the availability and performance of such interfaces, and should submit a ‘nil return’.

Structure of the return

REP020 requires the ASPSP to report daily statistics on the availability and performance for each of its payment service user interfaces and dedicated interfaces for the previous quarter, for the daily statistics published on the ASPSPs website in accordance with article 32(4) of the SCA-RTS.

For each dedicated interface, the ASPSP should indicate by selecting ‘yes’ or ‘no’ if the dedicated interface benefits from an exemption under article 33(6) of the SCA-RTS. This will be ‘no’ for any payment service user interface.

Availability

Availability of each dedicated interface and payment service user interface should be reported as a percentage of uptime (Column D) and downtime (Column E).

To calculate the availability of each interface, the ASPSP should:

  1. • calculate the percentage uptime as 100% minus the percentage downtime;
  2. • calculate the percentage downtime using the total number of seconds the dedicated interface was down in a 24-hour period starting and ending at midnight;
  3. • count the interface as ‘down’ when five consecutive requests for access to information for the provision of payment initiation services, account information services or confirmation of availability of funds are not replied to within a total timeframe of 30 seconds, irrespective of whether these requests originate from one or multiple PISPs, AISPs or CBPIIs. In such case, the ASPSP should calculate downtime from the moment it has received the first request in the series of five consecutive requests that were not replied to within 30 seconds, provided that there is no successful request in between those five requests to which a reply has been provided.

Performance

Performance should be reported for each interface based on the daily average time in milliseconds.

At column F, ASPSPs should report daily statistics for each payment service user interface on the daily average time (in milliseconds) taken, per request, for the ASPSP to respond to payment service user requests in that interface.

At column G, ASPSPs should report daily statistics for each dedicated interface on the daily average time (in milliseconds) taken, per request, for the ASPSP to provide to the account information service provider (AISP) all the information requested in accordance with regulation 69(2)(b) of the Payment Services Regulations and article 36(1)(b) of the SCA RTS.

At column H, ASPSPs should report daily statistics for each dedicated interface on the daily average time (in milliseconds) taken, per request, for the ASPSP to provide to the payment initiation service provider (PISP) all the information requested in accordance with article 36(1)(a) of the SCA RTS.

At column I, ASPSPs should report daily statistics for each dedicated interface on the daily average time (in milliseconds) taken, per request, for the ASPSP to provide to the card based payment instrument issuer (CBPII) or to the PISP a ‘yes/no’ confirmation in accordance with regulation 68(4), (7) and (8) of the Payment Services Regulations and article 36(1)(c) of the SCA RTS.

At column J, ASPSPs should report daily statistics for each dedicated interface on the daily error response rate as a percentage – calculated as the number of error messages concerning errors attributable to the ASPSP sent by the ASPSP to the PISPs, AISPs and CBPIIs in accordance with article 36(2) of the SCA RTS per day, divided by the number of requests received by the ASPSP from AISPs, PISPs and CBPIIs in the same day and multiplied by 100.

Data elements

Quarterly statistics on availability and performance of dedicated interfaces
1A – Do you wish to make a nil return?

ASPSPs providing payment accounts accessible online and facilitating access to AISPs, PISPs or CBPIIs via a dedicated interface must submit a return each quarter and should select ‘no’.

ASPSPs providing access via other means other than a dedicated interface are not required to submit a return and should select ‘yes’.

2A – Interface Name/IdASPSPs submitting a return should provide the name or ID used within the PSP to identify the interface being reported on. This should indicate whether the interface is a dedicated interface or a payment service user interface. Where relevant, it should be the same ID used when the ASPSP submitted a request for exemption from the contingency mechanism (max 100 characters).
Availability statistics
2B – Interface type

Select what type of interface the statistics are being provided for:

• PSU interface

• Dedicated interface

2C – Has exemption been granted for dedicated interface?Select ‘yes’ or ‘no’ indicating if the interface has been exempted under article 33(6) of the SCA RTS.
2D – Uptime (%)ASPSPs should report the uptime of the interface as a percentage in accordance with the calculation method at GL 2.4(a) EBA Guidelines for each day in the reporting period (up to 92 days where applicable). Percentage figure should be provided to two decimal places.
2E – Downtime (%)ASPSPs should report the downtime of the interface as a percentage in accordance with the calculation method at GL 2.4(b) EBA Guidelines for each day in the reporting period (up to 92 days where applicable). Percentage figure should be provided to two decimal places.
Performance statistics
Payment Services User (PSU) interface
2F – response (millisecs)

Only to be completed if “PSU interface” has been selected at 2B.

ASPSPs should provide the daily average response time, (in milliseconds expressed as a whole number, e.g. 1.5 seconds is represented as 1500 milliseconds) taken per request, for the ASPSP to respond to requests from payment service user via the payment service user interface.

Dedicated interface
2G – AISP response (millisecs)

Only to be completed if “Dedicated interface” has been selected at 2B.

ASPSPs should provide the daily average time (in milliseconds expressed as a whole number, e.g. 1.5 seconds is represented as 1500 milliseconds) taken, per request, for the ASPSP to provide to the account information service provider (AISP) all the information requested in accordance with Regulation 69(2)(b) of the Payment Services Regulations and article 36(1)(b) of the SCA RTS.

2H – PISP response (millisecs)

Only to be completed if “Dedicated interface” has been selected at 2B.

ASPSPs should provide the daily average time (in milliseconds expressed as a whole number, e.g. 1.5 seconds is represented as 1500 milliseconds) taken, per request, for the ASPSP to provide to the payment initiation service provider (PISP) all the information requested in accordance with article 36(1)(a) of the SCA RTS.

2I – CBPII/PISP yes/no response (millisecs)

Only to be completed if “Dedicated interface” has been selected at 2B.

ASPSPs should provide the daily average time (in milliseconds expressed as a whole number, e.g. 1.5 seconds is represented as 1500 milliseconds) taken, per request, for the ASPSP to provide to the card based payment instrument issuer (CBPII) or to the PISP a ‘yes/no’ confirmation in accordance with regulation 68(4), (7) and (8) of the Payment Services Regulations and article 36(1)(c) of the SCA RTS.

2J – Error response rate

Only to be completed if “Dedicated interface” has been selected at 2B.

ASPSPs should provide the daily error response rate – calculated as the number of error messages concerning errors attributable to the ASPSP sent by the ASPSP to the PISPs, AISPs and CBPIIs in accordance with article 36(2) of the SCA RTS per day, divided by the number of requests received by the ASPSP from AISPs, PISPs and CBPIIs in the same day. Percentage figure should be provided to two decimal places.

SUP 16 Annex 47AR Directory persons report

01/10/2020

 

(1) (2) 
Date information reported: Confirm information being reported is accurate and complete 
(3)(4)(5)(6)(6A)(7)(7A)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)(13)(14)(15)(16)
Individual Reference Number (IRN)Passport number and nationality, for any Directory person who does not have an NI Number or for whom a passport number, and not an NI number, has previously been providedNational insurance (NI) numberDate of birthTitle (optional)First nameName commonly known by (if known)Middle names (if known)Last nameDate started roleDate role endedRelevant roles currently heldActivities which the Directory person carries on and for which they hold the relevant qualificationsCustomer engagement method(s) (online, telephone, face to face) offered by any Directory person who deals with customers and requires a qualification to do soWorkplace location(s) (post code(s)) for any Directory person who deals with customers face to face and requires a qualification to do soRelevant accredited body membership for any Directory person who deals with customers and requires a qualification to do so
            [FCA CF] (1) CASS oversight function 2. Giving personal recommendations on securities which are not stakeholder pension schemes, personal pension schemes or broker funds   
            [FCA CF] (2) [deleted] 3. Giving personal recommendations on derivatives   
            [FCA CF] (3) Proprietary trader 4. Giving personal recommendations on retail investment products which are not broker funds   
            [FCA CF] (4) Significant management 6. Giving personal recommendations on Friendly Society tax-exempt policies (other than Holloway sickness policies where the Holloway policy special application conditions are met)   
            [FCA CF] (5) Functions requiring qualifications 7. Giving personal recommendations on long-term care insurance contracts   
            [FCA CF] (6) Manager of certification employee 8. Giving personal recommendations on investments in the course of corporate finance business   
            [FCA CF] (7) Material risk taker 9. Advising on syndicate participation at Lloyd’s   
            [FCA CF] (8) Client dealing 9A. Advising on P2P agreements   
            [FCA CF] (9) Algorithmic trading 10. Broker fund adviser   
            [PRA CF] Significant risk taker or material risk taker 11. Pension transfer specialist   
            [PRA CF] Key function holder 12 Giving personal recommendations on and dealing in securities which are not stakeholder pension schemes, personal pension schemes or broker funds   
            [PRA CF] Managing a material risk taker 13. Giving personal recommendations on and dealing in derivatives   
            Director of firm who is not a certification employee or a SMF manager 14 Managing investments   
            Sole trader dealing with clients for which they require a qualification 15. Operating a collective investment scheme or undertaking the activities of a trustee or depositary of a collective investment scheme   
            Appointed representative dealing with clients for which they require a qualification 16 Safeguarding and administering investments or holding client money   
              17. Administrative functions in relation to managing investments   
              18 Administrative functions in relation to effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance which are life policies   
              19. Administrative functions in relation to the operation of stakeholder pension schemes   
              20. Advising or arranging (bringing about) regulated mortgage contracts for a non-business purpose   
              21. Advising or arranging (bringing about) equity release transactions   
              21A. Designing scripted questions for execution-only sales of regulated mortgage contracts for a non-business purpose   
            Responsibility for Insurance Distribution (MIPRU 2.2.1R) 22. Designing scripted questions for execution-only sales of equity release transactions   
            Responsibility for MCD Intermediation (MIPRU 2.2.1R) 23. Overseeing execution-only sales on a day-to-day basis in relation to equity release transactions   

SUP 16 Annex 47BG Guidance notes for Directory persons report in SUP 16 Annex 47AR

01/10/2020G
  1. 1. In (1), the firm must specify the date on which the information being submitted about the particular Directory person is reported to the FCA.

  2. 2. In (2), the firm must confirm that the information being reported in respect of the particular Directory person is accurate and complete. Each firm is responsible for ensuring that any information reported about a Directory person is accurate and complete.

    Even if the firm believes or knows that information has been provided to the FCA before (whether as part of another notification or otherwise) or is in the public domain, it should be disclosed clearly and fully as part of this report.

    It is a criminal offence, knowingly or recklessly, to give the FCA and/or PRA information that is materially false, misleading or deceptive (see sections 398 and 400 Financial Services and Markets Act).

    The FCA will not verify the information about Directory persons which is reported by the firm. If a firm becomes aware of any inaccuracies or errors in the information reported about a Directory person it must rectify that information as soon as possible in accordance with applicable data protection legislation.

    The firm should be aware that, while advice may be sought from a third party (e.g. legal advice), the firm has responsibility for the accuracy of information, as well as the disclosure of relevant information in the report. For certification employees, the Senior Manager with responsibility for certification (PRb) is accountable for the accuracy of the information submitted in this report.

  3. 3. It is only necessary to report a Directory person’s individual reference number (IRN) in (3) if the person has one.

  4. 4. The information in (4), (5) and (6) will be used to cross-check the identity of the Directory person against other information held by the FCA. It will not be published on the Directory. It is only necessary to report a Directory person’s passport number and nationality in (4) where:

    1. (a) the Directory person does not hold an NI number; or

    2. (b) the firm has previously provided us with a passport number, and not an NI number, for a Directory Person. This is to enable the Directory person’s records to be correctly matched.

  5. 5. In (10) and (11), for each role which the Directory person performs, specify the dates when the individual starts and stops performing the role.

  6. 6. In (12), the firm should specify every role performed by the Directory person:

    1. (a) For a certification employee this will be the particular certification function or functions which the individual has been assessed as being fit and proper to perform and performing for which the employee has a certificate at the time of the report.

    2. (b) For a non-SMF director Directory person this will be “Director of firm who is not a certification employee or a SMF manager”.

    3. (c) For a sole trader Directory person, this will be “Sole trader dealing with clients for which they require a qualification”.

    4. (d) In respect of an appointed representative Directory person, this will be “Appointed representative dealing with clients for which they require a qualification”.

  7. 7. Although a firm does not need to issue multiple certificates for any employee who performs several different certification functions (see SYSC 27.2.14G(6)), in (12) the firm must select all relevant certification functions which are performed by the individual (both FCA certification functions and PRA certification functions).

  8. 8. In (13) select all the relevant qualifications (see TC App 1.1 (Activities and Products/Sectors to which TC applies subject to Appendices 2 and 3)) which the Directory person requires and holds so as to carry on the role that they perform.

  9. 9. For example, if the Directory person is an appointed representative who holds the necessary qualifications to be able to advise on investments and advise on regulated mortgage contracts but has been appointed by the firm only to advise on regulated mortgage contracts, the firm should select only “20. Advising or arranging (bringing about) regulated mortgage contracts for a non-business purpose”.

  10. 10. In relation to (14), the engagement methods (online, telephone, face to face) offered by a Directory person only need to be reported where the Directory person deals with customers and requires a qualification under TC App 1.1 to do so.

  11. 11. In relation to (15), workplace location (post code) only needs to be reported where the Directory person offers face to face engagement and requires a qualification under TC App 1.1 to do so. The FCA will use the post code provided to publish a Directory person’s workplace location at town or city level, the post code itself will not be published on the Directory.

    Where a firm has reason to believe that making public a Directory person’s workplace location would put them at risk, that firm may not report the information required in (15) or may provide the post code for its head office.

  12. 12. In relation to (16), “relevant accredited body membership” is membership of any of the following professional bodies: CFA Society of the UK; The Chartered Institute for Securities and Investment (CISI); The Chartered Banker Institute (CBI); The Chartered Insurance Institute (CII); and The London Institute of Banking and Finance (LIBF). Relevant accredited body membership only needs to be reported where the Directory person deals with customers and requires a qualification under TC App 1.1 to do so.

SUP 16 Annex 48AR Value measures report form (REP019)

01/11/2024

SUP 16 Annex 48BG Notes on completing the value measures report form (REP019)

01/04/2023

 

Proforma columnProformaGuidance
BAdd-on policies and stand-alone policies salesWhere cover is included within the main policy or sold as an optional extra or a cover extension of the policy (A) and not a separate policy then that cover should be reported as part of the reporting for policy (A). The only exception to this approach is the reporting of legal expenses cover which should be reported separately in any event.
FNumber of claims registered

Examples of how the number of claims registered should be reported are set out below:

Scenarios

Where an event covers multiple claim components this should be reported as a single claim. This could include multiple treatments for a single condition for pet insurance, which would be treated as a single claim.

Where a person contacts the firm to report an event as required under their insurance policy but does not wish to make a claim, this should not be reported as a claim registered.

Where a customer initially calls, or contacts the firm, to make a claim and is advised at that time that the loss is not covered or the claim is below the policy excess and decides not to pursue a potential claim further then this should be reported as a claim registered and a rejected claim.

Where a person rings the firm to ask a general or hypothetical question about their policy or the cover, or checks their policy coverage online then this should not be reported as a claim registered.

Where a claim is registered but not subsequently pursued (including where the customer does not contact the firm again) and the firm closes the claim within a reasonable period then the claim should be removed from claims registered (in the period that the claim is closed) and treated as a claims walkaway in that period.

INumber of claims accepted

Examples of how the number of claims accepted should be reported are set out below:

Scenarios

If a firm pays out on one element of a claim, but is still investigating another element of the claim at the end of the relevant reporting period (i.e. the claim is still open) then this claim should only be reported as a claim accepted in the reporting period in which:

(a) the final pay-out has been made; or

(b) the claim is otherwise closed.

If a firm pays out on one or more elements of a claim, but rejects other elements of the claim (and the claim is now closed by the end of the reporting period) then this claim acceptance should be reported in this data field.

If a firm pays out on one or more elements of a claim and there are no outstanding elements of the claim at the year end and it is closed, these claims should be included. If in the subsequent period, the claim is reopened then this subsequent element of the claim should not be included in this data field.

JClaims rejected

For the purposes of the report firms may use the description of insurance fraud in the Insurance Fraud Register (see http://www.theifr.org.uk/en/faqs/#1175).

An example of a claim rejected because of breach of condition of the policy is where a claimant failed to notify the provider within an appropriate time period after an event that was likely to result in a claim.

An example of a claim rejected because there is no cover is where the claim falls within an exclusion under the terms and conditions.

Firms should include claims rejected at the first notification of loss.

Firms should include claims whether or not they were registered in the same reporting period as they were rejected.

Examples of how firms should report rejected claims are set out below:

Scenarios

Where a firm rejects one element of the claim but other element(s) of the claim are still being investigated and are outstanding then this partial rejection should not be included in this data field for this reporting period. However, if in the following period the remaining elements of the claim are rejected then the claim rejection should then be included in this data field for that later reporting period.

Where a firm accepts one element of the claim but rejects another element of the claim, this should not be treated as a rejected claim.

Where a claim has been rejected because the policy has been voided, this should not be treated as a rejected claim.

Where a customer has contacted the wrong insurer or provider to make a claim – this should not be included in the registered and rejected claims data.

Where a person contacts the firm to enquire whether they are covered for a claim (relating to an event that has taken place or loss that has occurred) and are informed that they are not covered, then this should be included in both claims rejected and claims registered.

Where an insurer or provider is part of a panel and the panel provider may not record which insurer/providers on the panel rejected the claim – firms may estimate their number of rejected claims by calculating a proportion of rejected claims in line with the insurer/provider’s share of the business.

Where a claim is closed and the only cost incurred is an investigation fee or cost (e.g. a call-out charge) and the claim is rejected then this should be treated as a rejected claim. However, if following the investigation the customer walks away from the claim then the claim should not be treated as a rejected claim.

Where a claim is registered and some elements of the claim have been rejected, but the customer has walked away from the remaining elements of the claim then this should be treated as a rejected claim.

LTotal claims pay-out cost

These costs could include both internal and external outsourced costs, where relevant. For example, loss assessment activities performed in-house could be included, including both the direct cost and an appropriate apportionment of overheads.

Excluded costs are:

• expenses including costs associated with the general handling of claims;

• other non-claims costs; and

• costs of providing a regular service element such as a helpline or a boiler service for home emergency.

Scenarios

Where part of the claim was paid-out in the previous reporting period and part in the current reporting period, then the claim pay-out that took place in the previous period should be included in the calculation for the total pay-out in the current reporting period.

Where a claim has been closed/settled in the previous period but the claim has been reopened in the current reporting period, any additional claim pay-out should be included in this field.

Where firms subsequently receive recoveries from other firms these recoveries should be netted off against the relevant claim pay-outs.

Where a claim is settled, but the settlement includes a regular payment element then the settlement value as it is reported on the firm’s system should be included in the cost.

For all legal expenses and vehicle breakdown products, firms are not required to report data for total claims pay out costs and average claim pay out.

NTop 2% of claims

Firms should report the amount that the top 2% of claim pay-outs are above in the reporting period.

For example, if you have 100 claims then the 2% column would be the total claim pay-out cost for the claim accepted with the 2nd highest claim.

For all legal expenses and vehicle breakdown products, firms are not required to report data for the top 2% of claims.

QClaims complaints as a % of claimsThis may be calculated as the number of claims complaints divided by the number claims registered.

SUP 16 Annex 48R Products covered by the reporting requirement in SUP 16.27.7R

17/12/2021

 

ProductProduct definition
After the event legal expensescontracts of insurance (or cover within a policy), taken out in relation to an event that has already occurred, to provide cover against the risks of loss to the persons insured attributable to their incurring legal expenses, including costs of litigation in relation to that event.
Alloy wheel insurancecontracts of insurance against the risks of loss in relation to vehicle alloy wheels.
Before the event legal expensescontracts of insurance (or cover within a policy), taken out in relation to a potential future event or events, to provide cover against the risks of loss to the persons insured attributable to their incurring legal expenses, including costs of litigation.
Breakdown insurancecontracts of insurance under which benefits are provided in the event of an accident to or breakdown of a vehicle including those where the effecting and carrying out is excluded from article 10(1) or (2) of the Regulated Activities Order by article 12(1), but excluding parts and garage cover contracts of insurance.
Dental covercontracts of insurance providing benefits in the nature of indemnity, with or without limit, or fixed pecuniary benefits (or a combination of both) against risks of loss to the persons insured attributable to their incurring the cost of dental work.
Excess protection (for motor insurance)contracts of insurance to cover the risks of incurring an excess in the event of a motor insurance claim.
Extended warranty – furniturecontracts of insurance against the risks of loss attributable to damage to furniture and having the effect as if the manufacturer’s or vendor’s warranty on the furniture is extended for a period of time or is extended in scope.
Extended warranty – electrical goodscontracts of insurance against the risks of loss attributable to failure of an electrical product (excluding motor vehicles and personal gadgets) and having the effect as if the manufacturer’s or vendor’s warranty on the product is extended for a period of time or is extended in scope.
Extended warranty – motorcontracts of insurance against the risks of loss to the persons insured attributable to failure of a motor vehicle and having the effect as if the manufacturer’s or vendor’s warranty on the motor vehicle is extended for a period of time or is extended in scope.
Gadget (including mobile phone)contracts of insurance against the risks of loss attributable to loss, breakdown or failure of a personal electronic gadget (including mobile phones).
GAP contractssee Glossary definition.
Healthcare cash plancontracts of insurance providing fixed pecuniary benefits against risks of the persons insured requiring health care for sickness, infirmity, dental work or injuries sustained.
Home – buildingscontracts of insurance against loss of or damage to the structure of (but not the contents of) domestic properties.
Home – buildings and contentscontracts of insurance against loss or damage to either the structure or contents of domestic properties and including cover against risks of incurring liabilities to third parties arising out of injuries sustained within the boundary of a domestic property.
Home – contentscontracts of insurance against loss of or damage to the contents of (but not the structure of) domestic properties.
Home emergencycontracts of insurance providing assistance in the event of home emergencies.
Identity theftcontracts of insurance relating to assistance in the event of identity theft.
Key covercontracts of insurance to cover the risks of loss arising from lost, stolen and/or broken keys.
  
Missed Event/Ticket insurancecontracts of insurance against the risk of loss of use of the ticket (excludes travel policies).
Mortgage payment protectionpayment protection contracts enabling a policyholder to protect their ability to continue to make payments due to third parties in respect of mortgages.
Motor

motor vehicle liability, where the vehicle has more than two wheels and is not a motorcycle with side-car and:

(a) the primary purpose of each vehicle insured on the contract is to transport nine or fewer non-fare paying persons and each vehicle insured on the contract is individually rated;

(b) the primary purpose of each vehicle insured on the contracts is to transport nine or fewer non-fare paying persons the persons insured are not a body corporate or partnership, and the number of vehicles insured on the contract is three or less; or

(c) the primary purpose of each vehicle insured on the contracts is to transport ten or more non-fare paying persons, the persons insured are not a body corporate or partnership and each vehicle insured on the contract is individually rated.

Motorcyclemotor vehicle liability in respect of two-wheeled vehicles or motorcycles with a side car.
Parts and garage covercontracts of insurance to cover the risks of incurring parts and garage repair costs in the event of a motor vehicle breakdown, but excluding breakdown insurance.
Payment protection (including credit card, store cards and personal loans)payment protection contracts enabling a policyholder to protect their ability to continue to make payments due to third parties other than in respect of mortgages.
Personal accident

contracts of insurance providing fixed pecuniary benefits and/or benefits in the nature of indemnity against the risks of a beneficiary:

(a) sustaining injury as a result of an accident; or

(b) dying as a result of an accident; or

(c) becoming incapacitated in consequence of disease,

but excluding healthcare cash plans and private medical products.

Pet – accident only policiescontracts of insurance against the risk of loss to the person insured attributable to accidents to domestic pets, providing for each accidental injury.
Pet – lifetime policiescontracts of insurance against risk of loss to the person insured attributable to new illness or injury to domestic pets, providing a set amount of cover each year the policy remains in force.
Pet – maximum benefit policiescontracts of insurance against risk of loss to the person insured attributable to sickness of or accidents to domestic pets providing a fixed maximum benefit for each illness or injury.
Pet – time-limited policiescontracts of insurance against risk of loss to the person insured attributable to sickness of or accidents to domestic pets to cover the treatment of each illness or injury and a set time period for which treatment of each illness or injury will be covered.
Single trip – travelcontracts of insurance against a risk of loss to the persons insured attributable to a travelling on single-trip or to their making of travel arrangements for a single trip.
Travel (annual) – EUcontracts of insurance against a risk of loss to the persons insured attributable to their travelling or to their making of travel arrangements, covering the UK and/or the EU for a year.
Travel (annual) – worldwidecontracts of insurance against a risk of loss to the persons insured attributable to their travelling or to their making of travel arrangements, covering worldwide travel (excluding European-only travel insurance) for a year.
Tyre insurancecontracts of insurance to cover the risks of loss arising from the need to repair or replace motor vehicle tyres.
Vehicle cosmetic insurancecontracts of insurance to cover the risks of loss arising from cosmetic damage to motor vehicles such as minor scratches and dents. (excludes motor and motorcycle insurance policies).
Vehicle misfuelling insurancecontracts of insurance to cover the risks of loss arising from putting the wrong fuel into motor vehicles.
Vehicle pothole insurancecontracts of insurance to cover risks of loss arising from vehicle damage caused by potholes.
Wedding and party insurancecontracts of insurance against the risk of loss arising from the cancellation of weddings or private parties.

SUP 16 Annex 49A General insurance pricing information report forms (REP021, REP021c and REP021e)

SUP 16 Annex 49B Notes on completing the general insurance pricing information report forms (REP021, REP021c and REP021e)

01/04/2026

This annex contains guidance on completing the pricing information report form (REP 021)

General notes

(1) All firms should complete REP021e. In addition, insurers and managing agents should complete REP021 and price-setting intermediaries should complete REP021c.

(2) All monetary figures should be rounded to the nearest pound.

(3) Unless otherwise stated, monetary figures should be calculated and reported excluding insurance premium tax.

(4) Multi-product policies which include both home insurance and motor insurance in a single policy should be split between home insurance and motor insurance and reported as two separate policies.

(5) Firms should provide their core pricing information on the core product on an aggregated basis for each of home insurance and motor insurance products, including closed books, and then split by:

(a) product type e.g. motor insurance: car, motorcycles, including tricycles, other, home insurance: buildings only, contents only, buildings and contents;

(b) type of channel e.g. all products sold direct, via price comparison websites, via intermediaries or via affinity/partnership schemes; and

(c) tenure. For example, for each of customers with less than 1-year relationship with the firm, customers with a 1-year relationship with the firm, customers with a 2-year relationship etc.

(6) Firms should provide their additional claims-related information on the core product on an aggregated basis for each of home insurance and motor insurance products, including closed books, split by product type only.

(7) Firms should also report core pricing information separately for closed books. Firms should name each closed book with 10,000 policies or more. Firms should provide information separately for each closed book with 10,000 policies or more and other closed books on an aggregated basis, split by:

(a) product type; and

(b) tenure.

(8) Firms should provide their information on related additional products and fees on an aggregated basis for each of their home insurance and motor insurance business, including closed books, split by tenure. This information does not need to be categorised by product type.

DataNotes
Tenure

The number of years a customer has held the policy, including any renewal.

For example:

T0 = customer who has held their policy for less than 1 year;

T1 = customers who held their policy for 1 year;

T10+ = customers who have held their policy for 10 years or more.

Firms should round down to the last full year the customer has held a policy with them in cases where customers have contracts that renew on shorter than annual basis. For example, a firm should classify a customer on a six-monthly contract who has renewed the policy once as T0 (customer who has held their policy for less than 1 year) and a customer who has renewed this policy three times as T1 (customers who have held their policy for 1 year).

Firms should report data for each tenure individually from T0 to T9 inclusive. Data for any tenure that is T10 or greater should be aggregated and reported as T10+.

For retail premium finance, the tenure of the core product should first be considered and then the tenure of the retail premium finance. For example, if a customer cancels an existing policy with retail premium finance and takes out a new policy with retail premium finance, then the tenure for both the new policy and the retail premium finance would be T0. If a customer has the same policy for four years and pays by retail premium finance for the first two years, and for the third year does not use retail premium finance but for the fourth year uses retail premium finance again, the tenure in the fourth year would be T4 for the core product and T0 for the retail premium finance.

Closed booksFirms should name each closed book containing 10,000 or more policies. Firms should report information separately for each closed book containing 10,000 or more policies and for all other closed books on an aggregated basis. Separate reporting for closed books should cover the period from the date on which the firm categorised the relevant books as being closed books until the end of the reporting period.
Total gross written premiumThe total amount of gross written premium, (excluding insurance premium tax) in relation to policies incepted or renewed during the reporting period.
Average gross premiumThe total amount of gross written premium, (excluding insurance premium tax) in relation to policies incepted or renewed during the reporting period divided by the number of policies incepted or renewed in that reporting period.
Total net-rated written premiumFor net-rated business, insurers, managing agents and price-setting intermediaries should report the total net-rated premium set by the insurer or managing agent in relation to policies incepted or renewed during the reporting period.
Average net-rated premiumFor net-rated business, insurers, managing agents and price-setting intermediaries should report the total net-rated premium set by the insurer or managing agent in relation to policies incepted or renewed during the reporting period divided by the number of policies incepted or renewed on a net-rated business basis in the reporting period.
Total number of policies incepted/renewedThe total number of policies incepted for tenure T0 and the total number of policies renewed (all other tenures).
Total number of policies in forceThe total number of policies in force at the end of the reporting period.
Average prior year gross premium

Firms should report the average gross premium for customers in the preceding year for the core product by product type, type of channel and by tenure. For example, if a firm is reporting data for motor insurance: car, for direct sales to customers with tenure T4, then the firm should report the average gross premium for these customers at tenure T3.

Firms do not need to report average prior year gross premium in respect of customers of tenure T0.

Proportion of customers where the expected claims ratio falls within given bandings

Expressed as a percentage, the proportion of customers where the expected claims ratio is between X% and Y%.

For example, for the proportion of customers with expected claims ratio greater than 30% but less than or equal to 40% for the direct sales type of channel, with a tenure of one year (T1), expressed as a percentage:

A. calculate the number of policies incepted or renewed with expected claims ratio greater than 30% but less than or equal to 40%; and

B. divide (A) by the total number of policies incepted or renewed for the direct sales type of channel and customers of tenure T1.

Total earned premium

The total premium earned in the claims-related reporting period. This should be calculated on the same basis as that reported in a firm’s financial statements.

This information is only to be reported for the total aggregated figures by product type (not by tenure).

Average earned premium

The total premium earned in the claims-related reporting period divided by the number of policies from which the total premium was earned. This should be calculated on the same basis as a firm calculates this metric for internal purposes.

This information is only to be reported for the total aggregated figures by product type (not by tenure).

Gross incurred claims ratio (with IBNR/IBNER)

Expressed as a percentage, actual claims incurred ratio for the claim-related reporting period. This data is only to be reported for total aggregated figures by product type (not by tenure).

The gross incurred claims ratio represents the incurred claims cost (gross of reinsurance) as a proportion of earned premium (gross of reinsurance), expressed as a percentage. Incurred claims cost is the cost of all claims reported for the claims-related reporting period, plus any other changes in the claims’ reserves including for IBNR, IBNER and prior years’ reserve adjustments in that period. This should be calculated on the same basis as that reported in a firm’s financial statements.

IBNR is claims incurred but not reported.

IBNER is claims incurred but not enough reported.

This information is only to be reported for total aggregated figures by product type (not by tenure).

Developed incurred claims ratio (with IBNR/IBNER)

Expressed as a percentage, actual adjusted (ultimate) claims ratio for:

• the previous claim-related reporting period

• the claim-related reporting period 2 years ago

• the claim-related reporting period 3 years ago

The developed incurred claims ratio is the gross incurred claims ratio for prior years adjusted for claims that were not fully developed. This should be calculated on the same basis as that used by the firm to calculate the developed incurred claims ratio for internal purposes.

This information is only to be reported for total aggregated figures by product type (not by tenure).

Total prior years’ reserve release

Firms should report any reserve releases in the current claim-related reporting period that relate to surplus reserves for prior years.

This information is only to be reported for total aggregated figures by product type (not by tenure).

Total prior years’ reserve strengthening

Firms should report any reserve strengthening in the current claim-related reporting period that relate to shortfalls in reserves for prior years.

This information is only to be reported for total aggregated figures by product type (not by tenure).

Total charged (£) for retail premium finance in the reporting period

Total charged for retail premium finance on policies incepted or renewed in the reporting period.

The total charged (£) should include only the charge for retail premium finance (and not the total gross written premium of the related core or add-on policies).

Retail premium finance – number of policies (core products and add-on policies) incepted or renewed with retail premium financeTotal number of policies incepted or renewed in the reporting period with retail premium finance.
APR range

The number of policies where the related retail premium finance sold falls within each the following specific APR ranges:

• 0%

• 0.1% - 9.9%

• 10% - 19.9%

• 20% - 29.9%

• 30% - 39.9%

• 40% - 49.9%

• 50% or more

Where APR falls within a range boundary, e.g. 9.95%, firms should round down. For example, an APR of 9.95% should be reported in the 0.1% - 9.9% APR range. However, an APR of less than 0.1% but greater than 0% should be reported in the 0.1% to 9.9% APR range.

Where a customer’s credit risk rating is used in calculating their insurance risk, any related loading should not be reported under retail premium finance.

Premiums from add-on policies incepted or renewed - gross written premium

Total gross written premium from add-on policies incepted or renewed in the reporting period.

Cover extensions and optional extras should be reported as part of reporting for the core product and not as an add-on policy. Gross written premium should include only the gross written premium for add-on policies (and not that for related core policies).

Number of add-on policies incepted or renewedTotal number of add-on policies incepted or renewed in the reporting period.
Pre-contractual feesTotal and average (mean) pre-contractual fees charged on the core product (net of value added tax). The average is the average for each reporting category, based on the number of customers who incurred fees.
Post-contractual feesTotal and average (mean) of any post-contractual fees on the core product (net of value added tax). The average is the average for each reporting category, based on the number of customers who incurred fees.

SUP 16 Annex 51 MIF008 remuneration report

01/01/2022R

This annex consists of forms which can be found through the following link: data item MIF008

SUP 16 Annex 52 Guidance notes for the MIF008

01/01/2022G

This annex consists of forms which can be found through the following link: guidance notes to data item MIF008

SUP 16 Annex 53R Data items for FIN073 (the Baseline Financial Resilience Report)

01/01/2024R

This annex consists of a form which can be found through the following link:

Data items for FIN073 (the Baseline Financial Resilience Report)

SUP 16 Annex 54G Guidance notes on the data items for FIN073 (the Baseline Financial Resilience Report)

01/01/2024G

This annex consists of guidance which can be found through the following link:

Guidance notes on the data items for FIN073 (the Baseline Financial Resilience Report)

SUP 16 Annex 55 Categories of investment for notifications and reports relating to approvals of financial promotions

06/11/2023R

This Annex belongs to SUP 16.31.6R and SUP 16.31.10R.

Type of investment
Deposit
Life policy
Non-investment insurance contract
Listed share
Unlisted share promoted on an investment-based crowdfunding platform
Unlisted share (not including those promoted on an investment-based crowdfunding platform)
Debenture promoted on an investment-based crowdfunding platform
Debenture (not including those promoted on an investment-based crowdfunding platform)
Alternative debenture
Government and public security
Warrant
Certificate representing certain security
Unit
Pension (personal or stakeholder pension scheme)
Option
Future
Contract for differences
Emissions allowance
Lloyd’s syndicate capacity and membership
Funeral plan contract
Regulated mortgage contract
Home reversion plan
Home purchase plan
Regulated sale and rent back agreement
Credit agreement (buy now pay later)
Credit agreement (not including buy now pay later)
Consumer hire agreement
Qualifying cryptoasset
Peer-to-peer agreement
Rights to or interests in investment
Claims management activity
Other

SUP 16 Annex 56R Branch Data and Closures Report

18/09/2024R

This annex consists of a form which can be found through the following link:

Branch Data and Closures Report

SUP 16 Annex 57 Pensions Dashboard Service Firms – Half-Yearly Prudential Return

SUP 16 Annex 58 Guidance notes for the Pensions Dashboard Service Firms – Half-Yearly Prudential Return

30/11/2024
Introduction

This data provides the FCA with information on the solvency of firms engaged in regulated pensions dashboard activity, referred to as pensions dashboard service firms in this guidance note. The data items are intended to reflect the underlying adequate financial resources requirements contained in PDCOB 13. The data enables us to monitor firms against the requirements set out there, and also against the individual requirements placed on firms. We have included references to the underlying rules to assist in the completion of the return.

The data assists the FCA in the ongoing supervision of firms engaged in regulated pensions dashboard activity. The data items apply to all pensions dashboard service firms subject to PDCOB. In the text below, we have identified where elements do not apply to all firms.

This guidance note does not constitute individual or general FCA guidance. The purpose of this guidance note is to help firms complete the prudential return (FIN075). This summary is not a substitute for reading the actual text of the FCA Handbook. It is important to note that this guidance may be subject to periodic review.

Currency

All figures should be reported in Sterling (unless otherwise stated). Figures should be reported in single currency units (unless otherwise stated).

Defined terms

The descriptions indicated in these notes are designed simply to repeat, summarise or amplify the relevant statutory or other definitions and terminology, including, where appropriate, the pensions dashboard service firm’s accounting framework, without departing from their full meaning or effect. The defined terms are not meant to replace, redefine, or reinterpret relevant accounting standards or corresponding accounting terms.

Data elements or items

These are referred to by row first, then column.

Basis of completion

PART ONE: FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

SECTION A: BALANCE SHEET

FIXED ASSETS

1B – Intangible assets

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of intangible assets that they hold. Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets that are without physical substance. For example, goodwill, copyrights, patents and intellectual property.

2B – Tangible assets

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of tangible assets that they hold. Tangible assets are assets that have physical substance and for which a measurable value can be attached. Examples include property, real estate, plant and equipment beneficially owned by the firm.

3B – Investments

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of assets held for long-term investment purposes. This represents the firm’s long-term investments, including shares, bonds, real estate, exchange-traded funds, money market funds, cash or cash equivalents that are held for long-term investment purposes.

4B – Total fixed assets

This amount should be the sum of items 1B (intangible assets), 2B (tangible assets) and 3B (investments).

CURRENT Assets

5A – Stocks (or inventories)

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the monetary equivalent amount of their inventory held. These are assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business (finished goods), assets in the production process for sale in the ordinary course of business (work in progress), and materials or supplies that are consumed during production (raw materials).

6A – Debtors

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of debtors. This includes loans and securities, and both trade and non-trade debtors. It also includes the total amount falling due within one year from directors, fellow group undertakings or undertakings in which the firm has a participating interest where included as debtors.

7A – Investments held as current assets

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of assets held for short-term investment purposes. These are short-term investments that a firm holds for resale or pending their sale with a maturity date of less than one year and are generally easily converted to cash. These can include short-terms investments in, for example, equities, debt securities and exchange-traded funds. It also includes the value of shares in group undertakings where such investments are held as current assets.

8A – Cash at bank and in hand

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of cash held by a business in the form of notes and coins (eg, petty cash) or which are held at a bank in the form of on demand deposits.

9A – Other assets

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of other current assets held by the firm where they are not reported in items 5A (stocks (or inventories)), 6A (debtors), 7A (investments held as current assets) or 8A (cash at bank and in hand).

10A – Total current assets

This amount should be the sum of items 5A (stocks (or inventories)), 6A (debtors), 7A (investments held as current assets), 8A (cash at bank and in hand) and 9A (other assets).

CURRENT LIABILITIES

11A – Bank loans and overdrafts

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of any borrowings sourced from banks or building societies.

12A – Other liabilities falling due within one year

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of any borrowings that are not sourced from banks or building societies. These are short-term financial obligations that are not reported in item 11A (bank loans and overdrafts) to be settled within one year or within a normal operating cycle.

13A – Total current liabilities

This amount should be the sum of items 11A (bank loans and overdrafts) and 12A (other liabilities falling due within one year).

14B – Net current assets

This should equal item 10A (total current assets) minus item 13A (total current liabilities).

15B – Total assets less current liabilities

This should equal the sum of item 4B (total fixed assets) and item 10A (total current assets), less item 13A (total current liabilities).

16B – Other liabilities falling due after more than one year

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of any long-term borrowings, including loans (eg, mortgage, bank loans or debt securities issued) that are due to be repaid after more than one year and debt securities with maturities greater than one year.

17B – Provisions for liabilities and charges

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of any provisions for liabilities and charges. These represent liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. They come about because of a present obligation (legal or constructive) that has arisen as a result of a past event(s) (ie, an event that creates a legal or constructive obligation and where there is no realistic alternative but to settle the obligation). The payment is probable in that it is more likely than not to occur, and the amount can be estimated reliably.

18B – Net assets

Net assets represent the residual interest that owners (or shareholders) have in the firm once the assets of the firm are used to settle all outstanding liabilities. This should equal item 15B (total assets less current liabilities) minus item 16B (other liabilities falling due after more than one year) and minus item 17B (provisions for liabilities and charges). Please note that this figure must be the same figure as item 25A (total capital and reserves); otherwise, the balance sheet (or statement of financial position) will not balance.

19B – Guarantees provided by firm

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the total value of guarantees provided by the firm to cover the indebtedness of other persons or entities.

CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Capital account (incorporated businesses excluding Limited Liability Partnerships)

20A – Ordinary share capital

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the face value of shares that have been issued and for which cash has been received.

21A – Preference share capital

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the face value of shares that have been issued and for which cash has been received, and which have preferential rights over the holders of ordinary shares.

22A – Share premium account

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the difference between the cash received in exchange for ordinary share capital and the face value of the shares issued.

23A – Profit and loss account (retained earnings)

A pensions dashboard service firm should enter its retained earnings. This represents the accumulation of all profits previously retained by the firm (after the deduction of tax and dividends) since the birth of the firm. It would also include the profit retained by the firm in the financial year that is brought across from the firm’s profit and loss account statement (ie, it would include item 41B (retained profit)).

24A – Other reserves

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of any other reserves that they hold and that are not reported in item 23A (profit and loss account (retained earnings)). This may include reserves created by appropriations of share premiums and similar realised appropriations, gifts of capital (such as those from a parent undertaking), and revaluation reserves (eg, reserves arising from the revaluation of land and buildings).

25A – Total capital and reserves

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the sum of item 20A (ordinary share capital), item 21A (preference share capital), item 22A (share premium account), item 23 (profit and loss account (retained earnings)), and item 24A (other reserves). Please note that this figure must be the same figure as item 18B (net assets); otherwise, the balance sheet (or statement of financial position) will not balance.

Capital account (unincorporated businesses and limited liability partnerships)

26A – Sole trader / Partners' capital account / Members' capital

For a pensions dashboard service firm that is a sole trader, the firm should enter the net balance on the firm’s capital account and current account. For a pensions dashboard service firm that is a partnership, the firm should enter the capital of the partnership (ie, capital made up from the partners).

27A – Other reserves

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the amount of any other reserves that they hold.

28A – Total capital and reserves

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the sum of item 26A (Sole trader / Partners’ capital account / Members’ capital) and item 27A (other reserves).

Please note that this figure must be the same figure as item 18B (net assets); otherwise, the balance sheet (or statement of financial position) will not balance.

29A – Memo (1)

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the total amount of debtors falling due within one year from directors, fellow group undertakings or undertakings in which the firm has a participating interest where included as debtors.

30A – Memo (2)

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the total value of shares in group undertakings where such investments are held as current assets.

SECTION B: PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

REVENUE

31B – Revenue from all regulated pensions dashboard activities

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the total income accrued during the reporting period from regulated pensions dashboard activities.

32B – Revenue from all FCA regulated activities

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the total income accrued during the reporting period from all FCA regulated activities. This includes the income accrued during the reporting period from regulated pensions dashboard activities.

33B – Revenue from all non-FCA regulated activities

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the total income accrued during the reporting period from all non-FCA regulated activities.

34B – Total revenue

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the sum of item 32B (revenue from all FCA regulated activities) and item 33B (revenue from all non-FCA regulated activities).

EXPENDITURE

35B – Total expenditure

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter the total expenditure incurred during the reporting period both in relation to its regulated and non-regulated activities. It should exclude taxation payable on the firm’s profits during the reporting period.

36B – Profit/(Loss) on ordinary activities before taxation

This figure is produced by deducting the total expenditure from ordinary activities (both regulated and non-regulated) incurred during the reporting period from the total revenue (both regulated and non-regulated) accrued during the reporting period. If the firm has not undertaken any extraordinary activities, this should be equal to item 34B (total revenue) minus item 35B (total expenditure).

37B – Profit/(Loss) on extraordinary activities before taxation

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter any profits/losses on extraordinary activities before taxation during the reporting period. This should consider the proportion of total revenue obtained because of extraordinary activities, less the total expenditure incurred as a result of these extraordinary activities. An extraordinary event is a one-off (or non-recurring) event that has either generated a material profit or loss. Examples of an extraordinary activity may be the sale of a building or the purchase of new premises.

38B – Taxation

A pensions dashboard service firm should estimate the tax that will be payable on its profits and insert that figure in this field.

39B – Profit/(Loss) for the period before dividends and appropriations

This figure should be calculated by subtracting item 35B (total expenditure) and item 38B (taxation) from item 34B (total revenue).

40B – Dividends and other appropriations

Pensions dashboard service firms should enter any dividends and other appropriations, which include dividends paid to shareholders, staff bonuses and wages paid to self (sole trader) etc.

41B – Retained profit

Pensions dashboard service firms should calculate this by subtracting item 40B (dividends and other appropriations) from item 39B (profit/(loss) for the period before dividends and appropriations).

Annual report and accounts

42B – Date of most recent annual report and accounts

A pensions dashboard service firm should enter the date (in the format of dd/mm/yyyy) on which its most recent annual report and accounts were prepared.

43B – Please provide an attachment or the link to the publication of your most recent annual report and accounts

A pensions dashboard service firm should provide either an attachment or the link to its most recent annual report and accounts.

PART TWO: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

SECTION C: AUDITED ACCOUNTS

44B – If your firm is incorporated, does your firm qualify for the Companies House small firms’ exemption from having its accounts audited?

Answer ‘Yes’ or ‘No’. A pensions dashboard service firm should indicate in the affirmative (‘Yes’) if the firm is incorporated and has prepared its accounts under this exemption because the firm has qualified to apply the Companies House small firms’ exemption from having its accounts audited. Otherwise, the firm should indicate ‘No’ if this is not the case.

45B – If the firm is required to submit audited accounts, please report the date on which your accounts were last audited.

If a pensions dashboard service firm is required to submit audited accounts, the firm should enter the date (in the format of dd/mm/yyyy) on which the firm’s accounts were last audited.

PART THREE: REGULATORY CAPITAL

SECTION D: CORE CAPITAL RESOURCES REQUIREMENT

46B – Base requirement

With reference to PDCOB 13.5.1R, for a firm with a Part 4A permission to carry on regulated pensions dashboard activities, the base requirement is equal to £40,000.

47B – Core capital resources requirement

The core capital resources requirement should be calculated in accordance with PDCOB 13.5.1R. A pensions dashboard service firm should enter its core capital resources requirement.

SECTION E: CAPITAL RESOURCES

Incorporated businesses excluding Limited Liability Partnerships

48A – Share capital

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its ordinary share capital and preference share capital (excluding preference shares redeemable by shareholders within 2 years) at the end of reporting period.

49A – Reserves

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its accumulated total of all retained profit, and other reserves created by appropriations of share premiums and similar realised appropriations at the end of reporting period. Reserves would also include gifts of capital, for example, from a parent undertaking. Refer to PDCOB 13.7.3R, to take into account the necessary adjustments that a firm must make to its reserves, where appropriate.

50A – Interim net profits

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its total interim profits net of tax, anticipated dividends or proprietor’s drawings and other appropriations.

51A – Revaluation reserves

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its revaluation reserves such as reserves arising from the revaluation of land and buildings, including any net unrealised gains for the fair valuation of equities held in the available-for-sale financial assets category.

52A – Eligible subordinated loans

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.8R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its eligible subordinated loans. A subordinated loan/debt cannot be included as part of the firm’s capital resources to meet the firm’s core capital resources requirement unless it meets the conditions set out in PDCOB 13.7.8R.

53A – Less investments in own shares

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.5R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter any of its 'investments' in the balance sheet which are invested in the firm’s own shares in this field for deduction.

54A – Less intangible assets

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.5R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its intangible assets for deduction.

55A – Less interim net losses

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.5R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its interim losses, where they have not already been incorporated into the firm’s reserves, for deduction.

56A – Total capital resources

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7, a pensions dashboard service firm should calculate its total capital resources as at the firm’s end date of the reporting period by using the following formula: item 48A (share capital) + item 49A (reserves) + item 50A (interim net profits) + item 51A (revaluation reserves) + item 52A (eligible subordinated loans) - item 53A (investments in own shares) - item 54A (intangible assets) - item 55A (interim net losses).

Unincorporated businesses and limited liability partnerships

57A – Capital of a sole trader or partnership

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its total net balance on its capital accounts and current account at the end of reporting period.

58A – Eligible subordinated loans

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.8R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its eligible subordinated loans. A subordinated loan/debt cannot be included as part of the firm’s capital resources to meet the firm’s core capital resources requirement unless it meets the conditions set out in PDCOB 13.7.8R.

59A – Personal assets not needed to meet non-business liabilities

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.6R, pensions dashboard service firms that are either sole traders or partnerships may use personal assets as eligible capital unless: i) these assets are being used to meet liabilities relating to other non-FCA activities (including personal and other business activities); or ii) the firm holds client money or other client assets in relation to regulated activities other than regulated pensions dashboard activity. Refer to PDCOB 13.7.6R.

60A – Less intangible assets

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.5R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its intangible assets for deduction.

61A – Less interim net losses

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.5R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter its interim losses, where they have not already been incorporated into the firm’s capital or current accounts, for deduction.

62A – Less excess of drawings over profits for a sole trader or partnership

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7.3R and PDCOB 13.7.5R, a pensions dashboard service firm should enter any excess capital removed from the firm over and above any profit made by the firm for deduction.

63A – Total capital resources

In accordance with PDCOB 13.7, a pensions dashboard service firm should calculate its total capital resources as at the firm’s end date of the reporting period by using the following formula: item 57A (capital of a sole trader or partnership) + item 58A (eligible subordinated loans) + item 59A (personal assets not needed to meet non-business liabilities) - item 60A (intangible assets) - item 61A (interim net losses) - item 62A (excess of drawings over profits for a sole trader or partnership).

SECTION F: CAPITAL ADEQUACY POSITION

64A – Capital resources surplus/(deficit)

In accordance with PDCOB 13.3.1R, pensions dashboard service firms must at all times maintain capital resources equal to or in excess of their core capital resources requirement. Pensions dashboard service firms that are incorporated businesses, excluding limited liability partnerships, should calculate this by subtracting item 47B (core capital resources requirement) from item 56A (total capital resources). Pensions dashboard service firms that are unincorporated businesses and limited liability partnerships should calculate this by subtracting item 47B (core capital resources requirement) from item 63A (total capital resources).

SUP 16 Annex 59 Retail banking business models reporting data

01/06/2026G

This annex belongs to SUP 16.34. It sets out the contents of the Retail Banking Business Models Report referred to in SUP 16.34.5R(1).

Terms used in this annex

01/06/2026R

In this annex, the terms used in column (1) below have the meaning set out in column (2).
 

(1)(2)
arranged overdraftoverdraft that is preauthorised by the provider with an agreed limit.
asset financea credit arrangement that allows a customer to acquire the use of tangible assets (such as vehicles, machinery or equipment) without paying the full purchase price upfront.
ATM interchange incomeincome earned from ATM interchange fees.
ATM network direct coststhe direct costs of being part of an ATM network including site rental, equipment, servicing and staff costs, depreciation and amortisation. This does not include interchange costs.
average

(1) the average of a data point as calculated in accordance with the methodology used by the firm for its internal records and systems; or

(2) if (1) does not apply, the average of a data point calculated as (A + B) divided by 2, where:

(a) A is the value of the data point at the start of the accounting reference period to which the report relates; and

(b) B is the value of the data point at the end of the accounting reference period to which the report relates.

average account numbersthe average of the total number of accounts held with a firm. Each account held by a customer should be included in this calculation.
average assets under managementthe average value of a firm’s assets under management.
average balancethe average value of a firm’s total book balance.
average credit risk-weighted assets (RWAs)the average value of a firm’s exposure adjusted by a risk weight that reflects the associated credit risk.
average total customer numberthe average total number of unique customers. Where a customer used more than one product or account, the customer should only be counted once.
banking as a service incomeincome from providing licensed infrastructure, compliance frameworks and banking services (such as payment services, accepting deposits and lending application programming interfaces (APIs)) to other entities that are not in the same group.
basic current accounta payment account with basic features as defined in regulation 19(1) of the Payment Accounts Regulations.
benefit of fundingthe value ascribed to a funding source in accordance with a firm’s funds transfer pricing approach.
branch network direct coststhe direct costs of maintaining a branch network including property costs, equipment and branch staff costs, depreciation and amortisation.
business current account an account held by a business customer which would be a retail current account if held by a consumer.
business customerany customer that is not a consumer.
business savings accounta savings account held by a business customer.
buy-to-let mortgagea buy-to-let credit agreement relating to a mortgage on a property.
card interchange incomeincome from interchange fees relating to debit or credit card transactions.
CET1 ratioa firm’s common equity tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage of its total risk-weighted assets.
commission incomeincome from commission.
communications and marketing coststhe direct costs of communications and marketing including switching incentives, sponsorship, staff costs, depreciation and amortisation.
compliance and regulation coststhe costs of complying with regulatory requirements including the payment of regulatory fees, staff costs, depreciation and amortisation.
consumera consumer as defined in regulation 2(1) of the Payment Accounts Regulations.
core producta product referred to in SUP 16 Annex 59.5R to SUP 16 Annex 59.9R.
cost of fundsthe cost of funding allocated through funds transfer pricing including interest rate risk transfer costs, liquidity term premium costs, costs of liquidity and any underpinning reference rates.
credit cardan account that allows the holder to use a credit card to borrow funds from the issuer up to a set limit to pay for goods and services.
credit operation costscosts incurred in credit risk monitoring and recovery including the cost of underwriters and credit risk assessments, credit bureau costs, staff costs, depreciation and amortisation.
customer acquisition costsoperating costs associated with customer acquisition, including a firm’s marketing spend and cost of sales.
customer service and support costscosts relating to customer service activities including call centre costs, customer statement costs, postage costs, staff costs, depreciation and amortisation.
daily, monthly or annual charge incomeincome from daily, monthly or annual charges which is not recorded as gross interest income.
default charge incomeincome from charges to customers for failing to make a repayment when it is due.
early repayment charge incomeincome from charges to customers for making early repayments which is not recorded as gross interest income.
fixed-term savings accounts – 1 to 2 yearsfixed-term savings accounts that have a term between 1 and 2 years, inclusive.
fixed-term savings accounts – over 2 yearsfixed-term savings accounts that have a term exceeding 2 years.
gross interest incomeinterest, and other income treated as interest according to a firm’s effective interest revenue recognition policy, earned through lending activities.
gross interest paid outinterest, and other expenses recognised as interest in a firm’s effective interest recognition policy.
impairment chargeimpairments from the recognition of credit losses, including expected credit losses.
initial fixed-rate mortgagea mortgage in its initial period during which it has a promotional fixed interest rate, and after which it will become a non-SVR mortgage or SVR mortgage.
initial variable-rate mortgagea mortgage in its initial period during which it has a promotional variable interest rate (eg, a discounted variable rate or tracker rate), and after which it will become a non-SVR mortgage or SVR mortgage.
instant-access savings accounta savings account without a fixed term or notice period for making a withdrawal.
insurance and other add-on fee incomeincome from insurance products and other add-on products.
international transaction incomefees and foreign exchange margin income from foreign currency transactions made by customers.
investment accountan account through which a customer can hold and transact in investments (eg, shares, bonds and funds), including a stocks and shares ISA.
investment costscosts relating to business improvement, change or transformation that are expected to have long-term benefits including investment in IT and digital services, depreciation and amortisation.
invoice financea business lending arrangement where funds are advanced against the value of unpaid invoices.
IT running costsbusiness-as-usual information technology costs including staff costs, depreciation and amortisation. This does not include the costs of IT investment and transformation.
leverage ratioa firm’s tier 1 capital divided by the risk-weighted exposure amount referred to in Article 92(3)(a) of the UK CRR.
loan-to-value ratio (LTV)the total amount of credit secured by a property (including outstanding balances and any senior liens) divided by the current value of the property.
motor financea regulated credit agreement which, in whole or part, finances the purchase of a motor vehicle.
net interest margina firm’s net interest income divided by the value of its average interest-earning assets. The definition of ‘average’ above does not apply to this definition.
non-core producta product offered to customers that is not referred to in SUP 16 Annex 59.5R to SUP 16 Annex 59.9R.
non-interest income

an aggregation of: 

(1) daily, monthly or annual charge income; 

(2) origination fee income; 

(3) default charge income;

(4) early repayment charge income;

(5) insurance and other add-on fee income;

(6) commission income;

(7) card interchange income; 

(8) ATM interchange income; 

(9) international transaction income; and

(10) other and unallocated non-interest income.

non-SVR mortgagea mortgage which is not an initial fixed-rate mortgage, initial variable-rate mortgage or SVR mortgage.
origination fee incomeincome from processing and setting up new loans, mortgages and other lending products which is not recorded as gross interest income.
other and unallocated non-interest income

an aggregation of any income from sources other than interest:

(1) which is not:

(a) daily, monthly or annual charge income; 

(b) origination fee income; 

(c) default charge income;

(d) early repayment charge income;

(e) insurance and other add-on fee income;

(f) commission income;

(g) card interchange income; 

(h) ATM interchange income; or 

(i) international transaction income; or

(2) which cannot be allocated to any category of non-interest income in (1).

other businessany business that is not a small business.
other central function costsstaff and other costs of central functions not otherwise specified including human resources, treasury, finance, legal, risk, audit, depreciation and amortisation.
other property costsleasing and other property costs relating to non-branch property, including head office and call centres. This includes related staff costs, depreciation and amortisation.
overdraftan overdraft facility for a current account.
owner-occupied mortgagea residential mortgage for a property occupied by the mortgage holder.
payments and cash handling costsinfrastructure and other costs relating to payment systems, settlement and clearing, cash handling and security. This includes related staff costs, depreciation and amortisation.
personal banking customera consumer that is not a wealth customer.
personal current accounta retail current account held by a personal banking customer.
personal investment accountan investment account held by a personal banking customer.
personal lendinglending provided to a personal banking customer.
personal savings accountsavings account, including an ISA, held by a personal banking customer. 
primary personal current accountthe personal current account into which a customer has their main income paid.
product and proposition costsstaff and other costs of teams involved in developing and maintaining financial products, including depreciation and amortisation.
property financesmall business lending that is secured on properties used for commercial purposes including commercial mortgages, bridging loans and development loans.
residential mortgageregulated mortgage contract or buy-to-let credit agreement for a residential property.
retail current accounta payment account, as defined in regulation 2(1) of the Payment Accounts Regulations, other than a current account mortgage.
rewards and packaged current accounta packaged current account that offers rewards or other benefits compared to a standard current account.
risk-weighted assetsa firm’s risk-weighted exposure amount, determined in accordance with Article 92(3)(f) of the UK CRR.
secondary personal current accounta personal current account that is not the customer’s primary personal current account.
secured loana loan that is backed by collateral or protected by a guarantor, excluding a mortgage.
small business

(1) any business the firm categorises as a small business; or

(2) if (1) does not apply, any business with an annual turnover of up to £2m.

standard personal current accountpersonal current accounts offered to individuals for everyday banking that are not basic current accounts or rewards and packaged current accounts.
SVR mortgagea mortgage whose interest rate is the firm’s standard variable rate (SVR).
third-party fraud costscosts resulting from third-party fraud including depreciation and amortisation.
tier 1 ratiothe sum of a firm’s common equity tier 1 capital and additional tier 1 capital, expressed as a percentage of its total risk-weighted assets.
total capital ratiothe own funds of the firm expressed as a percentage of its total risk-weighted assets.
unarranged overdraftan overdraft that is not preauthorised by the provider, including any unauthorised balance in excess of an arranged overdraft limit.
under 1 year notice savings accounta savings account with a notice period of less than 12 months for making a withdrawal.
unsecured loana loan that is not backed by collateral or protected by a guarantor.
wealth accounta retail current account, investment account or savings account that is only offered to wealth customers.
wealth customera consumer the firm offers banking products to because of their high level of wealth or affluence.
wealth lendingany lending products that are only offered to a firm’s wealth customers. 
weighted average LTVa weighted average of the loan-to-value ratio calculated based on loan size. The definition of ‘average’ above does not apply to this definition.
wholesale bank loans and overdraftsfunding obtained from other financial institutions through bilateral or syndicated loan agreements, or overdrafts.
wholesale debt securities on issuefunding raised through the issuance of negotiable instruments such as bonds, notes or commercial paper to institutional investors.
wholesale fundingfunding not obtained from consumer or business customer sources.
wholesale subordinated debtlong-term funding raised through instruments that rank below senior obligations in the event of liquidation or insolvency.
01/06/2026R

Terms in italics in this annex have the meaning set out in the Handbook Glossary.

General

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include the firm reference number and accounting reference date of each firm in respect of which the report is submitted.

Core Financial Data Request: residential mortgages

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include:

  1. (1) whether any firm in respect of which the report is submitted offered to provide residential mortgages to UK customers during the period to which the report relates – if not, the firm is not required to provide any more data in this section of the report;
  2. (2) whether the firm holds, or can obtain or reliably estimate, any of the data points in (3) in respect of the provision of the following products to UK customers:
    1. (a) owner-occupied mortgages:
      1. (i) initial fixed-rate mortgages;
      2. (ii) initial variable-rate mortgages;
      3. (iii) SVR mortgages;
      4. (iv) non-SVR mortgages; and
      5. (v) other owner-occupied mortgages; and
    2. (b) buy-to-let mortgages:
      1. (i) initial fixed-rate mortgages;
      2. (ii) initial variable-rate mortgages;
      3. (iii) SVR mortgages;
      4. (iv) non-SVR mortgages; and
      5. (v) other buy-to-let mortgages;
  3. (3) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(a) and (b) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
    1. (a) gross interest income (£);
    2. (b) non-interest income (£);
    3. (c) cost of funds (£);
    4. (d) impairment charge (£);
    5. (e) average balance (£);
    6. (f) average credit RWAs (£);
    7. (g) average account numbers (unit);
    8. (h) weighted average LTV (%);
    9. (i) daily, monthly or annual charge income (£);
    10. (j) origination fee income (£);
    11. (k) default charge income (£);
    12. (l) early repayment charge income (£);
    13. (m) insurance and other add-on fee income (£); and
    14. (n) commission income (£);
  4. (4) for each data point in (3), the aggregate of any amount the firm cannot allocate to a sub-product in (2)(a) or (b);
  5. (5) whether any data points in (3) were estimated, and the methodology used in making any estimates; and
  6. (6) for each data point in (3) the firm does not provide, confirmation that it either:
    1. (a) did not offer the sub-product to which the data point relates; or
    2. (b) does not hold the data, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot reliably estimate it.

Core Financial Data Request: personal banking

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include:

  1. (1) whether any firm in respect of which the report is submitted offered to provide personal current accounts, personal savings accounts or personal investment accounts to UK customers during the period to which the report relates – if not, the firm is not required to provide any more data in this section of the report;
  2. (2) whether the firm holds, or can obtain or reliably estimate, any of the data points in (3) in respect of the provision of the following products to UK customers:
    1. (a) personal current accounts:
      1. (i) standard personal current accounts;
      2. (ii) rewards and packaged current accounts;
      3. (iii) basic current accounts; and
      4. (iv) other personal current accounts;
    2. (b) primary and secondary personal current accounts:
      1. (i) primary personal current accounts; and
      2. (ii) secondary personal current accounts;
    3. (c) personal current account overdrafts:
      1. (i) arranged overdrafts; and
      2. (ii) unarranged overdrafts;
    4. (d) personal savings accounts:
      1. (i) instant-access savings accounts;
      2. (ii) under 1 year notice savings accounts;
      3. (iii) fixed-term savings accounts – 1 to 2 years;
      4. (iv) fixed-term savings accounts – over 2 years; and
      5. (v) other personal savings accounts;
    5. (e) wealth accounts; and
    6. (f) personal investment accounts:
      1. (i) stocks and shares ISAs; and
      2. (ii) other investment accounts;
  3. (3)
    1. (a) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(a) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) gross interest paid out (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) benefit of funding (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) average balance (£);
      6. (vi) daily, monthly or annual charge income (£);
      7. (vii) card interchange income (£);
      8. (viii) ATM interchange income (£);
      9. (ix) insurance and other add-on fee income (£);
      10. (x) commission income (£); and
      11. (xi) international transaction income (£);
    2. (b) the following data point for each of the sub-products in (2)(b) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) average account numbers (unit);
    3. (c) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(c) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) gross interest income (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) cost of funds (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) impairment charge (£);
      6. (vi) average balance (£);
      7. (vii) average credit RWAs (£); and
      8. (viii) default charge income (£);
    4. (d) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(d) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) gross interest paid out (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) benefit of funding (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit); and
      5. (v) average balance (£);
    5. (e) the following data points for the product in (2)(e) in the indicated unit in respect of its provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) gross interest paid out (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) benefit of funding (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit); and
      5. (v) average balance (£); and
    6. (f) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(f) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) non-interest income (£);
      2. (ii) average account numbers (unit); and
      3. (iii) average assets under management (£);
  4. (4) the firm’s average total customer number for consumers;
  5. (5) for each data point in (3)(a) to (d) and (f), the aggregate of any amount the firm cannot allocate to a sub-product in (2)(a) to (d) or (f);
  6. (6) whether any data points in (3) or (4) were estimated, and the methodology used in making any estimates; and
  7. (7) for each data point in (3) or (4) the firm does not provide, confirmation that it either:
    1. (a) did not offer the product or sub-product to which the data relates; or
    2. (b) does not hold it, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot reliably estimate it.

Core Financial Data Request: personal lending

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include:

  1. (1) whether any firm in respect of which the report is submitted offered to provide personal lending to UK customers during the period to which the report relates – if not, the firm is not required to provide any more data in this section of the report;
  2. (2) whether the firm holds, or can obtain or reliably estimate, any of the data points in (3) in respect of the provision of the following products to UK customers:
    1. (a) credit cards;
    2. (b) personal lending:
      1. (i)  secured loans; and
      2. (ii) unsecured loans;
    3. (c) motor finance;
    4. (d) wealth lending; and
    5. (e) other personal lending;
  3. (3)
    1. (a) the following data points for the product in (2)(a) in the indicated unit in respect of its provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) gross interest income (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) cost of funds (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) impairment charge (£);
      6. (vi) average balance (£);
      7. (vii) average credit RWAs (£);
      8. (viii) daily, monthly or annual charge income (£);
      9. (ix) card interchange income (£);
      10. (x) ATM interchange income (£);
      11. (xi) origination fee income (£);
      12. (xii) default charge income (£);
      13. (xiii) early repayment charge income (£);
      14. (xiv) insurance and other add-on fee income (£);
      15. (xv) commission income (£); and
      16. (xvi)  international transaction income (£);
    2. (b) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(b) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) gross interest income (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) cost of funds (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) impairment charge (£);
      6. (vi) average balance (£);
      7. (vii) average credit RWAs (£);
      8. (viii) daily, monthly or annual charge income (£);
      9. (ix) origination fee income (£);
      10. (x) default charge income (£);
      11. (xi) early repayment charge income (£);
      12. (xii) insurance and other add-on fee income (£); and
      13. (xiii) commission income (£); and
    3. (c) the following data points for each of the products in (2)(c) to (e) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers:
      1. (i) gross interest income (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) cost of funds (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) impairment charge (£);
      6. (vi) average balance (£);
      7. (vii) average credit RWAs (£);
      8. (viii) daily, monthly or annual charge income (£);
      9. (ix) origination fee income (£);
      10. (x) default charge income (£);
      11. (xi) early repayment charge income (£);
      12. (xii) insurance and other add-on fee income (£); and
      13. (xiii) commission income (£);
  4. (4) for each data point in (3)(b), the aggregate of any amount the firm cannot allocate to a sub-product in (2)(b);
  5. (5) whether any data points in (3) were estimated, and the methodology used in making any estimates; and
  6. (6) for each data point in (3) the firm does not provide, confirmation that it either:
    1. (a) did not offer the product or sub-product to which the data point relates; or
    2. (b) does not hold it, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot reliably estimate it.

Core Financial Data Request: small business banking

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include:

  1. (1) whether any firm in respect of which the report is submitted offered to provide lending, business current accounts or business savings accounts to UK customers that are small businesses during the period to which the report relates – if not, the firm is not required to provide any more data in this section of the report;
  2. (2) whether the firm holds, or can obtain or reliably estimate, any of the data points in (3) in respect of the provision of the following products to UK customers that are small businesses:
    1. (a) lending to small businesses:
      1. (i)  asset finance;
      2. (ii) invoice finance;
      3. (iii) property finance;
      4. (iv) term loans – secured loans;
      5. (v) term loans – unsecured loans;
      6. (vi) credit cards;
      7. (vii) overdrafts; and
      8. (viii) other lending to small businesses;
    2. (b) business current accounts provided to small businesses; and
    3. (c) business savings accounts provided to small businesses:
      1. (i) instant-access saving accounts;
      2. (ii) under 1 year notice savings accounts;
      3. (iii) fixed-term savings accounts – 1 to 2 years;
      4. (iv) fixed-term savings accounts – over 2 years; and
      5. (v) other small business savings accounts;
  3. (3)
    1. (a) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(a) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers that are small businesses:
      1. (i) gross interest income (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) cost of funds (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) impairment charge (£);
      6. (vi) average balance (£);
      7. (vii) average credit RWAs (£);
      8. (viii) daily, monthly or annual charge income (£);
      9. (ix) origination fee income (£);
      10. (x) default charge income (£);
      11. (xi) early repayment charge income (£);
      12. (xii) insurance and other add-on fee income (£); and
      13. (xiii) commission income (£);
    2. (b) the additional following data points for credit cards in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers that are small businesses:
      1. (i) card interchange income (£);
      2. (ii) ATM interchange income (£); and
      3. (iii) international transaction income (£);
    3. (c) the following data points for the product in (2)(b) in the indicated unit in respect of its provision to UK customers that are small businesses:
      1. (i) gross interest paid out (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) benefit of funding (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) average balance (£);
      6. (vi) daily, monthly or annual charge income (£);
      7. (vii) card interchange income (£);
      8. (viii) ATM interchange income (£);
      9. (ix) insurance and other add-on fee income (£);
      10. (x) commission income (£); and
      11. (xi) international transaction income (£); and
    4. (d) the following data points for each of the sub-products in 2(c) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers that are small businesses:
      1. (i) gross interest paid out (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) benefit of funding (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit); and
      5. (v) average balance (£);
  4. (4) the firm’s average total customer number for small businesses;
  5. (5) the definition of ‘small business’ used by each firm in respect of which the report is submitted;
  6. (6) for each data point in (3)(a) and (d), the aggregate of any amount the firm cannot allocate to a sub-product in (2)(a) or (c);
  7. (7) whether any data points in (3) or (4) were estimated, and the methodology used in making any estimates; and
  8. (8) for each data point in (3) or (4) the firm does not provide, confirmation that it either:
    1. (a) did not offer the product or sub-product to which the data point relates; or
    2. (b) does not hold it, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot reliably estimate it. 

Core Financial Data Request: other business banking

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include:

  1. (1) whether any firm in respect of which the report is submitted offered to provide lending, business current accounts or business savings accounts to UK customers that are other businesses during the period to which the report relates – if not, the firm is not required to provide any more data in this section of the report;
  2. (2) whether the firm holds, or can obtain or reliably estimate, any of the data points in (3) in respect of the provision of the following products to UK customers that are other businesses:
    1. (a) lending to other businesses; and
    2. (b) accounts provided to other businesses:
      1. (i) business current accounts; and
      2. (ii) business savings accounts;
  3. (3)
    1. (a) the following data points for the product in (2)(a) in the indicated unit in respect of its provision to UK customers that are other businesses:
      1. (i) gross interest income (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) costs of funds (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit);
      5. (v) impairment charge (£);
      6. (vi) average balance (£); and
      7. (vii) average credit RWAs (£); and
    2. (b) the following data points for each of the sub-products in (2)(b) in the indicated unit in respect of their provision to UK customers that are other businesses:
      1. (i) gross interest paid out (£);
      2. (ii) non-interest income (£);
      3. (iii) benefit of funding (£);
      4. (iv) average account numbers (unit); and
      5. (v) average balance (£);
  4. (4) the firm’s average total customer number for other businesses;
  5. (5) for each data point in (3)(b), the aggregate of any amount the firm cannot allocate to a sub-product in (2)(b);
  6. (6) whether any data points in (3) or (4) were estimated, and the methodology used in making any estimates; and
  7. (7) for each data point in (3) or (4) the firm does not provide, confirmation that it either:
    1. (a) did not offer the product or sub-product to which the data point relates; or
    2. (b) does not hold it, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot reliably estimate it. 

Core Financial Data Request: wholesale funding

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include:

  1. (1) whether any firm in respect of which the report is submitted obtained wholesale funding during the period to which the report relates – if not, the firm is not required to provide any more data in this section of the report;
  2. (2) whether the firm holds, or can obtain or reliably estimate, any of the data points in (3) in respect of the following funding sources:
    1. (a) bank loans and overdrafts;
    2. (b) wholesale debt securities on issue;
    3. (c) wholesale subordinated debt;
    4. (d) funds received from the Bank of England; and
    5. (e) other wholesale funding sources;
  3. (3) the following data points for the funding sources in (2) in the indicated unit:
    1. (a) gross interest paid out (£); and
    2. (b) average balance (£);
  4. (4) for each data point in (3), the aggregate of any amount the firm cannot allocate to a funding source in (2);
  5. (5) whether any data points in (3) were estimated, and the methodology used in making any estimates; and
  6. (6) for each data point in (3) the firm does not provide, confirmation that it either:
    1. (a) did not obtain the funding source to which the data point relates; or
    2. (b) does not hold it, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot reliably estimate it. 

Core Financial Data Request: whole business

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include:

  1. (1) the following data points in the indicated unit:
    1. (a) operating costs (£):
      1. (i) investment costs;
      2. (ii) IT running costs;
      3. (iii) payments and cash handling costs;
      4. (iv) customer service and support costs;
      5. (v) branch network direct costs;
      6. (vi) ATM network direct costs;
      7. (vii) communications and marketing costs;
      8. (viii) compliance and regulation costs;
      9. (ix) credit operation costs;
      10. (x) product and proposition costs;
      11. (xi) other central function costs;
      12. (xii) third-party fraud costs;
      13. (xiii) other property costs; and
      14. (xiv) other operating costs;
    2. (b) customer acquisition costs (£);
    3. (c) profit and loss (£):
      1. (i) gross interest income;
      2. (ii) gross interest paid out;
      3. (iii) fee and commission income;
      4. (iv) fee and commission expenses;
      5. (v) banking as a service income;
      6. (vi) other operating income;
      7. (vii) non-operating income from fair value adjustments, acquisitions, disposals, etc;
      8. (viii) impairment charges;
      9. (ix) total operating costs;
      10. (x) non-operating costs;
      11. (xi) exceptional, one-off items;
      12. (xii) profit before tax;
      13. (xiii) tax;
      14. (xiv) minority interests; and
      15. (xv) profit after tax;
    4. (d) balance sheet (£):
      1. (i) cash and balances at banks;
      2. (ii) loans and advances to customers;
      3. (iii) loans and advances to banks (including those based in other countries);
      4. (iv) other lending balances;
      5. (v) property, plant and equipment;
      6. (vi) intangible assets;
      7. (vii) other assets;
      8. (viii) total assets;
      9. (ix) total customer deposits;
      10. (x) deposits from banks (including those based in other countries);
      11. (xi) wholesale funding;
      12. (xii) other liabilities;
      13. (xiii) total liabilities; and
      14. (xiv) total equity;
    5. (e) risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£):
      1. (i) average credit RWAs – from lending activities;
      2. (ii) average other credit RWAs – from other credit exposure;
      3. (iii) average operational RWAs; and
      4. (iv) average other RWAs (eg, market risk); and
    6. (f) capital ratios (%):
      1. (i) CET1 ratio;
      2. (ii) tier 1 ratio;
      3. (iii) total capital ratio;
      4. (iv) leverage ratio; and
      5. (v) net interest margin (NIM);
  2. (2) whether any data points in (1) were estimated, and the methodology used in making any estimates; and
  3. (3) for each data point in (1) the firm does not provide, confirmation that it does not hold it, cannot obtain it from other firms in its group and cannot reliably estimate it.

Off-the-shelf Document Request

01/06/2026R

The Retail Banking Business Models Report must include documents, or parts of documents, containing the below information in respect of the firm’s UK customers:

  1. (1) what core products the firm offers;
  2. (2) the core products launched or withdrawn by the firm during the accounting reference period to which the Core Financial Data Request relates, including:
    1. (a) the status and timing of the relevant launch(es) or withdrawal(s);
    2. (b) the firm’s reasoning behind launching or withdrawing the product(s); and
    3. (c) any analysis conducted on the impact of the launch(es) or withdrawal(s) on the firm (including its revenue) and the firm’s customers;
  3. (3) internal financial reporting information provided to the firm’s senior management on the firm’s overall financial performance;
  4. (4) the firm’s strategic plans for the business as a whole over at least the next 3 years in respect of:
    1. (a) whether the firm has a strategic focus on one or more of the nations in the United Kingdom rather than the United Kingdom as a whole;
    2. (b) significant investment or cost reduction programmes;
    3. (c) significant changes to the firm’s core product offering; and
    4. (d) other changes that will significantly impact the firm’s customers or operating model; and
  5. (5) the following customer research carried out by, or on behalf of, the firm, during the accounting reference period to which the Core Financial Data Request relates, on the topics in SUP 16 Annex 59.13R:
    1. (a) research in respect of individual core products and non-core products; or
    2. (b) where the research in (a) is incorporated into strategic or higher-level research, that strategic or higher-level research.
01/06/2026R

The topics referred to in SUP 16 Annex 59.12R(5) are: 

  1. (1) who the firm’s customers are, their circumstances, and any specific needs or preferences they have;
  2. (2) uptake rates of products and services, segmented by delivery channel (eg, online, mobile app, telephone and in-branch);
  3. (3) customer satisfaction levels and attitudes;
  4. (4) factors that influence customers’ choice of bank or financial services provider; and
  5. (5) customers’ future needs (eg, new or enhanced app features).
01/06/2026R

If a document, or part of a document, referred to in SUP 16 Annex 59.12R is not provided, the Retail Banking Business Models Report must state whether that is because: 

  1. (1) there is no document containing the relevant information;
  2. (2) of a duty of confidentiality owed to a third party;
  3. (3) the consent of a third party cannot reasonably be obtained; or
  4. (4) it has already been provided to the FCA.

SUP 16 Annex 60G Guidance notes for completion of the Retail Banking Business Models Report

01/06/2026

Introduction

  1. 1. These guidance notes relate to the Retail Banking Business Models Report containing the information set out in SUP 16 Annex 59. They aim to assist firms in completing and submitting that report.
  2. 2. The purpose of the Retail Banking Business Models Report is to inform the FCA’s understanding of retail banking market dynamics in the interest of promoting effective competition.
  3. 3. Terms used in this annex have the same meaning as in SUP 16 Annex 59, and those in italics have the meaning set out in the Handbook Glossary.
  4. Data items
  5. 4. There are 3 parts to the Retail Banking Business Model Report:
    1. (a) information about the firm(s) to which the report relates;
    2. (b) the ‘Core Financial Data Request’; and
    3. (c) the ‘Off-the-shelf Document Request’.
  6. Core Financial Data Request
  7. 5. Notes 6 to 22 relate specifically to the Core Financial Data Request.
  8. 6. All monetary values should be provided in sterling. Where relevant amounts are held in a currency other than sterling, the values should be converted into sterling using the closing spot exchange rate on the accounting reference date of the accounting reference period to which the report relates.
  9. 7. All monetary values should be reported in units and should not be rounded up.
  10. 8. Figures provided as a percentage should be entered in decimals (eg, 0.25 instead of 25%).
  11. 9. Values for balances and income should be entered as positive numbers unless a negative number is required for accounting reasons. Firms should explain the reason for any negative balance or income figures.
  12. 10. Values for costs and expenses should be entered as negative numbers unless a positive number is required for accounting reasons (for example, where there is net write back or impairment). Firms should explain the reason for any positive costs or expenses figures.
  13. Data points
  14. 11. Firms should have regard to the definitions and related guidance provided for the Core Financial Data Request when completing this section of the report. Subject to note 21 below, firms should interpret any terms not defined in accordance with their natural meanings.
  15. 12. The Core Financial Data Request is split into 7 sections covering:
    1. (a) residential mortgages;
    2. (b) personal banking;
    3. (c) personal lending;
    4. (d) small business banking;
    5. (e) other business banking;
    6. (f) wholesale funding; and
    7. (g) whole business.
  16. 13. Firms are asked if any firm to which the report relates offered products in each of the first 5 sections. If they did not, the firm should indicate this and will not be required to submit any further data in that section. Otherwise, the firm should indicate that they did and provide the specified data points.
  17. 14. Firms should only include data in respect of products they provided to customers themselves. They should not include data on products they offer to customers which are provided by another firm. As an example, one firm (A) could help arrange for a customer to open a bank account with another firm (B). Data on that bank account should only be included in B’s report.
  18. 15. These sections ask firms about products provided to UK customers. This is not a defined term and we would expect firms to use a reasonable interpretation in line with their internal records and systems. Firms should, where possible, use a consistent definition over time to ensure the comparability of the data.
  19. 16. These sections each cover more than one product. For example, the ‘residential mortgages’ section covers two products: ‘owner-occupied mortgages’ and ‘buy-to-let mortgages’. Both of these products are split into sub-products. For example, ‘owner-occupied mortgages’ is split into:
    1. (a) initial fixed-rate mortgages;
    2. (b) initial variable-rate mortgages;
    3. (c) SVR mortgages;
    4. (d) non-SVR mortgages; and
    5. (e) other owner-occupied mortgages.
  20. 17. Where a product is split into sub-products, firms should provide data at the sub-product level. Where a product is not split into sub-products, firms should provide data at the product level.
  21. 18. Firms are asked to submit data at the product level or sub-product level as follows:
    1. (a) If no firm to which the report relates offered the relevant product/sub-product, the firm should indicate that the data is not available and note that the relevant product/sub-product was not offered.
    2. (b) If a firm to which the report relates did offer the relevant product/sub-product, the firm should only indicate it does not have data available if it is unable to provide all the data elements requested in relation to that product/sub-product.
    3. (c) If the value of a data element is zero, this should be recorded as such. The firm should not say that the data is not available. That will be the case where, for example, no non-interest income was earned on owner-occupied mortgages.
    4. (d) The effect of SUP 16.34.5R(2) is that where a firm cannot provide accurate data it should provide a reliable estimate where possible. If it is not possible for a firm to provide a reliable estimate, it should not provide data.
    5. (e) If a firm can provide data for a product but cannot allocate any of it to the listed sub-products, this unallocated data should be submitted at the product level. For example, a firm may hold data on its ‘gross interest income’ for ‘owner occupied mortgages’ but only be able to split the data by sub-product for 3 of the 5 sub-products it provides. No ‘gross interest income’ data should be provided for the 2 other sub-products and the data relating to those 2 sub-products should be aggregated and submitted as unallocated ‘gross interest income’.
    6. (f) If a firm holds data for any sub-products that are not listed under the relevant product, the firm should aggregate that data and submit it in response to the data point for ‘other’ sub-products.
  22. 19. In the 6th section, firms are asked if any firm to which the report relates obtained wholesale funding. If they did not, the firm should indicate this and will not be required to submit any further data in relation to this section. Otherwise, the firm should indicate that they did and provide the specified data points. Firms are asked to submit data at the funding source level and note 18(a) to (d) applies to this section as if references to offering the relevant product/sub-product are instead to obtaining the relevant funding source. If a firm cannot allocate any data to a funding source, it should be aggregated and recorded as unallocated. If a firm holds data for any wholesale funding sources that are not listed, the firm should aggregate that data and submit it in response to the data point for ‘other wholesale funding sources’. Firms in groups can submit data in this section corresponding to that in relevant group accounts.
  23. 20. In the 7th section, firms are asked to submit data relating to:
    1. (a) operating costs;
    2. (b) customer acquisition costs;
    3. (c) profit and loss;
    4. (d) balance sheet;
    5. (e) risk weighted assets; and
    6. (f) capital ratios.
  24. 21. This is to get information on firms’ banking business as a whole. In this section, certain data points relating to a firm’s balance sheet and profit and loss data are not defined. We expect firms to interpret these data elements in accordance with the applicable financial accounting reporting standards. Firms in groups can submit data in this section corresponding to that in relevant group accounts.
  25. 22. Where a firm has not provided a requested data point and not confirmed the reason, this will be shown as an error. Firms should resolve all errors before submitting the report.
  26. Off-the-shelf Document Request
  27. 23. Notes 23 to 28 and the guidance table below relate specifically to the Off-the-shelf Document Request.
  28. 24. The Off-the-shelf Document Request asks firms to provide various documents, or parts of documents, that will help the FCA better understand firms’ business models. As set out in SUP 16.34.5R(3), the FCA does not expect firms to produce new documents for this section. Where firms only provide part of a document, the extract should be understandable in isolation. The firm should also make sure that the rest of the document does not contain relevant information.
  29. 25. SUP 16.34.5R(3) also says a firm is not required to provide a document, or part of it, if it cannot do so without breaching a duty of confidentiality or obtaining a consent which cannot reasonably be obtained. A firm is also not required to provide documents, or parts of documents, it has previously provided to the FCA. If a firm does not provide a relevant document, or part of it, it must state the reason for not providing it.
  30. 26. The Off-the-shelf Document Request asks firms for information in respect of their UK customers. This is not a defined term and we would expect firms to use a reasonable interpretation in line with their internal records and systems. Firms should, where possible, use a consistent definition over time to ensure the comparability of the data.
  31. 27. Firms can upload several documents, or parts of documents, per request if the information sits across more than one source or if a report is being submitted on behalf of several firms in the same group. However, firms should not submit multiple documents, or parts of documents, containing the same information that do not contain other relevant information.
  32. Nil responses 
  33. 28. The FCA expects it to be very rare that a firm does not hold any documents that are responsive to a particular request. However, if this is the case, a firm should not upload any documents and must state that it does not hold any responsive documents.

    Guidance for the response to individual requests
     

     

    RequestGuidance
    What core products the firm offersFirms should provide documents that list the relevant products. The FCA does not expect firms to provide detailed information about the products they offer such as interest rates or the terms and conditions. 
    Internal financial reporting information provided to the firm’s senior management on the firm’s overall financial performance.This could, for example, be contained in a firm’s management accounts, Chief Finance Officer reports or committee papers. 

    The firm’s strategic plans for the business as a whole over at least the next 3 years in respect of:  

    1. (1) whether the firm has a strategic focus on one or more of the nations in the United Kingdom rather than the United Kingdom as a whole;
    2. (2) significant investment or cost reduction programmes;
    3. (3) significant changes to the firm’s core product offering; and
    4. (4) other changes that will significantly impact the firm’s customers or operating model.

       

    These should be high-level plans relating to how a firm intends to structure its business, rather than plans for specific products.
    The FCA would normally expect this information to be in a firm’s short- or medium-term business plan.
    Whether a planned change is ‘significant’ will depend on the firm. Firms should assess significance in the context of their own business, but the FCA would expect the documents provided to cover investments, programmes or changes that will have a material strategic or financial impact on the firm.
    The FCA does not expect firms to provide detailed information on planned changes – eg, details of project plans or status updates.